Democracy Spraffa

Public reports pack

Argyll and Bute Council · 27 February 2025
Back to Argyll and Bute Council — 27 February 2025 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Argyll and Bute Council
Comhairle Earra-Ghàidheal Agus Bhòid 
Executive Director:  Douglas Hendry 
Kilmory, Lochgilphead, PA31 8RT
Tel:  01546 602127  Fax:  01546 604435
DX 599700 LOCHGILPHEAD 
14 February 2025 
NOTICE OF MEETING 
A meeting of ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL will be held ON A HYBRID BASIS IN THE
COUNCIL CHAMBER, KILMORY, LOCHGILPHEAD AND BY MICROSOFT TEAMS on
THURSDAY, 27 FEBRUARY 2025 at 10:30 AM, which you are requested to attend. 
Douglas Hendry
Executive Director 
BUSINESS 
1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST (IF ANY) 
3. MINUTES 
(a) Argyll and Bute Council held on 21 November 2024 (Pages 5 - 10)  
(b) Special Argyll and Bute Council held on 20 December 2024 (Pages 11 -
18) 
4. MINUTES OF COMMITTEES 
*  (a) Policy and Resources Committee held on 5 December 2024 (Pages 19 -
24)  
(b) Community Services Committee held on 12 December 2024 (Pages 25 -
30)  
(c) Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee held on 19
December 2024 (Pages 31 - 38)
*  (d) Policy and Resources Committee held on 20 February 2025 - to follow 
The above minutes are submitted to the Council for approval of any recommendations on the
items which the Committee does not have delegated powers. These items are marked with an *. 
Public Document Pack

Page 2

5. NOTICE OF MOTION UNDER STANDING ORDER 13 
Learning Estate Investment Programme (LEIP) – Mull Campus, Preferred Site
Recommendation 
The agenda for today’s meeting includes a report on the Learning Estate Investment
Programme (LEIP) – Mull Campus, Preferred Site Recommendation. 
This is an issue of considerable complexity and scale. The reports contain a very high
level of detailed information which Members must take time and care to consider fully
in order to allow them to take an informed decision on the matter. 
This motion does not deal with the business of that report, nor its merits. 
It does recognise that it is essential that Members have sufficient time to consider and
scrutinise this information, reflecting the significance of the matter for the current and
future generations of children and young people on Mull and the wider island
community. 
To provide the time that detailed consideration of the report deserves and to
scrutinise the proposals, I move that:
1. The business of determining the Preferred Site Recommendation for the Mull
Campus is not considered today;
2. The report and its appendices are considered instead at a Special Meeting of
Argyll and Bute Council, convened solely for the purpose of deciding on a
preferred site for the Mull Campus, to be held on Friday 7th March 2025. 
Moved by: Cllr Jim Lynch
Seconded by: Cllr Ross Moreland 
6. LEARNING ESTATE INVESTMENT PROGRAMME (LEIP) - MULL CAMPUS -
PREFERRED SITE RECOMMENDATION 
(a) Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Commercial Services
and Education (Pages 39 - 66)  
(b) Appendix 1 - Hub North Scotland Site Selection and Engagement Report
(February 2025) - costs redacted (Pages 67 - 118)
E1  (c) Appendix 1 - Hub North Scotland Site Selection and Engagement Report
(February 2025) - with costs (Pages 119 - 170)  
(d) Appendix 1A - Community Engagement Analysis (November 2024) 
https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/sites/default/files/2024-11/Mull Engagement
Analysis.pdf 
(e) Appendix 1B - Long List of Sites (October 2024) 
https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/sites/default/files/2025-02/MUL-RYD-00-
XX-PP-A-0004-S2-P1_Site Selection Options Appraisal_reduced
size_1.pdf 
(f) Appendix 1C - Short List Site Plans 
https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/sites/default/files/2025-02/MUL-RYD-00-
XX-TRP-A-0006-S2-P1 Shortlist Site Layouts.pdf

Page 3

(g) Appendix 1D - Utilities Infrastructure Reports 
https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/education-and-learning/schools/mull-
campus-site-selection 
(h) Appendix 1E - Preliminary Ground Conditions Review 
https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/sites/default/files/2025-02/21252100-WAT-
EGT-XX-TN-G-77_P0.02_0.pdf 
(i) Appendix 1F - Flooding and Drainage Report 
https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/sites/default/files/2025-02/21252100-WAT-
GEN-XX-RP-C-92-S3_0.pdf 
(j) Appendix 1G - Place Diagrams 
https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/sites/default/files/2025-02/MUL-RYD-00-
XX-TRP-A-0005-S2-P1_Place Diagrams.pdf 
(k) Appendix 1H - Transport Considerations Report (January 2025) (Pages
171 - 252)
E1  (l) Appendix 1I - Site Abnormal Costs (Pages 253 - 268)
E1  (m) Appendix 1J - Wayleaves, Legal and Site Acquisition Risk (Pages 269 -
270)  
(n) Appendix 1K - Integrated Impact Assessment Report (February 2025)
(Pages 271 - 342)
E1  (o) Appendix 1L - Valuation Report (January 2025) (Pages 343 - 410)  
(p) Appendix 2 - Site Scoring Outcome (Pages 411 - 412) 
7. BUDGETING PACK 2025/26 
Reports by Section 95 Officer 
Please note that the Budget Pack 2025-2026 relative to the consideration of the foregoing matters
has been published separately under a meeting entitled “Budget Pack”. 
The budget pack will stand alone and will be published here separately from the Policy and
Resources Committee and Council agendas. This will enable the same pack to be accessed at all
meetings. Please ensure that you have downloaded this to your iPad before coming to the
meeting. 
For assistance with accessing the Budget Pack from your iPad please contact
committee.support@argyll-bute.gov.uk. 
8. TREASURY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY AND ANNUAL INVESTMENT
STRATEGY 2025-26 (Pages 413 - 456)  
Report by Section 95 Officer 
9. 2023/24 COUNCIL ANNUAL REPORT (Pages 457 - 526)  
Report by Chief Executive 
10. DRAFT PROGRAMME OF MEETINGS 2025/26 (Pages 527 - 530)  
Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Legal and Regulatory Support 
11. COUNCIL CONSTITUTION UPDATE 2025 (Pages 531 - 534)  
Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Legal and Regulatory Support

Page 4

12. HOUSING EMERGENCY - HOUSING NEED AND DEMAND AND SUPPORTING
COMMUNITY HOUSING FEASIBILITY WORK (Pages 535 - 544)  
Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and Economic
Growth 
The Council will be asked to pass a resolution in terms of Section 50(A)(4) of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973 to exclude the public for items of business with an “E” on the
grounds that it is likely to involve the disclosure of exempt information as defined in the
appropriate paragraph of Part I of Schedule 7a to the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973. 
The appropriate paragraphs are:- 
E1 Paragraph 8  The amount of any expenditure proposed to be incurred by the authority
under any particular contract for the acquisition of property or the supply of goods or
services.
Paragraph 9  Any terms proposed or to be proposed by or to the authority in the course of
negotiations for a contract for the acquisition or disposal of property or the supply of goods
or services. 
Argyll and Bute Council 
Contact: Hazel MacInnes, Senior Committee Officer  Tel:01546 604269

Page 5

MINUTES of MEETING of ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL held ON A HYBRID BASIS IN THE
COUNCIL CHAMBER, KILMORY, LOCHGILPHEAD AND BY MICROSOFT TEAMS
on THURSDAY, 21 NOVEMBER 2024 
Present:   Councillor Jan Brown (Chair) 
Councillor John Armour
Councillor Gordon Blair
Councillor Math Campbell-Sturgess
Councillor Garret Corner
Councillor Audrey Forrest
Councillor Kieron Green
Councillor Amanda Hampsey
Councillor Daniel Hampsey
Councillor Graham Hardie
Councillor Anne Horn
Councillor Fiona Howard
Councillor Mark Irvine
Councillor Andrew Kain
Councillor Reeni Kennedy-Boyle 
Councillor Jim Lynch
Councillor Luna Martin
Councillor Tommy MacPherson
Councillor Ian James MacQuire
Councillor Dougie McFadzean
Councillor Ross Moreland
Councillor Gary Mulvaney
Councillor Iain Shonny Paterson
Councillor Gemma Penfold
Councillor Alastair Redman
Councillor William Sinclair
Councillor Andrew Vennard
Councillor Peter Wallace 
Attending: Pippa Milne, Chief Executive
Douglas Hendry, Executive Director
Kirsty Flanagan, Executive Director
Evan Beswick, Chief Officer – Health and Social Care Partnership
David Logan, Head of Legal and Regulatory Support
Fergus Murray, Head of Development and Economic Growth
Shona Barton, Governance Manager
Matt Mulderrig, Development Policy and Housing Manager 
Prior to the commencement of Business, the Depute Provost, on behalf of the Council,
recognised local competitors in Argyll and Bute who had won a number of prizes at the
Royal National Mod. The Depute Provost recognised one achievement in particular, which
had been a first for Argyll and Bute - Oban Gaelic Choir had taken home the prestigious
Lovat and Tullbardine Shield again and in doing so had made Mod history by being the
first choir to win the title for four years running. 
1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 
Apologies for absence were received from Councillors Maurice Corry, Willie Hume,
Jennifer Kean, Paul Donald Kennedy, Liz McCabe, Julie McKenzie, Yvonne McNeilly and
Dougie Philand. 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
Councillor Gary Mulvaney declared a non-financial interest in items 9 (Housing
Emergency – Local Housing Strategy Annual Update) and 10 (Strategic Housing
Investment Plan (SHIP) 2025-26 to 2029-30) of the agenda as he was a member of
Dunbrittton Housing Association Board. Having reviewed the content of the reports, he did
not feel that there was any substantive decision being taken and therefore advised that he
would remain in the meeting during the consideration of these items of business. 
Page 5 Agenda Item 3a

Page 6

Councillor Peter Wallace advised in relation to items 9 (Housing Emergency – Local
Housing Strategy Annual Update) and 10 (Strategic Housing Investment Plan (SHIP)
2025-26 to 2029-30) that he had been appointed to the Fyne Homes Management
Committee by the Council.  Having taken note of the Standards Commission Guidance in
relation to declarations (issued on 7 December 2021), with specific reference to section
5.4(c), he did not consider that he had a relevant connection and as such would remain in
the meeting. 
Councillor Mark Irvine declared a non-financial interest in items 9 (Housing Emergency –
Local Housing Strategy Annual Update) and 10 (Strategic Housing Investment Plan
(SHIP) 2025-26 to 2029-30) of the agenda as he was a member of ACHA Board. Having
reviewed the content of the reports, he did not feel that there was any substantive decision
being taken and therefore advised that he would remain in the meeting during the
consideration of these items of business. 
Councillor Iain Paterson advised in relation to items 9 (Housing Emergency – Local
Housing Strategy Annual Update) and 10 (Strategic Housing Investment Plan (SHIP)
2025-26 to 2029-30) that he had been appointed to the Dunbritton Housing Association
Board by the Council.  Having taken note of the Standards Commission Guidance in
relation to declarations (issued on 7 December 2021), with specific reference to section
5.4(c), he did not consider that he had a relevant connection and as such would remain in
the meeting. 
Councillors William Sinclair and Jan Brown each advised in relation to items 9 (Housing
Emergency – Local Housing Strategy Annual Update) and 10 (Strategic Housing
Investment Plan (SHIP) 2025-26 to 2029-30) of the agenda that they had been appointed
to the ACHA Board by the Council.  Having taken note of the Standards Commission
Guidance in relation to declarations (issued on 7 December 2021), with specific reference
to section 5.4(c), they did not consider that they had a relevant connection and as such
would remain in the meeting. 
Councillor Tommy MacPherson declared a non-financial interest in items 9 (Housing
Emergency – Local Housing Strategy Annual Update) and 10 (Strategic Housing
Investment Plan (SHIP) 2025-26 to 2029-30) of the agenda as he was an ACHA tenant.
Having reviewed the content of the reports, he did not feel that there was any substantive
decision being taken and therefore advised that he would remain in the meeting during the
consideration of these items of business. 
Councillor Dougie McFadzean advised in relation to items 9 (Housing Emergency – Local
Housing Strategy Annual Update) and 10 (Strategic Housing Investment Plan (SHIP)
2025-26 to 2029-30) of the agenda that he had been appointed to the West Highland
Housing Association Board by the Council.  Having taken note of the Standards
Commission Guidance in relation to declarations (issued on 7 December 2021), with
specific reference to section 5.4(c), he did not consider that he had a relevant connection
and as such would remain in the meeting. 
3. MINUTES 
The Minutes of the meeting of Argyll and Bute Council held on 26 September 2024 were
approved as a correct record. 
Page 6

Page 7

4. MINUTES OF COMMITTEES 
(a) Policy and Resources Committee held on 10 October 2024 
The Minutes of the meeting of the Policy and Resources Committee held on 10
October 2024 were noted. 
Arising from item 4 of these Minutes (Financial Reports Monitoring Pack – 31
August 2024) the Council approved the virements over £0.200m during July and
August 2024. 
5. LEADER'S REPORT 
The Council gave consideration to a report providing an update on the activities of the
Council Leader, Councillor Jim Lynch, for the period 16 September 2024 to 8 November
2024. 
Decision 
The Council noted – 
1. the content of the submitted report; and 
2. that any reports, briefings or copy correspondence referred to in the report could be
requested through the Leadership Support Manager, noting that some confidential
reports provided by external organisations such as COSLA may be restricted. 
(Reference: Report by Leader of the Council dated 8 November 2024, submitted) 
6. POLICY LEADS REPORT 
The Council gave consideration to a report providing an update on key areas of activity for
each Policy Lead Councillor covering the period 26 September 2024 to 8 November 2024. 
Decision 
The Council noted the content of the report. 
(Reference: Report by Policy leader Councillors dated 8 November 2024, submitted) 
7. POLITICAL MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS 
The Council gave consideration to a report setting out remaining vacancies that had been
carried forward from the Council meeting on 26 September; the report also provided an
updated Political Composition of the Council. 
Decision 
The Council – 
1. appointed Councillor Jim Lynch to Ionad Chaluim Chille Ìle (ICCI), The Gaelic Centre,
Islay; 
2. noted the updated Political Composition of the Council; and 
Page 7

Page 8

3. noted that Councillor Dougie McFadzean had indicated his intention to step down from
the Argyll and Bute Care and Repair Agency, and therefore appointed Councillor Anne
Horn to Argyll and Bute Care and Repair Agency. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Legal and Regulatory
Support dated 4 November 2024, submitted; and Motion by Councillor Jim Lynch,
seconded by Councillor Audrey Forrest, tabled) 
8. SCOTTISH GOVERNMENT CONSULTATION ON PROXY VOTING FOR
COUNCILLORS 
The Council gave consideration to a report providing details on the terms of a Scottish
Government consultation looking at the idea of making a provision for Local Authority
Councillors to have an option for votes to be undertaken by proxy in specific
circumstances. The report provided a draft response for agreement by the Council. 
Decision 
The Council 
1. noted the content of the submitted report; 
2. agreed a response to the consultation be prepared for submission to the Scottish
Government in consultation with the Leader, Depute Leaders and Leader of the
Opposition. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Legal and Regulatory
Support dated 25 October 2024, submitted) 
9. HOUSING EMERGENCY - LOCAL HOUSING STRATEGY ANNUAL
UPDATE 
The Council gave consideration to a report detailing progress made on the Outcomes
within the Local Housing Strategy to date and incorporation of the Housing Emergency
Action Plan within the Local Housing Strategy Update. The report also provided detail on
progress made in terms of the Council tackling the Housing Emergency in Argyll and Bute
and proposed a set of metrics by which progress could continue to be measured. 
Decision 
The Council – 
1. approved the content of the Local Housing Strategy Annual Update; 
2. noted the ongoing activity and progress in relation to addressing the Housing
Emergency; and 
3. approved the metrics detailed in Section 4.19 of the report which would annually
measure progress in tackling the Housing Emergency. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated October 2024, submitted) 
Page 8

Page 9

10. STRATEGIC HOUSING INVESTMENT PLAN (SHIP) 2025-26 TO 2029-30 
The Council gave consideration to a report outlining the proposed annual Strategic
Housing Investment Plan covering the period 2025/26 to 2029/30 and summarised the
proposals for the revised Strategic Housing Investment Plan, in line with statutory
requirements in the latest guidance. 
Decision 
The Council agreed to –  
1. continue to speak up for Argyll and Bute, highlighting the issues that will help to ensure
that everyone who needs a home can find one that they can afford, in the right place
and at the right time; 
2. note that the Leader and officers of the Council are meeting with the Local
Government Housing and Planning Committee of the Scottish Parliament on Monday
25th November to highlight the housing issues in the area; 
3. the SHIP document 2025/26 – 2029/30, submitted to the Scottish Government on 25th
October 2024, as the Council’s approved Strategic Housing Investment Plan. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated November 2024, submitted; and Motion by Councillor Jim Lynch,
seconded by Councillor Audrey Forrest, tabled) 
11. LOCAL HEAT AND ENERGY EFFICIENCY STRATEGY (LHEES) 
The Council gave consideration to a report advising on the outcome of the Local Heat and
Energy Efficiency Strategy consultation exercise which had received a positive response
both in terms of volume of response and general support for the Strategy. 
Decision 
The Council – 
1. approved the content of the submitted report; and 
2. adopted the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy and Delivery Plan as detailed
at Appendix 1 and 2 to the submitted report. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated 21 November 2024, submitted) 
12. HIGHLANDS AND ISLANDS REGIONAL ECONOMIC PARTNERSHIP -
REGIONAL ECONOMIC STRATEGY 
The Council gave consideration to a report providing background and context on the
development of the Highlands and Islands Regional Economic Strategy through the
Highlands and Islands Regional Economic Partnership. 
Decision 
Page 9

Page 10

The Council endorsed the Highlands and Islands Regional Economic Strategy to be taken
forward by the Highland and Islands Regional Economic Partnership. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated 28 October 2024, submitted) 
13. TIMELINE UPDATE: ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL VISITOR LEVY 
The Council gave consideration to a report providing an update on the pre-consultation
preparatory work for the draft Argyll and Bute Visitor Levy Scheme. 
Decision 
The Council – 
1. noted the content of the submitted report; and 
2. endorsed the requirement for the draft Argyll and Bute Council Visitor Levy Scheme
and associated papers to be considered to go out to a 12 week consultation period in
January to March 2025 at a Special Council meeting on 20 December 2024 rather than
on 21 November 2024. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated 7 November 2024, submitted) 
14. TOWN AND COUNTRY PLANNING (SCOTLAND) ACT 1997 -
APPOINTMENT OF CHIEF PLANNING OFFICER 
A report providing an update on the appointment of a Chief Planning Officer for Argyll and
Bute Council was before the Council for noting. 
Decision 
The Council noted the appointment of Fergus Murray as Chief Planning Officer for Argyll
and Bute Council. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Legal and Regulatory
Support dated October 2024, submitted) 
Page 10

Page 11

MINUTES of SPECIAL MEETING of ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL held ON A HYBRID
BASIS IN THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, KILMORY, LOCHGILPHEAD AND BY MICROSOFT
TEAMS on FRIDAY, 20 DECEMBER 2024 
Present: Councillor Dougie Philand (Chair) 
Councillor John Armour
Councillor Gordon Blair
Councillor Jan Brown
Councillor Math Campbell-
Sturgess
Councillor Garret Corner
Councillor Maurice Corry
Councillor Audrey Forrest
Councillor Kieron Green
Councillor Amanda Hampsey
Councillor Daniel Hampsey
Councillor Graham Hardie
Councillor Anne Horn
Councillor Fiona Howard
Councillor Willie Hume
Councillor Mark Irvine
Councillor Andrew Kain
Councillor Jennifer Kean 
Councillor Paul Donald Kennedy
Councillor Reeni Kennedy-Boyle
Councillor Jim Lynch
Councillor Luna Martin
Councillor Tommy MacPherson
Councillor Liz McCabe
Councillor Dougie McFadzean
Councillor Julie McKenzie
Councillor Yvonne McNeilly
Councillor Ross Moreland
Councillor Gary Mulvaney
Councillor Iain Shonny Paterson
Councillor Gemma Penfold
Councillor Alastair Redman
Councillor William Sinclair
Councillor Andrew Vennard
Councillor Peter Wallace 
Attending: Pippa Milne, Chief Executive
Douglas Hendry, Executive Director
Kirsty Flanagan, Executive Director
David Logan, Head of Legal and Regulatory Support
Carolyn Earl, Interim Head of Financial Services
Fergus Murray, Head of Development and Economic Growth
Shona Barton, Governance Manager
Ishabel Bremner, Economic Growth Manager 
1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 
Apologies for absence were received from Councillor Ian MacQuire. 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
There were no declarations of interest intimated. 
Councillor Yvonne McNeilly joined the meeting during discussion of agenda item 3
(Audited Annual Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2024). 
3. AUDITED ANNUAL ACCOUNTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2024 
The Council gave consideration to a report providing an update on the external audit of
the Annual Accounts for the Council for the year ended 31 March 2024 and to a
recommendation from the Audit and Scrutiny Committee held on 17 December 2024. 
Decision
Page 11 Agenda Item 3b

Page 12

The Council – 
1. noted that the audit was substantially complete and that Forvis Mazars have advised
the Council that they are expecting to issue an unqualified opinion on the Council’s
Annual Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2024; 
2. noted Forvis Mazars Annual Audit Report, given in Appendix 2 to the submitted report; 
3. authorised for issue, the Council’s Audited Annual Accounts for the year ended 31
March 2024, on the basis that no material changes were anticipated to arise from the
follow up letter from Forvis Mazars, otherwise the Audited Annual Accounts would be
referred back to Members for approval; and 
4. approved for signature the Letter of Representation, included as Appendix 4 to the
submitted report. 
(Reference: Report by Section 95 Officer dated December 2024, submitted) 
4. TREASURY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY AND ANNUAL INVESTMENT
STRATEGY - MID YEAR REVIEW REPORT 2024/25 
The Council gave consideration to the Treasury Management Strategy and Annual
Investment Strategy Mid-year Review Report and to a recommendation from the meeting
of the Audit and Scrutiny Committee held on 17 December 2024. 
Decision 
The Council agreed the recommendation from the Audit and Scrutiny Committee – 
1. that the report and the treasury activity during the period 1 April to 30 September 2024
be noted; and 
2. that the changes to prudential indicators at set out in paragraph 5.4 of the report are
approved. 
(Reference: Recommendation from meeting of the Audit and Scrutiny Committee held on
17 December 2024 and report by Section 95 Officer dated 29 November 2024, submitted) 
5. AUDIT AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE ANNUAL REPORT 2023/24 
The Council gave consideration to a report which presented the Chair of the Audit and
Scrutiny Committee’s annual overview of the Committees activity during the financial year
2023/24 and a summary of key developments since the commencement of 2024/25. The
report set out how the Committee had fulfilled its remit and provided assurances to the
Council. 
Decision 
The Council endorsed the Annual Report by the Chair of the Audit and Scrutiny
Committee. 
(Reference: Report by Chair of Audit and Scrutiny Committee dated 3 December 2024,
submitted)
Page 12

Page 13

Councillor Iain Shonny Paterson joined the meeting during discussion of agenda item 6
(Argyll and Bute Council Draft Visitor Levy Scheme). 
6. ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL DRAFT VISITOR LEVY SCHEME 
The Council gave consideration to a report providing a draft Visitor Levy Scheme and all
associated paperwork for discussion and which sought approval for the draft Visitor Levy
Scheme to go out to a 12 week public consultation in early January 2025. 
Motion 
The Council: 
1. Notes the report on an Argyll and Bute Draft Visitor Levy Scheme, the related impact
assessments and formal consultation documents outlined in Appendices 1, 2 and 3. 
2. Notes the Scottish Tourism Alliance (STA) visitor levy policy position as referred to by
the Executive Director in her presentation. 
3. Acknowledges the feedback provided by all those who took part in the pre-consultation
survey and stakeholder workshops and, in addition, the range of views, for and
against, shared by local residents and businesses. 
4. Agrees the draft Argyll and Bute Council Visitor Levy Scheme formal consultation
document (Appendix 3), with reference to all appropriate content (Appendices 1 and
2), to go to a formal, 12-week public consultation in early January 2025. 
Moved by Councillor Jim Lynch, seconded by Councillor Ross Moreland. 
Amendment 1
Members having considered the report:
1. Agree to note the content of the paper.
2. Expresses strong opposition to the introduction of any Visitor Levy Scheme within
Argyll and Bute, considering the negative economic and administrative impacts such a
levy would have on the tourism industry, local businesses, and residents.
3. Rejects the need for any further consultation on the Visitor Levy Scheme, deeming it
an unnecessary expense and an undue burden on council resources.
4. Instructs officers to discontinue any plans related to the preparation, consultation, or
implementation of a Visitor Levy Scheme.
5. Calls on the Council Leader to strongly advocate to the Scottish Government and other
relevant authorities against imposing a Visitor Levy on local authorities, highlighting the
potential harm to the tourism-dependent economy of Argyll and Bute.
6. Agrees that no additional council resources or officer time should be allocated to
developing or promoting a Visitor Levy Scheme.
Moved by Councillor Daniel Hampsey, seconded by Councillor Garret Corner.
Amendment 2
Page 13

Page 14

Agree to proceed to consultation on the basis set out in the report subject to 
1. agree to a 12month consultation period. 
2. to be run in tandem with ongoing engagement with accommodation providers,
stakeholders, and with regular reporting on progress to the Council’s Policy and
Resources Committee throughout the period of the consultation. 
This will allow Members, at intervals throughout the 12month period, the opportunity to
digest and scrutinise, the much-needed data-based analysis to determine the schemes
complexities before making an informed decision to introduce a Visitor Levy or not.
Moved by Councillor Tommy Macpherson, seconded by Councillor Fiona Howard.
As the meeting was being held on a hybrid basis, the vote required to be taken by calling
the Roll and Members voted as follows – 
Motion   Amendment 1  Amendment 2 
Cllr Armour   Cllr Corner   Cllr Howard
Cllr Blair   Cllr Corry   Cllr Macpherson
Cllr Brown   Cllr A Hampsey  
Cllr Campbell-Sturgess Cllr D Hampsey 
Cllr Forrest   Cllr Kean
Cllr Green   Cllr McCabe
Cllr Hardie   Cllr McNeilly
Cllr Horn   Cllr Mulvaney
Cllr Hume   Cllr Penfold
Cllr Irvine   Cllr Redman
Cllr Kain   Cllr Vennard
Cllr Kennedy   Cllr Wallace
Cllr Kennedy-Boyle
Cllr Lynch
Cllr Martin
Cllr McFadzean
Cllr McKenzie
Cllr Moreland
Cllr Paterson
Cllr Philand
Cllr Sinclair   
Decision 
The Motion received 21 votes, Amendment 1 received 12 votes and Amendment 2
received 2 votes.  The Motion having received an overall majority in terms of those
Members present and voting, the Council resolved accordingly.  
Page 14

Page 15

(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated 4 December 2024, submitted) 
Councillor Amanda Hampsey left the meeting during discussion of agenda item 7
(Learning Estate Investment Programme (LEIP) – Mull Campus Update). 
7. LEARNING ESTATE INVESTMENT PROGRAMME (LEIP) - MULL CAMPUS
UPDATE 
The Council gave consideration to a report providing an update on the Learning Estate
Investment Programme (LEIP) Mull 2 – 18 campus project which was at site selection
stage. 
Decision 
The Council - 
1. Acknowledged the work done to date to progress this significant project which aims to
deliver a new campus for Mull; 
2. Welcomed the engagement that has taken place and thanks the residents and
communities who have taken time to share and contribute their views; 
3. Noted that the possibility of a split-site option for the Mull Campus was raised as part
of the engagement work and has been explored in both educational benefit terms and
the Scottish Government’s Learning Estate Investment Programme (LEIP) funding
metrics; 
4. Having regard to the information provided in respect of educational benefits elements
and funding metrics, and the advice of the Council’s Chief Financial Officer that a two-
site Mull Campus would not be affordable, agreed that the process would continue on
a single-site basis for delivery of a new Mull Campus; 
5. Noted the unanimous view of the community in Iona in relation to their removal from
the scope of the project, and agreed that this is given effect to; 
6. Agreed the updated timeline set out in the report in relation to a further paper with
recommendations in relation to a site for the Mull Campus being brought forward for
consideration by the full Council. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Commercial Services and
Education dated 6 December 2024, submitted) 
8. APPOINTMENT OF A RECRUITMENT PANEL FOR THE HEAD OF ROADS
AND INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES 
The Council gave consideration to a report inviting the establishment of an Appointments
Panel to appoint to the post of Head of Roads and Infrastructure Services. 
Decision 
Page 15

Page 16

The Council – 
1. agreed to establish an Appointments Panel for the recruitment to the post of Head of
Roads and Infrastructure Services; 
2. nominated Councillors Jim Lynch and John Armour from the Administration and
Councillor Gary Mulvaney from the opposition to the Appointments Panel; and 
3. nominated Councillors Audrey Forrest and Ross Moreland from the Administration and
Councillor Peter Wallace from the opposition as substitute members. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Legal and Regulatory
Support dated 20 December 2024, submitted) 
9. REVISION OF ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL'S SHORT-TERM LET
LICENSING POLICY 
The Council gave consideration to a recommendation from the meeting of the Planning,
Protective Services and Licensing Committee held on 18 December 2024 in relation to a
revised Short-Term Let Licensing Policy. 
Decision 
The Council approved the revised Short-Term Let Licensing Policy as per the
recommendation from the Planning, Protective Services and Licensing Committee. 
(Reference: Recommendation from Planning, Protective Services and Licensing
Committee held on 18 December 2024; and report by Executive Director with
responsibility for Development and Economic Growth dated 2 December 2024, submitted) 
Councillor Luna Martin left the meeting during discussion of agenda item 9 (Revision of
Argyll and Bute Council’s Short-term Let Licensing Policy). 
The Provost advised that in terms of Section 50(A)(4) of the Local Government (Scotland)
Act 1973, the recommendations contained at item 10(b) of the agenda would require him
to exclude the press and public should any Member wish to discuss the content of those
recommendations on the grounds that they were likely to involve the disclosure of exempt
information as defined in Paragraph 6 of Part 1 of Schedule 7A to the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973. 
Having noted that the Council wished to discuss the content of the recommendations
contained at item 10(b) of the agenda, the Council agreed that the press and public be
excluded for the following item of business. 
Councillor Amanda Hampsey re-joined the meeting for discussion of agenda item 10
(Oban Airport Business Park). 
10. OBAN AIRPORT BUSINESS PARK 
The Council gave consideration to a recommendation from the meeting of the Policy and
Resources Committee held on 5 December 2024 in relation to Oban Airport Business
Park. 
Decision
Page 16

Page 17

The Council agreed the recommendation from the meeting of the Policy and Resources
Committee held on 5 December 2024 as detailed within item 14(b) of the agenda. 
(Reference: Recommendation from Policy and Resources Committee held on 5 December
2024; and report by Executive Director with responsibility for Commercial Services and
Executive Director with responsibility for Development and Economic Growth dated 28
November 2024, submitted) 
Page 17

Page 18

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 19

MINUTES of MEETING of POLICY AND RESOURCES COMMITTEE held ON A HYBRID
BASIS IN THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, KILMORY, LOCHGILPHEAD AND BY MICROSOFT
TEAMS 
on THURSDAY, 5 DECEMBER 2024 
Present: Councillor Audrey Forrest (Chair) 
Councillor John Armour
Councillor Gordon Blair
Councillor Math Campbell-Sturgess
Councillor Kieron Green
Councillor Mark Irvine 
Councillor Reeni Kennedy-Boyle
Councillor Dougie McFadzean
Councillor Yvonne McNeilly
Councillor Ross Moreland
Councillor Gary Mulvaney 
Also
Present: 
Councillor Maurice Corry Councillor Tommy MacPherson
Attending: Kirsty Flanagan, Executive Director
Douglas Hendry, Executive Director
Carolyn Earl, Interim Head of Financial Services
Jane Fowler, Head of Customer and Support Services
Jim Smith, Head of Roads and Infrastructure Services
Fergus Murray, Head of Development and Economic Growth
Shona Barton, Governance Manager
Suzanne Mason, Engagement and Communities Lead 
1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 
Apologies for absence were received from Councillors Amanda Hampsey, Jim Lynch, Liz
McCabe and Dougie Philand. 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
There were no declarations of interest intimated. 
3. MINUTES 
The Minutes of the meeting of the Policy and Resources Committee held on 10 October
2024 were approved as a correct record. 
* 4. FINANCIAL REPORTS MONITORING PACK - 31 OCTOBER 2024 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing a summary of the financial
monitoring reports as at the end of October 2024. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee agreed to – 
1. note the revenue budget monitoring report as at 31 October 2024; 
2. note the financial risks for 2024-25; 
Page 19 Agenda Item 4a

Page 20

3. note the capital plan monitoring report as at 31 October 2024 and approve the
proposed changes to the capital plan outlined in Appendix 4 of that report; 
4. note the reserves and balances report as at 31 October 2024; and 
5. recommend to Council that the revenue virements over £0.200m during September
and October 2024 are approved. 
(Reference: Report by Section 95 Officer dated 12 November 2024, submitted) 
5. BUDGET OUTLOOK 2025-26 TO 2029-30 
The Committee considered a report providing an update to the budget outlook covering
the period 2025-26 to 2029-30. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee noted – 
1. the current estimated budget outlook position for the period 2025-26 to 2029-30; and 
2. that the budget outlook now included new management/operational and policy options
presented by officers for consideration as part of the budget in February 2025; and
further noted that detailed templates would be provided to Council. 
(Reference: Report by Section 95 Officer dated 12 November 2024, submitted) 
6. SUPPORTING COMMUNITIES FUND - REVIEW AND OUTLINE
PROPOSALS 
The Committee considered a report setting out recommendations from an internal review
of the Council’s annual Supporting Communities Fund (SCF) to support improvements for
communities applying in 2025/26. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee – 
1. noted the findings from the internal review and that further feedback was being
gathered from community groups on their experiences to help improvements; 
2. agreed the proposed next steps and timeframe for the 2025/26 round of Supporting
Communities Fund (SCF); 
3. agreed that a detailed paper would come to February 2025 Policy and Resources
Committee to consider and agree an improved approach to SCF for 2025/26; and 
4. approved that, within 2025/26, officers explore the scope of grants available to
community groups in Argyll and Bute through the Council, CPP partners and other
funding bodies and consider possibilities for collaboration and realignment. Further to
this, to consider the potential format of local decision making for grants available
through the council and/ or collaborations. 
(Reference: Report by Chief Executive dated 4 November 2024, submitted)
Page 20

Page 21

7. ENGAGING COMMUNITIES FRAMEWORK - DRAFT 
The Committee considered a report presenting the Draft Engaging Communities
Framework for approval. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee – 
1. approved the content of the Engagement Framework; and 
2. noted that the Framework would be produced in a user-friendly format, reviewed
annually to support learning and development of best practice, and promotion of the
Framework and training on its content for staff and elected members is in
development. 
(Reference: Report by Chief Executive dated 5 November 2024, submitted) 
* 8. VOLUNTEER POLICY AND VOLUNTEER PROCEDURE 
The Committee gave consideration to a report introducing a new Council wide Volunteer
Policy and Procedure. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee agreed – 
1. the Volunteer Policy; 
2. that PVG costs for volunteers would be covered by existing service budgets; and 
3. to forward the Policy to Council for final approval. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Customer Support
Services dated 30 October 2024, submitted) 
9. OCTOBER 2023 WEATHER EVENT - NOVEMBER 2024 UPDATE 
The Committee considered a report following up on the report presented to the Policy and
Resources Committee on 15 August 2024 in respect of the October 2023 weather event. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee – 
1. noted the update on the current position of the projects; and 
2. agreed that further updates on the October 2023 Weather Event would be made to the
Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee rather than to the Policy and
Resources Committee. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services dated 26 November 2024, submitted)
Page 21

Page 22

10. RURAL GROWTH DEAL - PROJECT DEVELOPMENT COSTS 
The Committee considered a report providing an update on the Rural Growth Deal (RGD)
and specifically costs associated with the Business Case and Project Development. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee – 
1. noted that the total estimated essential development costs to inform Treasury Five
compliant Full Business Cases for all projects amounted to £3.183m and these costs
required to be incurred in advance of Central Government endorsement at risk to the
Council and lead delivery partners; 
2. agreed that the Council sets aside a fund from the Priorities Investment Fund to the
value of £0.700m that can pay for the development costs for Council projects on the
basis that all will be paid back by the end of Year 10; 
3. agreed that any cash flow funding requests for projects led by external partners would
be brought to the Policy and Resources Committee for approval as and when a
request for funding was made and considered on a case by case basis; and 
4. delegated to the Internal Programme Board (Chief Executive and Executive Directors)
to approve pre-development funding requests relating to Council led projects up to a
threshold of £250k per project from the new Fund. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated 20 November 2024, submitted) 
11. CROWN ESTATE FUNDING 
The Committee gave consideration to a report requesting agreement on additional funding
being allocated to Campbeltown War Memorial and permission for Argyll Countryside
Trust (ACT) to sell their Eco-Hub which had been part funded through Crown Estates
Funding. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee agreed to – 
1. allocate additional funding of up to £11,000 to complete the upgrade works at
Campbeltown War Memorial from Crown Estate contingency funding; and 
2. grant permission to ACT to sell their Eco-Hub, which was part funded through Crown
Estates funding in 2021; and agree in principal that the returned proceeds in addition
to the remaining 5% retention (anticipated to be £28.5k) are reinvested in the new
Kilmory site.   
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated 26 November 2024, submitted) 
Page 22

Page 23

12. CLIMATE CHANGE BOARD UPDATE & DECARBONISATION TRACKER 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an overview of key highlights
from the Decarbonisation Plan Tracker, offering a strategic snapshot of recent progress. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee noted the updates contained at Section 5 of the
submitted report and the full Decarbonisation Tracker update contained at Appendix A to
the submitted report. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Commercial Services
dated 7 November 2024, submitted) 
The Chair ruled and the Committee agreed to take item 14 of the agenda (Policy and
Resources Committee Workplan) at this point, before the exclusion of the press and public
for item 13 of the agenda (Oban Airport Business Park), to facilitate smooth running of the
agenda. 
13. POLICY AND RESOURCES COMMITTEE WORKPLAN 
The Policy and Resources Committee Workplan was before the Committee for noting. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee noted the content of the Workplan as at 5
December 2024. 
(Reference: Policy and Resources Committee Workplan dated 5 December 2024,
submitted) 
The Committee resolved in terms of Section 50(A)(4) of the Local Government (Scotland)
Act 1973 to exclude the press and public for the following item of business on the grounds
that it was likely to involve the disclosure of exempt information as defined in Paragraph 6
of Part 1 of Schedule 7A to the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973. 
* 14. OBAN AIRPORT BUSINESS PARK 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an update on progress of the
Oban Airport Business Park project and how it fitted within the wider Lorn Arc Tax
Incremental Finance (TIF) Programme. 
Decision 
The Policy and Resources Committee agreed the recommendations as contained within
the submitted report. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Commercial Services
and Executive Director with responsibility for Development and Economic Growth dated
28 November 2024, submitted) 
Page 23

Page 24

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 25

MINUTES of MEETING of COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE held ON A HYBRID BASIS
IN THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, KILMORY, LOCHGILPHEAD AND BY MICROSOFT TEAMS 
on THURSDAY, 12 DECEMBER 2024 
Present: Councillor Audrey Forrest (Chair) 
Councillor Gordon Blair
Councillor Maurice Corry
Councillor Daniel Hampsey
Councillor Graham Hardie
Councillor Anne Horn
Councillor Fiona Howard
Councillor Paul Donald
Kennedy
Councillor Dougie
McFadzean 
Councillor Julie McKenzie
Councillor Iain Shonny Paterson
Councillor Gemma Penfold
Councillor Dougie Philand
Margaret Anderson
Daniel Semple
Reverend Dorothy Wallace, Church
Rep 
Attending: Douglas Hendry, Executive Director
Jen Crocket, Head of Education: Wellbeing, Inclusion and Achievement
Wendy Brownlie, Head of Education: Performance and Improvement
Stuart McLean, Committee Manager
Chief Superintendent Gary I’Anson, Police Scotland
Superintendent Mark Stirling, Police Scotland
Chief Inspector James McArthur, Police Scotland
Chief Inspector Lee Page, Police Scotland
Group Commander Barrie McCutcheon, Scottish Fire and Rescue Service
Station Commander Rob Taylor, Scottish Fire and Rescue Service
Charlotte Craig, Business Improvement Manager, Argyll and Bute HSCP
Paul Ashworth, Services and Support Manager, Live Argyll
Rhona Grant, Team Leader, Live Argyll 
1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 
Apologies for absence were received from Councillors Amanda Hampsey, Jennifer Kean
and Yvonne McNeilly. 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
Councillor Iain Shonny Paterson declared a financial interest in item 6 (Argyll & Bute
Health & Social Care Partnership – Annual Performance Report) and item 7 (Argyll &
Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Quarterly Performance Report FQ1
2024/25) as he ran a business which dealt with people with special needs.  He
advised that he would remain in the meeting during the discussion of these reports. 
3. MINUTES 
The Minute of the Community Services Committee held on 22 August 2024 was approved
as a correct record. 
4. POLICE SCOTLAND ARGYLL & BUTE PERFORMANCE SUMMARY
REPORT - REPORTING PERIOD: APRIL - SEPTEMBER 2024 
Chief Superintendent Gary I’Anson presented the Argyll and Bute Performance Summary
Report of Police Scotland’s Policing Priorities for Q2 April – September 2024.  He also
Page 25 Agenda Item 4b

Page 26

provided a briefing on the new Police Scotland 2030 vision and three year business plan
and responded to questions asked.   
Decision 
The Committee reviewed and noted the content of the report along with the briefing on the
new Police Scotland 2030 vision and three year business plan. 
(Reference: Report for Q2 2024 – 2025 by Divisional Commander for Argyll and Bute,
West Dunbarton Division, Police Scotland, submitted) 
5. SCOTTISH FIRE AND RESCUE SERVICE - ARGYLL & BUTE
PERFORMANCE REPORT Q2 - 1 JUNE - 30 SEPTEMBER 2024 
With the aid of power point slides, Group Commander Barrie McCutcheon and Station
Commander Rob Taylor presented a report highlighting Scottish Fire and Rescue
Service’s review of local performance within Argyll and Bute for Q2 (1 June – 30
September 2024) and responded to a number of questions asked. 
Decision 
The Committee reviewed and noted the contents of the report. 
(Reference: Q2 2024/25 Report by Local Senior Officer, Scottish Fire and Rescue
Service, submitted) 
6. ARGYLL & BUTE HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE PARTNERSHIP - ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE REPORT 2023/24 
A report presenting the Annual Performance Report for the Health & Social Care
Partnership for the year 2023/24 was considered. 
Decision 
The Committee noted and considered Annual Performance Report for the Health & Social
Care Partnership for the year 2023/24 
(Reference: Report by Chief Officer, Argyll & Bute HSCP dated 12 December 2024,
submitted) 
7. ARGYLL & BUTE HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE PARTNERSHIP -
PERFORMANCE REPORT FQ1 2024/25 (APRIL - JUNE) 
A report detailing performance for FQ1 (April – June) 2024/25 for Argyll & Bute Health &
Social Care Partnership was considered. 
Decision 
The Committee agreed to: 
1. acknowledge performance for FQ1 2024/25 (April – June); 
2. acknowledge performance update on the National Health & Wellbeing Outcomes and
Ministerial Steering Group Integration Indicators; and
Page 26

Page 27

3. note Delayed Discharge Sitrep as of 1 July 2024. 
(Reference: Report by Senior Manager, Performance and Improvement, Argyll and Bute
HSCP dated 12 December 2024, submitted) 
8. FURNACE PRIMARY SCHOOL - MOTHBALLING 
A report updating the Committee on the current situation of Furnace Primary School and
proposing a number of measures under which the Education Service can monitor the
position of the School over the forthcoming year was considered. 
Decision 
The Committee agreed that: 
1. Furnace Primary School is mothballed on a temporary basis, and that the building be
retained for one year on a care and maintenance basis; 
2. Officers would conduct a review of the School’s mothballing ahead of the Committee’s
December 2025 meeting, at which Members could decide on a continued period of
mothballing or request that Officers commence a preliminary exercise to examine the
future options for Furnace Primary School; and 
3. The community should have pre-arranged access to the building to promote any
community functions during the period of mothballing. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Education dated 6
November 2024, submitted) 
Councillor Iain Shonny Paterson left the meeting at this point. 
9. SCHOOL HOLIDAY DATES 2026-2029 
A consultation on School Holiday Dates was carried out from 12 August – 4 October 2024
with an aim to set the in-service days for teachers and the holiday dates for pupils across
the authority for 2026-2029.  The consultation included parents/carers, pupils and staff. 
The proposed dates, contained within Appendix 1 of this report, were before the
Committee for consideration. 
Decision 
The Committee agreed the school holiday dates for 2026-2029 contained within Appendix
1 of the report. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Education dated
November 2024, submitted) 
10. EDUCATION PERFORMANCE DATA ANALYSIS 2023-24 
A report giving an overview of essential performance data and outcomes for all students in
Argyll and Bute’s ten secondary schools for the 2023-2024 academic session was
considered.
Page 27

Page 28

Decision 
The Committee agreed to: 
1. consider the information contained in this report; 
2. commend the hard work and commitment of pupils and staff in securing these levels of
attainment and achievement and recognised the crucial role in such success played by
parents and carers in partnership with the schools; 
3. note the SQA directive that, because of the different assessment arrangements in
place each year over the period 2020-2023, meaningful comparison between results in
2024 and the other years in this period specifically 2020 and 2021, was limited; and 
4. note that a further report would come to a future meeting of the Committee once final
Insight date for session 2023-2024 was made available in the February 2025 Insight
update. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Education dated
December 2024, submitted) 
11. ANNUAL PARTICIPATION MEASURE 2023-24 
A report providing Members with information on the most recent Annual Participation
Measure published by Skills Development Scotland in August 2024 covering the period
April 2023 – March 2024 was considered. 
Decision 
The Committee agreed to: 
1. consider the information in relation to the 2023-2024 Annual Participation Measure; 
2. note the consistently strong performance of Argyll and Bute as a council area in
facilitating the participation of 16 – 19 year olds; and 
3. note the change in statistical detail brought about by the revision of 2023 Participation
figures to exclude data provided by His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Education dated 12
December 2024, submitted) 
12. COMMUNITY LEARNING AND DEVELOPMENT: STRATEGIC PLAN FOR
CLD IN ARGYLL AND BUTE 2024-2027 
A report updating the Committee on the development of the Community Learning and
Development (CLD) Strategic Plan for 2024-2027 was considered. 
Decision 
The Committee agreed to: 
1. note the areas for action identified in the new plan; and
Page 28

Page 29

2. consider and approve the CLD Partnership Strategic Plan for 2024-2027. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Education dated 12
December 2024, submitted) 
13. EXTERNAL EDUCATION ESTABLISHMENT INSPECTION REPORT 
A report providing details of all external establishment inspection reports received across
Argyll and Bute Education Service during the period August to December 2024 was before
the Committee for information. 
Decision 
The Committee agreed to note: 
1. the contents of this report; 
2. that this quarterly report would be presented on an ongoing basis to the Community
Services Committee detailing all establishment inspections conducted and published
by Education Scotland within that period; and 
3. that Ward Members would receive copies of school inspection reports for schools
within their area as published by Education Scotland. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Education dated
December 2024, submitted) 
14. COMMUNITY SERVICES COMMITTEE WORK PLAN 2024-2025 
The Community Services Committee work plan for 2024-2025 was before the Committee
for information. 
Decision 
The Committee noted the contents of the work plan. 
(Reference: Community Services Committee Work Plan 2024-2025, submitted) 
Page 29

Page 30

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 31

MINUTES of MEETING of ENVIRONMENT, DEVELOPMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE
COMMITTEE held ON A HYBRID BASIS IN THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, KILMORY,
LOCHGILPHEAD AND BY MICROSOFT TEAMS 
on THURSDAY, 19 DECEMBER 2024 
Present: Councillor John Armour (Chair) 
Also Present:
Councillor Jan Brown
Councillor Graham Hardie
Councillor Willie Hume
Councillor Jim Lynch
Councillor Tommy MacPherson
Councillor Ian James MacQuire
Councillor Luna Martin 
Councillor Kieron Green 
Councillor Ross Moreland
Councillor Gary Mulvaney
Councillor Alastair Redman
Councillor William Sinclair
Councillor Andrew Vennard
Councillor Peter Wallace 
Attending: Kirsty Flanagan, Executive Director
Stephen Hall, Consultant
Alan Millar, Performance Manager
Hugh O’Neill, Network and Standards Manager
Scott Reid, Marine Operations Manager
Stuart Watson, Assistant Network and Standards Manager
Colin Young, Strategic Transport Delivery Officer
Stuart McLean, Committee Manager 
Colin Buchanan, on behalf of Luing Community Council 
1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 
Apologies for absence were received from Councillor Andrew Kain. 
DEPUTATION 
The Chair intimated that a request for a deputation to be heard by Luing Community
Council had been received.  It was unanimously agreed to hear from this deputation. 
The Committee heard from Colin Buchanan, Vice Convener of Luing Community Council,
in relation to Marine Operations: Mainland Ferry Service which would be dealt with at Item
9 of the Agenda. 
The Chair thanked Colin Buchanan and advised that the submission would be considered
under item 9 of the Agenda (Marine Operations: Mainland Ferry Service). 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
There were no declarations of interest. 
3. MINUTES 
The Minutes of the meeting of the Environment, Development and Infrastructure
Committee held on 12 September 2024 were approved as a correct record.
Page 31 Agenda Item 4c

Page 32

4. ROUTE OPTIMISATION UPDATE 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an update on the Route
Optimisation project.  The Route Optimisation system will enable existing cyclical activities
such as bin collection, grass cutting and gritting, to be tested for efficiency and, where
possible, routes remodelled to be more efficient and effective. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee – 
1. considered the progress of the Route Optimisation project; 
2. noted the delays to the initial progress plan and the new milestones; 
3. noted that monthly progress updates would be provided to Elected Members from
January 2025 via the RIS Weekly Briefings; and 
4. noted that a further update report would be brought back to the next Environment,
Development and Infrastructure Committee meeting in March 2025 together with a
demonstration of the system. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services dated December 2024, submitted) 
5. CEMETERY ASSET - ANNUAL REPORT 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing the annual update on the current
Argyll and Bute “active” cemetery portfolio of 63 sites - number of lairs available for sale
and operational timescales within the Cemetery Development programme.  The report
also confirmed the current list of cemeteries subject to restrictions on the pre-sale of lairs. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee – 
1. noted the annual lairs sales figures and remaining availability;  
2. noted the updated comments relevant to the Cemetery Development programme; and  
3. agreed the updated list of sites, where the pre-sale of lairs is restricted. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services dated December 2024, submitted) 
6. REVIEW OF ROADS AND INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES - UPDATE 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an update on progress and next
steps in relation to the Roads and Infrastructure Service Review, 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee – 
Page 32

Page 33

1. noted the content of the report; and  
2. agreed to receive a further report on progress of the Roads and Infrastructure Service
Review in March 2025 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services dated December 2024, submitted) 
7. SECOND DOMESTIC BIN REVIEW 2024 
The Committee gave consideration to a report seeking approval for officers to carry out an
online consultation exercise regarding second bins and the criteria that should be
considered for these. Paper copies of the consultation will be available in the Council’s
Customer Service Points for any person who is not able to complete the consultation
online. The report also provided an update on the review of second bins. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee – 
1. agreed that officers carry out an online consultation exercise regarding second bins,
over a 4 week period in the new year. The criteria that should be considered for these,
with the detail of the consultation, being delegated to the Executive Director with
overall responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure Services, in consultation with the
Policy Lead for Roads, Transport and Amenity Services; 
2. agreed that the second domestic bin review be paused to allow consultation to be
undertaken on future eligibility of second bins; and  
3. noted that a report on the outcome of the consultation would be brought back to a
future Committee. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services dated December 2024, submitted) 
8. WASTE LANDFILL BAN UPDATE 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an update on the progress
towards landfill ban compliance. The report also provided an update on financial
implications in respect of the landfill ban and other waste issues. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee considered and noted the
content of the report. 
(Reference: Report by the Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and
Infrastructure Services dated December 2024, submitted) 
Page 33

Page 34

9. MARINE OPERATIONS: MAINLAND FERRY SERVICE 
The Committee gave consideration to a report introducing the “Argyll & Bute Council
Mainland Ferries Study – Comparative Analysis of Options for Council-run ferries” carried
out by Caledonian Economics (Mainland Ferries Study). 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee – 
1. thanked the Easdale and Luing Community Council representatives and residents for
the high level of engagement and return regarding the questionnaires;  
2. discussed the contents and implications of the Mainland Ferries Study, detailed at
Appendix 1 to the submitted report;  
3. approved the continuation of the feasibility study to progress a business case for the
provision of infrastructure options to Easdale, including fixed links; 
4. approved the inclusion of options to Luing in the feasibility study to continue to take
advantage of economy of scale; and 
5. acknowledged the ongoing need to continue to engage with residents and
representatives of the communities on the Isle of Luing, Isle of Seil, and Easdale, in
relation to council run ferry services and infrastructure. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services, dated November 2024, submitted) 
10. 20MPH SPEED LIMITS REPORT 
The Committee gave consideration to a report detailing the support offered by Transport
Scotland to progress the 20mph speed limit project. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee- 
1. noted the Scottish Government had committed to creating a healthier, greener and safer
Scotland and their aspiration is that the introduction of 20mph restrictions could help to
contribute to these objectives – this is a national aspiration to be managed through local
powers to amend speed limits rather than changing the national legislation; 
2. welcomed the additional funding confirmed by Transport Scotland on 14 October 2024
for a Project Officer which would help to gather data necessary to allow the Council to
make informed decisions going forward;   
3. agreed that no decision would be made regarding the implementation of any speed
restrictions at this time; and   
4. agreed that as more detailed information becomes available, a further report would be
provided to update Elected Members via Committee.   
Page 34

Page 35

(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services dated 16 November 2024, submitted) 
11. TRANSPORT (SCOTLAND) ACT 2019, PART 6 PARKING PROHIBITIONS
UPDATE REPORT 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an update on the introduction of
enforcement of the parking prohibitions contained in Part 6 of the Transport (Scotland) Act
2019 and seeking agreement to revise the timescales from December 2024 to 3 March
2025. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee – 
1. agreed the revised timescale from December 2024 to 3 March 2025;  
2. noted the amended process as outlined in paragraph 4.8 of the submitted report; and 
3. requested that Officers explore options to identify areas where enforcement may cause
traffic management problems and if possible report back to this Committee options to
mitigate, including exemptions. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services dated 11 November 2024, submitted). 
12. ROADS RECONSTRUCTION BUDGET 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an update on future forecast
capital funding for roads reconstruction and improvements. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee noted the content of the
report including the allocation of the provisional budget set out in the table at paragraph
3.6 of the submitted report. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure
Services dated November 2024, submitted) 
13. DRAFT ACTIVE TRAVEL STRATEGY FOR CONSULTATION 
The Committee gave consideration to a report requesting approval to progress to
consultation on the draft of the Council’s Active Travel Strategy. The draft Active Travel
Strategy has been developed by Officers as instructed by this Committee on 1 June 2023. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee – 
1. considered and approved the draft Active Travel Strategy for a period of consultation;
and 
Page 35

Page 36

2. instructed Officers to provide a further report to this Committee on completion of the
consultation for members to consider and approve. 
(Reference: Report by Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth dated December 2024, submitted) 
14. ENVIRONMENT, DEVELOPMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE COMMITTEE
WORKPLAN 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee workplan was before the
Committee for noting. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee noted the content of the
workplan. 
(Reference: Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee workplan dated
December 2024, submitted) 
VALEDICTORY 
The Chair acknowledged that Jim Smith, Head of Roads and Infrastructure, had left the
Council and noted his thanks on behalf of the Committee for all the work he had carried
out during his time with the Council.  The Chair recorded his personal thanks for Mr
Smith’s support during his term as Shadow Policy Lead, and latterly as Policy Lead. 
He then welcomed Stephen Hall to the meeting.  Mr Hall will take up post as the Interim
Head of Roads and Infrastructure from 6 January 2025. 
15. NOTICE OF MOTION UNDER STANDING ORDER 13 
The following Notice of Motion Under Standing Order 13 was before the Committee for
consideration – 
At its meeting on the 20th September 2024, the Strathclyde Concessionary Travel
Scheme (SCTS) Joint Committee approved a new fare structure to come into effect from
1st April 2025. The new model based on half standard fare, with a fare cap set at £2.50 for
a single and £4.00 for a return, is applied for wholly rural rail journeys and all ferry
journeys. 
Currently, rail and ferry journeys under approximately 10 (nautical) miles are charged at
£1.00 single and £1.50 return. This represents a fare increase of up to 165%, including on
lifeline ferry routes and disproportionately impact on the elderly and most vulnerable
members of our community. 
This Council: 
1. Expresses deep concern about the fare increases that have been agreed, noting that
residents of Argyll and Bute already face higher cost of living associated with rural and
island life, and these changes disproportionately impact on the elderly and most
vulnerable members of our community. 
Page 36

Page 37

2. Acknowledges demand and increasing operator fares will require SCTS funding
reserves of £0.836M by the end of this current financial year 2024/2025 and that
Strathclyde Concessionary Travel Scheme reimbursement costs continue to increase
sharply. 
3. Urges the Scottish Government to provide additional funding for the SCTS to support
older and disabled residents traveling and phase in changes to the pricing over a
number of years to mitigate the impact of changing to the new model. 
4. Agrees that the Policy Lead for Roads & Infrastructure write to the First Minister, John
Swinney MSP to highlight these concerns and request action to support elderly and
vulnerable service users. 
Moved by Councillor Peter Wallace, seconded by Councillor John Armour. 
Decision 
The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee agreed the terms of the
Motion and resolved accordingly.  
(Reference: Notice of Motion by Councillor Peter Wallace, seconded by Councillor John
Armour, submitted) 
Page 37

Page 38

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 39

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL                       COUNCIL
COMMERCIAL SERVICES, EDUCATION                       27 FEBRUARY 2025
AND FINANCIAL SERVICES 
LEARNING ESTATE INVESTMENT PROGRAMME (LEIP)
MULL CAMPUS – PREFERRED SITE RECOMMENDATION 
1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The purpose of this report is to provide sufficient information to allow the Council
to make an informed decision on the preferred site for Mull 2-18 Campus. Site
selection is the first key decision milestone for the project and will allow the
Outline Business Case to be progressed and design development to
commence. 
1.2 This report describes the site assessment and selection process, the contributing
reports and analyses, outlines the relative benefits and challenges of each short-
listed site option and makes a recommendation to the Council as to the preferred
site, based on the evidence available. 
1.3 The site selection phase for the project commenced in August 2024 with a “call
for sites”. Eleven possible sites were identified, and four potentially viable options
were shortlisted:- 
• Site 1 – Tobermory Existing School Site
• Site 2 – Craignure
• Site 3 – Garmony
• Site 4 – Tobermory South 
1.4 A detailed transport review found that the two Tobermory sites present minimal
change to existing arrangements with travel time, distance and carbon emissions
for staff and pupils remaining broadly the same. This significantly increases for
the two centrally located sites, and in the case of Site 2 – Craignure the aggregate
travel time would double, and vehicle miles and carbon emissions would triple. 
Page 39 Agenda Item 6a

Page 40

1.5 An Integrated Impact Assessment was undertaken to examine the potential
impacts to the relevant groups on Mull and its surrounding islands that may
result from a Tobermory or a more centrally located site. This highlighted that
regardless of site location, the campus has the potential to deliver a range of
benefits through the provision of contemporary and high-quality learning, sport
and community facilities. 
1.6 Many community members feel strongly that a central high school is required to
unite young people from the north and south of Mull and to provide an on-island
secondary education option for children from the Ross of Mull. However, there is
also a strong feeling that early years and primary school education should not be
relocated from Tobermory for the families residing there. 
1.7 The impact assessment concluded that there are benefits and disbenefits
associated with all site options. However, under the constraints of the available
funding, it is unlikely that any of the options would be able to provide a fully equal
solution for all children and young people living on Mull and the islands. 
1.8 All contributing reports and analyses for the short-listed sites were considered as
part of a site scoring exercise which assessed each site option against set criteria.
The sites and their weighted scores are outlined below, in order of rank.
1. Site 4 Tobermory South, 645
2. Site 2 Craignure, 628
3. Site 1 Tobermory Existing, 625
4. Site 3 Garmony, 546 
1.9 Sensitivity analyses were carried out and this demonstrated that site 4 –
Tobermory South consistently performed better than the other site options, with
the greatest number of cumulative good and very good scores. Site 3 – Garmony
consistently performed the worst of the four options and that site is not
recommended to be considered further. 
1.10 Based on the substantial body of information contained within the Appendices
of this report, the recommended preferred site for a new Mull Campus is Site 4
– Tobermory South. 
1.11 This option would constitute a proposal to relocate the existing campus, with a
statutory consultation legally required under the Schools (Consultation)
(Scotland) Act 2010, the outcome of which will be reported back to full Council
upon completion of that process. 
1.12 Members are asked to consider the contents of this report and supporting
Appendices and endorse the site scoring mechanism, criteria and supporting
Page 40

Page 41

assessments.  After consideration of all the available information and the
content of the Integrated Impact Assessments, Members are asked to confirm
their preferred site for a new Mull Campus, and agree to progress the Outline
Business Case on that basis. 
Page 41

Page 42

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL                        COUNCIL
COMMERCIAL SERVICES, EDUCATION                     27 FEBRUARY 2025
AND FINANCIAL SERVICES 
LEARNING ESTATE INVESTMENT PROGRAMME (LEIP)
MULL CAMPUS – PREFERRED SITE RECOMMENDATION 
2.0 INTRODUCTION 
2.1 This report outlines the key information that requires to be considered to
identify a preferred site for the Learning Estate Investment Programme (LEIP)
Mull Campus project, which has reached the decision milestone for site
selection. 
2.2 On 25th April 2024 the Council decided to “commence the Business Case,
undertake engagement exercises, commence the site selection process and
establish governance arrangements, with updates to be brought back to
Members at appropriate gateway points”.
2.3 An update was provided to the Council on 20th December 2024, where it was
advised that a recommendation of a preferred site for Mull Campus would be
brought forward for consideration by the full Council at their next meeting. At
that meeting it was unanimously decided that the Council:-
“Having regard to the information provided in respect of educational benefits
elements and funding metrics, and the advice of the Council’s Chief Financial
Officer that a two-site Mull Campus would not be affordable, agrees that the
process will continue on a single-site basis for delivery of a new Mull
Campus”; and 
“Notes the unanimous view of the community in Iona in relation to their
removal from the scope of the project, and agrees that this is given effect to”
2.4 This report sets out the relevant information and recommendations to enable
the Council to decide on the preferred site for a new Mull Campus.
Page 42

Page 43

3.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1 It is recommended that the Council:
a) Considers the contents of the report and supporting Appendices. 
b) Endorses the site scoring mechanism, criteria and supporting
assessments which is consistent with criteria categories commonly used
for site selection on previous Council school projects. 
c) Confirms Site 4 – Tobermory South as the preferred site for a new Mull
Campus and agrees to progress the Outline Business Case on that
basis. 
d) Notes that as the preferred option would constitute a proposal to relocate
the existing campus, a statutory consultation would be legally required
under the Schools (Consultation) (Scotland) Act 2010, the outcome of
which will be reported back to full Council upon completion of that
process. 
e) In making their decision in accordance with recommendation (b), above,
Members are specifically requested to have regard to the detail of the
Integrated Impact Assessment (Appendix 1K) on the potential impacts
to the relevant groups on Mull and its surrounding islands, as detailed
therein, recognising that each site presents different benefits and
disbenefits to these distinct groups. 
4.0 DETAIL 
4.1 Background 
4.1.1 The Council submitted a bid for Scottish Government LEIP funding in October
2022 for a 2-18 campus on Mull and this was accepted in October 2023. The bid
met the LEIP eligibility criteria on condition, with funding provided on a “like for
like” basis to replace the existing Tobermory campus. 
4.1.2 The potential cost implications of LEIP funding, which requires the Council to
pay the full capital cost up front with up to 50% of eligible costs funded by
Scottish Government over 25 years, were considered on 25th April 2024 where it
was decided that the Council:- 
“noted the capital and revenue implications of the LEIP / Mull Campus
project which were of a strategic financial nature” and 
Page 43

Page 44

“considered the project to be affordable at this time, and agreed that up to
£5m from the previously earmarked LEIP funding be used to commence the
Business Case, undertake engagement exercises, commence the site
selection process and establish governance arrangements, with updates to
be brought back to Members at appropriate gateway points.” 
4.1.3 On 20th December 2024 the Council agreed that a new Mull Campus would
continue on a single-site basis. It was also agreed to remove Iona from the
scope of the project in response to the community’s unanimous request to
remain within the catchment area of Oban High School.
4.1.4 The Mull Campus project is being delivered as part of the North Schools
Programme, which is a partnership between hub North Scotland ltd and five
local authorities to deliver eight schools. Three of these projects, including Mull
Campus, are island schools. 
4.1.5 The hub North Scotland team have supported the Council throughout the
community engagement and site selection phase. The outputs are provided in
Appendix 1, with individual reports in Appendices 1A-L.
4.1.6 This report describes the site assessment and selection process, the
contributing reports and analyses, outlines the relative benefits and challenges
of each short-listed site option and makes a recommendation to the Council as
to the preferred site, based on the evidence available.
4.2 Call for Sites and Long List of Options
4.2.1 A call for sites was launched from 27th August to 25th September 2024 to seek
suggestions of sites that may be suitable for the new Mull 2-18 Campus. Eleven
possible sites were identified, including the existing school site. 
4.2.2 The hub North Scotland team undertook a high-level review of each site to
consider key constraints such as flood risk, ground conditions, accessibility and
site abnormals which could make the sites prohibitive to development. Each site
was assessed on its suitability to deliver the brief in terms of size, fit and
accessibility, and how it related to the wider context in terms of its ability to safely
operate.  
4.2.3 A Civil and Structural assessment of topographical and ground condition risks
highlighted that some of the sites had substantial level changes and contained
very poor marsh and peaty ground, making them unsuitable for development
without significant remediation. 
4.2.4 A review of Mechanical & Electrical requirements focused primarily on utilities and
how easy it would be to service each site. As is typically the case in remote and
rural regions, many sites were found to be located a distance away from existing
infrastructure. 
4.2.5 For each long-listed site an initial review was carried out in terms of any transport
impact. Several sites were found to have constrained accesses which would not
Page 44

Page 45

be able to accommodate significant amounts of traffic during the delivery of the
Mull Campus project or in final operation once the facility is live. 
4.2.6 Taking these factors into consideration, four sites were shortlisted as being
potentially capable of accommodating the campus requirements. Further detail
on the long list of options and reasons for not shortlisting is provided in Appendix
1 (section 2.3.1) and Appendix 1B the Site Selection Options Appraisal report
(October 2024). The report was agreed by the project’s Strategic Board in early
November 2024. 
4.2.7 The four sites shortlisted for further consideration are:
1. Site 1 Tobermory Existing School 
2. Site 2 Craignure
3. Site 3 Garmony
4. Site 4 Tobermory South
4.3 Assessment of Short-Listed Options
4.3.1 A detailed set of criteria for assessment were developed jointly by the hub North
Scotland technical team and Argyll and Bute Council Project Team1. The hub
North team developed an initial draft for consideration, which focussed on
technical aspects including site size and capacity to accommodate the brief,
technical deliverability (utilities, ground conditions, topography, flood risk),
statutory consents and legal aspects, accessibility, sustainability and cost. The
assessment process also took into account the feedback from the public
engagement exercise as detailed in Table 1 below.  The criteria and approach
are consistent with other new build school projects delivered across Scotland.
4.3.2 The draft list was reviewed by the Project Team and Strategic Board in September
2024 where it was refined to align with criteria categories commonly used for site
selection on previous Council school projects; impact, deliverability, affordability
and risk. It was acknowledged that these would need to be expanded further to
reflect the unique island context and comparatively wide geographical search
area for a project located on Mull, which was recognised as being different from
a mainland town location. 
4.3.3 As noted in paragraph 4.3.1 above, the additional island factors included taking
account of the feedback received from island communities during the community
engagement exercise carried out in late September. This is described further in
section 4.4 of this report.  
4.3.4 To better understand the island infrastructure and transport implications, hub
North Scotland carried out a baseline assessment of the transport considerations
for the existing 2-18 school in Tobermory. The report included suggested criteria 
1 Project Team includes council officers from the following departments; finance, education,
commercial services, legal and regulatory support, estates, property, ICT, procurement,
communications and health and safety.
Page 45

Page 46

to be used in the site assessment exercise. This is described further in section
4.5 of this report.
4.3.5 In October, once the Community Engagement Analysis Report and Transport
Considerations baseline reports were available, the draft criteria were reviewed
and adjusted to take account of the suggested criteria included in those reports.
The revised criteria were reviewed again by the full Project Team, who also
discussed suitable weightings for the criteria to reflect their relative importance.
To reflect the nature of this project the Educational Benefits were weighted
highest as outlined in Table 5 (below). This was presented to the project’s
Strategic Board in early November where they confirmed acceptance of the
proposals to date and broad agreement to the weightings subject to final
adjustments to reflect the importance of educational impact and travel distances,
particularly for young children. The criteria and weightings were adjusted and
finalised accordingly to allow them to be used to assess each shortlisted site. 
4.3.6 A site scoring exercise was subsequently carried out by a team of council officers
from education, property, legal, finance, estates, planning, economic
development and development & infrastructure services. They were supported by
the Mull Campus and hub North Scotland teams.  The site scoring was
undertaken during two workshops held on 15th November 2024 and 23rd January
2025. During the workshop the technical team and subject matter experts
presented the information gathered to inform the scoring of each criterion. The
group then collectively agreed on a consensus score from 0-10 for each site for
that criterion. 
4.3.7 In line with its statutory duties the Council commissioned an Integrated Impact
Assessment looking at the potential equality, island communities, economic,
children’s rights and wellbeing and Fairer Scotland Duty impacts. 
4.3.8 The full suite of reports, impact assessments and the output of the site scoring
exercise are included in Appendices 1 and 2. This is the culmination of six
months of activity and the volume of information is substantial, therefore a
hyperlink has been provided to some of the technical information. Conscientious
consideration has been given to all the supporting information when forming the
recommendations in this report.
4.4 Community Engagement Analysis 
4.4.1 An extensive community engagement exercise was undertaken in September
2024 to ask the community what was important to them when considering a site
for the new campus. The outcome was shared with the council in December
2024 and the full Community Engagement Analysis Report (November 2024) is
available in Appendix 1A. 
4.4.2 The report outlined the communities’ key criteria for site selection, which were
incorporated in the criteria and relative weightings used for the site scoring
exercise where possible. A summary is included in Table 1. 
Page 46

Page 47

Table 1 – Communities’ Key Criteria for Site Selection
Communities Key Criteria Site Selection Criteria Category
1. Keeping travel time to a minimum Education Impact 
2. Keeping families together/ avoiding children
going off island
Community and Place Impact
3. Providing an equitable solution that offers the
best access for as many people as possible,
and uniting the north and south populations
Community and Place Impact
4. Being able to sustain local populations and
economies
Community and Place Impact
5. Plenty of outside space for good sports
facilities and outdoor activities
Education Impact
6. Equitable access to after school clubs Accessibility and Transport Impact
7. Close to existing services such as shops and
sports facilities
Community and Place Impact
8. Good transport links and plenty of space for
parking and safe, accessible drop off
Education Impact
Accessibility and Transport Impact
9. Providing access to good community facilities
such as a library, gym and adult learning on
the campus
Education Impact 
10. The ability to provide more subjects, including
vocational subjects, and easier access for
teachers to travel to the campus from Oban to
provide specialist teaching
N/A – range of subject choice is
determined by the number of teachers/
pupils and size of school.
Digital learning has potential to enable
this regardless of school location.
11. The opportunity to develop, or make use of
existing, active travel routes so children can
walk and cycle to school
Accessibility and Transport Impact
12. The ability to retain existing staff and attract
new staff, including proximity to affordable
housing
N/A – report noted that these points are
conflicting, would be subjective and
difficult to score. 
13. Limiting the impact on the existing school
and/ or surrounding residents
Community and Place Impact
14. Provision of good technology that can support
online/ distance learning
N/A – assessed at shortlisting stage, a
requirement for all sites. 
15. Space for future expansion Education Impact 
Page 47

Page 48

4.5 Transport Considerations
4.5.1 Transport was highlighted by the community as a key consideration due to the
unique geography and infrastructure challenges on Mull and the islands. A
detailed transport review has been undertaken to assess the baseline for the
existing school provision and examine the transport impact of each shortlisted site
option. The Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations report (January
2025) is available in Appendix 1H and contains a high-level summary in section
15 of the report. All data presented relates to a single one-way trip.
4.5.2 The following metrics were considered when evaluating the four site options for
Mull Campus and these were assessed as part of the site scoring exercise:
• Number of user journeys and mode split
• Good public transport links to the site and location
• Existing safe active travel links to site
• Travel times for pupils and staff
• Potential impact on public transport network
• Ability of existing roads infrastructure to service site
• Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel
• Carbon impact of travel
4.5.3 The report outlines that the two Tobermory sites present minimal change to
existing arrangements with travel time, distance and carbon emissions remaining
broadly the same. For the centrally located sites the travel time, distance and
carbon emissions would increase significantly. The combined totals for all 59 staff
and 252 pupils are illustrated in table 2.
Table 2 – Combined travel time, miles and carbon emissions (one-way trip)  
Site 1
Tobermory
Existing
Site 2
Craignure
Site 3
Garmony
Site 4
Tobermory
South
Time minutes
(hours/ minutes)
4,488
(74h 48m)
10,799
(179h 59m)
9,229
(153h 49m) 
4,810
(80h 10m) 
Vehicle miles  467  1,553 1,358 453
Carbon emissions 
(kg CO2E)
156 460 409 152 
4.5.4 The total number of trips and modal split for all staff and pupils is shown in figure
1. The Garmony and Craignure site options demonstrate a significant shift away
from active travel with approximately 4 additional buses required compared to
the baseline. 
Page 48

Page 49

Figure 1 – Number of one-way trips by mode and site 
4.6 Integrated Impact Assessments
4.6.1 The Council have a statutory duty to consider the potential impacts of any
change to services or policy before key decisions are made. The Integrated
Impact Assessment (IIA) Report (January 2025) examines the economic, island
communities, equality, children’s rights and wellbeing and Fairer Scotland Duty
impacts on a high-level basis comparing a Tobermory option to a more central
location. The report also provides detail at a site-specific level where this was
required to inform the site scoring exercise. The IIA is attached in Appendix 1K.
4.6.2 Members are specifically requested to have regard to the IIA findings of the
potential impacts on the distinct and unique communities on Mull and the
islands, recognising that each site option affects these communities in different
ways. A high-level overview is provided in this recommendation report; however
Members are strongly encouraged to consider the full detail contained within the
IIA before coming to any decision. 
Community Input
4.6.3 It is ultimately the Council’s duty to undertake the impact assessments, however
the communities affected have an important part to play in informing these. A
rich body of evidence was already available through the engagement exercises
undertaken at the time of submitting the bid for LEIP funding in 2022, and the
more extensive engagement undertaken in September 2024 as described in
Appendix 1A. Bunessan Primary Parent Council had carried out an
independent survey to gather the views and opinions of parents and carers at
the school, and gave their permission for the findings to be included in the IIA
process.
4.6.4 Over and above this, the chairs of community and parent organisations
represented on the Community Sounding Board were invited to co-ordinate a
Page 49

Page 50

response to the IIA process. Groups were emailed on 20th December, with
engagement proformas issued on 6th January and a virtual briefing session held
on 9th January 2025. Responses were requested by 22nd January 2025. In view
of the engagement that had already taken place and the limited timescales
available, community groups were asked to respond on behalf of their
organisation. Taking cognisance of the potential commercial sensitivities, the
exact details of short-listed sites were not shared at that point and groups were
asked to provide views on the impact of a Tobermory site option and a central
site option.
4.6.5 Following the briefing session some community organisations collectively issued
a formal response detailing that they would not participate in the impact
assessment engagement process at this stage. Concerns were raised around
the timing of the impact assessments, the length of the engagement window
and the level of detail available of the proposed sites for selection. As a result,
the feedback received was minimal, although responses received from three of
the organisations were taken into account. These responses along with the
information collated from the extensive engagement activities in September
2024, the Bunessan Parent Council independent survey, and a further Pupil
Forum Engagement exercise carried out in January 2025 informed the content
in the IIA.
4.6.6 Mull Community Council and their Mull Campus Working Group subsequently
advised the Mull Campus Team that they are conducting their own detailed
survey, which they believe will assist councillors to make an informed decision.
4.6.7 The Mull Campus Team continue to engage with community representatives on
the Community Sounding Board. The next meeting is scheduled for 20th
February 2025 where the recommendation that is being put to Elected Members
will be shared, and input will be sought on how best to provide an update to the
communities affected once a decision is made by the Council. The Mull Campus
Team wish to express their gratitude to community volunteers for the time and
input they have invested in the project to date. 
Economic Impacts
4.6.8 The economic impact assessment identifies areas of economic benefit where
the value is expected to differ depending upon the choice of site location. These
include effects on local investment; effects on existing housing stock; impacts on
educational attainment; parent/guardian loss of earnings; staff commuting costs
and the cost of transport carbon emissions. 
4.6.9 The differences in economic impact across the Tobermory and central site
options are summarised in table 3 below. This concludes that the economic
impact of the Mull Campus project will be £3,147,000 higher if the school were
built in Tobermory than would be the case if it were built in a central location. 
Page 50

Page 51

Table 3 – Difference in economic impact between Tobermory and Central Site
Options
Summary Difference 
Investment Lost/Gained Due to Relocation £89,000
Existing Property Values £1,474,000
Students Lifetime Earnings  £627,000
Changes to Parents Current Earnings £96,000
Cost of Commuting £640,000
Carbon Cost of Travel £221,000
Total Benefits £3,147,000 
Island Communities Impacts
4.6.10 The Islands (Scotland) Act 2018 provides a legal basis for greater decision
making at a local level within Scottish Islands and seeks to increase economic
prosperity for island communities. 
Central site location
4.6.11 The potential impacts of a central site location for young people and families
living in the South and South West of Mull is summarised below:
• Positive impact, bringing unity to the North and South communities.
• Community members feel strongly that a central high school option is
crucial to reversing current trends of depopulation in the South West.
• Stimulate local economic, business and population growth.
• Potential to positively impact social outcomes for children and young
people by reducing the length of the journey to attend school.
• Greater opportunity to interact with a larger cohort of children and young
people on the island.
4.6.12 The potential impacts of a central site location for young people and families
living in Tobermory and the North of Mull is summarised below:
• Increased travel times to school for primary and secondary age children,
potentially impacting physical health, sleep and exercise, mental health
and academic performance. 
• 95 children in early years and primary school education would travel daily
from Tobermory to a central location. The community were particularly
concerned about the negative impact on younger children.
• An additional 4 buses would be required to transport pupils daily.
Children would no longer be able to walk to school from home.
Page 51

Page 52

• Negative impact on the demographic structure of the area with a risk of
depopulation if families chose to relocate or leave the island.  
• Potential loss of revenue for Tobermory-based businesses
• Negative impact on parent’s and carer’s working patterns whilst also
incurring additional fuel and maintenance costs for private vehicles,
which may be unaffordable for some.
• Increased vehicle trip generation with an increase in vehicle carbon
emissions and potential adverse effects on local road infrastructure.
Tobermory site location
4.6.13 The potential impacts of a Tobermory site location for young people and families
living in the South and South West of Mull is summarised as follows:
• No additional benefit, continue with status quo of local primary schooling
and off-island secondary-school attendance.
• Children feel tired from long journeys or spending extended periods of
time away from home, potentially impacting physical health, sleep and
exercise, mental health and academic performance.
• Continued risk of depopulation, where families may decide to relocate to
avoid the possibility of weekly boarding on the mainland. 
• 50% of parents in the South West of Mull have stated that they would
consider leaving the area if the school is not built centrally.
• Concern that previous decision to site the school in Tobermory resulted
in generational impacts which shaped social outcomes. 
4.6.14 The potential impacts of a Tobermory site location for young people and families
living in Tobermory and the North of Mull is summarised as follows:
• Positive impact to those who use the existing 2-18 School in Tobermory
through the re-provision of enhanced and contemporary facilities. 
• Modern school could encourage population retention and growth. 
• No detrimental impact on working parents and carers and established
Tobermory-based businesses.
• Tobermory site option may be more attractive to recruit and retain
teachers, which is currently an issue on Mull. 
• Supports active travel, children continue to walk to school from home. 
• Lower vehicle trips. No additional transport-related costs for families.
All Site Locations - Health
4.6.15 An extended daily commute of 30 minute to an hour each way for children can
have several impacts on physical health, sleep and exercise, mental health and
academic performance. This is relevant to pupils in all site option scenarios who
Page 52

Page 53

need to contend with longer journey times than their peers in other Argyll & Bute
and Scotland locations.
All Site Locations – Gaelic Language
4.6.16 The Mull Campus project could result in positive impacts for the use of Gaelic
and promotion of Gaelic learning for pupils of all ages and the wider community.
Equality Impacts
4.6.17 The Equality Act 2010 requires public authorities to have due regard to the need
to eliminate discrimination, harassment, victimisation, advance equality of
opportunity, and foster good relations between those with a protected
characteristic and those without. The duty covers the following protected
characteristics: age, disability, gender reassignment, pregnancy and maternity,
race, religion or belief, sex and sexual orientation. A summary of the key
impacts is provided in the paragraphs below.
4.6.18 It is considered that a central site option would positively impact children and
young people and their families living in the South and South West of Mull and
bring unity to the North and South communities of the island. During
consultation, children and young people from these areas raised that a central
site option would be fairer for them as they would not have to travel as far every
day and could potentially participate in after school clubs. 
4.6.19 However, children and young people from Tobermory and the North of Mull
presented concern with a central site option as it would significantly increase
their journey time to and from school, reduce their current freedoms and
potentially remove their ability to attend after school clubs. They showed
preference towards a Tobermory site option as they could continue to walk to
school and because the majority currently live in and around Tobermory.  
4.6.20 It is considered that all site options would positively impact disabled children as
the school would have improved campus facilities, such as enhanced
accessibility measures. However, there are potential negative impacts as a
result of a central site as some disabled children may not be able to travel by
public transport and this would put pressure on family members or caregivers
who may not have access to a private car.   
Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impacts
4.6.21 The Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 requires public bodies to
consider whether existing and emerging legislation, policy and guidance have
an impact on children and young people and to assess what further action is
required to ensure compliance with the United Nations Convention for the Rights
of the Child (UNCRC). 
4.6.22 The following impacts on children’s wellbeing have been considered:
• The new campus has the potential to address long-standing accessibility
challenges currently identified at the existing Tobermory 2-18 High
School site and provide improved learning environments benefitting all
Page 53

Page 54

pupils including those with additional needs and enhancing overall pupil
wellbeing. 
• Increased travel times for children from Tobermory to a central site
location could negatively affect children’s wellbeing and their ability to
participate in extracurricular activities. 
• Safety, travel arrangements, and minimising disruptions during
construction are key priorities raised by parents and pupils.
• Some community members have expressed concern around the impact
of boarding weekly on the health and wellbeing of secondary aged pupils
from the Ross of Mull. There are concerns around the implications of this
on children’s mental health and physical wellbeing, including their ability
to participate fully in island life. 
4.6.23 The following differential impacts were identified for different groups of children
and young people: 
• A Tobermory site option maintains proximity for local children but
continues challenges for children from the Ross of Mull, who may need to
board off-island for secondary school. 
• A central site option provides more equitable secondary school access
across Mull but disadvantages Tobermory’s younger children, who would
face longer daily commutes to early years and primary school
attendance. 
• Parents generally believe that older children can better adapt to longer
travel times compared with younger children. 
• Community members emphasise the need to manage any knock-on
effect on nearby primary schools if primary provision at Tobermory is
relocated. 
4.6.24 While the Mull Campus Proposals have the potential to significantly enhance
education and children’s rights on Mull, they also present challenges around
travel, wellbeing, and equitable access, particularly for specific groups of
children. Ongoing consultation and mitigation strategies will be critical. 
Fairer Scotland Duty
4.6.25 The Fairer Scotland Duty (FSD) places a legal responsibility on certain public
bodies in Scotland to actively consider how they can reduce inequalities of
outcome caused by socio-economic disadvantage when making strategic
decisions or developing policy. The FSD seeks to tackle socio-economic
disadvantage and reduce the inequalities associated with being disadvantaged.
It is closely related to issues of poverty which may affect outcomes across
health, housing, education and training and employment prospects.
Socio-Economic Disadvantage
4.6.26 The North, South West and South of Mull all fall into the least deprived 40% of
areas in Scotland, whilst Tobermory performs even better in the bottom 30%. In
Page 54

Page 55

terms of overall impact depending on the campus site selection, it is not clear
how area deprivation could be affected by either site option.
4.6.27 There is a greater loss to earning and future earning for a central site location
compared to Tobermory, which is reflective of the larger population in the
Tobermory settlement. 
4.6.28 Community feedback has expressed concern around the impact of children
attending six years of their schooling off-island, limiting their opportunities to
participate fully in family life and community life on the island.
4.6.29 There is a precedent for extended travel times on Mull for secondary school
children accessing Tobermory High School from other localities on the island.
Inequality of Outcome
4.6.30 Regardless of site location, the Mull Campus project presents a positive
opportunity to address challenges in the quality and provision of education on
the island through the provision of contemporary and sustainably designed
educational facilities that would benefit pupils aged 2-18 in addition to the wider
community.
4.6.31 The extent of this benefit is varied depending on whether this is delivered in a
central or Tobermory Site location. The reality of the proposals means that there
is the potential to affect different groups of children and young people and their
communities by virtue of where they live on the island. 
4.6.32 There could be negative impact on potential future earnings for children required
to undertake longer daily journeys to school. Pupils who must travel further to
school are less likely to attend university and may experience a loss of earnings
as a result.
4.6.33 There could be higher sensitivity in local communities living near site options in
Tobermory and a central site in relation to the provision of or re-provision of
sports facilities that might be associated with the Mull Campus proposals.
4.6.34 The project has the potential to affect income both in terms of future earnings for
pupils and the earning of parents and carers.
IIA Conclusions
4.6.35 The current Tobermory 2-18 school building is in poor condition and is not fully
accessible for children and staff with disabilities or additional support needs. A
replacement of this facility with a new modern facility will provide a positive
impact on education provision. 
4.6.36 Many community members across the island feel strongly that a central high
school is required to unite young people from the north and south of Mull and to
provide an on-island secondary education option for children from the Ross of
Mull. However, there is also a strong feeling across the island’s communities
that early years and primary school education should not be relocated from
Tobermory for the families residing there. 
Page 55

Page 56

4.6.37 The conclusions of the IIA show that there are benefits and disbenefits
associated with all site options. However, under the constraints of the available
funding, it is unlikely that either of the campus locations would be able to provide
a fully equal solution for all children and young people living on Mull and the
islands.
4.6.38 Regardless of site location, the campus has the potential to deliver a range of
benefits to the island through the provision of contemporary and high-quality
learning, sport and community facilities. It is recommended that the pupils and
members of the community are closely involved in shaping the design of the
new campus so that it can best meet the needs of people living on Mull and the
islands. 
4.7  Site Option Appraisal
This section provides an indicative site plan for each shortlisted site illustrating how the
buildings and external elements could be accommodated on the site.  A summary of
each site’s strengths and weaknesses is also provided, with more detailed information
available in Appendix 1 Site Analysis Report (February 2025). 
4.7.1 Site 1 – Tobermory Existing School Site 
Strengths
• Status quo: no change to school location, no statutory consultation required
• Keeps nursery and primary provision in Tobermory
• Lower transport impact than central options (no change)
• Maintains and encourages active travel (currently 30% of primary pupils and 40%
of secondary pupils walk to school)
• Economic benefit is £3.15m higher than a central island location
Page 56

Page 57

• Very good access to community services, local shops and businesses 
• Close to existing housing and future allocated housing development sites (up to
150 units in the Tobermory area)
• No site purchase costs, land already owned by council
• Lower revenue cost than central site options
Weaknesses
• Challenging topography, significant level changes within the site and on approach
• Poor roads and footpath infrastructure in surrounding area. 
• Would be difficult to deliver improvements to current bus drop off arrangements
• Tight site with insufficient space for a full size 100m x 60m pitch, although a 7-
aside pitch can be accommodated
• Potential for significant disruption to existing school during construction activities
• Requires use of common good land (which would be reinstated), statutory
consultation required, unlikely to be acceptable to the local community
• Impact on family life: too far to travel for young people from Ross of Mull, who
would likely remain with the current arrangement of boarding away from home
when attending High School during the week
• Phased construction, demolition and pitches; prolonged construction programme
4.7.2 Site 2 – Craignure 
Strengths
• Can accommodate the full education brief including good quality external space,
parking and drop off areas and full-size pitch
Page 57

Page 58

• Equity of access, bringing the island together and providing an opportunity for
young people across the island to attend the same high school
• Potential to positively impact on social outcomes for children and young people
living in the South and South West of Mull, providing an option to attend high
school and return home to their families daily.
• Potential to reverse the depopulation in South West Mull and enable economic
development and potential housing in Craignure and the south
• Proximity to other community facilities; community hospital and swimming pool
• Adjacent land is allocated for future housing development (80 units) with outline
planning permission for 97 houses
• Potential for shared enabling works and costs with adjacent development site
• Low construction programme risk
Weaknesses
• More children would undertake longer daily journeys to school by bus, doubling
the aggregate travel time for pupils overall
• Very limited potential for active travel, majority of pupils and staff travel by bus or
car
• Negative impact for younger and primary school aged children (combined total of
95). No community support for the relocation of the nursery and primary school
away from Tobermory. 
• Potential impact on parents/ carer’s working patterns, increased cost and carbon
impact.
• Possible adverse effect on local road infrastructure due to increased trip
generation involving mainly single-track roads
• Economic benefit is £3.15m lower than a Tobermory location
• Increase in revenue costs; 4 additional school buses required 
Page 58

Page 59

4.7.3  Site 3 – Garmony 
Strengths
• Can accommodate the full education brief including good quality external space,
parking and drop off areas and full-size pitch
• Equity of access, bringing the island together and providing an opportunity for
young people across the island to attend the same high school
• Potential to positively impact on social outcomes for children and young people
living in the South and South West of Mull, providing an option to attend high
school and return home to their families daily.
• Potential to reverse the depopulation in South West Mull and enable economic
development
Weaknesses
• More children would undertake longer daily journeys to school by bus, doubling
the aggregate travel time for pupils overall
• Very limited potential for active travel, all pupils and staff travel by bus or car
• Negative impact for younger and primary school aged children (combined total of
95). No community support for the relocation of the nursery and primary school
away from Tobermory. 
• Potential impact on parents/ carer’s working patterns, increased cost and carbon
impact.
• Economic benefit is £3.15m lower than a Tobermory location
Page 59

Page 60

• Remote from residential areas and other amenities, closest facility is the rugby
club to the north. 
• No planned development nearby and site has no designation under the Local
Development Plan.
• No footways or crossing opportunities on nearest road network
• Possible adverse effect on local road infrastructure due to increased trip
generation involving mainly single-track roads
• High enabling costs as no adjacent utilities or roads infrastructure
• Increase in revenue costs; 4 additional school buses required
4.7.4 Site 4 – Tobermory South 
Strengths
• Very little change from existing as Tobermory location
• Keeps nursery and primary in Tobermory
• New site, no impact on existing school operations
• Better quality roads and footpath infrastructure in surrounding area with potential
to deliver improvements to bus drop off arrangements 
• Supports active travel; expected to remain broadly similar to the current school
site
• Lower transport impact than central site options (marginal change)
• Economic benefit is £3.15m higher than a central island location
• Good access to community services, local shops and businesses 
• Close to existing housing and to future allocated housing development sites (up
to 150 units in the Tobermory area, 112 units in immediate area)
Page 60

Page 61

• Lower revenue cost than central site options
• Low construction programme risk
Weaknesses
• Tight site with insufficient space for a full size 100m x 60m pitch, although a 7-
aside pitch can be accommodated (there are potential solutions available to
provide a full-size pitch elsewhere)
• Site purchase costs, land under multiple ownership and likely to be the most
expensive of the 3 site options that would require land purchase
• Impact on family life - significant travel distances for young people from Ross of
Mull, who would likely choose to remain with current arrangement of board away
from home when attending High School
4.8 Site Scoring Exercise
4.8.1 Sites were scored by a multidisciplinary team of technical experts, as described
in paragraph 4.3.6. The team had access to the information contained within
Appendix 1 to enable them to collectively agree a score. Each site was scored
0-10 across set criteria. A description is provided in table 4.
Table 4 – Site scoring categories and description
Score Category Description
0 Very poor Fails to meet any requirements, performs poorly in all
aspects (a score of very poor for deliverability or capable of
accommodating the brief is likely to result in the site failing
the initial shortlisting)
1
2 Poor Factors or risks that would significantly impact on ability to
meet the basic requirements of the brief and/or impact
negatively on quality of education provision. Complex or
costly solution required. Significant adverse impact.
3
4
5 Satisfactory Meets basic requirements, satisfactory
6 Good Performs well in most aspects, minor issues which can be
relatively easily overcome, able to meet essential brief
requirements
7
8 Very Good Meets requirements in full, negligible risk / impact, any
perceived issues are very minor in nature, potential to
provide a very good education solution
9
10 Excellent Ideal site, performs very well in all aspects, fully meets
requirements, most cost-effective solution 
4.8.2 Once scores were agreed, the weightings were applied to reflect the relative
priority of each of the criteria, which resulted in a total weighted score for each
site option. The categories and relative weightings were agreed by the project
Strategic Board in advance of the scoring exercise and are outlined in table 5. 
Page 61

Page 62

Table 5 – Criteria Categories and Relative Weightings Used in Site Scoring
Criteria Category Weighting
Deliverability 15
Impact
• Education
• Community and Place
• Accessibility and Transport
• Sustainability 
32
8
8
5
Affordability 25
Risk 7
TOTAL 100 
4.8.3 The output from the site scoring exercise is attached as Appendix 2 and
summarised in table 6.
Table 6 – Weighted score and ranking for the shortlisted sites 
Weighted
score
Rank
Site 1 – Tobermory Existing Site 625 3
Site 2 – Craignure 628 2
Site 3 – Garmony 546 4
Site 4 – Tobermory South 645 1 
4.8.4 Site 4 – Tobermory South scores most highly and is ranked 1st. Sites 2 - Craignure
and 1 – Tobermory Existing are close behind, with Site 3 – Garmony performing
least well. 
4.8.5 With the scores for the top three sites relatively close, further sensitivity analysis
was carried out. This included removing the scores for each criteria category in
turn to check if that had any impact. In all cases, Site 4 – Tobermory South
remained the highest scoring option, with Site 3 – Garmony the lowest, suggesting
a robust conclusion.
4.8.6 The four site options were also assessed on the number and distribution of very
poor to excellent scores to check consistency of performance. This is illustrated
in figure 2. 
Page 62

Page 63

Figure 2 – Number of scores by category for each site option 
4.8.7 Figure 2 highlights that Site 4 – Tobermory South has significantly more
cumulative good/ very good scores than poor scores, indicating a robust outcome.
Site 2 – Craignure is the only other site where the number of cumulative good/
very good scores are greater than the number of poor scores. The number of poor
scores for Site 1 – Tobermory Existing is equal to the number of cumulative good/
very good scores.
4.8.8 The site scoring exercise therefore indicates that Site 4 – Tobermory South
performs the best of the four site options in respect of the agreed site selection
criteria. 
4.8.9 Site 3 – Garmony consistently performs the worst of the four options, and it is
therefore not recommended that this option be considered further. 
5.0 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
5.1 Of the four sites shortlisted, three are deemed to be potentially viable and the
benefits and challenges of each must be carefully considered. There is no
definitive site option that will fully satisfy all project requirements and address all
the potential impacts on the distinct groups on Mull and its surrounding islands.
Regardless of the option chosen, there will be an element of compromise, and it
should be acknowledged that a proportion of those groups will be dissatisfied with
the outcome. 
5.2 Based on the substantial body of information provided in Appendices 1 and 2 of
this report, the preferred site for a new Mull Campus is Site 4 – Tobermory South
Page 63

Page 64

and that is the option recommended to Members to progress the Outline Business
Case on that basis. 
5.3 This option would constitute a proposal to relocate the existing campus, and
therefore a statutory consultation would be legally required under the Schools
(Consultation) (Scotland) Act 2010.
5.4 It must also be noted that as the project progresses through the RIBA2 design
stages and more detailed information becomes available, there may be a
requirement for the Council to review their position on the preferred site.
5.5 In making their decision in accordance with recommendation (5.2), above,
Members are specifically requested to have regard to the detail of the Integrated
Impact Assessment (Appendix 1K) on the potential impacts to the relevant
groups on Mull and its surrounding islands, as detailed therein, recognising that
each site presents different benefits and disbenefits to these distinct groups. 
6.0 IMPLICATIONS
6.1 Policy – The Council’s Learning Estate Strategy 2021 sets out an ambition to have
Schools in category A or B in terms of suitability and condition. Delivering a new
Campus on Mull is the no.1 priority in that strategy to address the suitability and
condition of the current campus in Tobermory and is also a Corporate Policy. 
6.2 Financial – On 25th April 2024 the Council deemed the project to be affordable at
that time. The site scoring exercise examined the potential revenue and capital
affordability of each site option, giving cognisance to potential site acquisition and
land disposal values, site abnormal costs and transport implications.
6.3  Legal – An Integrated Impact Assessment has been undertaken (Appendix 1K)
to demonstrate how the proposals for a new Mull Campus show due regard to the
socio-economic, equalities, child rights and island communities duties under the
Equality Act 2010, the Fairer Scotland Duty, the Children and Young People
(Scotland) Act 2014, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child
(Incorporation) (Scotland) Act 2024, and the Islands (Scotland) Act 2018.
6.4  HR – None at this stage. One of the potentially viable site options would result in
a change of base for staff. To be considered once the preferred site has been
identified.
6.5  Fairer Scotland Duty: 
6.5.1   Equalities - protected characteristics – An equality impact assessment has
been carried out to inform this decision. 
6.5.2   Socio-economic Duty – An economic impact assessment and Fairer
Scotland Duty assessment have been carried out to inform this decision. 
2 Royal Institute of British Architects
Page 64

Page 65

6.5.3 Islands Duty - An island communities impact assessment has been carried
out to inform this decision.
6.6 Climate Change – The carbon impact of travel, embodied carbon and
opportunities for sustainable heating solutions were considered as part of site
scoring exercise. To be eligible for full LEIP funding the campus will require to
meet certain criteria in respect of embodied carbon and operational energy use.
6.7 Risk – Sites were assessed against risk criteria, taking consideration of legal
restrictions and site acquisition, construction programme and planning risks.
6.8  Customer Service – A community engagement exercise was undertaken to
understand what was important to the communities when considering possible
sites. Community groups and parent councils were invited to input their views as
part of the integrated impact assessment process.
6.9 The Rights of the Child (UNCRC) – A children’s rights and wellbeing impact
assessment has been carried out to inform this decision. 
Douglas Hendry, Executive Director with responsibility for Commercial
Services and Education
Kirsty Flanagan, Executive Director with responsibility for Financial Services
Audrey Forrest, Policy Lead for Education 
6 February 2025                                                  
For further information contact: 
Head of Commercial Services – Ross McLaughlin
Head of Education and Lifelong Learning and Chief Education Officer – Jen Crocket
Head of Education – Learning and Teaching – Wendy Brownlie 
Page 65

Page 66

APPENDICES
Appendix Title Location
Appendix 1 Hub North Scotland Site Selection and Engagement
Report (February 2025)
* Attached
* Mod.Gov
* Publicly Accessible 
1A Community Engagement Analysis (November 2024)  Mull Engagement Analysis 
1B Long List of Sites (October 2024)  Long-list 
1C Short List Site Plans  Short List Plans 
1D Utilities Infrastructure Reports  Appendices - Utilities 
1E Preliminary Ground Conditions Review  Geotech 
1F Flooding and Drainage Report  Flooding Drainage 
1G Place Diagrams  Place Diagrams 
1H Transport Considerations Report (January 2025) * Summary Paper Attached
* Mod.Gov
Transport Considerations
* Publicly Accessible 
1I Site Abnormal Costs * Mod.Gov
* Exempt 
1J Wayleaves, Legal and Site Acquisition Risk * Mod.Gov
* Exempt 
1K Integrated Impact Assessment Report (February 2025) * Attached
* Mod.Gov
* Publicly Accessible 
1L Valuation Report (January 2025) * Mod.Gov
* Exempt 
Appendix 2 Site Scoring Outcome * Attached
* Mod.Gov
* Publicly Accessible 
Page 66

Page 67

North Schools Programme
Mull Campus – Site Selection
Site Analysis Report
06 February 2025
Prepared by:  Scott Adams, Project Director
Page 67 Agenda Item 6b

Page 68

1
Contents
1.0 Executive Summary .................................................................................................................................... 1
2.0 Report ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
2.1 Scope of Works ....................................................................................................................................... 1
2.2 Community Engagement ......................................................................................................................... 1
2.3 Call for Sites ............................................................................................................................................ 1
2.3.1 Long List .......................................................................................................................................... 1
2.3.2 Short List ......................................................................................................................................... 3
3.0 Site Analysis ................................................................................................................................................ 4
3.1 Site 1 – Existing Tobermory School ........................................................................................................ 6
3.1.1 Deliverability .................................................................................................................................... 6
3.1.2 Educational Impact ......................................................................................................................... 8
3.1.3 Community and Place ..................................................................................................................... 9
3.1.4 Accessibility & Transport ............................................................................................................... 11
3.1.5 Sustainability ................................................................................................................................. 13
3.1.6 Affordability ................................................................................................................................... 14
3.1.7 Risk ............................................................................................................................................... 16
3.2 Site 2 – Craignure .................................................................................................................................. 17
3.2.1 Deliverability .................................................................................................................................. 17
3.2.2 Educational Impact ....................................................................................................................... 19
3.2.3 Community and Place ................................................................................................................... 20
3.2.4 Accessibility & Transport ............................................................................................................... 22
3.2.5 Sustainability ................................................................................................................................. 26
3.2.6 Affordability ................................................................................................................................... 26
3.2.7 Risk ............................................................................................................................................... 28
3.3 Site 3 – Garmony ................................................................................................................................... 29
3.3.1 Deliverability .................................................................................................................................. 29
3.3.2 Educational Impact ....................................................................................................................... 30
3.3.3 Community and Place ................................................................................................................... 32
3.3.4 Accessibility & Transport ............................................................................................................... 32
3.3.5 Sustainability ................................................................................................................................. 36
3.3.1 Affordability ................................................................................................................................... 36
3.3.2 Risk ............................................................................................................................................... 38
Page 68

Page 69

2
3.4 Site 4 – South Tobermory ...................................................................................................................... 39
3.4.1 Deliverability .................................................................................................................................. 39
3.4.2 Educational Impact ....................................................................................................................... 41
3.4.3 Community and Place ................................................................................................................... 42
3.4.4 Accessibility & Transport ............................................................................................................... 43
3.4.5 Sustainability ................................................................................................................................. 46
3.4.6 Affordability ................................................................................................................................... 46
3.4.7 Risk ............................................................................................................................................... 48
4.0 Appendices ................................................................................................................................................ 49
Appendix A – Engagement Report ................................................................................................................. 49
Appendix B – Long List Report ....................................................................................................................... 49
Appendix C – Short List Site Layouts ............................................................................................................. 49
Appendix D – Existing Utilities Report ............................................................................................................ 49
Appendix E – Desktop Geotechnical Report................................................................................................... 49
Appendix F – Flooding and Drainage Report.................................................................................................. 49
Appendix G – Place Plans .............................................................................................................................. 49
Appendix H – Transport Review ..................................................................................................................... 49
Appendix I –   Site Abnormals Cost ................................................................................................................ 49
Appendix J – Wayleaves, Legal and Site Acquisition Risk ............................................................................. 49
Appendix K – Integrated Impact Assessment Report ..................................................................................... 49
Appendix L – Valuation Report ....................................................................................................................... 49
Page 69

Page 70

1
1.0 Executive Summary
As part of the North Schools Programme, hub North Scotland have supported Argyll and Bute Council with 
site selection activities for the proposed 2-18 Mull Campus. This report details the analysis of site-options to
allow for Argyll and Bute Council to undertake a scored evaluation of short-listed sites.
2.0 Report
2.1 Scope of Works
As part of the Site Selection activity we have undertaken the following;
• Outlining site requirements to support a call for sites
• Supporting with the development of evaluation criteria for site selection
• Undertaking screening and assessment of submitted sites for both long-listing and short-listing
• Detailed technical analysis of short-listed sites in order to provide suitable information for Argyll and
Bute Council to score against evaluation criteria
• Community Engagement from 17th-25th September 2024, with output report to capture feedback.
• Integrated Impact Assessments capturing socio-economic impacts of site selection.
• Valuation of short-listed sites.
This report brings together the information gathered and produced during the above activities and is intended
to support informed decision-making in terms of selecting a suitable site for the proposed 2-18 Mull Campus.
2.2 Community Engagement
A Community Engagement exercise was undertaken between the 17th and 25th September in a range of
locations across Mull and Iona, these sessions were set-up to help understand which factors were important to
the Community in selecting a site for the new 2-18 Mull Campus. 
2.3 Call for Sites
Argyll and Bute Council issued a call for sites on 28 August 2024 which outlined the initial criteria for land to
site the proposed Mull Campus. The initial request was for sites to be at least 2.3 hectares and provisions of
as much information as possible to assess the site. Our team undertook an initial screening of each site to
confirm its suitability in terms of area for inclusion within the Long List. 
2.3.1 Long List
Following the Call for Sites a long list was produced which included ten sites to be reviewed for consideration
as to whether they could accommodate the new 2-18 Mull Campus. Our team undertook a high-level review of
each site to consider key constraints such as flood risk, ground conditions, accessibility and site abnormals
which could make the sites prohibitive to development. 
An initial focus was given on suitability of each site to deliver the brief in terms of size, fit and accessibility. The
Architect initially overlaid a footprint for a comparative project on each option to establish how this would fit. It
was then possible to consider how this would sit within a wider site context to deliver an overall site which
would be able to safely operate. 
Our technical team provided commentary relevant to Civil and Structural requirements, such as topographical
and ground condition risks. Some of the sites provided through the Call for Sites were found to have
substantial level changes and contain very poor marsh and peaty ground, making them unsuitable for
development without significant remediation.
Page 70

Page 71

�
NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
A review of Mechanical & Electrical requirements focused primarily on utility risk and how easy it would be to
service each site. As is typically the case in remote regions, there is unlikely to be an extensive network of
utility services outwith primary routes and as such many sites were found to be located a distance away from
existing infrastructure.
For each long-listed site an initial review was carried out in terms of any transport impact. Several sites were
found to have constrained accesses which would not be able to accommodate significant amounts of traffic
during the delivery of the Mull Campus project or in final operation once the facility is live.
Where more detail was provided at the long-listing stage this was also reviewed to understand any additional
impact. Examples of this are seen around sites which may already have planning or detailed ground
investigation/surveys carried out.
The outcome of the long-listed sites was as follows;
Site Reference Reason for not short-listing
Existing Site (Tobermory) Shortlisted
Site 001 (Craignure) Shortlisted
Site 003 (Eas Brae) The site is considered to have a significant flood risk
and is too constrained to include the full brief.
Site 004 (Garmony) Site has significant flood risk and would struggle to
accommodate the full brief.
Site 005 (Garmony) Shortlisted
Site 007 (Tobermory South) Access to the site would be challenging through
existing residential area. Ground conditions are
boggy/peat and topography of the site varies
significantly.
Site 008 (Salen) The site has significant flood risk and is constrained
by existing infrastructure, including a power line
through the site. The ground is also peat over
bedrock which would require significant remediation.
Site 011 (Tobermory South) Sites constrained and reliant on a 2 site approach.
Unlikely to have suitable space to accommodate
parking and drop-off/pick-up facilities.
Site 012 (Tobermory) The site is too small to capture the full brief and is
constrained in terms of adjustments. Access would
be difficult and the site varies significantly in terms of
levels.
Site 013 (Tobermory) Shortlisted
Site 014 (Tobermory) Access from the road is very steep and significant
level change is seen across the site. Additionally
ground conditions are boggy and drainage routes
run across the site which restricts development.
2
Page 71

Page 72

3
On conclusion of this exercise it was agreed that three sites, plus the existing Tobermory School site would be
progressed to a short-list for a more detailed site analysis.
Full details of the long-listing review, which includes the high level analysis of each site, along with the existing
Tobermory School site is included in Appendix B
2.3.2 Short List
Following the long list review it was agreed that 4no. sites would be short-listed for detailed analysis. These
are listed as follows;
Site 1 – Existing Tobermory School
Site 2 - Development site, Craignure
Site 3 - Garmony
Site 4 – South Tobermory
Page 72

Page 73

4
3.0 Site Analysis
• In order to undertake a comprehensive evaluation of the short-listed sites we worked collaboratively
with Argyll and Bute Council to set-out evaluation criteria consistent with site selection for comparable
projects. This initially focused on key themes of;
• Deliverability – A technical review of sites to confirm suitability for building of the new Campus. This
was to focus on utilities, ground conditions and flood risk.
• Education – A look in to how each site could meet educational requirements through a review of
external environments and confirming how each site could cope with adaptation and expansion. Travel
times are also to be included. 
• Community and Place – A view on how each site would impact the region through impact on
residents, families and  staff/pupils. Consideration should also be given to any impact on the local
economy. 
• Accessibility and Transport – An improved understanding around the impacts of travel and transport
against each of the identified sites. This would focus on existing links, including active travel and how
the wider infrastructure network would support access to each site.
• Sustainability – Consideration around how different sites could have an impact in terms of embodied
carbon through existing structures, whilst also looking at carbon related to travel.
• Affordability – A review on any site abnormals across various sites, also picking up site acquisition
costs and any revenue implications across sites.
• Risk – Any consideration around impact to the construction programme, along with any details around
wayleaves, legal restrictions and planning risks.
Within each of these headings we detailed out information that could be provided to support the evaluation
activity. 
Page 73

Page 74

5
The Strategic Board for the 2-18 Mull Campus project agreed the following Evaluation Criteria;
The X in the ‘Report Reference’ above is to be replaced with the number for each site as follows;
1 – Existing Tobermory School
2 – Development Site, Craignure
3 - Garmony
4 – South Tobermory
This numbering links to the relevant sections within this report.
Criteria Category Report Reference Evaluation Criteria Supplementary Appendix
3.X.1.1 Utility infrastructure - capacity and need for any diversions Appendix D
3.X.1.2 Ground conditions Appendix E
3.X.1.3 Topography Appendix E
3.X.1.4 Flood risk Appendix F
3.X.1.5 Site abnormals -
3.X.1.6 Habitat constraints -
3.X.2.1 Is the site capable of accommodating the brief in full? -
3.X.2.2 Quality of external environment to support outside learning, sports activities etc -
3.X.2.3 Does the site provide capacity for future expansion? -
3.X.2.4 Travel times for ELC and primary school pupils Appendix H
3.X.2.5 Travel times for staff and secondary school pupils Appendix H
3.X.2.6 Access and connectivity to good community facilities and services Appendix H
3.X.3.1 Impact on family life Appendix K
3.X.3.2 Equitable - unites north & south of island Appendix K
3.X.3.3 Sustain and support local economy Appendix K
3.X.3.4 Impact of construction activities on existing school/ residential areas -
3.X.4.1 Good public transport links to site and location Appendix H
3.X.4.2 Existing safe active travel links to site Appendix H
3.X.4.3 Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/ staff mode split) Appendix H
3.X.4.4 Potential impact on public transport network Appendix H
3.X.4.5 Ability of existing (wider) roads infrastructure to service site Appendix H
3.X.4.6 Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel Appendix H
3.X.5.1 Potential for re-use of existing infrastructure and buildings (embodied carbon) -
3.X.5.2 Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport) Appendix H
3.X.6.1 Costs associated with site abnormals Appendix I
3.X.6.2 Potential acquisition/disposal costs Appendix L
3.X.6.3 Other (revenue) cost implications e.g. pupil transport -
3.X.7.1 Wayleaves, legal restrictions and site acquisition risk Appendix J
3.X.7.2 Construction Programme risk -
3.X.7.3 Planning designation and sensitive receptors -
Education
Risk
Affordability
Sustainability
Accessibility & Transport
Deliverability
Community and Place
Page 74

Page 75

6
3.1 Site 1 – Existing Tobermory School
3.1.1 Deliverability
3.1.1.1 Utility Infrastructure – capacity and need for any diversions
Re-use of the existing school site for the New Mull Education Campus benefits from having existing Utilities
infrastructure connectivity supporting the function of the existing school.
Whilst existing connections exist, further engagement will be necessary with Utilities companies in respect of
any anticipated increased capacities, particularly in relation to electrical infrastructure. 
We are advised that the existing school has an authorised capacity of 31kVA but that should be nearer
230kVA. Argyle and Bute Council are in the process of requesting an uplift in authorised capacity to reflect the
current maximum demand.
From the record information we can establish that utilities infrastructure is not present across the area
proposed for the new school.
There is however a strategy to be developed to maintain utilities to the existing school whilst the new school is
constructed. It is anticipated that within that strategy existing Utilities diversions/ protection will be necessary
that will affect Electricity, Water and Communications Infrastructure.
Potential for positive Business Case for future connection of Net Zero heat networks
The existing school site is located in the heart of the most populated settlement on Tobermory. Having the
ability to connect the school in an area with the greatest population mass would be advantageous and could
also be supported by potentially introducing waste heat energy into the network from businesses such as
Tobermory Distillery.
3.1.1.2 Ground Conditions
Based on desk study review only, it is envisaged that within Site 1 where raised beach deposits of sand and
gravel are recorded to be present a shallow pad or traditional strip foundation design would be suitable. If
softer material than expected is encountered a trench fill solution could potentially be adopted. Compressible
superficial deposits are unlikely to be present onsite, indicated by the successful construction of the existing
school building and associated infrastructure. If made ground is encountered at significant depths within the
Site 1 boundary, related to historical quarries and construction on Site, the extraction of contaminated material
would be required prior to forming foundations, or potentially piled foundations would be required.
If bedrock is present at shallow depths, it is envisaged strip or pad foundations could be utilised bearing
directly onto bedrock.
The above is based on reasonable assumptions from published information only, and would require to be
confirmed following completion of a targeted intrusive ground investigation campaign.
The suitability of deposits underlying Site 1 are unknown and therefore the deposits earthworks suitability for
reuse cannot be speculated upon prior to an intrusive ground investigation.
No site or laboratory testing information is currently available with regards to the strength, density, water
content and compressibility.  It is therefore recommended that an intrusive ground investigation including in-
situ testing and sampling for laboratory testing is conducted to fully assess the reusability characteristics of the
underlying geology.
Page 75

Page 76

7
It is highlighted that the presence of an igneous dyke (olivine) on the site may result in ‘hard-dig’ / possible
need for blasting to facilitate excavation dependant on depth to rock and site levels.
3.1.1.3 Topography
Topography imposes constraints on the existing school site, both within the grounds, and on the approaches
to it. The existing school boundary area is elevated above land to the south, west and east, with land
continuing to rise to the north, where residential properties overlook the school grounds. This present access
challenges when approaching from west, east or south, with the only level route into the site coming from the
northern edge.
Within the school site, the ground slopes from north to south, with significant level changes which impact on
the suitability of the existing buildings on site. All accommodate multiple levels internally to deal with the level
changes. To avoid decant, developable land is restricted to the eastern part of the site, which comprises the all
weather pitch and grass area to its south. This zone is surrounded by level changes - the eastern edge of the
site drops down significantly to the level of the children’s play park. Land to the south drops steeply, while
there is rocky ground to the north of this area as the land rises.
The topography will impact on development primarily in the extent of useable external space available, and
accessible routes being limited to coming in from the northern edge. The area of land comprising the pitch and
grass area would allow an accessible, two storey solution to be built on site with limited or no internal level
changes, as well as a 7 aside pitch.
3.1.1.4 Flood Risk
The SEPA flood map indicates that Site 1 is not impacted by flooding from high tides or storm surges, or from
fluvial flooding from nearby watercourses. 
Scottish Water’s infrastructure records indicate that a 228mm diameter vitrified clay combined sewer is located
on Erray Road to the north, the likely location of an existing connection to the public sewer network. A 152mm
diameter combined sewer is also location on Western Road at its eastern boundary. 
Scottish Water would need to confirm in a Pre-Development Enquiry response that there is sufficient capacity
in their network to service the development of a new Education Campus. This can be offset by understanding
what the current flow rate from the existing school provides. 
There is no public surface water drainage shown on the Scottish Water infrastructure records within the
boundaries of the site. There are also no watercourses in the vicinity of the site which surface water runoff
could be discharged to. It is therefore considered that the surface water runoff from the existing school facility
must be conveyed to the existing public combined sewer network or drained into soakaways or to a
combination of these drainage options.
Scottish Water will only allow surface water from new development to discharge to the combined sewer
network under exceptional circumstances. It is therefore not expected that surface water runoff from any
redevelopment of the site will be permitted to be conveyed to the existing combined sewer network. However,
if the site currently benefits from a surface water connection to the combined sewer and it can be shown that
the amount of hardstanding has not been increased and is attenuated, a connection to the combined sewer
may be possible. They may also require use of raingardens/bio retention zones and green roofs to be
appropriately considered as well as potential for rainwater harvesting. 
The requirement to infiltrate surface water runoff to the subsoils will be dependent on Scottish Water
permission to discharge surface water to the existing sewers and the rate of any allowance.
Page 76

Page 77

8
The appropriate form of SUDS for redevelopment of the site will depend on the method of surface water
disposal. Irrespective of the actual form of the SUDS, a significant proportion of the lowest lying area of the
site will require to be allocated for the SUDS and this will place a constraint the development proposals.
3.1.1.5 Site Abnormals
The key abnormal issues for the existing school site are taking into account the requirement for a tandem
build, which will necessitate a phased approach, which will have an impact on programme duration and prelim
costs. 
The area of the site where it is proposed to build the new campus is also designated as King George V land,
with a presumption that it is retained for outdoor use. While there would still be an overall balance in the
amount of external space provided as part of a new campus, consultation with Fields in Trust will be required
to ensure the proposals are acceptable.
It is also anticipated there will be a need for retention to the southern edge of the parking area and newly
formed 7 aside all weather pitch.
3.1.1.6 Habitat Constraints 
All sites will require to have habitat and ecological surveys carried out as a matter of course as part of
statutory approvals process to identify any protected and invasive species present. From a walkover of the
existing school site, the potential for significant habitat impact would appear to be limited, though it is worth
noting existing structures increases the possibility of bat roosting.
3.1.2 Educational Impact
3.1.2.1 Is the site capable of accommodating the brief in full?
The site area is 2.3 ha. but the existing school must remain in operation during the construction stage, which
limits the area of land available for locating the school. There is sufficient space on site to accommodate the
new campus brief over two storeys and the levels of parking and servicing required, although parking areas
will require significant regrading. Bus drop off may potentially need to maintain the current situation of 14m
buses parking on adjacent streets depending on how drop off is prioritised against providing external space.
The other limitation of the site is the inability to accommodate a full size 100m x 60m all weather pitch, and the
extent of external learning and social space. A seven aside all weather pitch could be accommodated on site.
3.1.2.2 Quality of external environment to support outside learning
The BB103 maximum and minimum areas for the pupil roll of the proposed Mull 2-18 campus (31 ELC
children, 90 primary learners and 177 secondary learners) is 21,374sqm – 22,847sqm. The existing school
site is 23,000sqm. External space is limited on site, although there still exists scope to create external learning
environments, the majority enjoying a southerly aspect. The location of the new building as a result of keeping
the existing school in operation means that external space will wrap around parking areas, which is less than
optimal. The site has limited potential for a quality external learning environment.
3.1.2.3 Does the site provide capacity for future expansion?
While the site is constrained, and the area of development restricted to the western part of the site due to the
need to keep the existing school operational, there is scope to plan for modest future expansion to the east.
This future expansion could extend to two additional standard sized classrooms, one at ground and one at first
floor, plus ancillary areas. Locating the expansion at the east allows building servicing to remain operational
during any future extension construction period.
Page 77

Page 78

3.1.2.4 Travel times for ELC and primary school pupils
�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
The estimated one-way travel times for ELC and Primary pupils are derived from the Transport Review
included in Appendix H is shown below. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide
range of trips which would be made to the site. Travel time for minor legs of a trip (such as walking to the bus
stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this
analysis. In any case, the nature of these journeys are likely to remain constant across all four sites .
3.1.2.5
SITE COHORT
......
Site 01 -
Tobermory Primary 18 22
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
153
Travel times for staff and secondary school pupils
280 473
AVERAGE
The estimated one-way travel times for Secondary pupils and Staff are derived from the Transport Review
included in Appendix H is shown below. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide
range of trips which would be made to the site. Travel time for minor legs of a trip (such as walking to the bus
stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this
analysis. In any case, the nature of these journeys are likely to remain constant across all four sites .
SITE COHORT
......
Site 01 -
Tobermory
Site 01 -
Tobermory
Secondary
Staff
0 2,356
0 0
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
162 588
695 163
3.1.2.6 Access and connectivity to good community facilities and services
3,106
858
AVERAGE
The existing school site is located centrally in Tobermory, the largest settlement on Mull. It is in close proximity
to the residential areas which form the catchment for the primary school. It is also nearby residential areas
which supply the single largest number of secondary school pupils to Tobermory High School. The school is
well served in this location by a range of shops, food and drink offerings and cultural and community facilities.
The existing school site is located centrally within Tobermory, and as a result enjoys the potential for easy
links with local businesses, community resources and employers.
3.1.3
3.1.3.1
Community and Place
Impact on family life
In a survey of Bunessan Primary School families, only 5% of respondents said that they would consider
sending their children to a high school in Tobermory. During public engagement sessions, a number of parents
and young people in the South West of Mull have expressed concerns around their children's ability to fully
9
Page 78

Page 79

10
enjoy family life if they are required to board on the mainland from Monday to Friday. Many respondents have
raised concerns about the impact this has on young people during their teenage years which is a significant
developmental period. 
Many members of the community have referenced Article 9 – Children should not be separated from their
parents in relation to the current scenario where children from the Ross of Mull are required leave their family
homes weekly to board on the mainland in order to attend Oban High School. Many argue that secondary-
school aged children are entitled to remain with their families during the week and the current catchment
provision does not allow for this. A central site option could allow greater choice for pupils and families living in
the Ross of Mull to attend secondary school on the island which would allow children to more fully enjoy all
aspects of family life during their time at secondary school. 
• While the premise of citing Article 9 is important, the Article legally does not apply to the current
proposals. However, that should not invalidate the concerns of children, young people and their
families who wish to avoid boarding on the mainland as part of the decision-making process. Equitable
– best access for as many as possible
Further details can be found in the Integrated Impact Assessment Report within Appendix K
3.1.3.2 Equitable – unites north & south of island
Retaining education provision in Tobermory would positively impact pupils, families and community members
currently utilising the existing Site through the re-provision of enhanced and contemporary facilities. This could
also encourage population retention and growth in the area.
However, there would be no additional benefit to families living in the South West of Mull, who would likely
continue with status quo education arrangements for local primary schooling and off-island secondary-school
attendance. This option poses the continued risk of depopulation with the South West of Mull, where families
may make decisions to relocate on the basis of their child’s education and to avoid the possibility weekly
boarding on the mainland.
Site 01 - Tobermory will retain familiar travel patterns as current conditions would largely be unchanged. It is
conveniently located within walking distance for most existing housing in Tobermory with 90% of pre-5 and
primary school pupils currently living within a 5-minute walking distance as highlighted in Appendix H.
Constraints have been noted for the site whereby access for larger vehicles such as HGVs and buses may be
challenging.
3.1.3.3 Sustain and support local economy
An Economic Impact Assessment has been prepared, this outlines that if the campus was located in
Tobermory, the economic benefit would be £3,147,000 higher than would be the case if the campus was built
in a central island location. 
This assessment takes into account investment stimulus acknowledging that schools influence the
attractiveness of an area for potential residents and therefore the value of future housing developments.
The full Economic Impact Assessment is included in Appendix K.
3.1.3.4 Impact of construction activities on existing school/ residential facilities
The existing school is located on central Tobermory, with residential streets to the north on Erray Road and
Western Road, and the residential back lane to the south. Back Brae has less residential properties, but falls
Page 79

Page 80

11
steeply away from the school site to the west. The surrounding streets are narrow, and will present logistical
challenges during the construction phase of the project, with inevitable impact to surrounding residential
properties.
A tandem build will also impact on the daily operations of the school due to the close proximity of construction
activity with associated deliveries and noise. However, a competent contractor can successfully manage
operations on a live school site and mitigate impact with appropriate forward planning.
3.1.4 Accessibility & Transport
3.1.4.1 Good public transport to site and location
Existing Conditions
The morning and afternoon school services current serve the site by way of the bus layby on Erray Road.
Tobermory is additional served throughout the day by the 494 and the 95/495.
Future Conditions
The site could incorporate approximately three bus stances adjacent to the school entrance to enable safe
boarding and disembarkation of pupils. Alternatively, as a result of site constraints, the use of the bus bays on
Erray Road could continue to be utilised, perhaps with some rationalisation or upgrade. 
3.1.4.2 Existing safe active travel links to site
Existing Conditions
Pedestrian facilities are limited to larger residential streets on the adjacent road network such as Erray Road
and Victoria Street. There is also an off-road path between Back Brae and Main Street via Middle Brae and a
set of steps. 
Future Conditions
While infrastructure is currently limited, off-site improvement works would likely be a requirement following the
standard consultation and transport assessment processes. 
3.1.4.3 Number of user journeys – bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/staff mode split)
As there will be little change to travel characteristics the anticipated mode share for the Tobermory site it has
been assumed the mode share will remain the same as the results of a hands up survey conducted at the
existing Tobermory 2-18 school. For completeness this mode share is presented below;
Page 80

Page 81

100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
Established Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Primary
Site 01 -Mode Share
Established Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Secondary
■Walk ■Taxi ■Bus ■Car ■Ferry
Established Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Staff
NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
Currently around 30% of primary-aged pupils walk to the site and 70% are driven to the site. There are also a
few trips facilitated by taxi or bus. 40% of secondary-aged currently walk to the site and 45% arrive by bus. A
further 15% drive or are driven to the school. 33% of staff walk to the site and the remining 67% currently
drive.
Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected number of trips by each mode is
presented below;
Site 01 -Multi-Modal Trips
SITE COHORT
------
Site 01 - Tobermory Primary 29 2 1 64 0 95 ]
Site 01 - Tobermory
I Site 01 - Tobermory
Secondary
Staff
64
20
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
0
0
71 22 0 157
0 39 0
As the T obermory site is located on the existing school site no changes to the current bus operations are
anticipated. The buses which would be required for secondary school pupils are one bus from Calgary I
Dervaig, one bus from Torloisk and Ulva Ferry via Salen and one bus from Lochbuie Crossroads. The annual
revisions of the network and its complex dependencies are expected to be broadly in line with existing
operations.
The below map illustrates the anticipated bus network for Site 01.
12
Page 81

Page 82

13
Site 01 Anticipated Bus Network
3.1.4.4 Potential impact on public transport network
As there will be no requirement to amend the bus services associated with school transport there is unlikely to
be any impact, positive or negative, on the wider public transport network.
3.1.4.5 Ability of existing (wider) roads infrastructure to service site
The site is already a part of the established road network and the site’s vehicular access would remain. The
increase in car parking within the site will reduce the instances of on-street car parking occurring on the
adjoining residential streets, in turn making it easier for buses to navigate these streets. 
There can at times be complexities in accommodating and manoeuvring larger vehicles on the site, particularly
when multiple vehicles are present at once. Buses which arrive via Argyll Terrace then have to reverse up
Erray Road with the aid of a banksman.
3.1.4.6 Trips with complex dependencies/multiple stages and modes of travel
Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site. Further details on this
criterion are provided in Section 9.3 of the Transport Review in Appendix H. For pupils who live remotely from
the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey will be required to
intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by specific arrangements to them and may
include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer.
3.1.5 Sustainability
3.1.5.1 Potential for re-use of existing infrastructure and buildings (embodied carbon)
There are a range of existing buildings on site with the potential for re-use. However, their suitability is
severely impacted by the level changes which occur within most buildings which result in accessibility issues.
The ELC building is more recent than other structures and does have re-use potential with appropriate internal
reconfiguration, although the external spaces would benefit from upgrading and reorientation. The site also
Page 82

Page 83

NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
benefits from existing servicing although it is anticipated that some upgrading of capacity may be required.
There is existing pedestrian links and vehicular access to the site, although the gradients present a challenge.
3.1.5.2 Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Tobermory site are presented below. The
values presented in this table represent the driven milage of each vehicle as opposed to each passenger. This
accounts for the fact that one bus can carry multiple passengers.
Site 01 - Travel Distance (Miles)
Site Cohort TOTAL
Site 01 - Tobermory Primary
Site 01 - Tobermory Secondary
6
0
0
6
0
63
0
63
42
57
303
402
48 ___=]
121 �
Site 01 - Tobermory Staff 303 �
Site 01 -Tobermory Total 471 �
As with any new development of this nature Travel Planning measures have the potential to positively
influence travel, particularly among staff members. A Travel Plan would seek to encourage behaviours such
as car sharing or public transport usage in order to reduce the number of vehicle miles incurred.
Applying the carbon emission assessment methodology outlined in Section 10.7 the estimated carbon
emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the Tobermory site is presented below.
Site 01 - Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
Site --
Primary 0
Secondary 0
0
67
0
9
79
67
TOTAL
7 I I
Site 01 - Tobermory
Site 01 - Tobermory
Site 01 - Tobermory
Site 01 - Tobermory
Staff
Total
0
0 67
9
12
67
89 156
Any increase in carbon emissions from bus travel may only be temporary. In line with current national policy
bus fleets are gradually transitioning to electric and hydrogen systems. A similar transition is likely to occur to
the car fleet, as residents increasingly embrace the use of electric cars.
3.1.6
3.1.6.1
Affordability
Costs associated with site abnormals
The existing school site will have a number of key factors impacting on the construction capital cost associated
with this particular site compared to any other. A key difference is the need to construct the site adjacent to a
'live' school, and this adds a further layer of complexity to construction management. Men, plant and materials
will need to be organised in a different way from a 'green field' and unfettered site. This may mean phased
operations, different working hours and material delivery regime and this will result in impact on programme of
works usually increasing the time to build the same building here as opposed to the alternative site options.
14
Page 83

Page 84

�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
Ground conditions have yet to be fully understood and engineering consultants Waterman have indicated
potential for the need to break out rock, which comes at a cost premium, but at this stage is dependent on site
investigation and geotechnical reporting. Watermans have also suggested there could logically be the
presence of contamination within the site given the central Tobermory location, the existing school site
adjacent and the former quarrying on the site. Ground remediation potentially comes at a significant cost, but
again is un tested and unquantifiable at this stage and is subject to further reporting.
The efficiency of being able to accommodate 71 carparking spaces, bus lay down areas and provide service
vehicles to access the new school will differ for each site, either requiring more or less hard standing than the
other alternative sites. Site 1 has slightly more hardstanding than the alternative sites so this comes at a
potential additional cost, though conversely does not require any new access roads to be built to
accommodate the new school.
Site levels indicate the need to provide some ground retention works to accommodate the site's natural slope
to the south. As a result, an allowance for retaining walls to the southern carparking and the 7 a side pitch has
been made here.
Flood risk is considered non existent and normal surface water drainage management is anticipated. This site
will have the advantage of not requiring any separate drainage system provided the drainage management
design can be shown not to increase current surface water discharge into the existing drainage infrastructure.
Utilities provision, the site is adjacent to the full suite of utilities provision. Design consultants RYBKA have
noted that capacity and ability for the new school to connect to the existing infrastructure will be subject to
further design and discussion with utility providers, but at the moment is assumes to have no abnormal cost
uplift. Due to the 'live' site and proximity to the retained school, some element of protection and diversion of
utilities will be likely and has been assessed here.
Summary:
Site Site 1- Existing Tobermory School Site
CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS
GROUND CONDITIONS
SITE WORKS
FLOOD RISK AND DRAINAGE
UTILITIES
TOTALS
3.1.6.2 Potential acquisition/disposal costs
Argyll and Bute Council are in ownership of the existing Tobermory School site, therefore there would be no
assumed acquisition costs. A valuation report has been provided in Appendix L to give an indication.
3.1.6.3 Other (revenue) cost implications e.g. pupil transport
Argyll and Bute Council have assumed there would be no adjustment to revenue costs in relation to transport
costs if the existing Tobermory school site is selected, as shown below;
15
Page 84

Page 85

Additional revenue Costs
Pupil Transport - additional cost
Staff Travel-additional cost
Total potential additional cost per
annum
3.1.7 Risk
Detail
4 buses @ f6k per calendar
month for 10.5 months
10 journey per week 40
weeks *miles *4Sp per mile
less £2.91 per week
Site 1 • Site 2 •
Existinc Craicnure
Toberrnory
site
0 221,600
0 69,519
0 291,119
3.1.7.1 Wayleaves, legal restrictions and site acquisition risk
Site 3 •
Garmony
252,000
58,587
310,587
�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
Site 4 • Toberrnory
south site
0
0
0
Argyll and Bute Council have provided information detailing out ownership, wayleaves, legal restrictions and
site acquisition risks within Appendix J.
3.1.7.2 Construction Programme risk
The construction programme for the existing Tobermory site is likely to be longer due to requirement for a
tandem-build and the need to undertake phased delivery which will likely include construction of a new school,
demolition of the existing school and any landscaping/pitch works to be completed. There is also a risk delay
due to implications of working within a constrained site and having to adapt methodology. All sites are
impacted evenly in terms of reliance on ferry crossings to support construction activities.
3.1.7.3 Planning designation and sensitive receptors
The site has no designation under LDP2. The King George V land is designated as an Open Space Protection
Area. The site lies at the edge of the Conservation Area so there will likely be a requirement for a Visual
Impact Appraisal. Under NPF4 a case for the demolition rather than reissue or refurbishment of the school
would also be required. There is no requirement for HSE consultation with this site.
16
Page 85

Page 86

17
3.2 Site 2 – Craignure
3.2.1 Deliverability
3.2.1.1 Utility Infrastructure – capacity and need for any diversions
The site is situated to the northern boundary of Craignure and adjacent to Mull and Iona Community Hospital.
The utilities record drawings received show that the proposed site is clear of existing utilities with no
anticipated abnormal costs for diversions within the proposed site.  
Existing Electricity (LV and 11kV), Mains Water and Communications infrastructure exists to the south of the
site and serves the Hospital, Swimming Pool and Hotel to the south as well as residential units. 
On the assumption that capacities are available in the existing infrastructure they would need to be extended
by approximately 400m to reach the proposed new school and will need to be co-ordinated with the proposed
future housing development site arrangement. 
Alternatively, there is potential to connect into the existing infrastructure along the A849  to the west of the site.
Infrastructure would need to extend approx. 400m and may present better opportunities in terms of capacity
availability.
Potential for positive Business Case for future connection of Net Zero heat networks
Opportunities for a supporting a business case at Craignure exist given the close proximity of larger energy
consuming facilities such as the Hospital, Swimming Pool and Hotel. At present heat network support to the
local community near the Craignure site is limited although this may be increased should the proposed future
housing development progress.
3.2.1.2 Ground Conditions
Published mapping indicates raised marine deposits are present within Site 2.  Raised marine deposits
frequently contain soft organic clays which, dependant on thickness, may potentially require more onerous
foundation solutions such as piles, or ground improvement, in place of traditional shallow foundations.   This is
largely speculative however, based on reasonable assumptions from published information only, and would
require to be confirmed following completion of a targeted intrusive ground investigation campaign.
The stratum recorded to underly Site 2 is predominantly Raised Marine and Beach deposits including sands,
gravels, cobles and sites are greater depths. No site or laboratory testing information is currently available with
regards to the strength, density, water content and compressibility.  It is therefore recommended that an
intrusive ground investigation including in-situ testing and sampling for laboratory testing is conducted to fully
assess the reusability characteristics of the underlying geology.
It is highlighted that the presence of olivine basalt below the northern half of the site may result in ‘hard-dig’ /
possible need for blasting to facilitate excavation dependant on depth to rock and site levels.
3.2.1.3 Topography
Topography has limited impact on the proposed development site. The site has a gradual but significant fall
from southeast to northwest, and is bound at the northern corner by a steep level change which rises up to
higher ground at the north, although this step from a natural boundary to the site. The nature of the main fall
across the site is gradual, and would not present a significant issue in developing the new campus. 
Page 86

Page 87

18
It is anticipated that the site would be formed so that parking and the main school building occupy the lower
portion of the site to the northwest, with the pitch occupying the higher ground to the southeast. External social
space would be used to accommodate the level change in a way which limits the use of any retaining walls. 
Topography will impact on any potential new access road formed from the west however, as the A848 is at a
significantly higher level than the adjacent part of the site. Ensuring appropriate gradients for any new route is
a key consideration.
3.2.1.4 Flood Risk
The SEPA flood map indicates that Site 2 is not impacted by flooding from high tides or storm surges. The
SEPA Flood Map show medium to high risks around the Site 2, but the Site boundary is at "low to no" risk of
surface water flooding. The proposed development should incorporate measures for effective surface water
management. Specifically, it is essential to intercept, treat, and attenuate surface water before it is discharged
in a controlled manner through a new on-site drainage network. Implementing these measures will ensure
compliance with local council policy and contribute to effective flood risk management and water quality
protection.
Scottish Water’s infrastructure records indicate that the nearest location for wastewater disposal is located in
the adjacent housing development in Java Place with 100mm diameter uPVC combined sewers discharging
towards coastal waters. Scottish Water would need to confirm in a Pre-Development Enquiry response that
there is sufficient capacity in their network to service the development of a new Education Campus. 
It should be noted that offsite improvement works may be required to facilitate a connection to the Scottish
Water network but depending on timing, this work may be carried out as part of any planned housing
development surrounding the Site. Placement of carrier drains through adjacent land would need to be
considered so that it does not cause issues for future development if School site is developed in advance of
any housing development. 
There is no public surface water drainage shown on the Scottish Water infrastructure records within the
boundaries of the site. There are also no watercourses in the vicinity of the site which surface water runoff
could be discharged to. 
Scottish Water will only allow surface water from new development to discharge to the combined sewer
network under exceptional circumstances. It is therefore not expected that surface water runoff from any
redevelopment of the site will be permitted to be conveyed to the existing combined sewer network. A new
surface water connection through Java place towards the existing outfall may be considered but again,
depending on timing, a surface water connection may have been made by any planned housing development.
It should be noted that no records are available for the Mull and Iona Community Hospital surface water
discharge and can be assumed that this infiltrates to the ground. Therefore, an appropriate method for treating
and disposing of surface water from a new facility on the site would need to be established. Further
investigation and consultations are required to establish the feasibility of these options.
The investigations that are required to establish if surface water runoff from proposed development can be
infiltrated into the subsoils will comprise intrusive ground investigation and insitu testing to determine the
suitability of the ground conditions. The requirement to infiltrate surface water runoff to the subsoils will be
dependent on Scottish Water permission to discharge surface water to the existing sewers and the rate of any
allowance.
The appropriate form of SUDS for redevelopment of the site will depend on the method of surface water
disposal. Irrespective of the actual form of the SUDS, a significant proportion of the lowest lying area of the
site will require to be allocated for the SUDS and this will place a constraint the development proposals.
Page 87

Page 88

3.2.1.5 Site Abnormals
�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
The Craignure site has limited abnormals, but there is the need to form a new vehicular access from the A848
to an acceptable standard. The proximity of the helipad servicing the hospital will also need taken into
consideration, particularly during the construction phase.
3.2.1.6 Habitat Constraints
All sites will require to have habitat and ecological surveys carried out as a matter of course as part of
statutory approvals process to identify any protected and invasive species present. Ecological surveys have
been carried out in close proximity to the site previously, which identified no evidence of protected species.
The site is at low risk of any habitat constraints.
3.2.2
3.2.2.1
Educational Impact
Is the site capable of accommodating the brief in full?
At 3.27ha, the identified site has sufficient capacity to accommodate the new campus building at two storeys,
a full size all weather pitch, external learning areas and associated car parking, servicing and bus drop off
areas on site.
3.2.2.2 Quality of external environment to support outside learning
The 88103 maximum and minimum areas for the pupil roll of the proposed Mull 2-18 campus (31 ELC
children, 90 primary learners and 177 secondary learners) is 21,374sqm-22,847sqm. The Craignure site is
33,000 sqm and is therefore able to accommodate the required amount of external space provision. The site
has the capacity to enjoy a broad south facing aspect for secure external learning, sports and social spaces,
clearly distinct from carparking, servicing and drop off areas. With good long range views, it has high potential
to create good quality external learning environments.
3.2.2.3 Capacity of site for future expansion
The Craignure site is large enough to allow for generous future expansion, which we anticipate would be
located at the western end of the school to allow the servicing yard and plant areas to remain operational
during any future extension construction period. While the extent of any future expansion is unknown at this
time, an additional four standard sized classrooms plus supporting spaces would be easily accommodated
over two floors.
3.2.2.4 Travel times for ELC and primary school pupils
The estimated one-way travel times for ELC and Primary pupils are derived from the Transport Review
included in Appendix H shown below. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide
range of trips which would be made to the site. Travel time for minor legs of a trip (such as walking to the bus
stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this
analysis. In any case, the nature of these journeys are likely to remain constant across all four sites .
SITE
Site 02 -
Craignure
COHORT
Primary
......
70 3,084 140 0 3,294
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
AVERAGE
19
Page 88

Page 89

3.2.2.5 Travel times for staff and secondary school pupils
�
NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
The estimated one-way travel times for Secondary pupils and Staff are derived from the Transport Review
included in Appendix H shown below. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide
range of trips which would be made to the site. Travel time for minor legs of a trip (such as walking to the bus
stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this
analysis. In any case, the nature of these journeys are likely to remain constant across all four sites .
3.2.2.6
SITE COHORT
......
Site 02 -
Craignure
Site 02 -
L.,:raignure
Secondary
Staff
0
0
5,147 328
0 1,966
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
Access and connectivity to good community facilities
48 5,523
16 1,982
AVERAGE
The Craignure site enjoys the benefit of close adjacency to the Mull Community Pool for enhanced sports
provision. It is also close to the Mull and Iona Community Hospital and Isle of Mull Hotel, which has the
potential for partner working with secondary pupils. The site is also close to the ferry terminal, which offers
advantages for access for visiting staff from the mainland.
The Craignure site is in close proximity to the ferry terminal, and directly adjacent to Mull and Iona Community
Hospital, Isle of Mull Hotel and the Community Swimming Pool. There is a small number of residential
properties to the east of the site, with a planning consent in place for future residential development to the
south and east of the proposed school site. The main Craignure settlement is further to the southeast,
connected by a pedestrian footpath, which contains housing, a shop and cafe.
3.2.3 Community and Place
3.2.3.1 Impact on family life
A central location would allow the majority of high-school pupils living on Mull to attend the same school. This
would benefit all young people but in particular allow young people from the Ross of Mull to attend high-school
on the island and return home to their families daily. This would bring a significant positive impact to young
people in localities who are currently required to board on the mainland. There is also a strong community
sentiment that this could help to reverse trends of depopulation in the Ross of Mull and continue to support
population growth for young people and families elsewhere on the island.
With a central location, journey times would increase for families living in Tobermory (assumed to double in
time on average) and families living in South West Mull would still need to undertake longer journey times of
approximately 1 hour each way, which is significantly higher than average school journey times across
Scotland. This is likely to impact family life for many children, young people and their families who currently
live in close proximity to Tobermory High-School or who would be required to undertake longer daily journeys
as a result of the central location. This could affect the working patterns of parents who would be required to
collect/drop-off children from school or other clubs and activities.
20
Page 89

Page 90

21
A central location option would require more children and young people aged 2-18 to undertake longer daily
journeys to school by bus. A number of children and young people in Tobermory Primary and High School
have expressed concerns around the implications of daily travel to a central location and the impact this could
have on their health and wellbeing, including tiredness, ability to concentrate in school and opportunities to be
active either through walking to school or having time to attend afterschool clubs. These impacts could also
have a knock-on effect on pupil’s family lives if they are unable to fully participate in family live due to longer
travel times, feeling tired or not having their needs met in terms of access to leisure, social opportunities and
time to be physically active.
3.2.3.2 Equitable – unites north & south of island
West Mull has experienced a depopulation rate of 8% amongst its 0-15 year old age group while North Mull
has experienced a depopulation rate of 3% in this age group. Comparatively, the South of Mull has seen a
significant increase in population growth for this age group at 36%, while Tobermory has experienced a 15%
increase in this age group.
A centrally located campus is sensitive to the demographic challenges faced by families living in South West
Mull and would benefit families with teenage children attending secondary school in this region. A number of
local families have expressed that attending boarding school on the mainland has negatively impacted their
children and discourages young people from settling back in the local community in adulthood, increasing
worries over depopulation.
A centrally sited option is expected to allow all children on Mull to attend the same high school with reduced
travel times for many pupils in the South and South West of Mull areas and allow for greater socialising
amongst young people on Mull. This could have the potential to strengthen community cohesion amongst
young people and their families leading to positive social benefits for all island communities. It would also
encourage unity between communities in the North and South of Mull.
With a Central site option, there is also the potential for negative demographic implications for those living in
Tobermory which is Mull’s largest settlement area. Views expressed from community members suggest that
families could choose to move away from Tobermory if early years and primary school provision were
removed which could result in depopulation if families choose to leave the island.
Both Site 03 Garmony and Site 04 Craignure would lead to increased travel times, distances and carbon
emissions, particularly if the catchments are expanded to include the Ross of Mull. Average journey times
would increase by approximately 20 minutes for Craignure and 15 minutes for Garmony, necessitating
additional bus services in each case. While Craignure offers some potential for active travel with its proximity
to an 80-unit residential housing allocation, it is noted that improvements would need to be made footways and
cross infrastructure. Garmony lacks nearby housing and has no planned developments at present. There are
also limited benefits from improving footways or crossings on the adjacent highway network at this location.
3.2.3.3 Sustain and support local economy
An Economic Impact Assessment has been prepared, this outlines that if the campus was located in
Tobermory, the economic benefit would be £3,147,000 higher than would be the case if the campus was built
in a central island location. 
This assessment takes into account investment stimulus acknowledging that schools influence the
attractiveness of an area for potential residents and therefore the value of future housing developments.
The full Economic Impact Assessment is included in Appendix K.
Page 90

Page 91

22
3.2.3.4 Impact of construction activities on existing school/ residential facilities
Although the Craignure site is open, the site is in close proximity to the Mull and Iona Community Hospital
which would be impacted on by adjacent construction operations, with the close proximity of the helicopter
landing pad requiring pre-construction dialogue with the Air Ambulance service to mitigate the impact of
construction operations. 
Residential properties around Java Place will not be significantly impacted on by site operations as it is highly
likely construction traffic will not access the site along the existing road leading to it.
3.2.4 Accessibility & Transport
3.2.4.1 Good public transport links to site and location
Existing Conditions
The adjacent Mull and Iona Community Hospital is currently served by the service 95 bus. The 96/496
Craignure to Fionnphort service terminates at the nearby ferry terminal. 
Future Conditions
The site would incorporate approximately four bus stances to enable pupils to board and disembark safely.
These bays would ideally be positioned within the site such that bus doors opened directly onto an expansive
pedestrian space, thereby removing the needs for pupils to interact with the car park and other trafficked
spaces.
The primary and secondary school days finish approximately 20 minutes apart. Unlike the morning period,
where buses are only present on site for as long as it takes for pupils to disembark, buses are required to be
present on site in anticipation of the afternoon school bell. This means it is more likely that several buses
would be present on site at once.
To avoid a scenario where buses blocked the operation of the car park, bays could be incorporated to the site
access road to enable empty buses/coaches for the secondary school to dwell while the primary school buses
are boarded.
3.2.4.2 Existing safe active travel links to site
Existing Conditions 
There is currently limited active travel provision in Craignure. Footways which are provided on both sides of
the A849 in the 30mph section are narrow. The footway is present on the north side of the road only, beyond
the ferry terminal. This footway then stops beyond the entrance to the Mull Community Swimming Pool. There
are currently no formal pedestrian crossings on the A849.
Future Conditions
While infrastructure is currently limited, it is clear that a package of off-site improvement works would be
required to ensure the safe integration of the site to the established transport network. The scope of those
works would emerge through the detailed Transport Assessment which would accompany and inform a
Planning Application. At the time of writing, it seems likely that this package would at least comprise
enhancements to existing footways, provision of new links where none are currently present and the delivery
of new, safe crossing opportunities. It seems reasonable to assume that the adjacent residential allocation
could be developed in a manner which facilitates active travel between Craignure and the school site.
Page 91

Page 92

3.2.4.3 Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/staff mode split)
�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
The anticipated mode share for the Craignure site, in a scenario where the catchments do not change, is
presented below. For comparative purposes, the forecast mode split is presented in the context of established
travel behaviour at the existing Tobermory 2-18 school.
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Primary
Established Established Site 03-
Behaviour Behaviour Craignure
(Tobermory) (Tobermory)
Secondary Staff Primary
■Walk ■Taxi ■Bus ■Car ■Ferry
Site 02 - Indicative Mode Share
Site 03- Site 03-
Craignure Craignure
Secondary Staff
The majority of both primary and secondary-aged pupils would be required to travel to the Craignure site by
bus for the main leg of their trip. This mode share is based upon existing travel behaviours and the modelling
exercise which is outlined in Chapter 9 of the Transport Review in Appendix H.
If established pupil and staff cohorts were to transfer to this site, a clear implication would be that those whose
existing trip is made on foot would need to select an alternative travel mode. In view of the Council's
obligation to provide school buses for pupils whose trip cannot be made on foot, it would seem likely that the
majority of existing pedestrian trips would become bus trips.
While such a change is likely to cause some disruption in the short-term, the principle established by the
existing Tobermory to Salen GMU bus demonstrates that primary school transport over an extended distance
is practical and feasible. Importantly, in the context of the Salen GMU service, the Council has been able to
understand, and address, concerns which had initially been expressed by parents around the requirement for
primary school age children to travel by bus.
There will be limited opportunities the Craignure site to support trips on foot with just a handful of secondary
school pupils and staff currently residing in Craignure. Should the adjacent site be developed with housing, it
is reasonable to anticipate that a larger number of trips by active travel modes would result.
Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected trips by each mode is presented in
below;
23
Page 92

Page 93

Site 02 -Multi-Modal Trips
�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
SITE COHORT
........
Site 02 - Craignure
I Site 02 - Craignure
Primary 0 2 88 5 0 95 1
Secondary 3 0 143 11 0 1577
Site 02 - Craignure Staff 0 0 58 0 59 ]
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
In order to serve the anticipated 231 pupils travelling by bus a total of approximately 7 buses will be required.
It is expected that two buses/coaches would be provided to serve primary pupils travelling from Tobermory to
Craignure. These would likely have a capacity of around 45 seats each and would operate as closed-door
services, i.e. not open to members of the public.
For secondary school pupils, up to five buses (potentially of varying size) would be required.
• One smaller bus would collect children from Calgary and Dervaig before operating non-stop to
Craignure. This is necessary as a result of a weight restriction on the Calgary road (88073) which
prohibits the use of buses with more than 33 seats.
• Two buses would collect children from around Tobermory and then collect pupils who live within a
reasonable distance of the A849 (such as at Aros or Pennygown) enroute to Craignure. This could be
reduced to one bus in the event that a higher-capacity bus/coach was used.
• A further bus would originate in Torloisk and collect children from Ulva Ferry and Salen before
continuing non-stop to Craignure.
• Lastly, in the event that school catchments don't change a minibus or large taxi could collect pupils
from communities south of Craignure such as Lochbuie and Lochdonhead.
The below map illustrates the anticipated bus network for Site 02.
24
Page 93

Page 94

25
Site 02 Anticipated Bus Network
School buses would be funded as school transport where pupils meet Argyll and Bute Council’s requirements
in line with the summary which is provided in Section 3.4 of the Transport Review in Appendix H.
Notwithstanding the Council’s preparedness to meet the costs of additional bus services, their provision
depends on the ability of operators to recruit and retain a sufficient number of drivers, noting the practical
operating issues relating to AM and PM-only journeys. 
3.2.4.4 Potential impact on public transport network
It is likely that additional buses will be required to facilitate pupil transport. The availability of more buses and
drivers has the potential enhance general levels of public transport provision on the island, noting that many
existing scheduled local bus services arise primarily because of school transport requirements.
3.2.4.5 Ability of existing (wider) roads infrastructure to service site
The site is well served by the adjoining A849 although there is currently no formalised access into the site.
There is the potential for access to the site to be taken from a new junction formed on the A849. The design of
this junction would be subject to technical assessments at an early stage to ensure the suitability of its
placement and format in view of road characteristics and adjacent accesses, if applicable. Any new junction
would need to comply with driver visibility criteria in line with standard assessment procedures.
3.2.4.6 Trips with complex dependencies/multiple stages and modes of travel
Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site. Further details on this
criterion are provided in Section 9.3 of the Transport Review in Appendix H. For pupils who live remotely from
the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey will be required to
intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by specific arrangements to them and may
include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer.
Page 94

Page 95

3.2.5
3.2.5.1
Sustainability
Potential for re-use of existing infrastructure and buildings (embodied carbon)
�
NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
The Craignure site is a greenfield site, so there is no scope to re-use existing structures on site. However, if
programme aligns, there could be scope for shared servicing and utility arrangements with the proposed
adjacent housing development. The close proximity of the hospital and the hotel means that there is existing
services infrastructure in close proximity, although the capacity would likely require upgrading.
3.2.5.2 Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Craignure site are presented in the table
below. The values presented in this table represent the driven milage of each vehicle rather than each
passenger. This accounts for the fact that one bus can carry multiple passengers.
Site 02 -Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE
Site 03 -Craignure
Site 03 -Craignure
Site 03 - Craignure
COHORT
Primary
Secondary
Staff
---
40
0
0
41
127
0
81
192
1,113
---
TOTAL
162
319
1,113
Site 03 -Craignure Total 40 168 1,386 1,594
The above table shows a modest uplift in the driven vehicle miles particularly among staff. As with any new
development of this nature travel planning would seek to encourage behaviours such as car sharing or public
transport usage in order to reduce these vehicle miles.
The estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the Craignure site is presented in the
table below.
Site 02 -Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE COHORT ------ TOTAL
Site 03 -Craignure Primary 9 43 18 70 - - - =
Site 03 - Craignure Secondary 0 135 42 177 - - - =
Site 03 - Craignure Staff 0 0 245 245 -- -- -
Site 03 - Craignure Total 9 178 305 492
3.2.6 Affordability
3.2.6.1 Costs associated with site abnormals
The Craignure school site is located adjacent to Mull and Iona community hospital. There is a helipad adjacent
to the site and whilst the full risk of construction next to the helipad needs to be understood, this could present
some degree of inflexibility on contractor operations. Most likely this could result in a shut down in operations
until an all clear is given and so an allowance for 10 shut downs has been made which equates to around 2.5
working days, though actual frequency of helipad use would need to be reviewed to build a more accurate risk
profile for costing.
Ground conditions have yet to be fully understood and engineering consultants Waterman have indicated
potential for the need to break out rock, which comes at a cost premium, but at this stage is dependent on site
investigation and geotechnical reporting. Watermans have also indicated the presence of lacustrine deposits
26
Page 95

Page 96

�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
which could potentially affect foundation choice and piling alternatives would cost significantly more that pad
and strip foundation solutions. However this is subject to further investigation and unproven at this stage.
The efficiency of being able to accommodate 71 carparking spaces, bus lay down areas and provide service
vehicles to access the new school will differ for each site, either requiring more or less hard standing than the
other alternative sites. Site 2 has slightly more hardstanding than Site 3 Garmony, but significantly this site
requires a new 264m long access road and junction with the A849 to be built to accommodate the new school.
An alternative access could be considered but would be subject to the adjacent housing development and
council approvals for same.
Site levels indicate no need for ground retention.
Flood risk is considered non existent on site but rises to high risk adjacent to the site however normal surface
water drainage management is anticipated. A separate drainage system will be required as it is unlikely SEPA
will allow connection into any existing combined systems.
There are no existing utilities recorded on the site so no protection or diversions required. Design consultants
RYBKA have noted that capacity and ability for the new school to connect to the existing infrastructure will be
subject to further design and discussion with utility providers, but at the moment is assumes to have no
abnormal cost uplift. Abnormal cost will however be incurred as the nearest infrastructure utilities connections
are some 400m away from the site either utilising the local residential utilities infrastructure or alternatively the
utilities within the A849 might offer a better alternative with more robust capacity, though connections will still
be approx 400m from the site. The new junction for the access road will require some lowering of local utilities.
Summary:
Site SITE 2 • CRAIGNURE
CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS
GROUND CONDITIONS
SITE WORKS
FLOOD RISK AND DRAINAGE
UTILITIES
TOTALS
3.2.6.2 Potential acquisition/disposal costs
Argyll and Bute Council are to undertake this directly with landowners. A valuation report has been provided in
Appendix L to give an indication of potential costs.
27
Page 96

Page 97

3.2.6.3 Other (revenue) cost implications e.g. pupil transport
�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
Argyll and Bute Council have assumed an increase of £321,519 to revenue costs would be expected if Site 02
- Craignure was selected. This is detailed below by considering additional transport requirements.
Additional revenue Costs
Pupil Transport - additional cost
Staff Travel- additional cost
Total potential additional cost per
annum
3.2.7 Risk
Detail
4 buses @ f6k per calendar
month for 10.5 months
10 journey per week 40
weeks *miles *4Sp per mile
less £2.91 per week
Site 1 • Site 2 •
Existinc Craicnure
Tobermory
site
0 221,600
0 69,519
0 291,119
3.2.7.1 Wayleaves, legal restrictions and site acquisition risk
Site 3 • Site 4 • Tobermory
Garmony south site
252,000 0
58,587 0
310,587 0
Argyll and Bute Council have provided information detailing out ownership, wayleaves, legal restrictions and
site acquisition risks within Appendix J.
3.2.7.2 Construction Programme risk
Construction Programme risk at Site 02 - Craignure is assumed to be low based on the land being relatively
flat and ready for development. There are minimal constraints or risks to site access due to location near the
ferry terminal. All sites are impacted evenly in terms of reliance on ferry crossings to support construction
activities.
3.2.7.3 Planning designation and sensitive receptors
Under Argyll and Bute's Local Development Plan 2, the site is designated as H4022 - Housing. The area to
the south of the housing boundary is noted as Open Space Protection Area. Craignure is noted as an area for
significant infrastructure action to help increase resilience in the strategic transport network and deliver
opportunities for economic and residential development. This particularly includes a focus on Craignure Ferry
Terminal.
In September 2022, a detailed planning application for the erection of a residential development comprising 97
residential units and a commercial unit with all associated external works and landscaping was submitted and
later approved in December. Part of the proposed application site to the northeast suggested a mixed-use
area subject to future detailed applications, which has been proposed to be used for Mull campus. There is no
requirement for HSE consultation with this site.
28
Page 97

Page 98

29
3.3 Site 3 – Garmony
3.3.1 Deliverability
3.3.1.1 Utility Infrastructure – capacity and need for any diversions
The site is situated to the west of the A849 with very little amenity or residential developments in close
proximity to the site.
The utilities record drawings received show that the proposed site is clear of existing utilities with no
anticipated abnormal costs for diversions within the proposed site.
HV Electric overhead lines exist in close proximity to the site. 11KV lines run along the western side of the
A849 and to the south11kV overhead lines connect the community hydro schemes 500kVA sub station to the
main infrastructure.
Access to the site will be constrained as it will require to pass under the overhead lines. This will likely be
subject to restrictions imposed by SSE in constructing a new access road and will present a risk for
construction traffic. At this stage we would suggest abnormal costs are applied to underground a section of
this supply cable as enabling works to minimise the associated risk.
If a new junction is formed off the A849 it is anticipated that alterations will be necessary to protect the existing
underground water and communications infrastructure introducing further abnormal costs. 
On the assumption that capacities are available in the existing infrastructure they would need to be extended
by approximately 250m to reach the proposed new school.
Potential for positive Business Case for future connection of Net Zero heat networks
The area around the Garmony site is not heavily populated and very little public amenity facilities in
close proximity. There are limited positive elements that could contribute to a business case.
3.3.1.2 Ground Conditions
Published mapping indicates raised marine deposits are present below Site 3.  Although indicated as Sand
and Gravel, raised marine deposits frequently contain soft organic clays which, dependant on thickness, may
potentially require more onerous foundation solutions such as piles, or ground improvement, in place of
traditional shallow foundations.   This is largely speculative however, based on reasonable assumptions from
published information only, and would require to be confirmed following completion of a targeted intrusive
ground investigation campaign.
The stratum recorded to underly Site 3 is predominantly Raised Marine deposits including gravel and shelly
sand. No site or laboratory testing information is currently available with regards to the strength, density, water
content and compressibility.  It is therefore recommended that an intrusive ground investigation including in-
situ testing and sampling for laboratory testing is conducted to fully assess the reusability characteristics of the
underlying geology.
The entirety of Site 3 is underlain by olivine basalt which may result in ‘hard-dig’ / possible need for blasting to
facilitate excavation dependant on depth to rock and site levels.
3.3.1.3 Topography
The site is expansive and generally level. There is a knoll of higher ground to the north west corner, but as this
sits in the flood plain, this would not be an area of land identified for development. Land rises significantly to
the west outside the site boundary, but topography is not a major constraint on the developable area of this
site.
Page 98

Page 99

30
3.3.1.4 Flood Risk
The SEPA flood map indicates that Site 3 is not impacted by flooding from high tides or storm surges but is
impacted on its northern boundary by fluvial flooding from the watercourse that bounds the northern boundary.
It will be necessary to assess the 1:200-year flood event including an appropriate allowance for climate
change. No development will be permitted within the flood plain other than landscaped features that do not
alter the existing levels and affect flood plain storage. Proposed school buildings sit out with indicative flood
extents but Flood Risk Assessment with modelling of watercourse would be required to confirm site constrains
for school buildings and the finished floor level. 
Scottish Water’s infrastructure records indicate that there are no public sewers nearby for wastewater
disposal. Wastewater generated by the school would need to be treated at source via a reed bed, or other
treatment process, prior to discharge into the watercourse, subject to SEPA approval. 
Suitable space within the red line boundary of the development would need to be provided for this treatment
but is not expected to be an issue. 
There is no public surface water drainage shown on the Scottish Water infrastructure records within the
boundaries of the site. However, there is a watercourse in the vicinity of the site which surface water runoff
could be discharged to. 
The appropriate form of SUDS for redevelopment of the site will depend on the method of surface water
disposal. Irrespective of the actual form of the SUDS, a significant proportion of the lowest lying area of the
site will require to be allocated for the SUDS and this will place a constraint the development proposals.
SEPA approval would not be required for disposal of surface water to the watercourse if drainage complies
with their General Binding Rules. A non-return valve would need to be included to restrict flood waters entering
the drainage system with overland flood routes considered to ensure surcharging of drainage network during
flood event does not pose a risk to school building.
3.3.1.5 Site Abnormals
The Garmony site will require a significant upgrade to the junction with the A848, and a new access road into
the useable area of the site. The wider site is larger than required, so agreeing final extents and any treatment
to land left over needs to be considered. The exact extent of the watercourse flood plain will need to be
clarified through FRA modelling.
3.3.1.6 Habitat Constraints
All sites will require to have habitat and ecological surveys carried out as a matter of course as part of
statutory approvals process to identify any protected and invasive species present. The site contains a range
of different natural settings, including grassland, wetland, watercourses and areas of trees. This diversity of
natural setting increases the likelihood that there may be some habitat constraints found on the site.
3.3.2 Educational Impact
3.3.2.1 Is the site capable of accommodating the brief in full?
The Garmony site is large at 9 ha, although the actual usable area is smaller at approximately 2.4 ha. This
useable area has sufficient capacity to accommodate the new campus building at two storeys, a full size all
weather pitch, external learning areas and associated car parking, servicing and bus drop off areas on site.
Page 99

Page 100

3.3.2.2 Quality of external environment to support outside learning
�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
The 88103 maximum and minimum areas for the pupil roll of the proposed Mull 2-18 campus (31 ELC
children, 90 primary learners and 177 secondary learners) is 21,374sqm-22,847sqm. The overall Garmony
site is 95,000sqm, although the effective useable area is 37,000sqm. This provides sufficient area to deliver
the recommended amount of external space. The site enjoys fantastic long range views, and can be laid out to
maximise south facing social, learning and sports spaces and provide good separation from vehicular areas.
The site potential for a quality outdoor learning environment is high.
3.3.2.3 Capacity of site for future expansion
The Garmony site is large enough to allow for generous future expansion, which we anticipate would be
located at the eastern end of the school to allow the servicing yard and plant areas to remain operational
during any future extension construction period. While the extent of any future expansion is unknown at this
time, an additional four standard sized classrooms plus supporting spaces would be easily accommodated
over two floors.
3.3.2.4 Travel times for ELC and primary school pupils
The estimated one-way travel times for ELC and Primary pupils are derived from the Transport Review
included in Appendix H shown below. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide
range of trips which would be made to the site. Travel time for minor legs of a trip (such as walking to the bus
stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this
analysis. In any case, the nature of these journeys are likely to remain constant across all four sites .
3.3.2.5
SITE COHORT
......
Site 03 -
Garmony Primary 57 2,623
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
117
Travel times for staff and secondary school pupils
0 2,797
AVERAGE
The estimated one-way travel times for Secondary pupils and Staff are derived from the Transport Review
included in Appendix H shown below. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide
range of trips which would be made to the site. Travel time for minor legs of a trip (such as walking to the bus
stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this
analysis. In any case, the nature of these journeys are likely to remain constant across all four sites .
SITE
Site 03 -
Garmony
Site 03 -
Garmony
COHORT
Secondary
Staff
......
0 4,479 283 0 4,762
0 0 1,670 0 1,670
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
AVERAGE
31
Page 100

Page 101

32
3.3.2.6 Access and connectivity to good community facilities
The Garmony site is isolated, with the only potential connectivity being with the Isle of Mull Rugby Club
pitches.
The Garmony site is remote from residential areas and other amenities, with the closest facility being the Isle
of Mull Rugby Club and associated pitches to the north.
3.3.3 Community and Place
3.3.3.1 Impact on family life
Site 03 – Garmony is impacted similarly to Site 02 – Craignure and is detailed in Section 3.2.3.1
3.3.3.2 Equitable – unites north & south of island
This is considered to be similar to Site 02 – Craignure and is detailed in Section 3.2.3.2
3.3.3.3 Sustain and support local economy
An Economic Impact Assessment has been prepared, this outlines that if the campus was located in
Tobermory, the economic benefit would be £3,147,000 higher than would be the case if the campus was built
in a central island location. 
This assessment takes into account investment stimulus acknowledging that schools influence the
attractiveness of an area for potential residents and therefore the value of future housing developments.
The full Economic Impact Assessment is included in Appendix K.
3.3.3.4 Impact of construction activities on existing school/ residential facilities
The Garmony site has no residential properties in close proximity, with the nearest structures at Argyll
Industrial Supplies being over 300m away. The impact of construction activity on existing properties is
negligible.
3.3.4 Accessibility & Transport
3.3.4.1 Good public transport links to site and location
Existing Conditions
The service 95/495 currently stops at the nearby rugby club, although this stop is unmarked.
Future Conditions
The site would incorporate four bus stances to enable pupils to board and disembark safely. These bays
would ideally be positioned within the site such that bus doors opened directly onto an expansive pedestrian
space, thereby removing the needs for pupils to interact with the car park and other trafficked spaces.  
The primary and secondary school days finish approximately 20 minutes apart. Unlike the morning period,
where buses are only present on site for as long as it takes for pupils to disembark, buses are required to be
present on site in anticipation of the afternoon school bell.  This means it is more likely that several buses
would be present on site at once.  To avoid a scenario where buses blocked the operation of the car park,
bays could be incorporated to the site access road to enable empty buses/coaches for the secondary school
to dwell while the primary school buses are boarded.
Page 101

Page 102

3.3.4.2 Existing safe active travel links to site
Existing Conditions
NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
There is currently limited active travel provision in Garmony. No footways are present on this section of A849.
Future Conditions
While infrastructure is currently limited, it is clear that a package of off-site improvement works would be
required to ensure the safe integration of the site to the established transport network. The scope of those
works would emerge through the detailed Transport Assessment which would accompany and inform a
Planning Application. At the time of writing, it seems likely that this package would at least comprise provision
of new links where none are currently present.
3.3.4.3 Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/staff mode split)
The anticipated mode share for the Garmony site, in a scenario where the catchments do not change, is
presented in the table below. For comparative purposes, the forecast mode split is presented in the context of
established travel behaviour at the existing Tobermory 2-18 school.
Site 03 -Indicative Mode Share
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
Established Established Established
Behaviour Behaviour Behaviour
(Tobermory) (Tobermory) (Tobermory)
Primary Secondary Staff
Site 04-
Garmony
Primary
■Walk ■Taxi ■Bus ■car ■ferry
Site 04-
Garmony
Secondary
Site 04-
Garmony
Staff
The majority of both primary and secondary-aged pupils would be required to travel to the Garmony site by
bus for the main leg of their trip. This mode share is based upon existing travel behaviours and the modelling
exercise which is outlined in Appendix H.
If established pupil and staff cohorts were to transfer to this site, a clear implication would be that those whose
existing trip is made on foot would need to select an alternative travel mode. In view of the Council's
obligation to provide school buses for pupils whose trip cannot be made on foot, it would seem likely that the
majority of existing pedestrian trips would become bus trips.
While such a change is likely to cause some disruption in the short-term, the principle established by the
existing Tobermory to Salen bus demonstrates that primary school transport over an extended distance is
33
Page 102

Page 103

�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
practical and feasible. Importantly, in the context of the Salen service, the Council has been able to
understand, and address, concerns which had initially been expressed by parents around the requirement for
primary school age children to travel by bus.
There will be limited opportunities for the Garmony site to support trips on foot with a very limited number of
pupils or staff currently living locally.
Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected number of trips by each mode is
presented in the table below.
Site 03 -Multi-Modal Trips
SITE COHORT
........
Site 04 - Garmony Primary 0 2 88 5 0 95 l
Site 04 - Garmony Secondary 0 0 147 10 0 157 J
Site 04 - Garmony Staff 0 0 0 59 0 59 ]
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
In order to serve the anticipated 235 pupils travelling by bus a total of approximately 7 buses will be required.
It is expected that two buses/coaches would be provided to serve primary pupils travelling from Tobermory to
Garmony. These would likely have a capacity of around 45 seats each and would operate as closed-door
services, i.e. not open to members of the public.
For secondary school pupils, up to five buses (potentially of varying size) would be required.
• One smaller bus would collect children from Calgary and Dervaig before operating non-stop to
Garmony. This is necessary as a result of a weight restriction on the Calgary road (B8073) which
prohibits the use of buses with more than 33 seats.
• Two buses would collect children from around Tobermory and then collect pupils who live within a
reasonable distance of the A849 (such as at Aros or Pennygown) enroute to Garmony. This could be
reduced to one bus in the event that a higher-capacity bus/coach was used.
• A further bus would originate in Torloisk and collect children from Ulva Ferry and Salen before
continuing non-stop to Garmony.
• Lastly, in the event that school catchments don't change a minibus or large taxi could collect pupils
from communities south of Garmony such as Lochbuie and Lochdonhead.
The below map illustrates the anticipated bus network for Site 03.
34
Page 103

Page 104

35
Site 03 Anticipated Bus Network
Notwithstanding the Council’s preparedness to meet the costs of additional bus services, their provision
depends on the ability of operators to recruit and retain a sufficient number of drivers, noting the practical
operating issues relating to AM and PM-only journeys. 
3.3.4.4 Potential impact on public transport network
As discussed in Paragraph 14.2.7 and 14.2.8 of the Transport review in Appendix H, it is likely that additional
buses will be required to facilitate pupil transport. The availability of more buses and drivers has the potential
enhance general levels of public transport provision on the island, noting that many existing scheduled local
bus services arise primarily because of school transport requirements.
3.3.4.5 Ability of existing (wider) roads infrastructure to service site
The site is well served by the adjoining A849 although there is currently no formalised access into the site.
There is the potential for access to the site to be taken from a new junction formed on the A849. The design of
this junction would be subject to technical assessments at an early stage to ensure the suitability of placement
and format in view of road characteristics and adjacent accesses, if applicable. Any new junction would need
to comply with driver visibility criteria in line with standard assessment procedures. 
3.3.4.6 Trips with complex dependencies/multiple stages and modes of travel
Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site. Further details on this
criterion are provided in Section 9.3 of the Transport Review in Appendix H. For pupils who live remotely from
the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey will be required to
intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by specific arrangements to them and may
include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer.
Page 104

Page 105

Sustainability 3.3.5
3.3.5.1 Potential for re-use of existing infrastructure and buildings (embodied carbon)
NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
The Garmony site is an undeveloped site with no existing structures present for reuse. There is also no
servicing to the site currently, although overhead power cables run parallel with the western edge of the site.
There is currently no pedestrian or adequate vehicle infrastructure to the site that could be re-used.
3.3.5.2 Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Garmony site, are presented below. The
values presented in this table represent the driven milage of each vehicle rather than each passenger. This
accounts for the fact that one bus can carry multiple passengers.
Site 03 -Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE
Site 03 - Garmony
Site 03 - Garmony
Site 03 - Garmony
COHORT
Primary
Secondary
Staff
----
35
0
0
35
123
0
70
159
960
--- TOTAL
140
283
960
Site 03 - Garmony Total 35 159 1,190 1,383
The above table shows a modest uplift in the driven vehicle miles particularly among staff. As with any new
development of this nature travel planning would seek to encourage behaviours such as car sharing or public
transport usage in order to reduce these vehicle miles.
The estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel ( of all vehicles) to the Garmony site is presented in the
table below.
Site 03 -Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE
Site 03 - Garmony
Site 03 - Garmony
Site 03 - Garmony
Site 03 - Garmony
COHORT
Primary
Secondary
Staff
Total
Affordability
----
8
0
0
8
37
130
0
168
15
35
211
262
---
3.3.6
3.3.6.1 Costs associated with site abnormals
TOTAL
60
166
211
437
The Garmony school site is a greenfield site with no likely or obvious restriction to construction of a new
building.
Ground conditions have yet to be fully understood and engineering consultants Waterman have indicated
potential for the need to break out rock over the entirety of the site, which comes at a cost premium, but at this
stage is dependent on site investigation and geotechnical reporting.
The efficiency of being able to accommodate 71 carparking spaces, bus lay down areas and provide service
vehicles to access the new school will differ for each site, either requiring more or less hard standing than the
other alternative sites. Site 3 has the smallest footprint in this respect of the 4 sites. However this site also
requires a new 260m long access road and a new roundabout to be built to accommodate the new school.
Site levels indicate no need for ground retention.
36
Page 105

Page 106

�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
Fluvial flood risk exists to the northern part of the site. A 1 in 200 year assessment will need to be made to
model the risk but an allowance has been included to accommodate some form of flood defence. A separate
drainage system would be required as it is unlikely SEPA will allow connection into any existing combined
systems.
There are significant existing utilities recorded on the site, in particular an existing HV overhead line and 11 kV
lines skirt the site to the west and south of the site and site access will most likely need to cross below the HV
lines and SSE may impose constraints in constructing the new access road and for works during the
construction. The recommendation is to allow abnormal costs for diverting part of the HV lines below ground.
Further, some degree of protection to the existing utilities will be required on the site. Design consultants
RYBKA have noted that capacity and ability for the new school to connect to the existing infrastructure will be
subject to further design and discussion with utility providers, but at the moment is assumes to have no
abnormal cost uplift. Abnormal cost will however be incurred as the nearest infrastructure utilities connections
are some 250m away from the site either utilising the closest utilities infrastructure.
Site SITE 3 • GARMONY
CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS
GROUND CONDITIONS
SITE WORKS
FLOOD RISK AND DRAINAGE
UTILITIES
TOTALS
3.3.6.2 Potential acquisition/disposal costs
Argyll and Bute Council are to undertake this directly with landowners. A valuation report has been provided in
Appendix L to give an indication of potential costs.
3.3.6.3 Other (revenue) cost implications e.g. pupil transport
Argyll and Bute Council have assumed an increase of £310,587 to revenue costs would be expected if Site 03
- Garmony was selected. This is detailed below by considering additional transport requirements.
Additional revenue Costs Detail Site 1 • Site 2 • Site 3 • Site 4 • Tobermory
Existinc Craicnure Garmony south site
Tobermory
site
Pupil Transport -additional cost 4 buses @ f6k per calendar 0 221,600 252,000 0
month for 10.5 months
Staff Travel- additional cost 10 journey per week 40 0 69,519 58,587 0
weeks *miles *4Sp per mile
less £2.91 per week
Total potential additional cost per 0 291,119 310,587 0
annum
37
Page 106

Page 107

38
3.3.7 Risk
3.3.7.1 Wayleaves, legal restrictions and site acquisition risk
Argyll and Bute Council have provided information detailing out ownership, wayleaves, legal restrictions and
site acquisition risks within Appendix J.
3.3.7.2 Construction Programme risk
If Site 03 – Garmony was selected then initial site investigation would be needed to fully understand site
conditions. Following visits to the site it’s expected that an element of remediate would be needed to make the
land suitable for development. All sites are impacted evenly in terms of reliance on ferry crossings to support
construction activities.
3.3.7.3 Planning designation and sensitive receptors
The site has no designation under the Local Development Plan. It is noted as within the countryside area.
Page 107

Page 108

39
3.4 Site 4 – South Tobermory
3.4.1 Deliverability
3.4.1.1 Utility Infrastructure – capacity and need for any diversions
The site is situated to southern edge of Tobermory with the western boundary adjacent to the A848.
The utilities record drawings received show that the proposed site is clear of existing utilities.
However, it is evident that 5 overhead power lines exist within the site and located in the vicinity of the
proposed car park area in the adjacent sketch. One of the poles appears to have a pole mounted transformer
but with no obvious signs that it is connected. As this infrastructure is not shown on record drawings and given
the above observations it is assumed that this infrastructure is redundant and can be removed without any
significant abnormal cost to the project
Existing Electricity (LV and 11kV), Mains Water and Communications infrastructure exists in close proximity to
the site.
Whilst existing infrastructure exists, further engagement will be necessary with Utilities companies in respect
of any anticipated increased capacities.
Potential for positive Business Case for future connection of Net Zero heat networks
The site is located at the southern edge of Tobermory and approximately ¾ km from the most densely
populated part of town. The connection of the school to support a business would be positive but diminishes
the further it is away from the most populated areas. It would however help to support any proposals to extend
infrastructure to residences and business that are located towards the southern boundary of the town.
3.4.1.2 Ground Conditions
At Site 4, superficial deposits have not been recorded within the available mapping, if bedrock is present
beneath the topsoil strip, it is envisaged shallow strip or pad foundations could be utilised bearing directly onto
bedrock.
If Superficial deposits however are present at significant depths at Site 4, more onerous foundations may be
required.
The above is based on reasonable assumptions from published information only, and would require to be
confirmed following completion of a targeted intrusive ground investigation campaign.
The suitability of deposits underlying Site 4 are unknown and therefore the deposits earthworks suitability for
reuse cannot be speculated upon prior to an intrusive ground investigation.
The entirety of Site 4 is underlain by olivine basalt which may result in ‘hard-dig’ / possible need for blasting to
facilitate excavation dependant on depth to rock and site levels.
3.4.1.3 Topography
Commentary is based on the assumption the additional parcels of land adjacent to the A848 are included as
part of the overall site. Given the site is located on the ridge at the southern end of town, topography will play a
key role in the design solution.
From the western boundary, the site generally slopes down significantly towards the eastern edge defined by
the A848, with a significant shelf at the line of the current site boundary. On the Western edge of the site the
land falls steeply towards the West.
The sloping nature of the site will result in a design solution which has to address the level change, by
adopting a stepped floor plan. This is an approach that has been successfully adopted in schools for Argyll
Page 108

Page 109

40
and Bute previously, such as Kirn Primary and will deliver a fully accessible learning environment. It is
anticipated that retaining walls will be required internally at this level change, and to external areas I
conjunction with some rock excavation, particularly around the all weather pitch provision which will add to
costs.
3.4.1.4 Flood Risk
The SEPA flood map indicates that Site 4 is not impacted by flooding from high tides or storm surges but
fluvial flooding is noted from the watercourse near its western boundary, but flooding does not enter Site.
Proposed school buildings sit out with indicative flood extents but a Flood Risk Assessment with modelling of
watercourse will likely be required from planning to confirm site constrains for school buildings and the finished
floor level.    It will be necessary to assess the 1:200-year flood event including an appropriate allowance for
climate change. 
Scottish Water’s infrastructure records indicate that there are public sewers nearby for wastewater
disposal.  Wastewater generated by the school would connect to the foul sewer located within the grass verge
between the A848 and Meadhonish cottage. 
A Pre-Development Enquiry (PDE) would need to be submitted to Scottish Water to ensure capacity is
available within their network to allow a connection from the proposed school campus. 
There is an existing public surface water sewer shown on the Scottish Water infrastructure records located
within the grass verge between the A848 and Meadhonish cottage. 
A Pre-Development Enquiry (PDE) would need to be submitted to Scottish Water to ensure capacity is
available within their network to allow a connection from the proposed school campus and what limit surface
water would be restricted to. 
Alternatively, surface water could discharge to the Tobermory River, SEPA approval would not be required for
disposal of surface water to the watercourse if drainage complies with their General Binding Rules. A non-
return valve would need to be included to restrict flood waters entering the drainage system with overland
flood routes considered to ensure surcharging of drainage network during flood event does not pose a risk to
school building.
The appropriate form of SUDS for redevelopment of the site will depend on the method of surface water
disposal. Irrespective of the actual form of the SUDS, a significant proportion of the lowest lying area of the
site will require to be allocated for the SUDS and this will place a constraint the development proposals.
3.4.1.5 Site Abnormals
The site has a number of abnormals. There are currently overhead powerlines which enter the site and then
stop in close proximity to the site boundary, which will need either removed or diverted. The sloping nature of
the site means that there will be areas of excavation and retaining walls under the proposed building location,
with retaining walls across the external areas on site, particularly between the car park and social areas, and
the south and east edges of the 7 aside all weather pitch.
Due to limitations in space, 14m long buses will require to be accommodated in a layby formed along the edge
of the A848 rather than within the site.
3.4.1.6 Habitat Constraints
All sites will require to have habitat and ecological surveys carried out as a matter of course as part of
statutory approvals process to identify any protected and invasive species present. The site is bound to the
Page 109

Page 110

�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
east by the A848 which acts as a barrier to coastal species. Elsewhere the land is sloping paddock land at the
lower levels, with grassed areas on higher ground, although rock is close to the surface. There is likely to be
limited impact from habitat restrictions.
3.4.2
3.4.2.1
Educational Impact
Is the site capable of accommodating the brief in full?
At 2.1 ha, the site can accommodate the new campus brief, but the change in level on site will dictate a design
solution which works with the site levels, being formed over three levels. Car parking can be accommodated
on site, but bus drop off would need dealt with by forming a layby adjacent to the site. The other limitation of
the site is the inability to accommodate a full size 1 00m x 60m all weather pitch, and the extent of external
learning and social space. A seven aside all weather pitch could be accommodated on site. The building and
external areas will require a series of retaining walls to deal with the change in level across the site.
3.4.2.2 Quality of external environment to support outside learning
The 88103 maximum and minimum areas for the pupil roll of the proposed Mull 2-18 campus (31 ELC
children, 90 primary learners and 177 secondary learners) is 21,374sqm-22,847sqm. The South Tobermory
site is 20,500sqm, and as is below the recommended minimum area for external space. While the site is too
small to provide a full size all weather pitch, the nature of the site topography does create the opportunity for a
rich and varied external learning environment, with the site able to be laid out to maximise the external space
available, and good separation from parking and service areas. The site has medium potential for a quality
outdoor learning environment.
3.4.2.3 Capacity of site for future expansion
The site is compact, but scope for future expansion exists by designing the building in such a way that it can
be extended by a structural bay to the northwest. This would realise an additional two standard sized
classrooms plus supporting space on a single level. This would allow the school to remain operational during
construction with limited disruption.
3.4.2.4 Travel times for ELC and primary school pupils
The estimated one-way travel times for ELC and Primary pupils are derived from the Transport Review
included in Appendix H are shown below. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the
wide range of trips which would be made to the site. Travel time for minor legs of a trip (such as walking to the
bus stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in
this analysis. In any case, the nature of these journeys are likely to remain constant across all four sites .
3.4.2.5
SITE COHORT
......
Site 04-
South
Tobermory
Primary 0 80
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
150
Travel times for staff and secondary school pupils
440 670
AVERAGE
7
The estimated one-way travel times for Secondary pupils and Staff are derived from the Transport Review
included in Appendix Hare shown below. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the
41
Page 110

Page 111

�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
wide range of trips which would be made to the site. Travel time for minor legs of a trip (such as walking to the
bus stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in
this analysis. In any case, the nature of these journeys are likely to remain constant across all four sites .
SITE COHORT
......
AVERAGE
Site 04-
South Secondary 0 2,110 135 948 3,192 20
Tobermory
Site 04-
South Staff 0 0 655 293 948 16
Tobermory
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
3.4.2.6 Access and connectivity to good community facilities
While not as centrally located within Tobermory as the existing school site, the South Tobermory site still
retains the potential for easy links with local businesses, community resources and employers.
The South Tobermory site enjoys the same advantages as the existing Tobermory school site as a result of it's
proximity to the primary settlement on island. It is located approximately 900m further south than the existing
school site. While it is not as centrally located as the current school site within the wider settlement, the
location at the southern end of the town places it close-by areas designated for future residential development.
3.4.3
3.4.3.1
Community and Place
Impact on family life
It's assumed that this will be the same as siting the proposed campus on the existing Tobermory School site
as per Section 3.1.3.1.
3.4.3.2 Equitable - unites north & south of island
Retaining education provision in Tobermory would positively impact pupils, families and community members
currently utilising the existing Site through the re-provision of enhanced and contemporary facilities. This could
also encourage population retention and growth in the area.
However, there would be no additional benefit to families living in the South West of Mull who would likely
continue with status quo education arrangements for local primary schooling and off-island secondary-school
attendance. This option poses the continued risk of depopulation with the South West of Mull, where families
may make decisions to relocate on the basis of their child's education and to avoid the possibility weekly
boarding on the mainland.
Site 04 South Tobermory is walkable from local housing and a proposed residential allocation for 112 new
homes offers further potential for active travel to and from this proposed site. Other impacts are expected to
remain consistent with baseline conditions for Site Option 01.
42
Page 111

Page 112

43
3.4.3.3 Sustain and support local economy
An Economic Impact Assessment has been prepared, this outlines that if the campus was located in
Tobermory, the economic benefit would be £3,147,000 higher than would be the case if the campus was built
in a central island location. 
This assessment takes into account investment stimulus acknowledging that schools influence the
attractiveness of an area for potential residents and therefore the value of future housing developments.
The full Economic Impact Assessment is included in Appendix K.
3.4.3.4 Impact of construction activities on existing school/ residential facilities
The South Tobermory site only has one road adjacent to it’s boundary, the A848 to the west. While there are
residential properties north and south of the site, the impact on these properties would be minimal as
construction traffic would not use residential roads, instead coming directly into the site off the A848.
3.4.4 Accessibility & Transport
3.4.4.1 Good public transport links to site and location
Existing Conditions
The existing service 95/495 passes the site frontage. There are a pair of bus stops located south of the site at
Struan Crescent. 
Future Conditions
The site could incorporate approximately three bus stances adjacent to the school entrance to enable safe
boarding and disembarkation of pupils. Alternatively, as a result of site constraints, bus bays could be provided
adjacent to the site on the A848. 
The service 494 bus from Calgary to Tobermory would not have to be significantly diverted from its present
route in order to service the South Tobermory Site. 
3.4.4.2 Existing safe active travel links to site
Existing Conditions
There are currently footways on both sides of the A848 between Eas Brae and the site. Footways are provided
on at least one side of the road down into the town centre and up into Rockfield Road and the Tobermory
Medical Practice. These footways are generally lit and appear to be of a good quality, albeit narrow in some
locations. 
There are currently no footways provided on Dervaig Road or Breadalbane Street, both of which are narrow
and unsuitable for pedestrians. There is a pedestrian footway between Argyll Terrace and Eas Brae enabling
access between the site and the majority of housing in Tobermory.
There are currently no formalised pedestrian crossings on the A848 in the vicinity of the site.
Future Conditions
While crossing infrastructure is currently limited, off-site improvement works of this nature would likely be a
requirement following the standard consultation and transport assessment processes. It seems reasonable to
assume that the adjacent residential allocation could be developed in a manner which facilitates active travel
between these sites and the school site.
Page 112

Page 113

3.4.4.3 Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/staff mode split)
NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
The anticipated mode share for the South Tobermory site is anticipated to be broadly similar to that of the
existing school site. For comparative purposes, the forecast mode split is presented in the context of
established travel behaviour at the existing Tobermory 2-18 school in the graph below.
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
Established Established Established Site 02 -South Site 02 -South Site 02 - South
Behaviour Behaviour Behaviour Tobermory
(Tobermory) (Tobermory) (Tobermory)
Primary Secondary Staff Primary
■ Walk ■ Taxi ■ Bus ■ Car ■ Ferry
Tobermory Tobermory
Secondary Staff
The above graph demonstrates that mode share among all cohorts is expected to remain broadly similar. The
main difference is the slight increase in bus travel among primary-aged pupils. While this is borne out as a
result of the modelling assumptions there are a handful of pupils who live outwith the catchment but on the
main A849/A848 road. There is potential, therefore, for these pupils to be transported to the site by bus.
Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected number of trips by each mode is
presented in the table below.
Site 04 - Multi-Modal Trips
Site Cohort ------
Site 04 - South Primary Tobermory 30 0 5 60 0 95 J
Site 04 - South Secondary Tobermory 64 0 70 22 0 157 J
Site 04 - South Staff Tobermory 19 0 0 40 0 59
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
44
Page 113

Page 114

45
As the Tobermory site is located just 0.7miles from the existing school site no changes to the current bus
operations are anticipated. The buses which would be required for secondary school pupils are one bus from
Calgary / Dervaig, one bus from Torloisk and Ulva Ferry via Salen and one bus from Lochbuie Crossroads.
The annual revisions of the network and its complex dependencies are expected to be broadly in line with
existing operations.
The map below illustrates the anticipated bus network for Site 04.
Site 04 Anticipated Bus Network
School buses would be funded as school transport where pupils meet Argyll and Bute Council’s requirements
as detailed in Appendix K.
3.4.4.4 Potential impact on public transport network
As there will be no material requirement to amend the bus services associate with school transport there is
unlikely to be any impact, positive or negative, on the wider public transport network.
3.4.4.5 Ability of existing (wider) roads infrastructure to service site
The site is well served by the adjoining A848 although there is currently no formalised access into the site.
There is the potential for access to the site to be taken from a new junction formed on the A848. The design of
this junction would be subject to technical assessments at an early stage to ensure the suitability of junction
placement and format in view of road characteristics and adjacent accesses, if applicable. Any new junction
would need to be checked for driver visibility in line with standard assessment procedures. 
Page 114

Page 115

3.4.4.6 Trips with complex dependencies/multiple stages and modes of travel
NORTH SCHOOLS PROGRAMME
Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site. Further details on this
criterion are provided in Section 9.3 of the Transport Review in Appendix H. For pupils who live remotely from
the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey will be required to
intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by specific arrangements to them and may
include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer.
Sustainability 3.4.5
3.4.5.1 Potential for re-use of existing infrastructure buildings (embodied carbon)
The South Tobermory site is undeveloped, with no scope for the re-use of existing structures on site. It
benefits from existing footpath infrastructure from the town centre, and has overhead power lines coming into
the site.
3.4.5.2 Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the South Tobermory site are presented below.
The values presented in this table represent the driven milage of each vehicle as opposed to each passenger.
This accounts for the fact that one bus can carry multiple passengers.
Site 04 -Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE
Site 04 -South Tobermory
Site 04 -South Tobermory
Site 04 -South Tobermory
Site 04-South Tobermory
COHORT
Primary
Secondary
Staff
Total
----
0
0
0
0
0
62
0
62
37
50
304
390
--- TOTAL
37
112
304
453
The above table shows a minor decrease in the driven vehicle miles compared to existing conditions. This is
primarily as a result of marginally shorter trips for those travelling from the south of Mull.
The estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the South Tobermory site is presented
below;
Site 04 -Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE
Site 04 -South Tobermory
Site 04 -South Tobermory
Site 04 -South Tobermory
Site 04-South Tobermory
Affordability
COHORT
Primary
Secondary
Staff
Total
----
0
0
0
0
0
66
0
66
8
11
67
86
---
3.4.6
3.4.6.1 Costs associated with site abnormals
TOTAL
8
77
67
152
The Tobermory South school site is a greenfield site with no likely or obvious restriction to construction of a
new building.
46
Page 115

Page 116

�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
Ground conditions have yet to be fully understood and engineering consultants Waterman have indicated
potential for the need to break out rock, which comes at a cost premium, but at this stage is dependent on site
investigation and geotechnical reporting. Watermans have also indicated the presence of lacustrine deposits
which could potentially affect foundation choice and piling alternatives would cost significantly more that pad
and strip foundation solutions. However this is subject to further investigation and unproven at this stage.
The efficiency of being able to accommodate 71 carparking spaces, bus lay down areas and provide service
vehicles to access the new school will differ for each site, either requiring more or less hard standing than the
other alternative sites. Site 4 has the second largest footprint in this respect of the 4 sites. This site requires a
new junction to the A849 as well as off site bus lay down zones to the east of the site.
Site levels indicate significant changes in topography and much more sloped that the alternative sites with the
need to some ground retention works to accommodate the site's natural slope to the south. As a result, an
allowance for retaining walls to the eastern boundary with the A849, the carparking area and the MUGA pitch
has been made here. In addition Ryder have advised that the preferred location of the school will require it to
'step' up the hill to be efficient with the substructures, however this will introduce retaining walls into the build.
Fluvial flood risk exists to the western part of the site. A 1 in 200 year assessment will need to be made to
model the risk but an allowance has been included to accommodate some form of flood defence. A separate
drainage system would be required as it is unlikely SEPA will allow connection into any existing combined
systems.
Design consultants RYBKA have noted that capacity and ability for the new school to connect to the existing
infrastructure will be subject to further design and discussion with utility providers, but at the moment is
assumes to have no abnormal cost uplift. No existing utilities infrastructure on the site recorded so no
diversion costs expected. Five overhead power lines cross the location of the proposed carpark, however
RYBKA believe the lines may be redundant and can be removed with no significant abnormal cost. A full suite
of utilities exist in close proximity to the site so no significant connection runs expected and any increase in
capacity to be discussed with Utilities in due course. The existing watermain at the new A849 junction would
need to be lowered.
Summary:
Site SITE 4 • TOBERMORY SOUTH
CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS
GROUND CONDITIONS
SITE WORKS
FLOOD RISK AND DRAINAGE
UTILITIES
TOTALS
3.4.6.2 Potential acquisition/disposal costs
Argyll and Bute Council are to undertake this directly with landowners. A valuation report has been provided in
Appendix L to give an indication of potential costs.
47
Page 116

Page 117

3.4.6.3 Other (revenue) cost implications e.g. pupil transport
�
NORTHSCHOOLSPROGRAMME
Argyll and Bute Council have assumed there would be no adjustment to revenue costs in relation to transport
costs if Site 04 - Tobermory South is selected, as shown below;
Additional revenue Costs
Pupil Transport - additional cost
Staff Travel- additional cost
Total potential additional cost
per annum
3.4.7 Risk
Detail
4 buses @ f6k per calendar
month for 10.5 months
10 journey per week 40
weeks *miles *4Sp per mile
less £2.91 per week
Site 1 • Site 2 •
Existinc Craicnure
Tobermory
site
0 221,600
0 69,519
0 291,119
3.4.7.1 Wayleaves, legal restrictions and site acquisition risk
Site 3 • Site 4 •
Garmony Tobermory south
site
252,000 0
58,587 0
310,587 0
Argyll and Bute Council have provided information detailing out ownership, wayleaves, legal restrictions and
site acquisition risks within Appendix J.
3.4.7.2 Construction Programme risk
There is not assumed to be any significant Construction Programme risk associated with construction stage as
the site is generally accessible. The site will require preparation for development, however this could be done
at an early stage to mitigate any impact on the construction end date. All sites are impacted evenly in terms of
reliance on ferry crossings to support construction activities.
3.4.7.3 Planning designation and sensitive receptors
The site is located at the edge of the settlement area and countryside area. Under LOP 2, it is designated
under housing as H4018 - Tobermory 3. It is located across from the business and Industry Area and is close
to Tobermory 1 and Tobermory 2 which are designated as housing under the Strategic Masterplan Area.
There is no requirement for HSE consultation with this site.
48
Page 117

Page 118

49
4.0 Appendices
Appendix A – Engagement Report
Appendix B – Long List Report
Appendix C – Short List Site Layouts
Appendix D – Existing Utilities Report
Appendix E – Desktop Geotechnical Report
Appendix F – Flooding and Drainage Report
Appendix G – Place Plans
Appendix H – Transport Review
Appendix I –   Site Abnormals Cost
Appendix J – Wayleaves, Legal and Site Acquisition Risk
Appendix K – Integrated Impact Assessment Report
Appendix L – Valuation Report
Page 118

Page 119

Document is Restricted
Page 119 Agenda Item 6cNOT FOR PUBLICATION by virtue of paragraph(s) 8, 9
of Schedule 7A of the Local Government(Scotland) Act 1973

Page 120

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 121

Mull Education Campus 29/01/2025
Reference number GB01T24G04 
MULL EDUCATION CAMPUS TRANSPORT
CONSIDERATIONS 
Page 171 Agenda Item 6k

Page 122

MULL EDUCATION CAMPUS
MULL EDUCATION CAMPUS TRANSPORT CONSIDERATIONS
IDENTIFICATION TABLE
Client/Project owner Hub North Scotland Ltd
Project Mull Education Campus
Study Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations
Type of document Report
Date 29/01/2025
File name Mull Education Campus Transport Review_290125.docx
Reference number GB01T24G04
Number of pages 82 
APPROVAL
Version Name Position Date Modifications
1
Author T Foster Consultant 11/11/2024 
Checked
by
Keith
McGillivray Associate 11/11/2024
Approved
by
Keith
McGillivray Associate 11/11/2024
2
Author T Foster Consultant 27/11/2024
Minor
amendment to
carbon
emissions
Checked
by
Keith
McGillivray Associate 12/12/2024
Approved
by
Keith
McGillivray Associate 18/12/2024
3
Author T Foster Consultant 14/01/2025 Added
summary
section and
removal of Iona
from modelling
scope
Checked
by
Keith
McGillivray Associate 14/01/2025
Approved
by
Keith
McGillivray Associate 14/01/2025
4
Author T Foster Consultant 29/01/2025
Re-ordering
site assessment
chapters
Checked
by
Keith
McGillivray Associate 29/01/2025
Approved
by
Keith
McGillivray Associate 29/01/2025
Page 172

Page 123

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 3/82 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION 8
1.1 GENERAL 8
1.2 CONTEXT 8
1.3 DISTRIBUTION AND CATCHMENT DATA 9
1.4 REPORT STRUCTURE 9
2. EXISTING SCHOOL OPERATIONS 10
2.1 BACKGROUND 10
2.2 CATCHMENT 11
2.3 PUPIL AND STAFF NUMBERS 11
2.4 OPERATING HOURS 12
2.5 OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS 12
3. EXISTING TRAVEL OPTIONS AND FACILITIES 13
3.1 WALKING 13
3.2 CYCLING 13
3.3 PUBLIC TRANSPORT 14
3.4 INTEGRATION WITH ORGANISED SCHOOL TRANSPORT 15
3.5 FERRY SERVICES 17
3.6 CAR PARKING 18
3.7 ROAD NETWORK 19
4. STAFF TRAVEL PATTERNS 20
4.1 CATCHMENT 20
4.2 MODE SHARE 20
5. PUPIL TRAVEL PATTERNS 21
5.1 TOBERMORY 2-18 SCHOOL PRE-5 AND PRIMARY PUPIL DISTRIBUTION 21
5.2 MODE SHARE 21
5.3 ISLAND-WIDE PRE-5 AND PRIMARY PUPIL DISTRIBUTION 23
5.4 SECONDARY PUPIL DISTRIBUTION 24
5.5 TOBERMORY HIGH SCHOOL MODE SHARE 25
6. KEY FINDINGS 26
6.1 INTRODUCTION 26
Page 173

Page 124

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 4/82 
6.2 DEPENDENCIES AND COMPLEXITIES 26
6.3 HEADLINE STATISTICS 26
7. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA 28
7.1 INTRODUCTION 28
7.2 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA 28
8. FORTHCOMING DEVELOPMENT ON MULL, ULVA AND IONA 30
8.1 INTRODUCTION 30
8.2 FUTURE HOUSING ALLOCATION 30
9. MULL EDUCATION CAMPUS OVERVIEW 31
9.1 INTRODUCTION 31
9.2 SHORTLISTED SITES 31
9.3 OVERALL APPROACH 32
10. FORECAST METHODOLOGY 33
10.1 INTRODUCTION 33
10.2 EXCLUSIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS 33
10.3 MODE SHARE 34
10.4 PERSON AND VEHICLE TRIPS 35
10.5 TRAVEL DISTANCE 35
10.6 TRAVEL TIME 35
10.7 CARBON EMISSIONS 36
11. SITE 01 – EXISTING TOBERMORY SITE 37
11.1 INTRODUCTION 37
11.2 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA – EXISTING SCHOOL CATCHMENTS 37
11.3 CONCLUSION 42
12. SITE 02 - CRAIGNURE 43
12.1 INTRODUCTION 43
12.2 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA – EXISTING SCHOOL CATCHMENTS 43
12.3 SENSITIVITY TEST – REVISED CATCHMENTS 51
12.4 CONCLUSION 55
13. SITE 03 - GARMONY 56
13.1 INTRODUCTION 56
13.2 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA – EXISTING SCHOOL CATCHMENTS 56
Page 174

Page 125

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 5/82 
13.3 SENSITIVITY TEST – REVISED CATCHMENTS 64
13.4 CONCLUSION 68
14. SITE 04 – TOBERMORY SOUTH 69
14.1 INTRODUCTION 69
14.2 ASSESSMENT CRITERIA – EXISTING SCHOOL CATCHMENTS 69
14.3 CONCLUSION 76
15. SUMMARY 77  
Page 175

Page 126

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 6/82 
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Schools on Mull, Iona and the Mainland 8
Figure 2. Tobermory 2-18 School 10
Figure 3. Tobermory 2-18 School Catchments 11
Figure 4. Footways on Erray Road 13
Figure 5. Bus Routes on Mull 14
Figure 6. Connections with the 495 Bus Service 16
Figure 7. Ferry Services on Mull 17
Figure 8. Main Road Links on Mull 19
Figure 9. Distribution of Tobermory 2-18 School Staff 20
Figure 10. Distribution of Tobermory Pre-5 and Primary Pupils 21
Figure 11. Tobermory 2-18 School Pre-5 and Primary Unit Travel Mode Share 22
Figure 12. Island-Wide Distribution of Pre-5 and Primary Pupils 23
Figure 13. Island-Wide Distribution of Secondary Pupils 24
Figure 14. Tobermory 2-18 School Secondary School Travel Mode Share 25
Figure 15. Aggregated Pupil Mode Share 27
Figure 16. Future Housing Allocation 30
Figure 17. Location of Shortlisted Sites 31
Figure 18. Site 01 – Tobermory Indicative Layout 37
Figure 19. Site 01 – Mode Share 38
Figure 20. Site 01 Anticipated Bus Network 39
Figure 21. Site 02 – Craignure Indicative Layout 43
Figure 22. Site 02 – Indicative Mode Share 44
Figure 23. Site 02 Anticipated Bus Network 46
Figure 24. Site 02 – Indicative Mode Share 51
Figure 25. Site 03 – Garmony Indicative Layout 56
Figure 26. Site 03 – Indicative Mode Share 57
Figure 27. Site 03 Anticipated Bus Network 59
Figure 28. Site 03 – Indicative Mode Share 64
Figure 29. Site 04 – Tobermory South Indicative Layout 69
Figure 30. Site 04 – Indicative Mode Share 70
Figure 31. Site 04 Anticipated Bus Network 72
Figure 32. Number of People Trips by Mode and Site 78
Figure 33. Vehicle Miles by Mode and Site 78
Figure 34. Carbon Emissions by Mode and Site 79
Figure 35. People Travel Time by Mode and Site 80 
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1. CalMac Mainland to Mull Service Summary 17
Table 2. Reliability and Punctuality of CalMac Services to Mull 18
Table 3. Generalised Student Mode Splits 34
Table 4. Site 01 – Multi-Modal Trips 38
Table 5. Site 01 – Travel Time (Minutes) 40
Table 6. Site 01 – Travel Distance (Miles) 41
Table 7. Site 01 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e) 42
Page 176

Page 127

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 7/82 
Table 8. Site 02 – Multi-Modal Trips 45
Table 9. Site 02 – Travel Time (Minutes) 48
Table 10. Site 02– Travel Distance (Miles) 49
Table 11. Site 02 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e) 50
Table 12. Site 02 – Multi-Modal Trips 52
Table 13. Site 02 – Travel Time (Minutes) 53
Table 14. Site 02 – Travel Distance (Miles) 54
Table 15. Site 02 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e) 55
Table 16. Site 03 – Multi-Modal Trips 58
Table 17. Site 03 – Travel Time (Minutes) 61
Table 18. Site 03 – Travel Distance (Miles) 62
Table 19. Site 03 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e) 63
Table 20. Site 03 – Multi-Modal Trips 65
Table 21. Site 03 – Travel Time (Minutes) 66
Table 22. Site 03 – Travel Distance (Miles) 67
Table 23. Site 03 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e) 68
Table 24. Site 04 – Multi-Modal Trips 71
Table 25. Site 04 – Travel Time (Minutes) 74
Table 26. Site 04 – Travel Distance (Miles) 75
Table 27. Site 04 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e) 76
Table 28. Summary of Site Metrics 81  
Page 177

Page 128

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 8/82 
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 General
1.1.1 SYSTRA Ltd (SYSTRA) has been commissioned by Hub North Scotland Ltd (Hub) on behalf
of Argyll and Bute Council (A&BC) to examine the transport baseline of the existing
Tobermory 2-18 School. This report will also examine sites for A&BC’s proposals to
develop a new education campus for pupils aged between 2-18 on the island of Mull.
1.2 Context
1.2.1 The Isle of Mull is an island in the Inner Hebrides on the west coast of Scotland. Tobermory
2-18 School is an education campus providing nursery, primary and secondary school
education to pupils aged 2 to 18. It is the only school on Mull that delivers education to
S1-6. In addition are another 5 primary schools on Mull and one primary school on the
nearby island of Iona. The nearest mainland secondary school is in Oban.
1.2.2 The locations of schools on Mull, Iona and the Mainland are shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Schools on Mull, Iona and the Mainland 
1.2.3 Argyll and Bute Council is currently exploring options for a new 2-18 campus on Mull to
replace the existing 2-18 school in Tobermory. At this stage, the location of a new campus
has not been identified.    
Page 178

Page 129

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 9/82 
1.2.4 The purpose of this report is to establish a clear understanding of the transport situation
and operations relating to the existing Tobermory 2-18 School. In so doing, the report
examines travel and transport considerations for pupils and staff, and, through an
examination of the local public transport network, it shows a series of dependencies and
complexities which arise from the present-day school transport situation.
1.2.5 The Council has decided that the existing Education Campus should be replaced by a new
facility. Should the existing 2-18 campus move to a new site, the existing travel patterns,
habits and routines would need to change.  This report will help Argyll & Bute Council and
other stakeholders to understand the implications of a decision to relocate.  
1.2.6 A clear objective of the report is to establish a set of suitable criteria against which the
suitability of emerging candidate sites for the proposed new education campus can be
evaluated.
1.3 Distribution and Catchment Data
1.3.1 This report examines the present distribution of pupils across Mull, Iona and Ulva. 
Absolute and percentage values which are used throughout the report should be viewed
in that context.  While there are changes in distribution year on year capturing the picture
as it stands creates a baseline which can support subsequent analysis of proposed sites.
1.3.2 SYSTRA has discussed the presentation of geospatial data presented in this report with
Argyll & Bute Council. Mindful of data protection considerations all location markers for
staff and pupils shown within the figures of this report have been randomly cast within a
500m radius of the true location.  
1.4 Report Structure
1.4.1 The remainder of this report is divided into two sections. The first section reviews the
baseline transport conditions associated with the existing school site and the islands of
Mull, Iona and Ulva more broadly. The section is structured as follows:
 Chapter 2: Existing School Operations;
 Chapter 3: Existing Travel Options;
 Chapter 4: Staff Travel Patterns;
 Chapter 5: Pupil Travel Patterns;
 Chapter 6: Key Findings; 
 Chapter 7: Assessment Criteria; and
 Chapter 8: Forthcoming Development on Mull, Ulva and Iona.
1.4.2 The second section of the report assess each of the shortlisted sites for the proposed
Mull Education Campus and details the methodology used. 
Page 179

Page 130

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 10/82 
2. EXISTING SCHOOL OPERATIONS
2.1 Background
2.1.1 The existing Tobermory 2-18 School is located within the town of Tobermory - the largest
settlement on Mull. The location of the campus within Mull is shown in Figure 2.
Figure 2. Tobermory 2-18 School 
2.1.2 The campus is comprised of 3 departments: Pre-5 Unit, catering to pupils aged 2-4;
primary school, offering P1-7 education (pupils aged 5-11); and the high school, offering
S1-6 education (pupils aged 11—18). UHI Argyll, Tobermory Centre and Tobermory
Library are also located within the campus, but these are separately operated entities.
2.1.3 Vehicular access into the site is taken by Erray Road, to the north of the campus, only.
There are three pedestrian accesses on Erray Road, one to the north, a second via a set of
steps opposite the Tobermory Arts Centre and from the east around the playing fields. 
Page 180

Page 131

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 11/82 
2.2 Catchment
2.2.1 The Pre-5 Unit serves pupils from Tobermory and Dervaig. The primary school currently
serves pupils from Tobermory. The high school generally serves pupils in the north and
the west of Mull. The extent of the primary and secondary school’s catchments are shown
in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Tobermory 2-18 School Catchments 
2.2.2 Dervaig, Tobermory, Ulva, Salen and Lochdonhead Primary Schools all act as associated
primary schools to the Tobermory High School. Subject to a placing request Tobermory
High School does accept pupils from the Ardnamurchan peninsula in the Highland Council
region. Pupils from Bunessan and Iona Primary Schools typically attend Oban High School. 
2.3 Pupil and Staff Numbers
2.3.1 As of the academic year 2024/25 there are 14 pupils in the Pre-5 Unit which has a capacity
of 30 pupils. The primary school has a capacity of 116 pupils with 81 pupils currently
enrolled. The high school currently has 157 pupils enrolled with a capacity of 222 pupils.
The distribution of these pupils will be explored further in Section 5.
2.3.2 There are currently around 5 staff employed in the Pre-5 Unit, 12 staff in the primary
school and 42 staff in the high school. This includes the 3 and 15 support staff in the
primary and secondary school, respectively. The distribution of staff will be explored
further in Section 4.
Page 181

Page 132

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 12/82 
2.4 Operating Hours
2.4.1 The Pre-5 Unit is currently open between 08:50 – 15:00. The primary school opens at
09:00 and it is understood that staff typically arrive between 08:00 and 09:00. The primary
school closes at 15:15, with staff typically leaving between 15:15 and 17:00. The high
school is open from 09:05 – 15:40 with staff typically arriving between 07:30 to 09:05 and
departing between 15:40 to 18:30.
2.4.2 School drop-off is permitted between 08:45 and 09:00 for the primary school and
between 08:45 and 09:05 for the high school. Pick up is at 15.15 for the primary school
and 15.40 for the high school.
2.5 Operational Considerations
2.5.1 The adjoining streetscape of the current Tobermory 2-18 School is constrained and often
challenging operationally. This is particularly problematic where buses and coaches are
concerned. 
2.5.2 The 495 bus service is occasionally operated by a 14.1m long double-decker coach.  In a
UK context, this is among the largest coaches available, with standard vehicles more
typically being approximately 12m in length. 
2.5.3 The current Tobermory site does not have dedicated bus set down area and the local
streetscape was not designed with vehicles of this length, for this purpose, in mind.  There
can at times be complexities in accommodating and manoeuvring larger vehicles on site,
particularly when multiple vehicles are present at once.  Buses which arrive via Argyll
Terrace then have to reverse up Erray Road with the aid of a banksman. 
2.5.4 The staggered pattern of arrivals in the morning means that multiple buses are not
present at the school at the same time.  During the afternoon departure period, buses are
stacked up in preparation for the end of the school day making it more likely that
operational issues may present themselves.  
Page 182

Page 133

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 13/82 
3. EXISTING TRAVEL OPTIONS AND FACILITIES
3.1 Walking
3.1.1 The majority of Tobermory is within 1km of the education campus, equating to around a
10 to 15-minute walk. Consideration of walking distances should be viewed in the context
of local topography, with a difference of around 50m in elevation between the campus
and Main Street. 
3.1.2 As a result of the nature of the town, pedestrian facilities are limited to larger residential
streets on the adjacent road network such as Erray Road and Victoria Street. There is also
an off-road path between Back Brae and Main Street via Middle Brae and a set of steps.
The general characteristics of footways on Erray Road are shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4. Footways on Erray Road 
3.2 Cycling
3.2.1 There are no formalised cycle facilities currently in the vicinity of the campus although
cycling is possible via quieter residential roads. A covered bicycle shelter incorporating
five Sheffield-style racks (space for up to 10 bicycles) is provided adjacent to the stepped
pedestrian access from Erray Road. 
3.2.2 Lockers are currently provided for the senior secondary pupils only.  
Page 183

Page 134

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 14/82 
3.3 Public Transport
3.3.1 There are currently 3 public bus services on the Isle of Mull, all of which are operated by
West Coast Motors. The 95/495 operates between Craignure and Tobermory, the 96/496
operates between Craignure and Fionnphort and the 494 operates between Tobermory
and Calgary. 
3.3.2 Both the 494 and 495 stop adjacent to the school – the 95 stops at Tobermory Harbour
only. The routes of the 494, 95/495 and 96/496 are shown in Figure 5.
Figure 5. Bus Routes on Mull 
3.3.3 The 494 operates between Tobermory and Calgary three times per day in each direction.
The first inbound service arrives at Tobermory 2-18 School at 08:50 (having departed
Calgary at 08:10). The last outbound service leaves the campus at 15:46 and arrives in
Calgary at 16:33. Both the first inbound and last outbound coincide with primary and
secondary school operating hours and therefore presents a viable mode of travel for
pupils living in Calgary or Dervaig to access the school. This is unlikely to be suitable for
staff who typically have to arrive before school start and depart after school finish. 
3.3.4 The 495 operates between the campus and Craignure once per day in each direction. The
inbound service arrives at the campus at 8:52, having left Strathcoil at 7:45. The outbound
service leaves the high school at 15:45 and arrives at the terminus at 16:56. As with the
494, the 495 is likely to be viable for pupils and not staff.
3.3.5 The 496 currently runs twice per day eastbound in the AM and one per day westbound in
the PM. There is an additional early morning service in each direction on the first school
day of the week to take pupils from the south of the island to Oban High School. 
Page 184

Page 135

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 15/82 
3.3.6 The current configuration of the island’s bus network is largely underpinned by school
transport requirements. Services which are prefixed by a 4 are supplemented school
services organised by Argyll and Bute Council. 
3.3.7 During the winter period, these services are almost entirely funded by the Council
whereas they operate on a commercial basis during summer months.  This largely reflects
peaks of tourism activity on the island.
3.4 Integration with Organised School Transport
3.4.1 Due to the dispersed population across Mull, and more broadly in Argyll and Bute, the
public transport network is supplemented by a number of ‘closed-door’ school bus
services and taxi operations to get pupils to the high school. 
3.4.2 The Education (Scotland) Act 1980 requires the education authority (Argyll and Bute
Council) to make appropriate provision to assist pupils’ education. Under Section 42 of
the Act, the authority must provide free transport or such other arrangements for all
pupils up to age 8 who live more than 2 miles from their local school and for all pupils
over age 8 who live more than 3 miles from their local school.
3.4.3 The Act also makes provision for a number of exceptional circumstances and special
conditions under which the authority may also provide free transport. In the case of
schools on Mull and Iona, free transport is provided for all primary-aged pupils who live
more than 2 miles from their local school and pupils who live closer than 2 miles but where
there is a safety concern associated with other means of travel (e.g. walking or cycling). 
3.4.4 Free transport is provided to all secondary-aged pupils who live more than 3 miles from
their local school and for those closer than 3 miles where there is a safety concern, as
outlined above.
3.4.5 Free transport is also provided to some pupils with additional support needs. 
3.4.6 There is currently a closed-door bus service, operated by West Coast Motors, which starts
in Torloisk and ends at Tobermory 2-18 School, via Ulva Ferry and Gruline. This service is
timetabled to align with a crossing of the Ulva ferry where a small number of pupils are
collected.
3.4.7 The timetabling of the 495 is more complex so as to align with two ferries and a taxi. This
is illustrated in Figure 6.
Page 185

Page 136

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 16/82 
Figure 6. Connections with the 495 Bus Service 
3.4.8 The Figure summarises the following carefully-planned operation, providing a worked
example of the complex interdependencies which are a reality of existing school transport
operations:
 The 495 bus is met by a taxi from Lochbuie at the Lochbuie Crossroads.
 The bus departs at 07:45, arriving at Craignure for 08:00. In the summer on a
Monday and in the winter on any weekday, the first ferry into Craignure arrives
before 08:00 and therefore a connection is possible. 
 The first ferry from Lochaline arrives into Fishnish at 08:03 allowing pupils from the
Ardnamurchan Peninsular to connect onto the 495 at 08:18. 
 The 495 then continues on to pick up pupils in Salen and arrives at Tobermory 2-18
School at 08:52.
3.4.9 In the event of delays to services connecting with the 495 the bus will typically wait for up
to 15 minutes to enable a connection. Instances of pupils being unable to get to school
because of cancellations do occur although they are rare. Advances in remote (online)
learning opportunities mean that such instances now have a diminished impact on pupil
education.  
3.4.10 Approximately once per year there is a light-touch review of the organised school services
to ensure they best serve pupils and align with other timetables, such those provided by
Caledonian MacBrayne. 
Page 186

Page 137

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 17/82 
3.5 Ferry Services
3.5.1 The relevant and regular ferry services on Mull are shown in Figure 7.
Figure 7. Ferry Services on Mull 
3.5.2 There are 3 car ferry services, all operated by Caledonian MacBrayne, which offer service
between the mainland and Mull. Table 1 summarises the typical first sailing departing
from the mainland and last sailing departing Mull and average sailings per day for a
weekday. The summer timetable is typically operational between the first week in April
to the third week in October. The winter timetable then operates for the remainder of the
year.
Table 1. CalMac Mainland to Mull Service Summary
ROUTE SAILING
TIME
FIRST
SAILING
LAST
SAILING
SAILINGS
PER DAY
Kilchoan – Tobermory
(Summer/Winter) 35 mins 0800 1800 / 1600 7 / 3
Oban – Craignure
(Summer/Winter) 60 mins 0725 / 0600 2110 / 2200 10 / 6
Lochaline – Fishnish
(Summer/Winter) 18 mins 0700 1900 / 1805 14 / 11 
3.5.3 On the summer timetable CalMac typically operates the 10-minute Iona to Fionnphort
ferry frequently between 0610 and 1830. On the winter timetable the ferry is typically
Page 187

Page 138

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 18/82 
operated 10 times per day between the same first and last sailing times. The Iona ferry is
open to cars but only to those resident on the island or permit holders. Pedals cycles and
foot passengers are also permitted.
3.5.4 The Ulva ferry is a small privately run foot and bicycle passenger only ferry. The ferry
typically operates on demand Monday to Friday 09:00 to 17:30 from the first week in April
to the last full week in October. During the winter there is a school run for the pupils on
Ulva twice daily during term time. 
3.5.5 All ferry services on Mull are subject to suitable weather and sailing conditions. The
reliability of services, which is a metric of how many services were cancelled, and whether
the services that did run were punctual is shown in Table 2. The data presented is an
aggregate from September 2023 – August 2024 – cancellations are typically worse in the
winter months.
Table 2. Reliability and Punctuality of CalMac Services to Mull
ROUTE
RELIABILITY PUNCTUALITY
Average Worst
Month Average Worst Month
Kilchoan –
Tobermory 95.2% December –
89.2% 96.5% May – 88.6%
Oban –
Craignure 94.0% January –
83.1% 88.6% December –
74.5%
Lochaline -
Fishnish 99.2% December –
96.3% 98.3% March –
92.1%
Fionnphort –
Iona 95.3% December –
78.3% 95.4% February –
92.3%
3.6 Car Parking
3.6.1 There are currently 6 standard marked car parking spaces and 2 accessible spaces at the
school. There is an additional unmarked car parking area with space for approximately 10
cars. 
3.6.2 There are ‘No Loading’ and ‘No Stopping’ restrictions on Erray Road between Breadalbane
Street and the Erray Road Depot during school pick-up / drop-off time. Adjoining
residential streets such as Victoria Street and Breadalbane Street are sufficiently wide
enough for on-street parking. 
Page 188

Page 139

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 19/82 
3.7 Road Network
3.7.1 The main road links on Mull are shown in Figure 8.
Figure 8. Main Road Links on Mull 
3.7.2 Figure 8 highlights the fact that the road network on Mull is largely composed of single-
track sections, with some sections of two-way running between Craignure and Salen and
over the section of road immediately to the south of Tobermory.  
3.7.3 These roads are typically narrow and of varying quality, giving rise to platoons of vehicles
and requiring frequent use of passing places.  These factors can introduce driver delay
and hamper journey time reliability.  
Page 189

Page 140

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 20/82 
4. STAFF TRAVEL PATTERNS
4.1 Catchment
4.1.1 There are currently around 60 staff employed at the site across all three teaching units
and in supporting rolls such as administration, janitorial staff and catering staff. The
distribution of these staff is shown in Figure 9.
Figure 9. Distribution of Tobermory 2-18 School Staff 
Remaining 18% dispersed across Mull
4.1.2 Figure 9 shows that the majority of staff live within Tobermory (63%). There is also a
clustering of staff in Salen, 13%, and in Dervaig, 7%. There are two staff members in Oban,
and one each in Lochaline, Kilchoan and Ulva. All of these staff are therefore dependent
on ferry services. 
4.2 Mode Share
4.2.1 On the 23rd of October 2024 a “hands-up” of staff was conducted. The survey indicated
that 20 members of staff walked to the school that day and 39 travelled by private car. Of
those that drove 4 also travelled by ferry. The school has also indicated that 4 members
of staff regularly car share. 
Page 190

Page 141

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 21/82 
5. PUPIL TRAVEL PATTERNS
5.1 Tobermory 2-18 School Pre-5 and Primary Pupil Distribution
5.1.1 There are currently around 14 pupils at the pre-5 unit and 81 pupils in the primary school
located at the Tobermory 2-18 School. The distribution of these pupils is shown in Figure
10 - larger markers represent multiple pupils at the same address. 
Figure 10. Distribution of Tobermory Pre-5 and Primary Pupils 
5.1.2 Figure 10 shows that pre-5 pupils are generally clustered within Tobermory itself
(approximately 85%). Around 90% of pupils at the primary school also live within
Tobermory and many of them within a 5-minute walk. The remaining pupils live on the
west side of the island within a 30-minute drive. 
5.2 Mode Share
5.2.1 A “hands-up” survey of pre-5 and primary school pupils was conducted by staff in w/c 30th
September 2024. The survey asked pupils “By which mode did you travel to and from
school today?”. The results of this survey are presented in Figure 11.
Page 191

Page 142

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 22/82 
Figure 11. Tobermory 2-18 School Pre-5 and Primary Unit Travel Mode Share 
5.2.2 The results of the hands up survey indicate that the majority of both pre-5 and primary
pupils arrive to the existing school by car. Just over 15% of pre-5 pupils and up to 40% of
primary pupils do walk to the school. Taxis presently play a small role in transporting
junior pupils to and from the school. 
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
To School From School To School From School
Pre 5 Primary
Mode Share
Year Group
Tobermory 2-18 School Mode Share
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 192

Page 143

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 23/82 
5.3 Island-Wide Pre-5 and Primary Pupil Distribution
5.3.1 There are currently around 280 pre-5 or primary aged pupils (aged 2-11) on the islands of
Mull, Iona and Ulva. There are 6 primary school campuses on Mull and one on Iona, 4 of
which have pre-5 units and 2 of which have Gaelic units. The distribution of pre-5 and
primary pupils is shown in Figure 12, the colour of each dot corresponds to the catchment
shading. The legend also contains the percentage of pupils currently residing in each
catchment.
Figure 12. Island-Wide Distribution of Pre-5 and Primary Pupils 
5.3.2 Figure 12 shows that primary aged pupils are distributed across the island with
concentrations in key settlements. The Figure also shows that the majority of pupils live
within their respective school catchments. The main exception is pupils at Salen. 
5.3.3 The majority of pupils outlying the primary school catchment are those who attend the
Salen Primary Gaelic school which is designed to serve the north of the island. This is one
of two Gaelic Medium schools on the island, alongside Bunessan which serves the south
of Mull and Iona. 
Page 193

Page 144

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 24/82 
5.4 Secondary Pupil Distribution
5.4.1 There are currently 157 pupils enrolled at Tobermory High School. The distribution of
these pupils and the 36 pupils who attend Oban High School is shown in Figure 13, the
colour of each dot corresponds to the catchment shading. Clusters of pupils and the
proportion of the island-wide population is also shown. 
Figure 13. Island-Wide Distribution of Secondary Pupils 
Remaining 13% dispersed across the island 
5.4.2 Figure 13 shows that secondary aged pupils (11-18) are also distributed across Mull, Iona
and Ulva, with concentrations in key settlements, as with primary aged pupils. With few
exceptions, pupils attend their catchment school. 
5.4.3 Of the total 193 secondary school-aged pupils on Mull, Iona and Ulva, around 40% of them
live within Tobermory, 11% within Dervaig, 10% in Salen and 4% around Ulva and Ulva
Ferry. 22% currently live with the Oban High School Catchment (8% around Bunessan, 7%
on Iona and 7% around Fionnphort). The remaining 13% are dispersed across the island. 
5.4.4 Of the 157 pupils at Tobermory High School approximately 50% live within Tobermory,
13% in Salen and 7% in Dervaig. The remaining 30% of pupils live in disparate locations
around Mull. 
Page 194

Page 145

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 25/82 
5.5 Tobermory High School Mode Share
5.5.1 As with the pre-5 and primary unit pupils, each secondary class was asked “By which mode
did you travel to and from school today?” in a “hands-up” survey conducted by staff in
w/c 30th September 2024. The results of this survey are presented in Figure 14.
Figure 14. Tobermory 2-18 School Secondary School Travel Mode Share 
5.5.2 The Figure shows that cars play a lesser role in the transport of secondary pupils to and
from the Tobermory 2-18 school, representing around 14% of mode share on average.
Bus is the predominant mode accounting for around 44% of all trips, just greater than
walking which has a mode share of 40%. A small number of pupils’ journeys to school
currently involve ferries. 
5.5.3 The mode split which is revealed by these summary statistics shows that while motorised
travel modes account for just a little more than half of the trips which are made by
secondary ager pupils, a significant proportion (40%) of pupils currently walk to and from
school. 
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
To School
From
School
To School
From
School
To School
From
School
To School
From
School
To School
From
School
To School
From
School
To School
From
School
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Average
Mode Share
Year Group
Tobermory 2-18 School Mode Share
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 195

Page 146

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 26/82 
6. KEY FINDINGS
6.1 Introduction
6.1.1 This report provides an insight into the transport baseline which is associated with
Tobermory 2-18 School and with school-age children on Mull, Iona and Ulva as a whole. 
In so doing, the report examines data related to pupils of all ages and staff who are
associated with the facility.  Through an examination of postcode data, the report
presents a clear understanding of how the home locations of pupils and staff are
dispersed around Mull and beyond.  
6.1.2 While the datasets reveal concentrations in areas of population density, they also reveal
that staff and pupils who travel to and from the school each day include individuals who
live in lower population areas where transport facilities and services are less-well
developed.  
6.2 Dependencies and Complexities
6.2.1 The report identifies that the transport situation which relates to the existing school
facility is complex; it includes multi-leg journeys and highlights a series of inter-
dependencies between different transport modes.
6.2.2 Notably, the report also highlights that the commercially operated public transport
network on the island is, to a large extent, framed by the requirements of school travel. 
This being the case, any changes in the location of the education campus seems likely to
have implications for public transport as a whole.
6.3 Headline Statistics
6.3.1 As of the academic year 2024/25 there are currently 14 pupils in the Tobermory 2-18
School Pre-5 Unit, 81 pupils in the primary school and 157 in the high school. There are a
further 36 high school-aged pupils on Mull and Iona who currently attend Oban High
School, on the mainland. 
6.3.2 The pre-5 and primary pupils at the Tobermory 2-18 school live predominantly in
Tobermory, around 90%, with the remaining 10% living in periphery communities such as
Glengorm and Salen. Secondary school pupils are distributed more widely across the
island. Around 40% of them live within Tobermory, 11% within Dervaig, 10% in Salen and
4% around Ulva and Ulva Ferry. 22% currently live with the Oban High School Catchment
(8% around Bunessan, 7% on Iona and 7% around Fionnphort). The remaining 13% are
dispersed across the island.
6.3.3 The mode share of pupils at the existing Tobermory 2-18 School, aggregated by primary
and secondary age groups, is shown in Figure 15.
Page 196

Page 147

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 27/82 
Figure 15. Aggregated Pupil Mode Share 
6.3.4 The existing school is supported by around 5 staff employed in the Pre-5 Unit, 12 staff in
the primary school and 42 staff in the high school. This includes the 3 and 15 support staff
in the primary and secondary school, respectively. 
6.3.5 The majority of staff live within Tobermory (63%). There is also a clustering of staff in
Salen, 13%, and in Dervaig, 7%. There are two staff members in Oban, and one each in
Lochaline, Kilchoan and Ulva. All of these staff are therefore dependent on ferry services.
The remaining 18% are dispersed across Mull. Currently 34% of staff walk to the school
and 66% drive to the school. 
30% 41%2%1%
45%67%
14%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Primary Secondary
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 197

Page 148

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 28/82 
7. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
7.1 Introduction
7.1.1 Matters relating to travel and transport are prominent among members of the community
when discussing the question of a possible school relocation.  As this report identifies, a
decision to relocate the school to a new site would, in some cases, disturb established
routines while giving rise to a series of other travel and transport implications.
7.1.2 The remainder of this report examines each of the short-listed school sites to determine
how each performs in terms of travel, transport and access.  While this includes local
accessibility and connectivity, the appraisal also establishes the implications and
opportunities when the home locations of staff and pupils are taken into account.
7.1.3 The assessment criteria below are designed to ensure each candidate site is appraised in
the context of the island-wide school operations which are summarised in this report. 
This process will enable the Council to form a clear understanding of the implications and
opportunities which arise from development of a given site.  This appraisal process is
separate from the various detailed analyses which would be required in support of a
planning application in support of a selected site.  
7.1.4 SYSTRA anticipates that the ‘Application Stage’ is likely to require the preparation of a
comprehensive Transport Assessment and Travel Plan. Such a document would set out
the detail of any plans which were necessary to develop a given site while ensuring its
layout, connectivity and operations were all tailored to the specific requirements of a site
and its locality.
7.2 Assessment Criteria
7.2.1 SYSTRA has considered the following metrics when evaluating candidate sites:
 Number of user journeys and mode split;
 Good public transport links to the site and location;
 Existing safe active travel links to site;
 Travel times for pupils and staff;
 Potential impact on public transport network;
 Ability of existing roads infrastructure to service site;
 Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel; and
 Carbon Impact of travel.
7.2.2 These criteria have been chosen following public consultation events, discussions with the
Council and with the wider design team. SYSTRA’s understanding for each of these criteria
is presented in the following paragraphs. 
User Journeys and Pupil Mode Split
7.2.3 The Baseline report presents a breakdown of how pupils travel, whether by active travel,
bus, taxi or private car.  If trip distance changes materially as a result of the school
relocation, it is likely that the means by which people travel may also change.  For
example, a trip currently made on foot by a pupil whose home is within walking distance
Page 198

Page 149

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 29/82 
of the school would no longer be practical by that means if the school were relocated to
a site outside of walking distance. 
Good Public Transport Links to the Site and Location
7.2.4 An assessment of the interactions between the site and the present-day public transport
network. This section will also identify measures which could be implemented at each site
to support journey by pupil transport.   
Travel Time
7.2.5 As with journey distance, it will be possible to evaluate differences between the overall
travel time required for current and potential future trips.  Given the nature of road links
on Mull, where single track roads are commonplace the consideration of travel time is
perhaps more prominent than that relating to overall journey distance. 
Potential Impact on Public Transport Network
7.2.6 This report highlights that most of the island’s public transport network is shaped around
the requirements of school travel.  In the event that the school bus network was to
change, adjustments to the commercial bus network may occur as a consequence.   
Ability of Existing Roads Infrastructure to Service Site
7.2.7 This criterion will assess the present roads infrastructure adjacent to each of the sites.
Off-site highway upgrades which may be necessary to support the site will also be
identified. 
Complex Dependencies
7.2.8 If a ‘complex dependency’ can be defined as a trip which requires multiple modes and
stages, appraisal of alternative sites will help to determine if the share of trips which are
‘complex’ is likely to increase or not. 
School Travel Emissions
7.2.9 A detailed understanding of pupil and staff home locations, accompanied by a breakdown
of how many individuals travel from each location enables a quantification of the total
distance travelled by each individual.  The extent to which those values may change as a
result of a new location being selected can be examined, enabling a comparison between
present-day and future situation.
7.2.10 As an extension of changes to the distance travelled and mode used, it seems likely there
will be changes in emissions related to school travel.  In the baseline conditions, 37% of
children travel by means which do not generate carbon emissions and 72 travel by bus. 
An appraisal of alternative locations will show how associated changes in travel then
effect the requirement for vehicle-based trips. 
Page 199

Page 150

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 30/82 
8. FORTHCOMING DEVELOPMENT ON MULL, ULVA AND IONA
8.1 Introduction
8.1.1 The main objective of this exercise is to consider the implications of developing the
proposed Mull Education Campus in a location other than the existing site, examining the
implications for travel, transport and access when viewed in the context of the Baseline
situation.  This section observes that the existing housing stock on the Islands is likely to
be supplemented by the delivery of new homes over time, changing the absolute number
of homes and potentially leading to a change in the overall distribution of homes across
the study area.
8.2 Future Housing Allocation
8.2.1 Argyll and Bute Council conduct an annual Housing Land Audit which identifies two
classifications of housing allocation sites. The first are ones contained in the Local
Development Plan/Local Development 2 (either allocations, or Potential Development
Areas that have received planning consent) and Large Windfall Sites, which are sites for 5
units or more that are not in the LDP/LDP2. Secondly, are Small Windfall Sites which are
developments of less than 5 units not on LDP identified sites. 
8.2.2 The location of housing sites identified in the 2023 Housing Land Audit and the number
of units of remaining capacity (for LDP and LWF sites) are shown in Figure 16.  
Figure 16. Future Housing Allocation 
Page 200

Page 151

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 31/82 
9. MULL EDUCATION CAMPUS OVERVIEW
9.1 Introduction
9.1.1 SYSTRA has worked closely with the Council and other project team members to evaluate
the credentials of a long-list of possible locations for a single-site education campus. 
Following this high-level evaluation, four candidate sites have been shortlisted for further,
more detailed evaluation.  
9.1.2 The wider project team has worked together to agree suitable assessment criteria against
which each of the shortlisted sites can be appraised, with matters relating to transport
and access forming an important part of that overall consideration.
9.1.3 Consideration of transport matters related to the shortlisted sites is essentially two-fold,
as follows:
 Matters which relate specifically to the sites and their immediate environs (access,
layout and local connectivity)
 Matters related to travel to and from the sites from within the catchments which
are defined in the Baseline review (changes in travel mode split, travel distance and
carbon).
9.2 Shortlisted Sites
9.2.1 The locations of the shortlisted sites are shown in Figure 17. 
Figure 17. Location of Shortlisted Sites 
Page 201

Page 152

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 32/82 
9.3 Overall Approach
9.3.1 Each of the shortlisted sites is evaluated in the sections which follow.  The approach taken
has sought to ensure that a common methodology has been applied to each of the sites,
thereby providing outputs which can be readily compared across each of the sites. 
9.3.2 Notwithstanding the physical considerations which relate to each site, the assessment
requires evaluation of the extent to which transport routines and provisions would need
to change in the event that a decision was taken to develop one particular site.  For
example, the evaluations which follow show how such a change might prompt an
adjustment to travel mode split, overall distance travelled or the transport-related carbon
effects that might result from additional mileage being incurred.  Outputs such as these
are presented in a consistent manner to enable direct comparisons.
9.3.3 The Baseline Evaluation section of this report documents a series of ‘complex
dependencies’ which apply to travel to, and within the Island of Mull.  These may include
the requirement for certain staff members or pupils to travel to the island by ferry, or, for
individuals whose home location is detached from the island’s main road network (and
hence bus services) to access bus stops by means of a feeder car or taxi trip.  In evaluating
the overall performance of each site, SYSTRA has assumed that the complex dependencies
do not change; that is to say that regardless of the site which may be developed, it will
remain necessary for a given individual to complete the first leg of their journey by ferry
or feeder car or taxi.  
Page 202

Page 153

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 33/82 
10. FORECAST METHODOLOGY
10.1 Introduction
10.1.1 In order to make an informed assessment of each candidate site against the transport
related criteria, it is necessary to understand where end users live, the distance they will
be required to travel to a candidate site and the means by which that trip will be made. 
SYSTRA has developed a consistent methodology to arrive at site-specific forecasts, with
each being informed by the observed travel behaviours which are discussed in the
Baseline report.  In developing those forecasts, it was necessary to make a number of
assumptions and qualifications.   The purpose of this Chapter is to document and explain
those assumptions and any qualifications which apply to the methodology adopted. 
10.2 Exclusions and Assumptions
10.2.1 The mode share forecast is representative of the primary mode of travel used to travel to
and from the school site. The primary mode of travel is the one used for the longest
distance in a given trip. For example, someone who takes the bus to school may also have
a 400m walk to the bus stop. In such a case, it is only the bus journey which is of concern.
10.2.2 Similarly, in instances where pupils are taken from their (remote) home by car or taxi to
access the bus which forms the main leg of their journey to school, the mode split
recorded for this exercise will be recorded as ‘bus’.  Existing examples of such trips are
evident at Lochbuie.  Trips like this are likely to occur regardless of the site selected for a
new campus and hence their inclusion within the mode share forecast is academic. 
10.2.3 Ferry journeys have also been excluded for the same reason - pupils or staff who live on
Iona, Ulva or the mainland will still have to use the ferry to get on to Mull regardless of
the site selected. 
10.2.4 This forecasting exercise does not account for any strategic changes in population
distribution on Mull, Iona and Ulva. It also does not account for any pupils changing
school. All sites have been assessed on the assumptions that school catchments would
remain the same. 
10.2.5 Consideration has been given to the impact of changing the secondary school catchments
on the two sites outwith Tobermory (Site 02 – Craignure and Site 03 – Garmony) to include
the Ross of Mull. In response to a request from the Iona Community to remain within the
catchment area of Oban High School they have been removed from the scope of these
additional tests.
10.2.6 SYSTRA has included these additional tests to consider their sensitivity, and it is noted that
these are not intended to directly influence the scoring of the sites. The inclusion of these
sensitivity tests does not represent a commitment by the council to implement any
changes to the school catchments.  Such a process would be subject a separate statutory
process. 
10.2.7 The travel time, distance and carbon emissions associated with pupils from the Ross and
Mull and Iona travelling to and from Oban has not been accounted for in the baseline
conditions.  
Page 203

Page 154

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 34/82 
10.2.8 The car requirement calculation assumes a pupil occupancy of 1.2. Staff vehicle occupancy
is assumed at 1.05, this is based on observed car sharing behaviour as revealed by the
staff ‘hands up’ travel survey. 
10.2.9 SYSTRA anticipates that regardless of the site selected, Travel Planning measures would
be adopted to ensure staff and pupil travel in the most efficient and sustainable way
possible.  In this context, it would be expected that efforts are made to maximise rates
of car sharing, especially between staff – where possible.  
10.2.10 For all of the following metrics, values are based on a single one-way trip. It is assumed
that travel to and from school will be broadly similar although there may be some
variation as a result of wrap-around activities. These have not been accounted for. It is
assumed that travel behaviour will not vary significantly day to day across the week.
Daily and weekly values could therefore be calculated by multiplying the values stated in
this report by 2 and 10, respectively. 
10.3 Mode Share
10.3.1 To suitably reflect the available travel modes SYSTRA has developed a range of
generalised mode splits which reflect the outcomes of the ‘hands-up’ surveys of existing
pupils.  Five separate mode split combinations were developed to capture the breadth of
circumstances which are evident in the Baseline situation – these capture the different
ways that individuals travel according to the location and setting of their home.  
10.3.2 The five generalised mode splits are shown in Table 3.
Table 3. Generalised Student Mode Splits
MODE SPLIT WALK TAXI BUS CAR
Primary School - Vehicle  2.5% 95% 2.5%
Secondary School - Vehicle   95% 5%
Remote Origin - Vehicle  2%  98%
Primary School - Walkable 35%   65%
Secondary School - Walkable 80%   20%
10.3.3 To calculate an overall pupil mode share for each of the candidate sites the most
appropriate of the mode splits has been applied to each age group of pupils travelling
from each the residential catchments on Mull and Ulva
10.3.4 The following example considers primary school-aged pupils living in Tobermory. For the
existing school site those pupils have been assigned the ‘Primary School - Walkable’ mode
split. However, for Site 03 – Garmony, as those pupils would have to travel to that site by
vehicle, they are assigned the ‘Primary School - Vehicle’ mode split instead in this instance.
Page 204

Page 155

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 35/82 
10.3.5 For each of around 11 residential areas (14 in the case of the additional assessments for
Sites 2 and 3), such as Tobermory, Calgary, Salen and Ulva, a suitable mode split has been
applied to primary and secondary pupils. There are a further two categories (“Within
reasonable trip of bus” and “Remote”) which captures the disparate location of pupils
who live outwith a residential area.
10.3.6 To produce a mode split for each of the candidate sites, the individual mode splits for each
area have been aggregated, taking account of the existing pupil populations in each area.
These mode shares are presented within each relevant candidate site chapter. 
10.4 Person and Vehicle Trips
10.4.1 Using the mode share for each site and age group and the anticipated pupil count, SYSTRA
has sought to calculate the number of pupils travelling by each mode. To inform further
calculations relating to journey time, journey distance and carbon emissions criteria an
origin must be determined for each vehicle. 
10.4.2 To determine the origin of taxi trips, the number of taxis estimated to be required is
assigned to the areas with the largest pupil population which require them. Note that only
one taxi is assigned to each area. For example, for sites where the campus remains in
Tobermory, Tobermory is not assigned a taxi as the Tobermory generalised mode split for
both primary and secondary is “Walkable”. Instead, an area such as Salen is assigned one.
However, in the instance that the site is located in Craignure then Tobermory would be
the first to be assigned a taxi because it has the largest population which requires one. As
in this case Tobermory is assigned the “Vehicle” mode split. 
10.4.3 The number of buses required for each site is determined based on the anticipated mode
share of buses. The configuration of the bus network is informed by the existing
conditions and input from Argyll and Bute Council’s School Transport officers. For the
purposes of modelling, the origin of each bus route is the first stop on the route.  
10.4.4 Cars, similar to taxis, are assigned proportionally to the residential areas which require
them. 
10.5 Travel Distance
10.5.1 The travel distance from the centre of each residential area to each candidate site has
been calculated following the most suitable driving route for a single-direction trip (i.e. a
trip TO school). Each vehicle is then assigned a mileage base upon its origin location. The
total mileage for each site is an aggregation of all vehicle miles associated with the site.
10.6 Travel Time
10.6.1 The travel time for taxi and car passengers is derived from Google Maps for the average
drive time on a Tuesday morning. Tuesday is considered to be a ‘neutral weekday’ in
transport assessment terms. The travel time for buses is calculated based upon existing
bus timetables. Unlike for travel distance, the total travel time is an aggregation of all
passenger journey times, albeit the values presented relate to a single-direction trip.
Page 205

Page 156

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 36/82 
10.7 Carbon Emissions
10.7.1 The carbon emissions of each vehicle trip are informed by the Transport Analysis
Guidance (TAG) Data Book. The assumed split of car fuel types is taken from Table A1.3.9
for the year 2024 and is as follows:
 Petrol – 51%
 Diesel – 39%
 Electric – 11%
10.7.2 While this may not perfectly reflect the proportions of each car type on Mull and Ulva in
any instance the proportion of engine types will change with time in line with national
policy and changes in buyer habits. 
10.7.3 The fuel / energy consumption of each vehicle type (Petrol Car, Diesel Car, Electric Car
and Passenger Service Vehicle (PSV)) is calculated as a function of average speed. SYSTRA
has assumed the average speed of all vehicles to be 30mph, this is broadly consistent with
the average journey times derived from Google Maps. 
10.7.4 Carbon dioxide emissions per litre of fuel burnt / kWh used is taken for the year 2024 from
Table A3.3 of the TAG Data Book. This, combined with the fuel consumption can be used
to derive a value for emissions per mile driven for cars and buses. This value is used to
inform the travel related carbon emissions for each site for a single direction trip. 
Page 206

Page 157

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 37/82 
11. SITE 01 – EXISTING TOBERMORY SITE 
11.1 Introduction
11.1.1 Site 01 – Tobermory is located on the existing Tobermory 2-18 School site. The indicative
site layout is illustrated in Figure 18 below.
Figure 18. Site 01 – Tobermory Indicative Layout 
11.1.2 Travel habits to the existing site are already established and as such the redevelopment
is unlikely to have a measurable impact on pupil and staff travel. The steep nature of Back
Brae and the wider area as a whole constrain access as already demonstrated in the
baseline section of this report. The site is within 500m of two large windfall (residential)
sites, both currently under construction, with a total remaining capacity of 8 units.
11.2 Assessment Criteria – Existing School Catchments
Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/ staff mode split)
11.2.1 As there will be little change to travel characteristics the anticipated mode share for the
Tobermory site SYSTRA has assumed the mode share to remain the same as the results of
the hands up survey conducted at the existing Tobermory 2-18 school. For completeness
this mode share is presented in Figure 19.
Page 207

Page 158

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 38/82 
Figure 19. Site 01 – Mode Share 
11.2.2 Currently around 30% of primary-aged pupils walk to the site and 70% are driven to the
site. There are also a few trips facilitated by taxi or bus. 40% of secondary-aged currently
walk to the site and 45% arrive by bus. A further 15% drive or are driven to the school.
33% of staff walk to the site and the remaining 67% currently drive.
11.2.3 Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected number of trips
by each mode is presented in Table 4.
Table 4. Site 01 – Multi-Modal Trips
SITE COHORT WALK TAXI BUS CAR FERRY TOTAL
Site 01 - Tobermory Primary 29 2 1 64 0 95
Site 01 - Tobermory Secondary 64 0 71 22 0 157
Site 01 - Tobermory Staff 20 0 0 39 0 59
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
11.2.4 As the Tobermory site is located on the existing school site no changes to the current bus
operations are anticipated. The buses which would be required for secondary school
pupils are one bus from Calgary / Dervaig, one bus from Torloisk and Ulva Ferry via Salen
and one bus from Lochbuie Crossroads. The annual revisions of the network and its
complex dependencies are expected to be broadly in line with existing operations. 
11.2.5 Figure 20 illustrates the anticipated bus network for Site 01.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Established Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Primary Secondary Staff
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 208

Page 159

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 39/82 
Figure 20. Site 01 Anticipated Bus Network 
11.2.6 School buses would be funded as school transport where pupils meet Argyll and Bute
Council’s requirements – details of these requirements are provided in Section 3.4. 
Good public transport links to site and location 
Existing Conditions
11.2.7 The morning and afternoon school services currently serve the site by way of the bus layby
on Erray Road. Tobermory is additionally served throughout the day by the 494 and the
95/495. 
Future Conditions
11.2.8 The site could incorporate approximately three bus stances adjacent to the school
entrance to enable safe boarding and disembarkation of pupils. Alternatively, as a result
of site constraints, the use of the bus bays on Erray Road could continue to be utilised,
perhaps with some rationalisation or upgrade. 
Existing safe active travel links to site 
Existing Conditions
11.2.9 Pedestrian facilities are limited to larger residential streets on the adjacent road network
such as Erray Road and Victoria Street. There is also an off-road path between Back Brae
and Main Street via Middle Brae and a set of steps. 
Page 209

Page 160

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 40/82 
Future Conditions
11.2.10 While infrastructure is currently limited, off-site improvement works would likely be a
requirement following the standard consultation and transport assessment processes. 
Travel times for pupils and staff
11.2.11 The estimated one-way travel times for primary and secondary pupils and staff are shown
in Table 5. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide range of
trips which would be made to the site. It should also be noted that the travel time for the
minor leg of a trip (such as walking to the bus stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to
access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this analysis.  In any case, the
nature of these journeys is likely to remain constant across all four sites. 
Table 5. Site 01 – Travel Time (Minutes)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR WALK TOTAL AVERAGE
Site 01 -
Tobermory Primary 18 22 153 280 473 5
Site 01 -
Tobermory Secondary 0 2,356 162 588 3,106 20
Site 01 -
Tobermory Staff 0 0 695 163 858 15
Site 01 -
Tobermory Total 18 2,378 1,010 1,031 4,438 -
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding  
Page 210

Page 161

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 41/82 
Potential impact on public transport network
11.2.12 As there will be no requirement to amend the bus services associated with school
transport there is unlikely to be any impact, positive or negative, on the wider public
transport network.
Ability of existing roads infrastructure to service site
11.2.13 The site is already a part of the established road network and the site’s vehicular access
would remain. The increase in car parking within the site will reduce the instances of on-
street car parking occurring on the adjoining residential streets, in turn making it easier
for buses to navigate these streets. 
11.2.14 There can at times be complexities in accommodating and manoeuvring larger vehicles
on the site, particularly when multiple vehicles are present at once. Buses which arrive via
Argyll Terrace then have to reverse up Erray Road with the aid of a banksman.
Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel
11.2.15 Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site.
Further details on this criterion are provided in Section 9.3. For pupils who live remotely
from the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey
will be required to intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by
specific arrangements to them and may include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer. 
Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
11.2.16 The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Tobermory site are
presented in Table 6. The values presented in this table represent the driven milage of
each vehicle as opposed to each passenger. This accounts for the fact that one bus can
carry multiple passengers. 
Table 6. Site 01 – Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Site 01 - Tobermory Primary 6 0 42 48
Site 01 - Tobermory Secondary 0 63 57 121
Site 01 - Tobermory Staff 0 0 303 303
Site 01 - Tobermory Total 6 63 402 471
11.2.17 As with any new development of this nature Travel Planning measures have the potential
to positively influence travel, particularly among staff members.  A Travel Plan would seek
Page 211

Page 162

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 42/82 
to encourage behaviours such as car sharing or public transport usage in order to reduce
the number of vehicle miles incurred. 
11.2.18 Applying the carbon emission assessment methodology outlined in Section 10.7 the
estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the Tobermory site is
presented in Table 7.
Table 7. Site 01 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Site 01 - Tobermory Primary 0 0 9 9
Site 01 - Tobermory Secondary 0 67 12 79
Site 01 - Tobermory Staff 0 0 67 67
Site 01 - Tobermory Total 0 67 89 156
11.2.19 Any increase in carbon emissions from bus travel may only be temporary.  In line with
current national policy bus fleets are gradually transitioning to electric and hydrogen
systems.  While SYSTRA is not aware of specific plans to convert the fleet on Mull, such an
advancement would of course reduce the carbon impact from bus travel. 
11.2.20 A similar transition is likely to occur to the car fleet, as residents increasingly embrace the
use of electric cars.
11.3 Conclusion
11.3.1 The following considerations are given to Site 01 – Tobermory:
 Travel characteristics are mostly known as they are likely to align with present
conditions;
 The site is within walking distance of the most existing housing; and
 The site is constrained making access for large vehicles (e.g. buses and HGVs during
construction) difficult. 
Page 212

Page 163

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 43/82 
12. SITE 02 - CRAIGNURE
12.1 Introduction
12.1.1 Site 02 – Craignure is located to the west of Craignure Bay adjacent to the Mull and Iona
Community Hospital. The indicative site layout is illustrated in Figure 21 below.
Figure 21. Site 02 – Craignure Indicative Layout 
12.1.2 The site sits back from the main A849 which is subject to a 60mph speed limit in the
vicinity of the site. It also sits adjacent to a site which has a local plan strategic housing
allocation for c. 80 housing units. The site is greenfield in nature and on the basis of
preliminary masterplanning work, it is of sufficient size to enable incorporation of
necessary car parking and bus facilities. 
12.2 Assessment Criteria – Existing School Catchments
Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/ staff mode split)
12.2.1 The anticipated mode share for the Craignure site, in a scenario where the catchments do
not change, is presented in Figure 22.  For comparative purposes, the forecast mode split
is presented in the context of established travel behaviour at the existing Tobermory 2-
18 school.
Page 213

Page 164

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 44/82 
Figure 22. Site 02 – Indicative Mode Share 
12.2.2 The majority of both primary and secondary-aged pupils would be required to travel to
the Craignure site by bus for the main leg of their trip. This mode share is based upon
existing travel behaviours and the modelling exercise which is outlined in Chapter 9. 
12.2.3 If established pupil and staff cohorts were to transfer to this site, a clear implication would
be that those whose existing trip is made on foot would need to select an alternative
travel mode.  In view of the Council’s obligation to provide school buses for pupils whose
trip cannot be made on foot, it would seem likely that the majority of existing pedestrian
trips would become bus trips.
12.2.4 While such a change is likely to cause some disruption in the short-term, the principle
established by the existing Tobermory to Salen GMU bus demonstrates that primary
school transport over an extended distance is practical and feasible.  Importantly, in the
context of the Salen GMU service, the Council has been able to understand, and address,
concerns which had initially been expressed by parents around the requirement for
primary school age children to travel by bus.  
12.2.5 There will be limited opportunities the Craignure site to support trips on foot with just a
handful of secondary school pupils and staff currently residing in Craignure.  Should the
adjacent site be developed with housing, it is reasonable to anticipate that a larger
number of trips by active travel modes would result.
12.2.6 Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected trips by each
mode is presented in Table 8.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Site 02 -
Craignure
Site 02 -
Craignure
Site 02 -
Craignure
Primary Secondary Staff Primary Secondary Staff
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 214

Page 165

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 45/82 
Table 8. Site 02 – Multi-Modal Trips
SITE COHORT WALK TAXI BUS CAR FERRY TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 29 2 1 64 0 95
Existing Conditions Secondary 64 0 71 22 0 157
Existing Conditions Staff 20 0 0 39 0 59
Site 02 - Craignure Primary 0 2 88 5 0 95
Site 02 - Craignure Secondary 3 0 143 11 0 157
Site 02 - Craignure Staff 1 0 0 58 0 59
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
12.2.7 In order to serve the anticipated 231 pupils travelling by bus a total of approximately 7
buses will be required. It is expected that two buses/coaches would be provided to serve
primary pupils travelling from Tobermory to Craignure. These would likely have a capacity
of around 45 seats each and would operate as closed-door services, i.e. not open to
members of the public. 
12.2.8 For secondary school pupils, up to five buses (potentially of varying size) would be
required. 
 One smaller bus would collect children from Calgary and Dervaig before operating
non-stop to Craignure.  This is necessary as a result of a weight restriction on the
Calgary road (B8073) which prohibits the use of buses with more than 33 seats. 
 Two buses would collect children from around Tobermory and then collect pupils
who live within a reasonable distance of the A849 (such as at Aros or Pennygown)
enroute to Craignure.  This could be reduced to one bus in the event that a higher-
capacity bus/coach was used. 
 A further bus would originate in Torloisk and collect children from Ulva Ferry and
Salen before continuing non-stop to Craignure. 
 Lastly, in the event that school catchments don’t change a minibus or large taxi
could collect pupils from communities south of Craignure such as Lochbuie and
Lochdonhead.
12.2.9 Figure 23 illustrates the anticipated bus network for Site 02.
Page 215

Page 166

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 46/82 
Figure 23. Site 02 Anticipated Bus Network 
12.2.10 School buses would be funded as school transport where pupils meet Argyll and Bute
Council’s requirements in line with the summary which is provided in Section 3.4.
Notwithstanding the Council’s preparedness to meet the costs of additional bus services,
their provision depends on the ability of operators to recruit and retain a sufficient
number of drivers, noting the practical operating issues relating to AM and PM-only
journeys. 
Good public transport links to site and location 
Existing Conditions
12.2.11 The adjacent Mull and Iona Community Hospital is currently served by the service 95 bus.
The 96/496 Craignure to Fionnphort service terminates at the nearby ferry terminal. 
Future Conditions
12.2.12 The site would incorporate approximately four bus stances to enable pupils to board and
disembark safely.  These bays would ideally be positioned within the site such that bus
doors opened directly onto an expansive pedestrian space, thereby removing the needs
for pupils to interact with the car park and other trafficked spaces.  
12.2.13 The primary and secondary school days finish approximately 20 minutes apart.   Unlike
the morning period, where buses are only present on site for as long as it takes for pupils
to disembark, buses are required to be present on site in anticipation of the afternoon
school bell.  This means it is more likely that several buses would be present on site at
Page 216

Page 167

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 47/82 
once.  To avoid a scenario where buses blocked the operation of the car park, bays could
be incorporated to the site access road to enable empty buses/coaches for the secondary
school to dwell while the primary school buses are boarded. 
Existing safe active travel links to site 
Existing Conditions
12.2.14 There is currently limited active travel provision in Craignure. Footways which are
provided on both sides of the A849 in the 30mph section are narrow. The footway is
present on the north side of the road only, beyond the ferry terminal. This footway then
stops beyond the entrance to the Mull Community Swimming Pool. There are currently
no formal pedestrian crossings on the A849. 
Future Conditions
12.2.15 While infrastructure is currently limited, it is clear that a package of off-site improvement
works would be required to ensure the safe integration of the site to the established
transport network. The scope of those works would emerge through the detailed
Transport Assessment which would accompany and inform a Planning Application.  At the
time of writing, it seems likely that this package would at least comprise enhancements
to existing footways, provision of new links where none are currently present and the
delivery of new, safe crossing opportunities.  It seems reasonable to assume that the
adjacent residential allocation could be developed in a manner which facilitates active
travel between Craignure and the school site. 
Travel times for pupils and staff
12.2.16 The estimated one-way travel times for primary and secondary pupils and staff are shown
in Table 9. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide range of
trips which would be made to the site. It should also be noted that the travel time for the
minor leg of a trip (such as walking to the bus stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to
access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this analysis.  In any case, the
nature of these journeys is likely to remain constant across all four sites. 
Page 217

Page 168

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 48/82 
Table 9. Site 02 – Travel Time (Minutes)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR WALK TOTAL AVERAGE
Existing
Conditions Primary 18 22 153 280 473 5
Existing
Conditions Secondary 0 2,356 162 588 3,106 20
Existing
Conditions Staff 0 0 695 163 858 15
Existing
Conditions Total 18 2,378 1,010 1,031 4,438 -
Site 02 -
Craignure Primary 70 3,084 140 0 3,294 35
Site 02 -
Craignure Secondary 0 5,147 328 48 5,523 35
Site 02 -
Craignure Staff 0 0 1,966 16 1,982 34
Site 02 -
Craignure Total 70 8,231 2,434 64 10,799 -
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
12.2.17 Table 9 shows a general uplift in the total and average travel times for all pupil and staff
cohorts. Comparisons of average travel time should be viewed in the context of the wide
range of unique travel considerations. 
Potential impact on public transport network
12.2.18 As discussed in Paragraph 12.2.7 and 12.2.8 it is likely that additional buses will be
required to facilitate pupil transport. The availability of more buses and drivers has the
potential to enhance general levels of public transport provision on the island, noting that
many existing scheduled local bus services arise primarily because of school transport
requirements.  
Ability of existing roads infrastructure to service site
12.2.19 The site is well served by the adjoining A849 although there is currently no formalised
access into the site. 
12.2.20 There is the potential for access to the site to be taken from a new junction formed on
the A849. The design of this junction would be subject to technical assessments at an early
stage to ensure the suitability of its placement and format in view of road characteristics
Page 218

Page 169

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 49/82 
and adjacent accesses, if applicable. Any new junction would need to comply with driver
visibility criteria in line with standard assessment procedures. 
Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel
12.2.21 Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site.
Further details on this criterion are provided in Section 9.3. For pupils who live remotely
from the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey
will be required to intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by
specific arrangements to them and may include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer. 
Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
12.2.22 The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Craignure site are
presented in Table 10. The values presented in this table represent the driven milage of
each vehicle rather than each passenger. This accounts for the fact that one bus can carry
multiple passengers. 
Table 10. Site 02– Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 6 0 42 48
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 63 57 121
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 303 303
Existing Conditions Total 6 63 402 471
Site 02 - Craignure Primary 40 41 81 162
Site 02 - Craignure Secondary 0 100 179 278
Site 02 - Craignure Staff 0 0 1,113 1,113
Site 02 - Craignure Total 40 141 1,373 1,553
12.2.23 Table 10 shows a modest uplift in the driven vehicle miles, particularly among staff. As
with any new development of this nature Travel Planning measures have the potential to
positively influence travel, particularly among staff members.  A Travel Plan would seek
to encourage behaviours such as car sharing or public transport usage in order to reduce
the number of vehicle miles incurred. 
12.2.24 Applying the carbon emission assessment methodology outlined in Section 10.7 the
estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the Craignure site is
presented in Table 11.  
Page 219

Page 170

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 50/82 
Table 11. Site 02 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 0 0 9 9
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 67 12 79
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 67 67
Existing Conditions Total 0 67 89 156
Site 02 - Craignure Primary 9 43 18 70
Site 02 - Craignure Secondary 0 105 39 145
Site 02 - Craignure Staff 0 0 245 245
Site 02 - Craignure Total 9 149 302 460
12.2.25 Any increase in carbon emissions from bus travel may only be temporary.  In line with
current national policy bus fleets are gradually transitioning to electric and hydrogen
systems.  While SYSTRA is not aware of specific plans to convert the fleet on Mull, such an
advancement would of course reduce the carbon impact from bus travel. 
12.2.26 A similar transition is likely to occur to the car fleet, as residents increasingly embrace the
use of electric cars. 
Page 220

Page 171

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 51/82 
12.3 Sensitivity Test – Revised Catchments
Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/ staff mode split)
12.3.1 The anticipated mode share for the Craignure site, in a scenario where the secondary
school catchments do change to include the Ross of Mull is presented in Figure 24. For
comparative purposes, the forecast mode split is presented in the context of established
travel behaviour at the existing Tobermory 2-18 school.
Figure 24. Site 02 – Indicative Mode Share 
12.3.2 The mode share of the Craignure site in the event that the school catchments do change
will be broadly the same as if the catchments don’t change. 
12.3.3 Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected trips by each
mode is presented in Table 12.  
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Site 02 -
Craignure
Site 02 -
Craignure
Site 02 -
Craignure
Primary Secondary Staff Primary Secondary Staff
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 221

Page 172

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 52/82 
Table 12. Site 02 – Multi-Modal Trips
SITE COHORT WALK TAXI BUS CAR FERRY TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 29 2 1 64 0 95
Existing Conditions Secondary 64 0 71 22 0 157
Existing Conditions Staff 20 0 0 39 0 59
Site 02 - Craignure Primary 0 2 88 5 0 95
Site 02 - Craignure Secondary 3 0 164 14 0 181
Site 02 - Craignure Staff 1 0 0 58 0 59
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
12.3.4 The primary difference in the number of multi-modal trips if the catchments change is an
additional 21 bus passengers and an additional 3 car trips from the Ross of Mull. 
12.3.5 In the event of catchments changing, a similar reconfiguration of the bus network will be
required to serve the Craignure site, as outlined in Paragraph 12.2.7 and 12.2.8. The key
difference is that the minibus/taxi from Lochbuie would instead have to be a full-sized
bus/coach originating at the Fionnphort ferry. The characteristics of this bus service would
broadly align with the existing 96/496 bus service. 
12.3.6 School buses would be funded as school transport where pupils meet Argyll and Bute
Council’s requirements in line with the summary which is provided in Section 3.4.
Notwithstanding the Council’s preparedness to meet the costs of additional bus services,
their provision depends on the ability of operators to recruit and retain a sufficient
number of drivers, noting the practical operating issues relating to AM and PM-only
journeys. 
Good public transport links to site and location
12.3.7 The public transport considerations of the site remain consistent regardless of the
catchments. See Paragraphs 12.2.11 to 12.2.13 for more details.
Existing safe active travel links to site
12.3.8 The active travel considerations of the site remain consistent regardless of the
catchments. See Paragraphs 12.2.14 and 12.2.15 for more details.
Travel times for pupils and staff
12.3.9 The estimated one-way travel times, if the catchments were to change, for primary and
secondary pupils and staff are shown in Table 13. The travel times presented are an
aggregate, encompassing the wide range of trips which would be made to the site. It
Page 222

Page 173

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 53/82 
should also be noted that the travel time for the minor leg of a trip (such as walking to the
bus stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not
accounted for in this analysis.  In any case, the nature of these journeys is likely to remain
constant across all four sites. 
Table 13. Site 02 – Travel Time (Minutes)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR WALK TOTAL AVERAGE
Existing
Conditions Primary 18 22 153 280 473 5
Existing
Conditions Secondary 0 2,356 162 588 3,106 20
Existing
Conditions Staff 0 0 695 163 858 15
Existing
Conditions Total 18 2,378 1,010 1,031 4,438 -
Site 02 -
Craignure Primary 70 3,082 140 0 3,292 35
Site 02 -
Craignure Secondary 0 6,738 360 48 7,146 39
Site 02 -
Craignure Staff 0 0 1,966 16 1,982 34
Site 02 -
Craignure Total 70 9,821 2,465 64 12,420 -
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
12.3.10 Table 13 shows an uplift in the total and average travel times for all cohorts. Comparisons
of average travel time should be viewed in the context of the wide range of unique travel
considerations. 
Potential impact on public transport network
12.3.11 As discussed in Paragraph 12.2.7 and 12.2.8 it is likely that additional buses will be
required to facilitate pupil transport. The availability of more buses and drivers has the
potential to enhance general levels of public transport provision on the island, noting that
many existing scheduled local bus services arise primarily because of school transport
requirements.  
Page 223

Page 174

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 54/82 
Ability of existing roads infrastructure to service site
12.3.12 The adjacent infrastructure considerations of the site remain consistent regardless of the
catchments. See Paragraphs 12.2.19 and 12.2.20 for more details.
Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel
12.3.13 Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site.
Further details on this criterion are provided in Section 9.3. For pupils who live remotely
from the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey
will be required to intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by
specific arrangements to them and may include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer. 
Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
12.3.14 The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Craignure site, should
the catchments change, are presented in Table 14. The values presented in this table
represent the driven milage of each vehicle rather than each passenger. This accounts for
the fact that one bus can carry multiple passengers. 
Table 14. Site 02 – Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 6 0 42 48
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 63 57 121
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 303 303
Existing Conditions Total 6 63 402 471
Site 02 - Craignure Primary 40 41 81 162
Site 02 - Craignure Secondary 0 127 192 319
Site 02 - Craignure Staff 0 0 1,113 1,113
Site 02 - Craignure Total 40 168 1,386 1,594
12.3.15 Table 14 shows a modest uplift in the driven vehicle miles particularly among staff. As
with any new development of this nature travel planning would seek to encourage
behaviours such as car sharing or public transport usage in order to reduce these vehicle
miles. 
12.3.16 Applying the carbon emission assessment methodology outlined in Section 10.7 the
estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the Craignure site is
presented in Table 15.
Page 224

Page 175

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 55/82 
Table 15. Site 02 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 0 0 9 9
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 67 12 79
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 67 67
Existing Conditions Total 0 67 89 156
Site 02 - Craignure Primary 9 43 18 70
Site 02 - Craignure Secondary 0 135 42 177
Site 02 - Craignure Staff 0 0 245 245
Site 02 - Craignure Total 9 178 305 492
12.3.17 Any increase in carbon emissions from bus travel may only be temporary.  In line with
current national policy bus fleets are gradually transitioning to electric and hydrogen
systems.  While SYSTRA is not aware of specific plans to convert the fleet on Mull, such an
advancement would of course reduce the carbon impact from bus travel. 
12.3.18 A similar transition is likely to occur to the car fleet, as residents increasingly embrace the
use of electric cars.
12.4 Conclusion
12.4.1 The following considerations are given to Site 02 – Craignure:
 Travel times, distances and carbon emissions will increase over the baseline (more
so if the catchments are amended to include the Ross of Mull);
 Average journey times will increase by approximately 20 minutes; 
 Pupils who currently walk will likely have to be taken to the Craignure site by bus
requiring approximately 4 additional buses over the baseline;
 There is an adjacent allocation for c. 80 housing units, enabling trips by active
modes; and
 Footways and crossing opportunities on the adjacent highway network are limited
but could be improved.  
Page 225

Page 176

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 56/82 
13. SITE 03 - GARMONY
13.1 Introduction
13.1.1 Site 03 – Garmony is located in Garmony to the south of the Isle of Mull Rugby Club. The
indicative site layout is illustrated in Figure 25 below.
Figure 25. Site 03 – Garmony Indicative Layout 
13.1.2 The site boundary sits adjacent to the A849, although the school building itself will be set
back from the main road due to a large area of boggy land to the north east. In the vicinity
of the site the A849 runs as a single carriageway, two-way road subject to the national
speed limit of 60mph. The site is greenfield in nature and on the basis of preliminary
masterplanning work, it is of sufficient size to enable incorporation of necessary car
parking and bus facilities. 
13.2 Assessment Criteria – Existing School Catchments
Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/ staff mode split)
13.2.1 The anticipated mode share for the Garmony site, in a scenario where the catchments do
not change, is presented in Figure 26.  For comparative purposes, the forecast mode split
is presented in the context of established travel behaviour at the existing Tobermory 2-
18 school.
Page 226

Page 177

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 57/82 
Figure 26. Site 03 – Indicative Mode Share 
13.2.2 The majority of both primary and secondary-aged pupils would be required to travel to
the Garmony site by bus for the main leg of their trip. This mode share is based upon
existing travel behaviours and the modelling exercise which is outlined in Chapter 9. 
13.2.3 If established pupil and staff cohorts were to transfer to this site, a clear implication would
be that those whose existing trip is made on foot would need to select an alternative
travel mode.  In view of the Council’s obligation to provide school buses for pupils whose
trip cannot be made on foot, it would seem likely that the majority of existing pedestrian
trips would become bus trips.
13.2.4 While such a change is likely to cause some disruption in the short-term, the principle
established by the existing Tobermory to Salen GMU bus demonstrates that primary
school transport over an extended distance is practical and feasible.  Importantly, in the
context of the Salen GMU service, the Council has been able to understand, and address,
concerns which had initially been expressed by parents around the requirement for
primary school age children to travel by bus.  
13.2.5 There will be limited opportunities for the Garmony site to support trips on foot with a
very limited number of pupils or staff currently living locally.
13.2.6 Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected number of trips
by each mode is presented in Table 16.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Site 03 -
Garmony
Site 03 -
Garmony
Site 03 -
Garmony
Primary Secondary Staff Primary Secondary Staff
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 227

Page 178

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 58/82 
Table 16. Site 03 – Multi-Modal Trips
SITE COHORT WALK TAXI BUS CAR FERRY TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 29 2 1 64 0 95
Existing Conditions Secondary 64 0 71 22 0 157
Existing Conditions Staff 20 0 0 39 0 59
Site 03 - Garmony Primary 0 2 88 5 0 95
Site 03 - Garmony Secondary 0 0 147 10 0 157
Site 03 - Garmony Staff 0 0 0 59 0 59
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
13.2.7 In order to serve the anticipated 235 pupils travelling by bus a total of approximately 7
buses will be required. It is expected that two buses/coaches would be provided to serve
primary pupils travelling from Tobermory to Garmony. These would likely have a capacity
of around 45 seats each and would operate as closed-door services, i.e. not open to
members of the public. 
13.2.8 For secondary school pupils, up to five buses (potentially of varying size) would be
required. 
 One smaller bus would collect children from Calgary and Dervaig before operating
non-stop to Garmony.  This is necessary as a result of a weight restriction on the
Calgary road (B8073) which prohibits the use of buses with more than 33 seats. 
 Two buses would collect children from around Tobermory and then collect pupils
who live within a reasonable distance of the A849 (such as at Aros or Pennygown)
enroute to Garmony.  This could be reduced to one bus in the event that a higher-
capacity bus/coach was used. 
 A further bus would originate in Torloisk and collect children from Ulva Ferry and
Salen before continuing non-stop to Garmony. 
 Lastly, in the event that school catchments don’t change a minibus or large taxi
could collect pupils from communities south of Garmony such as Lochbuie and
Lochdonhead.
13.2.9 Figure 27 illustrates the anticipated bus network for Site 03.
Page 228

Page 179

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 59/82 
Figure 27. Site 03 Anticipated Bus Network 
13.2.10 School buses would be funded as school transport where pupils meet Argyll and Bute
Council’s requirements in line with the summary which is provided in Section 3.4.
Notwithstanding the Council’s preparedness to meet the costs of additional bus services,
their provision depends on the ability of operators to recruit and retain a sufficient
number of drivers, noting the practical operating issues relating to AM and PM-only
journeys. 
Good public transport links to site and location 
Existing Conditions
13.2.11 The service 95/495 currently stops at the nearby rugby club, although this stop is
unmarked. 
Future Conditions
13.2.12 The site would incorporate four bus stances to enable pupils to board and disembark
safely.  These bays would ideally be positioned within the site such that bus doors opened
directly onto an expansive pedestrian space, thereby removing the needs for pupils to
interact with the car park and other trafficked spaces.  
13.2.13 The primary and secondary school days finish approximately 20 minutes apart.   Unlike
the morning period, where buses are only present on site for as long as it takes for pupils
to disembark, buses are required to be present on site in anticipation of the afternoon
school bell.  This means it is more likely that several buses would be present on site at
Page 229

Page 180

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 60/82 
once.  To avoid a scenario where buses blocked the operation of the car park, bays could
be incorporated to the site access road to enable empty buses/coaches for the secondary
school to dwell while the primary school buses are boarded. 
Existing safe active travel links to site 
Existing Conditions
13.2.14 There is currently limited active travel provision in Garmony. No footways are present on
this section of A849. 
Future Conditions
13.2.15 While infrastructure is currently limited, it is clear that a package of off-site improvement
works would be required to ensure the safe integration of the site to the established
transport network. The scope of those works would emerge through the detailed
Transport Assessment which would accompany and inform a Planning Application.  At the
time of writing, it seems likely that this package would at least comprise provision of new
links where none are currently present. 
Travel times for pupils and staff
13.2.16 The estimated one-way travel times for primary and secondary pupils and staff are shown
in Table 17. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide range
of trips which would be made to the site. It should also be noted that the travel time for
the minor leg of a trip (such as walking to the bus stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car
to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this analysis.  In any case,
the nature of these journeys is likely to remain constant across all four sites. 
Page 230

Page 181

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 61/82 
Table 17. Site 03 – Travel Time (Minutes)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR WALK TOTAL AVERAGE
Existing
Conditions Primary 18 22 153 280 473 5
Existing
Conditions Secondary 0 2,356 162 588 3,106 20
Existing
Conditions Staff 0 0 695 163 858 15
Existing
Conditions Total 18 2,378 1,010 1,031 4,438 -
Site 03 -
Garmony Primary 57 2,623 117 0 2,797 29
Site 03 -
Garmony Secondary 0 4,479 283 0 4,762 30
Site 03 -
Garmony Staff 0 0 1,670 0 1,670 28
Site 03 -
Garmony Total 57 7,102 2,070 0 9,229 -
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
13.2.17 Table 17 shows a general uplift in the total and average travel times for all pupil and staff
cohorts. Comparisons of average travel time should be viewed in the context of the wide
range of unique travel considerations. 
Potential impact on public transport network
13.2.18 As discussed in Paragraph 13.2.7 and 13.2.8 it is likely that additional buses will be
required to facilitate pupil transport. The availability of more buses and drivers has the
potential to enhance general levels of public transport provision on the island, noting that
many existing scheduled local bus services arise primarily because of school transport
requirements.  
Ability of existing roads infrastructure to service site
13.2.19 The site is well served by the adjoining A849 although there is currently no formalised
access into the site. 
13.2.20 There is the potential for access to the site to be taken from a new junction formed on
the A849. The design of this junction would be subject to technical assessments at an early
stage to ensure the suitability of placement and format in view of road characteristics and
Page 231

Page 182

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 62/82 
adjacent accesses, if applicable. Any new junction would need to comply with driver
visibility criteria in line with standard assessment procedures. 
Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel
13.2.21 Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site.
Further details on this criterion are provided in Section 9.3. For pupils who live remotely
from the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey
will be required to intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by
specific arrangements to them and may include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer. 
Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
13.2.22 The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Garmony site are
presented in Table 18. The values presented in this table represent the driven milage of
each vehicle rather than each passenger. This accounts for the fact that one bus can carry
multiple passengers. 
Table 18. Site 03 – Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 6 0 42 48
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 63 57 121
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 303 303
Existing Conditions Total 6 63 402 471
Site 03 - Garmony Primary 35 35 70 140
Site 03 - Garmony Secondary 0 96 162 258
Site 03 - Garmony Staff 0 0 960 960
Site 03 - Garmony Total 35 132 1,192 1,358
13.2.23 Table 18 shows a modest uplift in the driven vehicle miles, particularly among staff. As
with any new development of this nature Travel Planning measures have the potential to
positively influence travel, particularly among staff members.  A Travel Plan would seek
to encourage behaviours such as car sharing or public transport usage in order to reduce
the number of vehicle miles incurred. 
13.2.24 Applying the carbon emission assessment methodology outlined in Section 10.7 the
estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the Garmony site is
presented in Table 19.  
Page 232

Page 183

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 63/82 
Table 19. Site 03 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 0 0 9 9
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 67 12 79
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 67 67
Existing Conditions Total 0 67 89 156
Site 03 - Garmony Primary 8 37 15 60
Site 03 - Garmony Secondary 0 102 36 138
Site 03 - Garmony Staff 0 0 211 211
Site 03 - Garmony Total 8 139 263 409
13.2.25 Any increase in carbon emissions from bus travel may only be temporary.  In line with
current national policy bus fleets are gradually transitioning to electric and hydrogen
systems.  While SYSTRA is not aware of specific plans to convert the fleet on Mull, such an
advancement would of course reduce the carbon impact from bus travel. 
13.2.26 A similar transition is likely to occur to the car fleet, as residents increasingly embrace the
use of electric cars. 
Page 233

Page 184

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 64/82 
13.3 Sensitivity Test – Revised Catchments
Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/ staff mode split)
13.3.1 The anticipated mode share for the Garmony site, in a scenario where the secondary
school catchments do change to include the Ross of Mull is presented in Figure 28. For
comparative purposes, the forecast mode split is presented in the context of established
travel behaviour at the existing Tobermory 2-18 school.
Figure 28. Site 03 – Indicative Mode Share 
13.3.2 The mode share of the Garmony site in the event that the school catchments do change
will be broadly the same as if the catchments don’t change. 
13.3.3 Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected trips by each
mode is presented in Table 20.  
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Site 03 -
Garmony
Site 03 -
Garmony
Site 03 -
Garmony
Primary Secondary Staff Primary Secondary Staff
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 234

Page 185

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 65/82 
Table 20. Site 03 – Multi-Modal Trips
SITE COHORT WALK TAXI BUS CAR FERRY TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 29 2 1 64 0 95
Existing Conditions Secondary 64 0 71 22 0 157
Existing Conditions Staff 20 0 0 39 0 59
Site 03 - Garmony Primary 0 2 88 5 0 0
Site 03 - Garmony Secondary 0 0 167 13 0 0
Site 03 - Garmony Staff 0 0 0 59 0 0
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
13.3.4 The primary difference in the number of multi-modal trips if the catchments change is an
additional 24 bus passengers and an additional 3 car trips from the Ross of Mull. 
13.3.5 In the event of catchments changing, a similar reconfiguration of the bus network will be
required to serve the Garmony site, as outline in Paragraph 13.2.7 and 13.2.8. The key
difference is that the minibus/taxi from Lochbuie would instead have to be a full-sized
bus/coach originating at the Fionnphort ferry terminal. The characteristics of this bus
service would broadly align with the existing 96/496 bus service, although continuing
further north than it currently does. 
13.3.6 School buses would be funded as school transport where pupils meet Argyll and Bute
Council’s requirements in line with the summary which is provided in Section 3.4.
Notwithstanding the Council’s preparedness to meet the costs of additional bus services,
their provision depends on the ability of operators to recruit and retain a sufficient
number of drivers, noting the practical operating issues relating to AM and PM-only
journeys. 
Good public transport links to site and location
13.3.7 The public transport considerations of the site remain consistent regardless of the
catchments. See Paragraphs 13.2.11 to 13.2.13 for more details.
Existing safe active travel links to site
13.3.8 The active travel considerations of the site remain consistent regardless of the
catchments. See Paragraphs 13.2.14 and 13.2.15 for more details.
Travel times for pupils and staff
13.3.9 The estimated one-way travel times, if the catchments were to change, for primary and
secondary pupils and staff are shown in Table 21. The travel times presented are an
Page 235

Page 186

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 66/82 
aggregate, encompassing the wide range of trips which would be made to the site. It
should also be noted that the travel time for the minor leg of a trip (such as walking to the
bus stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car to access bus stops on the main road) are not
accounted for in this analysis.  In any case, the nature of these journeys is likely to remain
constant across all four sites. 
Table 21. Site 03 – Travel Time (Minutes)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR WALK TOTAL AVERAGE
Existing
Conditions Primary 18 22 153 280 473 5
Existing
Conditions Secondary 0 2,356 162 588 3,106 20
Existing
Conditions Staff 0 0 695 163 858 15
Existing
Conditions Total 18 2,378 1,010 1,031 4,438 -
Site 03 -
Garmony Primary 57 2,634 117 0 2,808 29
Site 03 -
Garmony Secondary 57 2,622 117 0 2,796 35
Site 03 -
Garmony Staff 0 6,130 288 0 6,418 28
Site 03 -
Garmony Total 0 0 1,670 0 1,670 -
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
13.3.10 Table 21 shows an uplift in the total and average travel times for all cohorts. Comparisons
of average travel time should be viewed in the context of the wide range of unique travel
considerations. 
Potential impact on public transport network
13.3.11 As discussed in Paragraph 13.2.7 and 13.2.8 it is likely that additional buses will be
required to facilitate pupil transport. The availability of more buses and drivers has the
potential to enhance general levels of public transport provision on the island, noting that
many existing scheduled local bus services arise primarily because of school transport
requirements.  
Page 236

Page 187

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 67/82 
Ability of existing roads infrastructure to service site
13.3.12 The adjacent infrastructure considerations of the site remain consistent regardless of the
catchments. See Paragraphs 13.2.19 and 13.2.20 for more details.
Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel
13.3.13 Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site.
Further details on this criterion are provided in Section 9.3. For pupils who live remotely
from the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey
will be required to intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by
specific arrangements to them and may include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer. 
Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
13.3.14 The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Garmony site, should
the catchments change, are presented in Table 22. The values presented in this table
represent the driven milage of each vehicle rather than each passenger. This accounts for
the fact that one bus can carry multiple passengers. 
Table 22. Site 03 – Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 6 0 42 48
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 63 57 121
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 303 303
Existing Conditions Total 6 63 402 471
Site 03 - Garmony Primary 35 35 70 140
Site 03 - Garmony Secondary 0 123 159 283
Site 03 - Garmony Staff 0 0 960 960
Site 03 - Garmony Total 35 159 1,190 1,383
13.3.15 Table 22 shows a modest uplift in the driven vehicle miles particularly among staff. As
with any new development of this nature travel planning would seek to encourage
behaviours such as car sharing or public transport usage in order to reduce these vehicle
miles. 
13.3.16 Applying the carbon emission assessment methodology outlined in Section 10.7 the
estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the Garmony site is
presented in Table 23.
Page 237

Page 188

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 68/82 
Table 23. Site 03 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 0 0 9 9
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 67 12 79
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 67 67
Existing Conditions Total 0 67 89 156
Site 03 - Garmony Primary 8 37 15 60
Site 03 - Garmony Secondary 0 130 35 166
Site 03 - Garmony Staff 0 0 211 211
Site 03 - Garmony Total 8 168 262 437
13.3.17 Any increase in carbon emissions from bus travel may only be temporary.  In line with
current national policy bus fleets are gradually transitioning to electric and hydrogen
systems.  While SYSTRA is not aware of specific plans to convert the fleet on Mull, such an
advancement would of course reduce the carbon impact from bus travel. 
13.3.18 A similar transition is likely to occur to the car fleet, as residents increasingly embrace the
use of electric cars.
13.4 Conclusion
13.4.1 The following considerations are given to Site 03 – Garmony:
 Travel times, distances and carbon emissions will increase over the baseline (more
so if the catchments are amended to include the Ross of Mull); 
 Average journey times will increase by approximately 15 minutes over the baseline;
 Pupils who currently walk will likely have to be taken to the Garmony site by bus
requiring approximately 4 additional buses over the baseline;
 The site is located adjacent to a limited number of existing housing and no LDP or
LWF housing sites identified in the Housing Land Audit; and 
 There are no footways or crossing opportunities on the adjacent highway network
– providing them would deliver limited benefit.  
Page 238

Page 189

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 69/82 
14. SITE 04 – TOBERMORY SOUTH
14.1 Introduction
14.1.1 Site 04 – Tobermory South is located in Baliscate, to the south of Tobermory. The
indicative site layout is illustrated in Figure 29 below.
Figure 29. Site 04 – Tobermory South Indicative Layout 
14.1.2 The site sits adjacent to the A848 which is subject to a 30mph speed limit in the vicinity
of the site. The site is a greenfield site, although smaller than the Garmony and Craignure
sites, and therefore requires some degree of flexibility for car parking and bus facilities.
The site also sits within 500m of four Local Development Plan housing sites and one large
windfall (not including the LDP site which the school site occupies) which have a total
housing capacity of c. 112 units. 
14.2 Assessment Criteria – Existing School Catchments
Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/ staff mode split)
14.2.1 The anticipated mode share for the Tobermory South site is anticipated to be broadly
similar to that of the existing school site. For comparative purposes, the forecast mode
split is presented in the context of established travel behaviour at the existing Tobermory
2-18 school in Figure 30.
Page 239

Page 190

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 70/82 
Figure 30. Site 04 – Indicative Mode Share 
14.2.2 Figure 30 demonstrates that mode share among all cohorts is expected to remain broadly
similar. The main difference is the slight increase in bus travel among primary-aged pupils.
While this is borne out as a result of the modelling assumptions there are a handful of
pupils who live outwith the catchment but on the main A849/A848 road. There is
potential, therefore, for these pupils to be transported to the site by bus.
14.2.3 Based on the expected student cohort and staff numbers, the expected number of trips
by each mode is presented in Table 24.  
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Established
Behaviour
(Tobermory)
Site 04 -
Tobermory
South
Site 04 -
Tobermory
South
Site 04 -
Tobermory
South
Primary Secondary Staff Primary Secondary Staff
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
Page 240

Page 191

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 71/82 
Table 24. Site 04 – Multi-Modal Trips
SITE COHORT WALK TAXI BUS CAR FERRY TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 29 2 1 64 0 95
Existing Conditions Secondary 64 0 71 22 0 157
Existing Conditions Staff 20 0 0 39 0 59
Site 04 – Tobermory
South Primary 30 0 5 60 0 95
Site 04 – Tobermory
South Secondary 64 0 70 22 0 157
Site 04 – Tobermory
South Staff 19 0 0 40 0 59
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
14.2.4 As the Tobermory site is located just 0.7miles from the existing school site no changes to
the current bus operations are anticipated. The buses which would be required for
secondary school pupils are one bus from Calgary / Dervaig, one bus from Torloisk and
Ulva Ferry via Salen and one bus from Lochbuie Crossroads. The annual revisions of the
network and its complex dependencies are expected to be broadly in line with existing
operations. 
14.2.5 Figure 31 illustrates the anticipated bus network for Site 04.
Page 241

Page 192

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 72/82 
Figure 31. Site 04 Anticipated Bus Network 
14.2.6 School buses would be funded as school transport where pupils meet Argyll and Bute
Council’s requirements – details of these requirements are provided in Section 3.4. 
Good public transport links to site and location 
Existing Conditions
14.2.7 The existing service 95/495 passes the site frontage. There are a pair of bus stops located
south of the site at Struan Crescent. 
Future Conditions
14.2.8 The site could incorporate approximately three bus stances adjacent to the school
entrance to enable safe boarding and disembarkation of pupils. Alternatively, as a result
of site constraints, bus bays could be provided adjacent to the site on the A848. 
14.2.9 The service 494 bus from Calgary to Tobermory would not have to be significantly diverted
from its present route in order to service the Tobermory South Site. 
Existing safe active travel links to site 
Existing Conditions
14.2.10 There are currently footways on both sides of the A848 between Eas Brae and the site.
Footways are provided on at least one side of the road down into the town centre and up
Page 242

Page 193

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 73/82 
into Rockfield Road and the Tobermory Medical Practice. These footways are generally lit
and appear to be of a good quality, albeit narrow in some locations. 
14.2.11 There are currently no footways provided on Dervaig Road or Breadalbane Street, both of
which are narrow and unsuitable for pedestrians. There is a pedestrian footway between
Argyll Terrace and Eas Brae enabling access between the site and the majority of housing
in Tobermory.
14.2.12 There are currently no formalised pedestrian crossings on the A848 in the vicinity of the
site. 
Future Conditions
14.2.13 While crossing infrastructure is currently limited, off-site improvement works of this
nature would likely be a requirement following the standard consultation and transport
assessment processes. It seems reasonable to assume that the adjacent residential
allocation could be developed in a manner which facilitates active travel between these
sites and the school site.
Travel times for pupils and staff
14.2.14 The estimated one-way travel times for primary and secondary pupils and staff are shown
in Table 25. The travel times presented are an aggregate, encompassing the wide range
of trips which would be made to the site. It should also be noted that the travel time for
the minor leg of a trip (such as walking to the bus stop, a ferry crossing or travelling by car
to access bus stops on the main road) are not accounted for in this analysis.  In any case,
the nature of these journeys is likely to remain constant across all four sites. 
Page 243

Page 194

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 74/82 
Table 25. Site 04 – Travel Time (Minutes)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR WALK TOTAL AVERAGE
Existing
Conditions Primary 18 22 153 280 473 5
Existing
Conditions Secondary 0 2,356 162 588 3,106 20
Existing
Conditions Staff 0 0 695 163 858 15
Existing
Conditions Total 18 2,378 1,010 1,031 4,438 -
Site 04 –
Tobermory South Primary 0 80 150 440 670 7
Site 04 –
Tobermory South Secondary 0 2,110 135 948 3,192 20
Site 04 –
Tobermory South Staff 0 0 655 293 948 16
Site 04 –
Tobermory South Total 0 2,190 940 1,681 4,810 -
Note: minor discrepancies as a result of rounding
14.2.15 Table 25 shows that travel times will increase marginally compared to the established
travel behaviours associated with the existing Tobermory 2-18 school. This is primarily as
a result of longer walking times. 
Potential impact on public transport network
14.2.16 As there will be no material requirement to amend the bus services associate with school
transport there is unlikely to be any impact, positive or negative, on the wider public
transport network.
Ability of existing roads infrastructure to service site
14.2.17 The site is well served by the adjoining A848 although there is currently no formalised
access into the site. 
14.2.18 There is the potential for access to the site to be taken from a new junction formed on
the A848. The design of this junction would be subject to technical assessments at an early
stage to ensure the suitability of junction placement and format in view of road
characteristics and adjacent accesses, if applicable. Any new junction would need to be
checked for driver visibility in line with standard assessment procedures. 
Page 244

Page 195

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 75/82 
Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel
14.2.19 Complex dependencies are likely to be broadly similar regardless of the selected site.
Further details on this criterion are provided in Section 9.3. For pupils who live remotely
from the main road network and key population centres, an additional leg of their journey
will be required to intersect the bus service. This secondary journey will be facilitated by
specific arrangements to them and may include a taxi or short car trip by a parent/carer. 
Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport)
14.2.20 The estimated one-way vehicle miles by cohort and vehicle for the Tobermory South site
are presented in Table 26. The values presented in this table represent the driven milage
of each vehicle as opposed to each passenger. This accounts for the fact that one bus can
carry multiple passengers. 
Table 26. Site 04 – Travel Distance (Miles)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 6 0 42 48
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 63 57 121
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 303 303
Existing Conditions Total 6 63 402 471
Site 04 – Tobermory South Primary 0 0 37 37
Site 04 – Tobermory South Secondary 0 62 50 112
Site 04 – Tobermory South Staff 0 0 304 304
Site 04 – Tobermory South Total 0 62 390 453
14.2.21 Table 26 shows a minor decrease in the driven vehicle miles. This is primarily as a result
of marginally shorter trips for those travelling from the south of Mull. As with any new
development of this nature Travel Planning measures have the potential to positively
influence travel, particularly among staff members.  A Travel Plan would seek to
encourage behaviours such as car sharing or public transport usage in order to reduce the
number of vehicle miles incurred.
14.2.22 Applying the carbon emission assessment methodology outlined in Section 10.7 the
estimated carbon emissions for one-way travel (of all vehicles) to the Tobermory South
site is presented in Table 27.  
Page 245

Page 196

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 76/82 
Table 27. Site 04 – Carbon Emissions (Kg Co2e)
SITE COHORT TAXI BUS CAR TOTAL
Existing Conditions Primary 0 0 9 9
Existing Conditions Secondary 0 67 12 79
Existing Conditions Staff 0 0 67 67
Existing Conditions Total 0 67 89 156
Site 04 – Tobermory South Primary 0 0 8 8
Site 04 – Tobermory South Secondary 0 66 11 77
Site 04 – Tobermory South Staff 0 0 67 67
Site 04 – Tobermory South Total 0 66 86 152
14.2.23 Any increase in carbon emissions from bus travel may only be temporary.  In line with
current national policy bus fleets are gradually transitioning to electric and hydrogen
systems.  While SYSTRA is not aware of specific plans to convert the fleet on Mull, such an
advancement would of course reduce the carbon impact from bus travel. 
14.2.24 A similar transition is likely to occur to the car fleet, as residents increasingly embrace the
use of electric cars.
14.3 Conclusion
14.3.1 The following considerations are given to Site 04 – Tobermory South:
 The site is walkable from some existing housing, and it is noted nearby and adjacent
sites are allocated with up to 112 new residential units;
 There are some existing footways from adjacent residential catchments; and
 Travel time, distance and associated carbon emissions are likely to remain broadly
similar to the baseline. 
Page 246

Page 197

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 77/82 
15. SUMMARY
15.1.1 The technical assessment presented in the second section of this report has highlighted
key considerations for each of the short-listed sites. For ease of comparison these
summaries are reiterated below. 
15.1.2 The following considerations are given to Site 01 – Tobermory:
 Travel characteristics are mostly known as they are likely to align with present
conditions;
 The site is within walking distance of the most existing housing; and
 The site is constrained making access for large vehicles (e.g. buses and HGVs during
construction) difficult.
15.1.3 The following considerations are given to Site 02 – Craignure:
 Travel times, distances and carbon emissions will increase over the baseline (more
so if the catchments are amended to include the Ross of Mull);
 Average journey times will increase by approximately 20 minutes; 
 Pupils who currently walk will likely have to be taken to the Craignure site by bus
requiring approximately 4 additional buses over the baseline;
 There is an adjacent allocation for c. 80 housing units, enabling trips by active
modes; and
 Footways and crossing opportunities on the adjacent highway network are limited
but could be improved.
15.1.4 The following considerations are given to Site 03 – Garmony:
 Travel times, distances and carbon emissions will increase over the baseline (more
so if the catchments are amended to include the Ross of Mull); 
 Average journey times will increase by approximately 15 minutes over the baseline;
 Pupils who currently walk will likely have to be taken to the Garmony site by bus
requiring approximately 4 additional buses over the baseline;
 The site is located adjacent to a limited number of existing housing and no LDP or
LWF housing sites identified in the Housing Land Audit; and 
 There are no footways or crossing opportunities on the adjacent highway network
– providing them would deliver limited benefit.
15.1.5 The following considerations are given to Site 04 – Tobermory South:
 The site is walkable from some existing housing, and it is noted nearby and adjacent
sites are allocated with up to 112 new residential units;
 There are some existing footways from adjacent residential catchments; and
 Travel time, distance and associated carbon emissions are likely to remain broadly
similar to the baseline. 
15.1.6 A summary of the site-specific metrics (number of trips, vehicle miles, carbon emissions
and travel time) are illustrated in Figure 32 to Figure 35, respectively. This is to enable
an “at-a-glance” comparison between short-listed sites, broken down by mode. For all of
the following metrics, values are based on a single one-way trip. Daily and weekly values
Page 247

Page 198

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 78/82 
could therefore be calculated by multiplying the values stated in this section by 2 and
10, respectively.
Figure 32. Number of People Trips by Mode and Site 
15.1.7 The following considerations are given to people trips:
 The number of trips associated with Tobermory and Tobermory South are broadly
similar;
 Craignure and Garmony will have very few walking trips which most travelling by
bus instead; and 
 The southern sites have the opportunity to reduce car trips with fewer primary
school aged pupils being driven to school and instead travelling by bus.
Figure 33. Vehicle Miles by Mode and Site 
0
50
100
150
200
250
Site 01 - Existing
Tobermory Site
Site 02 - Craignure Site 03 - Garmony Site 04 - Tobermory
South
Number of Trips
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
Site 01 - Existing
Tobermory Site
Site 02 - Craignure Site 03 - Garmony Site 04 - Tobermory
South
Vehicle Miles
Taxi Bus Car Total
Page 248

Page 199

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 79/82 
15.1.8 The following considerations are given to driven vehicle miles:
 The number of vehicle miles associated with Tobermory and Tobermory South are
broadly similar;
 Car miles will increase significantly for southern sites;
 Bus miles will also increase for southern sites due to the additional services
required; and 
 Vehicle miles associated with Garmony will be marginally less than Craignure due
to being closer to Tobermory.
Figure 34. Carbon Emissions by Mode and Site 
15.1.9 The following considerations are given to travel related carbon emissions:
 The carbon emissions associated with Tobermory and Tobermory South are broadly
similar; and
 As with driven vehicle miles the carbon emissions for the southern sites are greater
than Tobermory sites with emissions for the Garmony site being slightly less.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Site 01 - Existing
Tobermory Site
Site 02 - Craignure Site 03 - Garmony Site 04 - Tobermory
South
Carbon Emissions (kg CO2e)
Taxi Bus Car Total
Page 249

Page 200

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 80/82 
Figure 35. People Travel Time by Mode and Site 
15.1.10 The following considerations are given to people travel time:
 The travel associated with Tobermory and Tobermory South are broadly similar
although Tobermory South has a slightly greater total as a result of longer walking
times;
 Total travel time for Craignure is approximately double that of Tobermory South;
and
 Travel time for Garmony is slightly less than Craignure, again this is due to the site
being closer to Tobermory. 
15.1.11 Provided overleaf in Table 28 is a numerical summary of the site-specific metrics providing
the means to make an “at-a-glance” comparison. 
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
Site 01 - Existing
Tobermory Site
Site 02 - Craignure Site 03 - Garmony Site 04 - Tobermory
South
Travel Time (minutes)
Taxi Bus Car Walk Total
Page 250

Page 201

Mull Education Campus  
Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations GB01T24G04 
Report 29/01/2025 Page 81/82 
Table 28. Summary of Site Metrics
SITE GROUP
TRIPS TIME (MINS) MILES CARBON EMISSIONS (KG CO2E)
Walk Taxi Bus Car Ferry Taxi Bus Car Walk Total Taxi Bus Car Total Taxi Bus Car Total
Site 01 - Existing Site
(Existing Conditions)
Primary 30 0 5 60 0 0 87 153 280 520 0 0 42 42 0 0 9 9
Secondary 64 0 69 23 0 0 2,356 160 588 3,104 0 63 57 120 0 67 12 79
Staff 19 0 0 40 0 0 0 700 163 863 0 0 305 305 0 0 67 67
Total 113 0 74 123 0 0 2,444 1,013 1,031 4,488 0 63 404 467 0 67 89 156
Site 02 - Craignure 
Primary 0 2 88 5 0 70 3,084 140 0 3,294 40 41 81 162 9 43 18 70
Secondary 3 0 143 11 0 0 5,147 328 48 5,523 0 100 179 278 0 105 39 145
Staff 1 0 0 58 0 0 0 1,966 16 1,982 0 0 1,113 1,113 0 0 245 245
Total 4 2 231 74 0 70 8,231 2,434 64 10,799 40 141 1,373 1,553 9 149 302 460
Site 03 - Garmony
Primary 0 2 88 5 0 57 2,623 117 0 2,797 35 35 70 140 8 37 15 60
Secondary 0 0 147 10 0 0 4,479 283 0 4,762 0 96 162 258 0 102 36 138
Staff 0 0 0 59 0 0 0 1,670 0 1,670 0 0 960 960 0 0 211 211
Total 0 2 235 74 0 57 7,102 2,070 0 9,229 35 132 1,192 1,358 8 139 263 409
Site 04 – Tobermory
South
Primary 30 0 5 60 0 0 80 150 440 670 0 0 37 37 0 0 8 8
Secondary 64 0 70 22 0 0 2,110 135 948 3,192 0 62 50 112 0 66 11 77
Staff 19 0 0 40 0 0 0 655 293 948 0 0 304 304 0 0 67 67
Total 113 0 75 122 0 0 2,190 940 1,681 4,810 0 62 390 453 0 66 86 152 
Page 251

Page 202

SYSTRA provides advice on transport, to central, regional and local government, agencies,
developers, operators and financiers.
A diverse group of results-oriented people, we are part of a strong team of professionals
worldwide. Through client business planning, customer research and strategy development we
create solutions that work for real people in the real world.
For more information visit www.systra.com/uk 
Birmingham
Alpha Tower, Crowne Plaza, Suffolk Street
Birmingham, B1 1TT
T: +44 (0)121 393 4841 
Bristol
33 Colston Avenue, Bristol, BS1 4UA 
Cork
City Quarter, Lapps Quay, Cork City
Cork, T12 WY42, Republic of Ireland 
Dublin
2nd Floor, Riverview House, 21-23 City Quay
Dublin D02 AY91, Republic of Ireland
T: +353 (0) 1 566 2028 
Edinburgh
Ground Floor, 18 Charlotte Square, Edinburgh, EH2 4DF
T: +44 (0)131 460 1847 
Glasgow
The Centrum Business Centre Limited, 38 Queen Street, Glasgow, 
G1 3DX 
T: +44 (0)141 468 4205 
Leeds
100 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 1BA
T:  +44 (0)113 360 4842 
London
One Carey Lane, London, England EC2V 8AE
T: +44 (0)20 3855 0079 
Manchester
5th Floor, Four Hardman Street, Spinningfields
Manchester, M3 3HF
Tel: +44 (0)161 504 5026 
Newcastle
Block C, First Floor, Portland House, New Bridge Street West,
Newcastle, NE1 8AL
Tel: +44 191 249 3816 
Reading
Davidson House, Forbury Square,
Reading, RG1 3EU
T: +44 118 208 0111 
Woking 
Dukes Court, Duke Street
Woking, Surrey GU21 5BH  
T: +44 (0)1483 357705 
York
Meridian House, The Crescent
York, YO24 1AW
Tel: +44 1904 454 600
Other locations: 
France:
Bordeaux, Lille, Lyon, Marseille, Paris 
Northern Europe:
Astana, Copenhagen, Kiev, London, Moscow, Riga, Wroclaw 
Southern Europe & Mediterranean: Algiers, Baku, Bucharest,
Madrid, Rabat, Rome, Sofia, Tunis 
Middle East:
Cairo, Dubai, Riyadh 
Asia Pacific:
Bangkok, Beijing, Brisbane, Delhi, Hanoi, Hong Kong, Manila,
Seoul, Shanghai, Singapore, Shenzhen, Taipei 
Africa:
Abidjan, Douala, Johannesburg, Kinshasa, Libreville, Nairobi 
Latin America:
Lima, Mexico, Rio de Janeiro, Santiago, São Paulo 
North America:
Little Falls, Los Angeles, Montreal, New-York, Philadelphia,
Washington 
Page 252

Page 203

Document is Restricted
Page 253 Agenda Item 6lNOT FOR PUBLICATION by virtue of paragraph(s) 8, 9
of Schedule 7A of the Local Government(Scotland) Act 1973

Page 204

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 205

Document is Restricted
Page 269 Agenda Item 6mNOT FOR PUBLICATION by virtue of paragraph(s) 8, 9
of Schedule 7A of the Local Government(Scotland) Act 1973

Page 206

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 207

On behalf of Hub North Scotland Ltd 
(in partnership with Argyll & Bute Council) 
Project Ref: 332612224  | Rev: FINAL | Date: February 2025 
Registered Office: Buckingham Court Kingsmead Business Park, London Road, High Wycombe, Buckinghamshire, HP11 1JU 
Office Address: 3rd Floor, 58 Morrison Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8BP     T: +44 (0)131 335 4200 E: info.edinburgh@stantec.com
Classification: OFFICIAL
Mull Campus
Integrated Impact Assessment Report   
Page 271 Agenda Item 6n

Page 208

Integrated Impact Assessment Report
Mull Campus 
ii
Classification: OFFICIAL
Document Control Sheet
Project Name: Mull Campus
Project Ref: 332612224
Report Title: Integrated Impact Assessment Report 
Doc Ref: Final
Date: February 2025 
Name Position Signature Date
Prepared by:
Bren Walters
Jenny Keenan
Kathleen Morrison
Graduate Economist
Assistant Consultant
Senior Consultant
BW
JK
KM
February 2025
Reviewed by: Steven Findlay Senior Associate
Economist SF February 2025
Approved by: Kiri Heal Senior Associate KH February 2025
For and on behalf of Stantec UK Limited 
Revision Date Description Prepared Reviewed Approved
V1 28/01/25 Draft for comment KM SF KH
V2 29/01/25 Second draft following initial
comments KM SF KH
V3 03/02/25 Third draft following comments KM SF KH
V4 05/02/25 Final Draft KM SF KH 
This report has been prepared by Stantec UK Limited (‘Stantec’) on behalf of its client to whom this
report is addressed (‘Client’) in connection with the project described in this report and takes into
account the Client's particular instructions and requirements. This report was prepared in accordance
with the professional services appointment under which Stantec was appointed by its Client. This
report is not intended for and should not be relied on by any third party (i.e. parties other than the
Client). Stantec accepts no duty or responsibility (including in negligence) to any party other than the
Client and disclaims all liability of any nature whatsoever to any such party in respect of this report.
Page 272

Page 209

iii
Classification: OFFICIAL
Contents
Executive Summary .............................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 2
1.1 Background ................................................................................................................... 2
1.2 Report Structure ............................................................................................................ 2
1.3 Overview of the Assessment Process ........................................................................... 2
1.4 Integrated Impact Assessment Approach ..................................................................... 3
2 Mull Campus Project ................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Context .......................................................................................................................... 4
2.2 Project Overview ........................................................................................................... 4
2.3 Mull Campus Summary Process ................................................................................... 5
3 Consultation / Engagement ........................................................................................................ 6
3.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Impact Assessment Engagement Activities ................................................................ 10
4 Baseline Assessment ............................................................................................................... 11
4.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 11
4.2 Population Change ...................................................................................................... 12
4.3 Education and Qualifications ....................................................................................... 13
4.4 Deprivation .................................................................................................................. 14
4.5 Protected Characteristics ............................................................................................ 15
5 Economic Impact Assessment ................................................................................................ 23
5.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 23
5.2 Assessment Approach ................................................................................................ 23
5.3 Economic Impacts ....................................................................................................... 24
5.4 Summary ..................................................................................................................... 30
6 Island Communities Impact Assessment ............................................................................... 32
6.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 32
6.2 Assessment Approach ................................................................................................ 32
6.3 Island Communities Impact Assessment Findings ...................................................... 33
6.4 Summary ..................................................................................................................... 40
7 Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment .......................................................... 44
7.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 44
7.2 Assessment Approach ................................................................................................ 44
7.3 Pupil Forum Engagement ............................................................................................ 45
7.4 Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment Findings .................................. 45
7.5 Summary ..................................................................................................................... 49
8 Equality Impact Assessment ................................................................................................... 51
8.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 51
8.2 Assessment Approach ................................................................................................ 51
8.3 Equality Impact Assessment Findings......................................................................... 52
8.4 Summary ..................................................................................................................... 53
Page 273

Page 210

iv
Classification: OFFICIAL
9 Fairer Scotland Duty Assessment ........................................................................................... 54
9.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 54
9.2 Assessment Approach ................................................................................................ 54
9.3 Fairer Scotland Duty Findings ..................................................................................... 55
9.4 Summary ..................................................................................................................... 58
10 Conclusion and Recommendations ........................................................................................ 59
10.1 IIA Summary ................................................................................................................ 59
10.2 Recommendations....................................................................................................... 59
11 References ................................................................................................................................. 61 
Figures
Figure 2.1: Schools on Mull, Iona and the Mainland ............................................................................... 4
Figure 2.2: Project Summary ................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 4.1: Four Study Areas ................................................................................................................ 11
Figure 4.2: Highest Level of Qualification. ............................................................................................. 14
Figure 4.3: Disabled Employment Rates by Local Authority in Scotland .............................................. 18 
Tables
Table 1.1: Report Structure ..................................................................................................................... 2
Table 4.1: Population Change, 2011-2022............................................................................................ 12
Table 4.2: School Level Attainment ....................................................................................................... 13
Table 4.3: Domains of Deprivation ........................................................................................................ 15
Table 4.4: Age Profiles .......................................................................................................................... 15
Table 4.5: Disability Profiles .................................................................................................................. 16
Table 4.6: Ethnicity Profiles ................................................................................................................... 18
Table 4.7: Sex Profiles .......................................................................................................................... 19
Table 4.8: Marital and Civil Partnership Status Profiles ........................................................................ 19
Table 4.9: Percentage Religion or Belief Reported in Scotland's Census 2022 ................................... 21
Table 4.10: Percentage of people who identified as LGB+, 2022 ......................................................... 21
Table 5.1: Wider LVU Assumptions ...................................................................................................... 25
Table 5.2: Wider LVU Results ............................................................................................................... 25
Table 5.3: Change in Local Housing Value Assumptions ..................................................................... 26
Table 5.4: House Value Results ............................................................................................................ 26
Table 5.5: Educational Attainment Assumptions ................................................................................... 27
Table 5.6: Educational Attainment Results ........................................................................................... 27
Table 5.7: Loss of Earnings Assumptions ............................................................................................. 28
Table 5.8: Loss of Earnings Results ...................................................................................................... 28
Table 5.9: School Staff Cost of Commuting Assumptions .................................................................... 29
Table 5.10: Cost of Commuting Results ................................................................................................ 29
Table 5.11: Carbon Costs Assumptions ................................................................................................ 30
Table 5.12: Carbon Costs Results ........................................................................................................ 30
Table 5.13: Summary ............................................................................................................................ 30
Table 6.1: Key Travel Considerations from Systra (2025) Mull Education Campus Transport Review
Report  .......................................................................................................................................... 36
Page 274

Page 211

v
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Appendices
Appendix A Glossary
Appendix B Summary of the UNCRC Articles
Page 275

Page 212

vi
Classification: OFFICIAL Page 276

Page 213

Classification: OFFICIAL
Executive Summary
This report entitled ‘Mull Campus: Integrated Impact Assessment Report’ has been prepared by
Stantec UK Ltd to demonstrate how proposals for the proposed Mull Campus Development show due
regard to the socio-economic, equalities, child rights and island communities duties under the Equality
Act 2010, the Fairer Scotland Duty, the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014, the United
Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (Incorporation) (Scotland) Act 2024, and the Islands
(Scotland) Act 2018. 
The purpose of this report is to support Hub North Scotland Ltd, in partnership with Argyll & Bute
Council in exercising its public functions to check and review that equalities implications have been
considered within the proposals, including socio-economic inequalities, impacts on island communities
and children’s rights and wellbeing. The process has benefitted from consultation to inform the impact
assessments with the inclusion of local and contextual knowledge. 
As a public authority, Argyll & Bute Council must consider equality issues when making certain types
of decisions. In addition to considering the impact the Council’s activities might have on people with
one or more of the nine protected characteristics as defined under the Equality Act 2010, there is also
a requirement for the Council to take into account socio-economic disadvantage, in accordance with
the Fairer Scotland Duty, the impact to island communities in accordance with the Islands (Scotland)
Act 2018 and the impact to children’s rights and wellbeing under the Children and Young People
(Scotland) Act 2014. 
This report provides an assessment of potential impacts relating to the following domains: 
 Economic impacts (including investment stimulus, existing local housing, educational attainment,
loss of earnings, school staff costs of commuting, and vehicle carbon costs).
 Island communities (including demographic challenges, economic prosperity, unique transport
challenges, infrastructure, natural environment, unique social challenges, unique health
challenges and the use of Gaelic).
 Protected characteristics (including age, disability, ethnicity, sex, gender reassignment, marriage
and civil partnership, pregnancy and maternity, religion or belief, and sexual orientation). 
 Children’s rights and wellbeing (including Children’s Rights and the wellbeing of children and
young people). 
 Fairer Scotland Duty (including socio-economic disadvantage and inequality of outcome).  
Page 277

Page 214

Classification: OFFICIAL
1 Introduction 
1.1 Background
1.1.1 Stantec UK Ltd has been commissioned by Hub North Scotland Ltd, in partnership with Argyll
& Bute Council (the ‘Client’), to provide consultancy support in developing a number of impact
assessments for a range of potential site options for the proposed Mull Campus Development
(the ‘Project’). 
1.1.2 Public authorities in Scotland have a statutory duty to consider and address various societal
needs and rights when developing proposals, policies and decisions. This is to ensure equity,
fairness and the promotion of positive outcomes across diverse groups. The impact
assessments include, an Economic Impact Assessment, an Island Communities Impact
Assessment (ICIA), an Equality Impact Assessment (EqIA), a Children’s Rights and Wellbeing
Impact Assessment (CRWIA) in accordance with the United Nations Convention on the Rights
of the Child (UNCRC), and a Fairer Scotland Duty (FSD) assessment. 
1.2 Report Structure
1.2.1 The report is structured as follows:
Table 1.1: Report Structure
Section Description
Section 1 Introduction to the assessment and the Project
Section 2 Description of the Project
Section 3 Overview of consultation and engagement
Section 4 Baseline characteristics relevant to the overarching
assessment domains
Section 5 Economic Impact Assessment
Section 6 Island Communities Impact Assessment (ICIA)
Section 7 Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA)
Section 8 Equality Impact Assessment (EqIA)
Section 9 Fairer Scotland Duty (FSD) Assessment
Section 10 Summary 
1.3 Overview of the Assessment Process
1.3.1 The objectives of this report are to integrate the consideration of relevant equality issues and
associated impacts into the Project to demonstrate compliance with the Public Sector Equality
Duty (PSED), the Fairer Scotland Duty (FSD), the Islands (Scotland) Act 2018 and the
Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014.
1.3.2 The purpose of the impact assessments at this stage is to examine the impact of locating the
new campus either in Tobermory or more centrally on Mull.
Page 278

Page 215

Classification: OFFICIAL
1.4 Integrated Impact Assessment Approach
1.4.1 This section provides an overview of the approach for each impact assessment.
Economic Impact Assessment
1.4.2 The economic impact assessment identifies areas of economic benefit where the value is
expected to differ depending upon the choice of site location. These include effects on local
investment; effects on existing housing stock; impacts on educational attainment;
parent/guardian loss of earnings; staff commuting costs and the cost of transport carbon
emissions. The assessment was undertaken based on HM Treasury Green Book economic
appraisal guidance, using the Isle of Mull economy as an impact geography.  
Island Communities Impact Assessment
1.4.3 The Islands (Scotland) Act 2018 provides a legal basis for greater decision making at a local
level within Scottish Islands and seeks to increase economic prosperity for island
communities. 
1.4.4 The guide framing questions are provided in Section 6.2. 
Equality Impact Assessment
1.4.5 Section 149 of the Equality Act 2010 sets out a Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED). This
requires public authorities to have due regard to the need to eliminate discrimination,
harassment, victimisation, advance equality of opportunity, and foster good relations between
those with a protected characteristic and those without. The duty covers the following
protected characteristics: age, disability, gender reassignment, pregnancy and maternity, race,
religion or belief, sex and sexual orientation. The public sector equality duty also covers
marriage and civil partnerships, with regard to eliminating unlawful discrimination in
employment. 
1.4.6 The guide framing questions are provided in Section 7.2.
Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment
1.4.7 The Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 requires public bodies to consider
whether existing and emerging legislation, policy and guidance have an impact on children
and young people and to assess what further action is required to ensure compliance with the
UNCRC. CRWIAs are one of the general measures of implementation under the Convention.
It recommends that all levels of government complete a CRWIA as part of their policy
development.
1.4.8 The guide framing questions are provided in Section 8.2.
Fairer Scotland Duty Assessment
1.4.9 The FSD places a legal responsibility on certain public bodies in Scotland to actively consider
how they can reduce inequalities of outcome caused by socio-economic disadvantage when
making strategic decisions or developing policy. This differs from the PSED which considers
only reducing inequalities of opportunity. The Duty seeks to tackle socio-economic
disadvantage and reduce the inequalities associated with being disadvantaged. It is closely
related to issues of poverty which may affect outcomes across health, housing, education and
training and employment prospects.
1.4.10 The guide framing questions are provided in Section 9.2.
Page 279

Page 216

Classification: OFFICIAL
2 Mull Campus Project
2.1 Context
2.1.1 The Isle of Mull is an island in the Inner Hebrides on the west coast of Scotland. Mull is closely
located to the neighbouring islands of Iona, Ulva and Gometra. Iona is located to off the
southwest coast of Mull. Ulva and Gometra are both situated off the west coast of Mull and are
separated by a narrow strait. Ulva and Gometra are connected to each other by a bridge. 
2.1.2 At present, the Tobermory 2-18 School is an education campus providing nursery, primary
and secondary school education to pupils aged 2 to 18. It is the only school on Mull that
delivers education to S1-6. In addition, there are another 5 primary schools on Mull and one
primary school on the nearby island of Iona. The nearest mainland secondary school is in
Oban. The locations of schools on Mull, Iona and the Mainland are shown in Figure 2.1.
Figure 2.1: Schools on Mull, Iona and the Mainland 
2.2 Project Overview
2.2.1 The Project proposes a new 2-18 school and community campus on a single site on Mull, to
replace the existing campus buildings in Tobermory which continue to deteriorate. The Project
was deemed to be the highest priority across all Argyll & Bute Schools projects of which there
are about 90 schools overall.
2.2.2 The new campus will be part funded, up to 50%, by Scottish Government through their
Learning Estate Investment Programme (LEIP)1 with the level of funding determined by the 
1 The LEIP is the Scottish Government’s flagship programme for investment in education and is now into Phase 3. 
It is the successor to the ‘Schools for the Future’ programme which saw our Council deliver a number of new
builds and substantial refurbishments across our education estate. 
Page 280

Page 217

Classification: OFFICIAL
existing pupil capacity numbers and community facilities at the current Tobermory 2-18 School
on a like for like basis. Argyll & Bute Council will fund all other costs and will fund the entire
construction costs up front.
2.2.3 In April 2024, Argyll & Bute Council agreed to progress the business case for the Project and
commence community engagement and site selection activities, and in December 2024
Councillors reaffirmed that the Project is to proceed as a single site campus.
2.2.4 The projected school roll for the new campus, at the time of submitting the bid for LEIP
funding in 2022, was 31 early learning and childcare (ELC), 90 primary and 177 secondary
school pupils.  
2.2.5 This IIA Report has been prepared to inform a site selection exercise for the Mull Campus
Project. Following a call for sites in August 2024, four sites were shortlisted for further
consideration and assessment by technical experts and the wider Mull Campus Project Team.
Due to commercial sensitivities, at the time of writing the IIA, details about the four site
locations were not made available to the public. 
2.2.6 The IIA was commissioned on the basis of providing a high-level assessment of either a
Tobermory or central site location. However, in response to some assessment criteria, a more
detailed assessment has been provided to consider findings from the Mull Campus Transport
Review (Systra, 2025) which assessed the following four specific site options:
 Site 1 – Tobermory (existing school site);
 Site 2 – Craignure;
 Site 3 – Garmony; and 
 Site 4 – Tobermory South.
2.2.7 A final decision on the site is due to be made at the next meeting of the Full Council, currently
scheduled for the end of February 2025.
2.3 Mull Campus Summary Process
2.3.1 The Project brief, concept design and outline business case activities will take place during
2025, aiming for Outline Business Case approval by the end of 2025. Argyll & Bute Council
will then review the updated case and confirm whether they are content to move to Full
Business Case development.
2.3.2 The Full Business Case, including more detailed proposals for the campus and costs will be
considered again by councillors in late 2026 and approval would allow the campus to move to
construction phase. These timescales are estimates and will be reviewed as the Project
moves forward, with the community being kept updated of any significant changes.
Figure 2.2: Project Summary 
Source: (Argyll & Bute Council, 2025) 
Page 281

Page 218

Classification: OFFICIAL
3 Consultation / Engagement
3.1 Introduction
3.1.1 Argyll & Bute Council have an engagement strategy in place for the multiphases of the
Project. They have set up a community sounding board and pupil voice group. The
Community Sounding Board is formed of community representatives who are impacted by or
have an interest in the Project, including groups such as Community Councils, Parent
Councils, Community Development Trusts, constituted community groups, education staff,
and student voices. The purpose of the group is to advise the Argyll & Bute Council Project
Team (the ‘Project Team’) on how best to engage with the community in relation to the
Project, share Project updates and information with the group(s) that they represent and
feedback the views of the group on their behalf.
3.1.2 Various phases of consultation and engagement have occurred and are detailed below. 
Pre-Engagement
3.1.3 In 2022, a series of pre-engagement events were held in the local community prior to
submitting the bid to the Scottish Government for LEIP funding (Argyll & Bute Council, 2024a).
These were held at Tobermory 2-18 School on 11th August, and at Bunessan Primary School
on 7th September. There were also a series of pupil engagements led by members of the
central education team in each of the primary schools, Tobermory High School and pupils who
travel to Oban High School.
3.1.4 There were over 200 written comments and responses provided through the face to face
sessions and the online platforms, with a majority confirming support for the Project.
3.1.5 Comments covered a variety of areas, which are categorised:
 Accessibility (13 comments);
 Buildings (4 comments);
 Community (57 comments); 
 Curriculum (45 comments); 
 Hostel (16 comments);
 Locations (131 comments);
 Nursery/Pre-5 Unit (1 comment);
 Outdoor Facilities (35 comments); and 
 Staffing (21 comments).
Community Engagement
3.1.6 A series of drop in public engagement sessions were held between 17th-25th September 2024,
as part of ongoing engagement with the communities of Mull and Iona. Sessions were held in
the following locations: Craignure Hall; Tobermory Scout Hall; Tobermory High School; Salen
Church Hall; Salen Primary School; Ulva Primary School; Dervaig Village Hall; Lochdonhead
Primary School; Iona Village Hall; and Bunessan Community Hall.
3.1.7 Every session was attended by representatives from the Project Team, as well as an
engagement consultant. Attendees were given the opportunity to review information on
Page 282

Page 219

Classification: OFFICIAL
boards, talk to the Project Team, and feedback their comments anonymously. Comments
could also be returned up until 4th October 2024 via email or an online survey. 
3.1.8 The purpose of this engagement was to understand what communities and individuals thought
were the important factors that should be considered when assessing the potential sites for
the campus. Feedback from these sessions was taken into consideration when finalising the
site assessment criteria and the relative weightings of each. 
3.1.9 A total of 352 respondents contributed comments through various channels: in person (205),
online (115), by email (18) and by paper response (14). The majority of respondents were
from Tobermory (134), followed by Bunessan and Ross (65) and Craignure (36)2. The majority
of respondents were aged 36-45 (77).
3.1.10 Key themes and issues that were raised most frequently across the majority of locations
included:
 Comments about the location of the whole campus, primary provision, and / or high
school. Many people felt that primary and / or ELC provision must be kept in Tobermory,
meaning that a split site with a more centralised high school was the most commonly
requested solution to providing an equitable and accessible campus. Some queried
whether a hostel on Mull was a possibility.
 Concerns about the increase in travel for children if children are to be transported to a
location outside of Tobermory. The key issues raised were:
o Poor infrastructure such as road conditions, winter weather, lack of buses, access
for families without cars;
o Wellbeing impact on children spending long portions of their day travelling,
especially younger children.  Emphasis on length of journey, not distance, due to
the nature of roads on Mull;
o Environmental impact of increased travel; and
o Impact on children who are neurodiverse or have other reasons to avoid long
travel such as experiencing travel sickness or bullying.
 Keeping families together and avoiding children having to leave home through the week
to board. There were additional themes around families having the right to choose
whether to board or stay at home, and comments about the rights of children to education
and a home life. However, those on Iona strongly requested the right to retain access to
funded places at Oban High School, regardless of where the campus is located on Mull.
 The importance of an equitable solution that provides access for as many children as
possible. These comments tended to be rooted in a desire for fairness and equity and
were often combined with comments about keeping families together and creating more
social cohesion between the communities in the north and south.
 The campus should be easily accessible from good transport networks, with plenty of
parking and safe pick up and drop off areas. Active travel is also important to some, with a
desire for children to be able to safely walk and cycle to school. 
 Access to good facilities both on campus and close by. This includes space for sports
facilities and other outdoor activities such as learning and socialising, space for
community facilities such as a library, shops and other activities somewhere near the 
2 To note: Location of ‘in person’ attendees is based on the session they attended rather than a stated home
address, therefore numbers are approximate. Otherwise, those filling out the online survey chose the location
closest to their home, and those emailing were asked to provide an approximate location. Where necessary,
these have been assigned to a closest location from the list below for the purposes of analysis.
Page 283

Page 220

Classification: OFFICIAL
school so children can socialise. This includes equitable access to after school clubs
whereby children do not have to rush away to catch ferries or travel long bus journeys.
 The campus should be able to provide a range of subject areas including vocational
subjects, either by space provision and / or by making use of teachers who have easy
access from Oban.
 The power of a campus to create community stability and sustainability, whether by
attracting and retaining people to live and work in a location, or by supporting the shops
and cafes nearby.  For some, this was about a specific location – for example, supporting
the stability of the Ross of Mull or avoiding depopulation of the north.  For others, it was
about the sustainability of Mull and islands as a whole.
3.1.11 More detail on community engagement undertaken in September 2024 can be found within
the Mull Campus Community Engagement Report (Ryder, 2024).   
School Engagement – Staff and Pupils 
3.1.12 As part of the community engagement, pupils and staff across Mull and Iona were visited by
an Argyll & Bute Education Officer between 17th and 30th September 2024. The schools
comprised: Tobermory High School; Tobermory Primary School; Tobermory ELC; Tobermory
staff; Salen Primary School; Ulva Primary School; Lochdonhead Primary School; Dervaig
Primary School; Bunessan Primary School; Iona Primary School; and Oban High School
Hostel. 
3.1.13 Sessions took the form of informal workshops, during which attendees were encouraged to
talk about what they think is important for a new campus and record their ideas on post it
notes.
3.1.14 It should be noted that representatives and community members in Iona requested for the
island to be removed from the scope of the Mull Campus Project on the basis that they would
like to continue with their existing defined catchment area which includes attendance at Iona
Primary School and secondary school attendance and boarding at Oban High School. This
decision was agreed unanimously at the Argyll & Bute Council Special Meeting on 20
December 2024.  
ELC and Primary Schools 
3.1.15 Children from Tobermory ELC shared their ideas. The most common request for these
children was to have an obstacle course and space for a planting box. 
3.1.16 The children from the primary schools on Mull were particularly keen on making the most of
outside space, with a football pitch being the most mentioned request (20 mentions) and 12
others requesting basketball. A further 18 requested good play space outside. 16 would like
access to a swimming pool. 
Iona Primary School
3.1.17 Iona Primary School was reported separately, as the children tended to focus more on the
location of the school, and the prospect of going to Oban High School. Reasons for wanting to
attend Oban High School generally echoed the views of the adults during the public
engagement: 
 Independence and learning to cope away from home;
 Avoiding long or disruptive travel every day; and
 Ability to attend after school clubs.
Tobermory High School
Page 284

Page 221

Classification: OFFICIAL
3.1.18 Pupils mentioned that they would like to see the following new features within a new campus:
a bigger gym hall, provision of social seating, assembly hall, sheltered spaces to eat lunch
outside, more or bigger classrooms, music practice rooms and better sports equipment.
3.1.19 This group was also asked about their general perceptions or thoughts about location of the
campus. Several pupils shared their perceptions of Oban High School, the importance of
family life, and a desire to see a central site location. The general consensus of these
participants was that they do not think boarding at Oban is a positive experience
3.1.20 Three members of staff raised that their main concern regarded the impact of travel, both on
the wellbeing of young children and on the roads infrastructure, if the campus was located
outside of Tobermory.
Oban High School Hostel 
3.1.21 Seventeen pupils who board at Oban High School hostel shared their thoughts on a new
campus. Several talked about their own experiences and perceptions of staying at Oban, with
mixed opinions on whether the campus could be an alternative option to boarding at Oban. 
 Nine commented that there is no point in a central site location for the high school as it will
be equally difficult to get to (or would still need a hostel);
 Six said that they would stay at Oban High School regardless
 Three said they would consider attending high school on Mull if it was easier to travel to.
 Others agreed with both points, say that families should have a choice and there should
therefore be an option that is fairer for all families.  
Bunessan Parent Council Questionnaire
3.1.22 Following the engagement events and information released by the Mull Campus Team at the
end of 2024, the Bunessan Parent Council independently decided to reassess the views and
opinions of the parents of nursery and primary aged children locally. Bunessan Parent Council
gave permission for their findings to be included in the impact assessment process, these are
summarised below. 
3.1.23 In November 2024, the Bunessan Parent Council distributed an up-to-date questionnaire and
received 23 individual responses (representing 19 family groups), which suggests that almost
every family in the area with children at primary school age or below gave their opinion. Key
statistics from the questionnaire include:
 100% of parents support and realise the importance of a new high school;
 95% of parents would send their children to a central school daily;
 Only 5% of parents would send their children to school in Tobermory daily;
 57% of parents expressed that there needs to be funded placement retention for Oban
High School, including the hostel; and
 50% of parents would seriously consider leaving the Ross of Mull if a central school is not
built.
3.1.24 Overall, the questionnaire highlighted the importance of a central site location for the
participants. The questionnaire noted that the participants felt that a Tobermory location would
result in separation between the rest of the island and may contribute to depopulation levels of
young people and families. 
Page 285

Page 222

Classification: OFFICIAL
3.1.25 Bunessan Parent Council gave permission for the findings of the survey to inform the ICIA
detailed below in Section 6. 
3.2 Impact Assessment Engagement Activities
3.2.1 The Mull Campus Team (Argyll & Bute Council) wrote to chairs of community organisations
represented on the Community Sounding Board on 20th December 2024 to invite
representatives from each organisation to co-ordinate a response to the ICIA and CRWIA
process. 
3.2.2 An engagement proforma was developed to collect high-level feedback from representatives
in relation to the assessment criteria. The engagement proforma’s introduction and information
sheets were supplied in English and Scottish Gaelic with the option provided to request the full
document in Gaelic, if preferred. 
3.2.3 The engagement proforma’s were issued by the Mull Campus Team on 6th January 2025 and
a virtual briefing session was held on 9th January 2025 via Microsoft Teams. During the
briefing sessions community organisations were invited to provide feedback to inform the site
selection process for the Project. 
3.2.4 During the briefing session and following this, community organisations collectively issued a
formal response detailing that they would not participate in the impact assessment
engagement process at this stage. Concerns were raised around the timing of the impact
assessments, the length of the engagement window and the level of detail available of the
proposed sites for selection. A joint response was issued by a collective of community
organisations stating that they would not participate in the impact assessment process. As a
result, only a small number of feedback has been received as part of the impact assessment
engagement exercise. The impact assessment is predominantly informed by the engagement
sessions held by the Mull Campus Team in September 2024, school engagement sessions
and the Pupil Forum Impact Assessment Engagement exercise (summarised below).  
3.2.5 Responses providing input to the Impact Assessment process were issued by: 
 Salen Primary Parent Council;
 Mull Primary Schools Head Teachers (including Bunessan, Dervaig, Lochdonhead, Salen
and Ulva);
 South West Mull and Iona Development (SWID); and
 Bunessan Parent Council – Pupil and community testimonies provided in respect of the
Mull Campus Project, and findings from a parent council survey (conducted November
2024) discussed above in paragraphs 3.1.22-24.  
Pupil Forum Engagement
3.2.6 Pupil representatives who are part of the Mull Campus Pupil Working Group were invited to
participate in the CRWIA process on 15th January 2025. An online session was led by a
member of the Mull Campus team with schools including Bunessan Primary School,
Lochdonhead Primary School, Ulva Primary School, Tobermory Primary School and
Tobermory High School. 
3.2.7 An engagement proforma was developed for the Pupil Working Group, focussing on three
questions to inform the CRWIA. Pupil representatives were asked to provide feedback and
gather the views of their peers and classmates. A number of responses were received from
pupils in Tobermory Primary School, Tobermory High School, Bunessan Primary School and
Ulva Primary School. Anonymised findings have been incorporated into the CRWIA section
below.  
Page 286

Page 223

Classification: OFFICIAL
4 Baseline Assessment
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1 This socio-economic baseline provides a comprehensive overview of key demographic,
educational, and social trends across the Isle of Mull, Gometra, Ulva and Iona, and
comparisons with Argyll & Bute as well as Scotland. By exploring characteristics such as age,
disability, and ethnicity, the baseline underscores Mull’s distinctive demographic makeup while
providing comparative insights with regional and national averages.
4.1.2 Four ‘study areas’ have been adopted within the baseline assessment: Tobermory; North Mull,
Gometra and Ulva; South Mull; and Southwest Mull and Iona: 
 Tobermory: The data zone that Tobermory sits in is ‘S01007286’.
 North Mull, Gometra and Ulva: The data zone ‘S01007285’.
 South Mull: The data zone ‘S01007288’.
 Southwest Mull and Iona: The data zone ‘S01007287’.
4.1.3 Mull and the Islands (all data zones listed above), Argyll & Bute (local authority level) and
Scotland (national level) have been used for comparison (where available). 
4.1.4 The four study areas are shown in Figure 4.1. 
Figure 4.1: Four Study Areas 
Source: Stantec
Page 287

Page 224

Classification: OFFICIAL
4.1.5 Where available, data from the Scottish Census in 2022 has been used. Where data
availability is limited due to a delay in the release of data, census data from 2011 has been
used. 
4.1.6 The following data sources have been used to determine baseline information and are fully
referenced in Chapter 10:
 Scotland’s Census;
 Education Scotland; and
 Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD); and
 Scottish Public Health Observatory.
4.2 Population Change 
4.2.1 Table 4.1 below highlights the changes in the population in the four data zones, Mull and the
Islands, Argyll & Bute, and Scotland between 2011 and 2022. 
4.2.2 The 0-15 year old age group has grown in some of Mull and the Islands data zones,
particularly in the South with a significant increase of 36%, and in Tobermory with a 15% rise.
In contrast, North Mull, Gometra and Ulva; and Southwest Mull and Iona have seen declines
of 3% and 9% respectively. Overall, Mull and the Islands has experienced an 8% increase in
this age group, compared to declines in Argyll & Bute (-13%) and Scotland (-3%).
4.2.3 The 16-64 year old age group, representing the working-age population, has seen limited
growth or decline across Mull and the Islands. The largest increase is in Tobermory with a 4%
rise, while the North has also seen an increase at 3%. The South shows no change, and the
Southwest has declined by 4%. Mull and the Islands overall has seen a 1% increase,
outperforming Argyll & Bute (-8%) and Scotland (-1%).
4.2.4 The 65+ year age group has grown substantially across Mull and the Islands, with particularly
sharp increases in the South (42%), Southwest (38%), and Tobermory (31%). The North, with
a smaller rise of 24%, is higher than Argyll & Bute (21%) and Scotland (22%). Mull and the
Islands overall has experienced a 32% increase in this group, reflecting the island’s ageing
population.
Table 4.1: Population Change, 2011-2022
Study Area 0-15 16-64 65+ All Ages
North Mull, Gometra and Ulva -3% 3% 24% 8%
Tobermory 15% 4% 31% 10%
Southwest Mull and Iona -9% -4% 38% 4%
South Mull 36% 0% 42% 15%
Mull and the Islands 8% 1% 32% 9%
Argyll & Bute -13% -8% 21% -2%
Scotland -3% -1% 22% 3%
Source: (Scotland’s Census, 2022a). 
4.2.5 Overall, across the various parts of the island and Mull as a whole population growth has
mostly exceeded Argyll & Bute and national averages for most age brackets. Although there
may be an issue with an ageing population, growing faster than Argyll & Bute and Scotland,
the growth in the younger age brackets is more positive than the national picture. Argyll &
Page 288

Page 225

Classification: OFFICIAL
Bute as a whole may have an issue with population decline, however, this has not been
observed on the Isle of Mull. 
4.3 Education and Qualifications
Primary and Secondary Attainment
4.3.1 Table 4.2 below shows the level of primary and secondary pupil attainment for the 2023-2024
academic year, where the proportion for Reading, Listening & Talking, Numeracy, and Writing
highlights the proportion of all pupils meeting the test score threshold required to be regarded
as excellent3. The ‘Attendance’ score shows the average attendance across all school pupils
in that geographical area.
4.3.2 Attendance in Argyll & Bute is slightly higher than the national average at both primary and
secondary, suggesting consistent school engagement. In primary schools, performance is
generally on par with the national average, with marginal differences in Reading and
Numeracy, though Writing and Listening & Talking lag slightly more than other areas.
Secondary school pupils in Argyll & Bute show similar trends, performing slightly below the
national average in Reading, Listening & Talking, and Writing. However, a strength emerges
in secondary Numeracy, where Argyll & Bute outperforms the national average by 1.8%,
indicating strong mathematical attainment.
Table 4.2: School Level Attainment 
Primary  Secondary
School
Level
Attainment
Argyll &
Bute Scotland Difference Argyll &
Bute Scotland Difference
Attendance 92.8% 92.2% 0.6% 87.9% 87.7% 0.2%
Reading 80.0% 80.5% -0.5% 89.2% 90.2% -1.0%
Listening &
Talking 86.0% 87.3% -1.3% 89.8% 90.8% -1.0%
Numeracy 80.1% 80.3% -0.2% 92.1% 90.3% 1.8%
Writing 75.2% 76.2% -1.0% 87.5% 89.6% -2.1%
Source: (Education Scotland, 2024).
Qualifications
4.3.3 Figure 4.2 below indicates the highest level of qualification of residents across the study
areas, Argyll & Bute and Scotland. Overall, Scotland and Argyll & Bute show broadly similar
trends, with most residents achieving degree-level qualifications or above, followed by upper
school qualifications and further education or sub-degree qualifications.
4.3.4 Within the specific study areas, there is noticeable variation. Some areas, such as North Mull,
Gometra and Ulva, have a relatively high percentage of residents with degree-level
qualifications, while others, such as South Mull, show higher proportions of residents with no
qualifications or lower school qualifications, suggesting localised disparities in educational
attainment.
4.3.5 There is noticeable variation within Mull and the Islands’ specific study areas (e.g., North Mull,
Gometra and Ulva; South Mull; Southwest Mull and Iona; and Tobermory). Some areas, such
as the North Mull, Gometra and Ulva, have a relatively high percentage of residents with
degree-level qualifications, while others, such as South Mull, show higher proportions of 
3 This is regarded as students who have exceeded their expected or targeted grade in key assessments. 
Page 289

Page 226

Classification: OFFICIAL
residents with no qualifications or lower school qualifications, suggesting localised disparities
in educational attainment.
4.3.6 However, Mull and the Islands overall has a higher proportion of adults aged 16 years and
over who have a degree level qualification or above at 42% compared with the Argyll & Bute
average of 32% and the Scottish average of 34%. Across Mull and the Islands, 46% of adults
aged 16 years and above have a degree level qualification or above compared with 43% in
Southwest Mull and Iona, 40% in South Mull and 39% in Tobermory. This suggest that
Tobermory could have greater sensitivity in terms of educational attainment compared to other
parts of the island.  
Figure 4.2: Highest Level of Qualification. 
Source: (Scotland’s Census, 2022b).
4.4 Deprivation
4.4.1 North Mull, Gometra and Ulva, Southwest Mull and Iona, South Mull study areas all fall into
the least deprived 40% of areas in Scotland, whilst Tobermory performs better, in the bottom
30%. This means that Mull and the Islands is relatively less deprived compared to other areas
within Scotland.
4.4.2 Table 4.3 below summarises domains of deprivation for data zones on Mull and the Islands,
where lower percentages indicate higher levels of deprivation. The results highlight key
challenges across different parts of the island, shaped by its geography, economy, and
infrastructure. Figures that are closer to 1% represent higher levels of deprivation, where any
area is below the 10% it is in the top 10% most deprived communities in Scotland for that type
of deprivation. Similarly, those above the 90th percentile fall in the 10% least deprived areas in
Scotland.  
4.4.3 The North of Mull faces severe deprivation in access to services, it is in the 2% most deprived
of areas, due to its remote and dispersed population, which makes it difficult to provide regular
and convenient access to facilities. Housing deprivation (43%) may reflect limited housing
stock, and the high costs associated with building or maintaining homes in remote areas.
However, the area's lower crime levels (top 14% least deprived) and moderate education
deprivation (23% least deprived) suggest a safe community with reasonably good access to
education compared to other parts of the island.
4.4.4 Tobermory, the island's largest settlement, experiences challenges in income and
employment deprivation. Despite being better connected than other areas, housing
Page 290

Page 227

Classification: OFFICIAL
deprivation also remains an issue. The relatively better access to services, top 40% least
deprived of areas in Scotland, reflects Tobermory’s role as a service hub for the island.
4.4.5 The South West area of the island experiences extreme deprivation in access to services,
ranked in the lowest percentile, this reflects its isolation and sparse infrastructure. The area is
geographically remote, with fewer roads and limited public transport. However, the Southwest
performs well in health and crime, for both domains the area ranked in the top 20% least
deprived in Scotland. This is likely due to its rural character, low population density, and
healthier lifestyle factors often associated with remote living.
4.4.6 The South of Mull similarly struggles with access to services ranked in the bottom percentile,
reflecting its geographical challenges. However, the South performs relatively well as income,
employment, education, crime and health are ranked in the top 30% least deprived.  
Table 4.3: Domains of Deprivation
Study Area
Income
Employment
Education
Health
Access
Crime
Housing
North Mull,
Gometra
and Ulva
65% 75% 77% 67% 2% 86% 43%
Tobermory  58% 63% 72% 59% 60% 54% 54%
Southwest
Mull and
Iona
67% 68% 58% 83% 1% 88% 19%
South Mull  76% 74% 72% 72% 1% 75% 16%
Source: (SIMD, 2020).
4.5 Protected Characteristics 
Age
4.5.1 2022 Census data on age was published in May 2024 and provides a summary of age profiles
across the four study areas. Table 4.4 illustrates the age profile of the study areas from the
2022 Census (Scotland’s Census, 2022c).
Table 4.4: Age Profiles
Study
Area
Ages (%)
0-15 Years 16-64 Years 65+ Years All Ages
Tobermory 18.1% 58.5% 23.8% 100%
North Mull,
Gometra
and Ulva
15.1% 57.1% 27.5% 100%
South Mull 14.3% 55.3% 30.5% 100%
Southwest
Mull and
Iona
16.5% 59.4% 27.8% 100%
Page 291

Page 228

Classification: OFFICIAL
Mull and
the Islands 15.3% 57.6% 27.0% 100%
Argyll &
Bute 14.6% 58.2% 27.2% 100%
Scotland 16.4% 63.6% 20.0% 100%
Source: (Scotland’s Census 2022c). All figures have been individually rounded and may not sum. 
4.5.2 In terms of the four study areas, Tobermory has the largest proportion of children aged 0-15
(18.1%) and South Mull had the lowest proportion (14.3%). Southwest Mull and Iona had the
largest proportion of residents aged 16-64 at 59.4% and South Mull had the lowest at 55.3%.
All study areas had a higher proportion of residents aged 65+ when compared to the national
average (20.0%). However, South Mull had the highest proportion at 30.5% of residents aged
65+ and Tobermory had the lowest at 23.8%. 
4.5.3 In terms of comparison with the regional and national averages, Mull and the Islands has a
slightly higher proportion of children aged 0-15 (15.3%), compared to Argyll & Bute (14.6%)
but had a lower proportion compared to Scotland (16.4%). Mull and the Islands had a lower
proportion of working age population aged 16-64 (57.6%), compared to Argyll & Bute (58.2%)
and Scotland (63.6%). However, Mull and Argyll & Bute overall had a higher proportion of
older people aged 65+ (27.0% and 27.2%, respectively) compared to the national average of
20.0% (Scotland’s Census, 2022c). 
4.5.4 Older people tend to have stronger feelings of belonging with their community. In 2019, almost
nine in ten adults (86%) aged 60 and above said they felt a very or fairly strong sense of
belonging to their community, compared to seven in ten (70%) of those aged between 16 and
39. However, young people are more likely to attend a cultural event of place than older
people (Scottish Government, 2019). 
Disability
4.5.5 Table 4.5 illustrates the disability profiles of the study areas and comparators from the 2022
Census (Scotland’s Census, 2022d). The table demonstrates the percentage of residents of
all ages who have a long-term health problem or disability. 
Table 4.5: Disability Profiles
Study Area
Disability (% - total population)
Day-to-day activities
limited a lot
Day-today activities
limited a little
Day-to-day activities
not limited
Tobermory 7.7% 12.5% 79.8%
North Mull,
Gometra and
Ulva
7.5% 14.7% 78.2%
South Mull 9.1% 13.2% 77.5%
Southwest
Mull and Iona 6.7% 11.5% 81.7%
Mull and the
Islands 7.7% 13.1% 79.3%
Argyll & Bute 10.6% 14.6% 74.7%
Scotland 10.8% 13.3% 75.9%
Source: (Scotland’s Census, 2022d). 
Page 292

Page 229

Classification: OFFICIAL
4.5.6 In terms of the four study areas, South Mull has the highest proportion of residents (9.1%)
whose day-to-day activities are limited a lot, while Southwest Mull and Iona has the lowest
proportion (6.7%). North Mull, Gometra and Ulva has the highest proportion of residents
(14.7%) whose day-to-day activities are limited a little and Southwest Mull and Iona has the
lowest proportion (11.5%). Overall, Southwest Mull and Iona study area has the population
with the lowest percentage of residents who have a long-term health condition or disability. 
4.5.7 In terms of comparison with the regional and national averages, Mull and the Islands has a
significantly lower proportion of its population that have day-to-day activities limited a lot
(7.7%), compared to Argyll & Bute (10.6%) and Scotland (10.8%). Despite this, all three areas
have similar results in relation to day-to-day activities are limited a little, however Argyll & Bute
has a marginally higher percentage: Mull and the Islands (13.1%), Argyll & Bute (14.6%) and
Scotland (13.3%). Mull and the Islands has a higher proportion of residents whose day-to-day
activities are not limited (79.3%), compared to regional (74.7%) and national (75.9%)
averages. Overall, the population of Mull and the Islands has a lower percentage of residents
who have a long-term health condition or disability when compared to regional and national
averages. 
4.5.8 In 2019, adults living with a long-term limiting physical or mental health condition were more
likely to experience discrimination (12% vs 6%) and harassment (9% vs 5%) in the last 12
months compared to adults without any health condition (Scottish Government, 2023a). 
4.5.9 According to the Scottish Household Survey, cultural attendance at events or places was
lowest among adults with a physical or mental health conditions that caused long-term major
reduced daily capacity (Scottish Government, 2018). 
4.5.10 The gap between employment rates for disabled and non-disabled people across Scotland in
2018 was 35.5 percentage points (46.5% for adults aged 16-64 who were Equality Act
disabled vs 81.1% for those who were not Equality Act disabled). However, the gap between
employment rates for disabled and non-disabled people was lower for women (31.1
percentage points) than men (40.0 percentage points) (Scottish Government, 2020a). 
4.5.11 The average rate of employment for people who are classed as disabled under the Equality
Act in Argyll & Bute is 51.0% which is higher than the average rate for Scotland at 45.6%, as
shown in Figure 4.3. 
Page 293

Page 230

Classification: OFFICIAL
Figure 4.3: Disabled Employment Rates by Local Authority in Scotland 
Source: (Scottish Government, 2018). 
4.5.12 Across Scotland, 13% of looked after children had a disability which is higher than the overall
proportion of children with a disability (approximately 10%) (Scottish Government, 2017). 
Ethnicity
4.5.13 According to the 2022 Census, the majority of people across Scotland are White; however,
across the four study areas within Mull and the Islands, a higher proportion of residents are
White, as shown in Table 4.6 below. The study areas with the highest proportion are North
Mull, Gometra and Ulva; and South Mull, both with 98.4%. These percentages are higher than
the averages in Argyll & Bute (97.7%) and Scotland (92.9%).
Table 4.6: Ethnicity Profiles
Study
Area
Ethnicity (% - total population)
‘White’
‘Mixed or
Multiple Ethnic
Group’
‘Asian, Asian
Scottish or
Asian British’
African Caribbean
or Black
Tobermory 98.0% 0.7% 0.9% 0.1% 0.0%
North Mull,
Gometra
and Ulva
98.4% 1.0% 0.5% 0.1% 0.3%
South Mull 98.4% 0.8% 0.5% 0.0% 0.2%
Southwest
Mull and
Iona
98.3% 0.5% 0.3% 0.0% 0.0%
Mull and
the Islands 98.3% 0.7% 0.6% 0.1% 0.1%
Page 294

Page 231

Classification: OFFICIAL
Argyll &
Bute 97.7% 0.8% 0.9% 0.2% 0.1%
Scotland 92.9% 1.1% 3.9% 0.1% 7.9%
Source: (Scotland’s Census 2022e). All figures have been individually rounded and may not sum. 
4.5.14 The second highest ethnic group in Tobermory is ‘Asian, Asian Scottish or Asian British’
(0.9%). The second highest ethnic group in the other three study areas is ‘Mixed or Multiple
Ethnic Group’: North Mull, Gometra and Ulva (1.0%), South Mull (0.8%) and Southwest Mull
and Iona (0.5%). 
Sex
4.5.15 Data on sex from the 2022 Census demonstrates that it is very similar across all four study
areas and comparators, as seen in Table 4.7. Overall, there are marginally more females than
males in Scotland.
Table 4.7: Sex Profiles
Study Area
Sex (% - total population)
Male Female
Tobermory 46.8% 53.1%
North Mull, Gometra and
Ulva 49.1% 50.9%
South Mull 48.1% 51.7%
Southwest Mull and Iona 46.3% 53.7%
Mull and the Islands 47.6% 52.3%
Argyll & Bute 48.9% 51.1%
Scotland 48.6% 51.4%
Source: (Scotland’s Census, 2022f). All figures have been individually rounded and may not sum. 
4.5.16 In Mull, Iona, Coll & Tiree4, life expectancy is higher for females (83.4 years) which is higher
than the Scottish average (80.7 years). Life expectancy for males is 78.4 years which is higher
than the Scottish average (76.5 years) (Scotland Public Health Observatory, 2024).
Gender reassignment
4.5.17 The 2022 Census found that 19,990 people in Scotland were trans or had trans history. This is
0.44% of people aged 16 and over (Scotland’s Census, 2022g). Almost half (46.1%) of trans
people were aged 16-24 and around a quarter (26.0%) were aged 25-34. In Argyll & Bute,
0.32% of people were trans, or had trans history, this is lower than the national average. 
Marriage and civil partnership
4.5.18 Table 4.8 shows the marital and civil partnership status profiles of the various study areas
(Scotland’s Census, 2022h). 
Table 4.8: Marital and Civil Partnership Status Profiles
Study Area 
Marriage and civil partnership (% - population aged 16+)
Never married
and never
registered in a
Married or in
a registered
Separated,
but still
legally
Divorced or
civil
Widowed or
surviving civil 
4 Data is not available solely for Mull in regards to life expectancy, therefore intermediate zone level data is used
which also includes Iona, Coll and Tiree. 
Page 295

Page 232

Classification: OFFICIAL
civil
partnership
civil
partnership
married or
still legally in
a civil
partnership
partnership
dissolved
partnership
partner
Tobermory 33.0% 49.1% 2.5% 10.1% 5.5%
North Mull,
Gometra
and Ulva
27.8% 57.1% 1.3% 7.3% 7.1%
South Mull 27.4% 52.0% 2.8% 8.5% 9.2%
Southwest
Mull and
Iona
30.6% 52.0% 1.8% 8.9% 6.7%
Mull and the
Islands 29.9% 52.6% 2.0% 8.7% 7.0%
Argyll &
Bute 30.2% 49.1% 2.5% 9.5% 8.7%
Scotland 38.1% 44.0% 2.4% 8.4% 7.0%
Source: (Scotland’s Census, 2022h). All figures have been individually rounded and may not sum. 
4.5.1 In terms of the four study areas, Tobermory has the highest proportion of residents who have
never been married or registered in a civil partnership (33.0%) and who are divorced or civil
partnership dissolved (10.1%). North Mull, Gometra and Ulva has the highest proportion of
residents who are married or in a civil partnership (57.1%). South Mull has the highest
proportion of residents who are separated, but still legally married or in a civil partnership
(2.8%) and widows or surviving civil partnership partner (9.2%). 
4.5.2 In terms of comparison with the regional and national averages, Mull and the Islands has a
higher proportion of residents who are married or in a registered civil partnership (52.6%),
compared to Argyll & Bute (49.1%) and Scotland (44.0%). As a result of this, Mull and the
Islands has a lower proportion of residents who have never been married and never registered
in a civil partnership (29.9%) compared to Argyll & Bute (30.2%) and Scotland (38.1%).
Additionally, a lower proportion of residents are divorced or civil partnership dissolved (8.7%),
compared to 9.5% and 8.4%, respectively.
Pregnancy and maternity
4.5.3 In Mull, Iona, Coll & Tiree, 81% of babies are a healthy birth weight which is very similar to the
national average of 80.9%. In 2021, the rate of live births in Mull, Iona, Coll & Tiree was 9.5
births per 1,000 population which is higher than the national average at 8.8 births per 1,000
population. The rate of live births in Mull, Iona, Coll & Tiree from 2002-2021 has experienced
periods of increase and decrease. The rate of live births did increase from 7.2 per 1,000
population in 2020 to 9.5 per 1,000 population in 2021 (Scottish Public Health Observatory,
2024).
Religion or belief
4.5.1 Table 4.9 shows the religion and belief profiles of the various study areas (Scotland’s Census,
2022i).
4.5.2 In terms of the four study areas, the Church of Scotland is the religion or belief which the
majority of residents identify with, Southwest Mull and Iona has the highest proportion of
residents who identify with it (30.6%). Despite this, the majority of residents across all four
study areas identify most with no religion, with North Mull, Gometra and Ulva reporting the
highest percentage (56.8%). 
4.5.3 In terms of comparison with the regional and national averages, Mull and the Islands has a
higher percentage of residents who report no religion (53.8%), compared to Argyll & Bute
Page 296

Page 233

Classification: OFFICIAL
(48.5%) and Scotland (51.1%). Additionally, Mull and the Islands has a higher proportion of
residents who identify with the Pagan religion (0.8%), compared to Argyll & Bute (0.6%) and
Scotland (0.4%). Mull and the Islands has a higher percentage of residents who identify as
Other Christian (8.7%) compared to Argyll & Bute (6.6%) and Scotland (5.1%). Conversely,
Mull and the Islands has a significantly lower proportion of residents who are Roman Catholic
(4.0%), compared to Argyll & Bute (9.2%) and Scotland (13.3%). Additionally, Mull and the
Islands has a lower percentage of residents who identify as Muslim (0.2%), compared to Argyll
& Bute (0.4%) and Scotland (2.2%). 
Table 4.9: Percentage Religion or Belief Reported in Scotland's Census 2022
Religion
or Belief
Religion or belief (% - total population)
Tobermory
North
Mull,
Gometra
and Ulva
South
Mull
Southwest
Mull and
Iona
Mull
and the
Islands
Argyll &
Bute Scotland
Church of
Scotland 24.9% 19.1% 21.5% 30.6% 23.7% 27.0% 20.4%
Roman
Catholic 5.4% 3.6% 2.7% 3.9% 4.0% 9.2% 13.3%
Other
Christian 7.9% 8.0% 9.7% 10.1% 8.7% 6.6% 5.1%
Buddhist 0.3% 0.1% 0.3% 0.0% 0.2% 0.3% 0.3%
Hindu 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.1% 0.6%
Jewish 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.1% 0.1%
Muslim 0.1% 0.1% 0.0% 0.5% 0.2% 0.4% 2.2%
Sikh 0.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.1% 0.2%
Pagan 1.0% 1.0% 0.0% 0.9% 0.8% 0.6% 0.4%
Other
religion 0.3% 0.1% 0.0% 0.9% 0.3% 0.2% 0.2%
No
religion 54.0% 56.8% 55.2% 47.4% 53.8% 48.5% 51.1%
Religion
not stated 6.0% 11.2% 10.2% 5.3% 8.2% 7.0% 6.2%
Source: (Scotland’s Census, 2022i). 
Sexual orientation 
4.5.4 The 2022 Census found that there the majority of people aged 16+ in Argyll & Bute identify as
heterosexual/straight (88.0%), which is very similar to the national average (87.8%). As of
2022, there were 1,894 LGB+ people aged 16+ in Argyll & Bute (2.5%), this is a smaller
proportion of the population when compared to the rest of Scotland (4.1%). These
percentages are demonstrated below in Table 4.10. 
Table 4.10: Percentage of people who identified as LGB+, 2022
Sexual Orientation Sexual orientation (% - population aged 16+)
Argyll & Bute Scotland
Heterosexual/Straight 88.0% 87.8%
Gay or Lesbian 1.1% 1.8%
Bisexual 1.1% 1.8%
Page 297

Page 234

Classification: OFFICIAL
Other sexual orientation 0.3% 0.5%
Not answered 9.4% 8.2%
Source: (Scotland’s Census, 2022j) All figures have been individually rounded and may not sum. 
4.5.5 Of this 4.1% of people aged 16+ who identify as LGB+, 43.6% identify as ‘Gay or Lesbian’,
43.6% identified as ‘Bisexual’ and 12.8% identified as ‘Other sexual orientation’. Almost half
(46.6%) of bisexual people were aged 16 to 24. Around a third (32.0%) were aged 25 to 34.
Around a quarter (23.1%) of gay or lesbian people were aged 16 to 24. A further 28.6% were
aged 25 to 34, therefore just under half were aged 35 and older (Scotland’s Census, 2022j).
Page 298

Page 235

Classification: OFFICIAL
5 Economic Impact Assessment
5.1 Introduction
5.1.1 This economic impact assessment identifies areas of activity where the economic benefits of
the proposed campus will differ depending upon whether a site is selected in Tobermory or in
a more central island location. These include effects on local investment; effects on existing
housing stock; impacts on educational attainment; parent/guardian loss of earnings; staff
commuting costs and monetised value of transport carbon emissions. The assessment was
undertaken based on HM Treasury (HMT) Green Book economic appraisal guidance (UK
Government, 2022), using the Isle of Mull economy as an impact geography.  
5.1.2 Its purpose is to support the Council in making an evidence-based decision on the most
appropriate location for the school, and therefore does not include any consideration of
economic benefits that will remain the same irrespective of school location. For example, it
does not include an assessment of impacts related to staffing numbers, school expenditure,
carbon emissions from construction and operations; or educational impacts related to size of
the school’s student roll. 
5.1.3 The assessed impacts provide insights into the effects of the Project on key groups and
aspects of the local economy, including: 
1. Local Housing
2. Students
3. Parents/Guardians
4. Staff
5. The Environment
5.2 Assessment Approach
5.2.1 The assessment has used HMT Green Book (UK Government, 2022) and Transport
Scotland’s Scottish Transport Appraisal Guidance (STAG) compliant methodologies to
quantify the impacts of keeping the school in Tobermory or relocating it to a central Site. Using
publicly available data alongside information from the Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report (Systra, 2025), reliable data and robust assumptions have been
applied to show the changes in economic impacts. The following impacts have been
examined: 
 Effects on Local Investments – The changes to wider Land Value Uplift (LVU) as a
result of potential housing developments being closer to or further from a school. 
 Effect on Existing Housing Stock – The changes in the house prices of existing
residential units. 
 Impacts on Educational Attainment – The loss in potential lifetime earnings of students
as a result of a decreased likelihood to attend Higher/Further Education due to having to
travel further to school. 
 Parent/Guardian Loss of Earnings – Estimated earnings lost due to parents travelling
further to take children to school. 
 Cost of Commuting – Perceived costs to staff commuting to work at the school. 
 Cost of Transport Carbon Emissions – Total environmental costs to society as a result
of students, parents/guardians and staff travelling to the school. 
Page 299

Page 236

Classification: OFFICIAL
5.2.2 These impacts have been examined to best show the differences between the options. Due to
the negligible or no difference in the construction and operations of the school between sites
any impacts related to those would be the same. 
5.2.3 In line with HMT Green Book Guidance all values are presented in Present Value (PV) terms.
Using STAG and Green Book principles, values are discounted at 3.5% annually to give the
economic impacts in PV terms. The school is scheduled for completion in 2028 and all annual
impacts, excluding educational attainment, are appraised over a 10-year period post
completion of the school. Educational Attainment is given as the effect on total earnings over a
lifetime, still in PV terms. Impacts on housing and land are given in a single year once the
school is open and operational.  
5.3 Economic Impacts 
Investment Stimulus
5.3.1 Schools influence the attractiveness of an area for potential residents and therefore the value
of future housing developments. The economic benefits of this are captured through the effect
of a school on the LVU of surrounding proposed housing development sites. LVU is the net
private benefit resulting from a change in land use to more productive uses. The impact
represents the monetised difference between the current land value and future land value
resulting from the proposed investment.
5.3.2 Research shows that in Scotland, houses within 0.5 miles of a school have a 1.73% higher
Gross Development Value (GDV) (market price) than those further away
(OnlineMoneyAdviser, 2025). The GDV of future housing developments drives the underlying
land value and therefore the LVU of the site. The location of the school on the Isle of Mull will
result in a change in the future land values of proposed housing developments nearby,
increasing the value of those developments within 0.5 miles of the school’s location. 
5.3.3 The key assumptions used are outlined below. 
Page 300

Page 237

Classification: OFFICIAL
Table 5.1: Wider LVU Assumptions
Assumption Value Source
Current Developments
Brought Forward within
0.5 miles of the
Tobermory Site (number
of units)
144
Calculated using data for Local Development
Plan (LDP) and Large & Small Windfall Sites
from Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report.
Current Developments
Brought Forward within
0.5 miles of the Central
Site (number of units)
82
Calculated using data for LDP and Large &
Small Windfall Sites from Mull Education
Campus Transport Considerations Report.
Average House Price in
Tobermory £218,208 Zoopla average house price in Tobermory
(Zoopla, December 2024).
Average House Price
near the Central Site £160,000 Zoopla average house price near the Central
Site (Zoopla, December 2024).
Change in House Price 1.73%
Where in Britain do homes sell for more money
when they are closer to a school? - Value for
Scotland of the increase in property prices
within 0.5 miles of a school.
Current Land Value
Tobermory £3,360,468
Calculated using data for LDP and Large &
Small Windfall Sites from Mull Education
Campus Transport Considerations Report and
values from Scotland’s Land Information
Service.
Current Land Value
Central Site £447,302
Calculated using data for LDP and Large &
Small Windfall Sites from Mull Education
Campus Transport Considerations Report and
values from Scotland’s Land Information
Service.
Land Value as a
Proportion of GDV 1/3 Savills – Land buyers rule of thumb, land value
is a third of GDV.
Source: Stantec.
5.3.4 The difference in all house prices for the areas near both sites are outlined below.  
Table 5.2: Wider LVU Results 
Tobermory Site Central Island Site
Difference Between
Tobermory and
Central Island Site
Effect on Local
Investments £152,000 £63,000 £89,000
Source: Stantec.
5.3.5 The greater impact at the Tobermory Site is driven by the substantially greater number of
houses in Tobermory than near the central island site. The impact of this will be realised when
the school is opened and operational as this is from when prospective buyers will be able to
use the school, the benefit occurs once in a single year. 
Existing Local Housing 
5.3.6 A similar approach has been used to quantify the effect on existing local housing, showing the
effect on house prices due to the choice of location of the school. As there is no change in the
Page 301

Page 238

Classification: OFFICIAL
use of land, LVU has not been captured. This effect shows only the change to total housing
value in Tobermory and near the central site. The table below shows the assumptions used. 
Table 5.3: Change in Local Housing Value Assumptions
Assumption Value Source
Current Households
within 0.5 miles of the
Tobermory Site
496 Scottish Census 2022 
Current Households
within 0.5 miles of the
Central Site
40 Scottish Census 2022
Average House Price in
Tobermory £218,208 Zoopla average house price in Tobermory.
(December 2024)
Average House Price
near the Central Site £160,000 Zoopla average house price near the Central
Site. (December 2024)
Change in House Price 1.73%
Where in Britain do homes sell for more money
when they are closer to a school? - Value for
Scotland of the increase in property prices
within 0.5 miles of a school.
Source: Stantec.
5.3.7 The impact on all current house prices is outlined below. The impact of this will be realised
when the school is opened and operational as this is from when prospective buyers will be
able to use the school, the benefit occurs once in a single year. As there currently is a school
in Tobermory the benefit is the value that would be retained if the school does not relocate.
Table 5.4: House Value Results 
Tobermory Site Central Island Site
Difference Between
Tobermory and
Central Island Site
Effect on Local
Investments £1,567,000 £93,000 £1,474,000
Source: Stantec.
5.3.8 The greater impact at the Tobermory Site is driven by the substantially greater number of
houses located there and the higher average house price.  
Educational Attainment
5.3.9 The distance a student must travel to school influences their decision to participate in post-
compulsory education, meaning it influences the decision of high school students on whether
to continue on to further or higher education. Research shows that in the extreme condition in
which a student must travel more than 8km to school they are 27% less likely to attend post-
compulsory education than those that live within 2km of their educational institute. The
decision of where to locate the high school on Mull will move some students from within 2km
to further than 8km away from the school. 
5.3.10 Those that do not attend university are likely to experience a loss of earnings compared to
those that obtain a degree. Therefore, students that must travel further to school are less likely
to attend university and may experience a loss of earnings as a result of this. The table below
details the assumptions used to calculate the change in lifetime earnings because of the
location of the school. 
Page 302

Page 239

Classification: OFFICIAL
Table 5.5: Educational Attainment Assumptions
Assumption Value Source
Total High School
Students within 2km of
Tobermory Site
80 Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report (Systra, 2025).
Total High School
Students within 2km of
Central Site
3 Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report (Systra, 2025).
University Attendance
Rate 35.8%
Higher education student numbers. House of
Commons Library. 2023 Higher Education Entry
Rate.
University Retention
Rate 91.5% Report on Widening Access 2021-22. Scottish
Funding Council. University Retention Rate. 
Percentage Change in
Likelihood to Attend
University 
27.0%
The Impact of Distance to Nearest Education
Institution on the Post–Compulsory Education
Participation Decision. Dickerson and McIntosh.
Students who live less than 2km from their
academic institutes are 27% more likely to
attend post-compulsory education than those
who live more than 8km away.
Lifetime Difference in
Earnings for a Male £130,000
The impact of undergraduate degrees on
lifetime earnings. Britton et al. Over their
working lives men who attend university earn
£130,000 more than those who do not. Figures
are over a lifetime and in PV terms. 
Lifetime Difference in
Earnings for a Female £100,000
The impact of undergraduate degrees on
lifetime earnings. Britton et al. Over their
working lives women who attend university earn
£100,000 more than those who do not. Figures
are over a lifetime and in PV terms. 
Source: Stantec.
5.3.11 Using the number of high school students within 2km of each site and calculating a figure for
the number of students likely to attend and complete university, which can then be adjusted
for the decrease if the school moves 8km away. Applying the loss of earnings values to the
number of pupils affected results in the total earnings lost over their entire lifetime. This is then
discounted for 7 years, as an average amount of time for high school students to join the
labour market. The results of the analysis on total lifetime earnings for all affected students for
both sites are outlined below: 
Table 5.6: Educational Attainment Results 
Tobermory Site Central Island Site
Difference Between
Tobermory and
Central Island Site
Effect on Lifetime
Earnings £652,000 £25,000 £627,000
Source: Stantec.
5.3.12 The impact of the Tobermory Site is the earnings that could be lost if the school was moved,
the impact of the central site is the earnings gained from the relocation. The greater impact of
the Tobermory Site is driven by the high number of students located in the area. 
Page 303

Page 240

Classification: OFFICIAL
Loss of Earnings
5.3.13 Parents who drive their children to school are affected by the location of the school. Due to the
transport infrastructure limitations a large number of parents must take their children to school,
alongside this parents with children in early learning years must take their children to school
themselves as transport is not provided. If the school is moved parents may lose the additional
travel time in working time. This loss of working time may result in a loss of earnings to
parents. Although not quantitively captured here, there will also be an effect on employer’s
balance sheets due to the reduced working time of parents. Businesses are likely to suffer
some changes to revenue or costs due to the effect on working time. As the effect of this on
firms will differ dependant on their business model and approach to the change, this has not
been captured here. 
5.3.14 The assumptions used are outlined below. 
Table 5.7: Loss of Earnings Assumptions
Assumption Value Source
Daily Travel Time for all
Parents - Tobermory
Site (aggregate minutes
across all staff)
630
Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report (Systra, 2025). This is
the total travel time in minutes for all parents
taking their children to school. This is for the 2
trips per day which are likely to impact
employment time. 
Daily Travel Time for all
Parents - Central Site
(aggregate minutes
across all staff)
936
Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report (Systra, 2025). This is
the total travel time in minutes for all parents
taking their children to school. This is for the 2
trips per day which are likely to impact
employment time. 
Employment Rate 67.8%
Argyll & Bute Employment Rate aged 16-64
(December 2024) taken from the Annual
Population Survey.
Value of Travel Time for
Parents (per hour) £20.34 Average hourly earnings in Argyll & Bute from
ASHE 2024.
Source: Stantec.
5.3.15 The total journey time for 2 daily journeys has been calculated for the entire school year and
multiplied by the average earnings in the area. This has then been adjusted to account for the
percentage of parents in employment. The difference in journey time for trips in both the
morning and afternoon for all employed parents results in the earnings retained or lost set out
below:
Table 5.8: Loss of Earnings Results 
Tobermory Site Central Island Site
Difference Between
Tobermory and
Central Island Site
Effects on
Parents Earnings
(per year)
£0 -£96,000 £96,000
Source: Stantec.
5.3.16 The value for the central site is the earnings lost due to the relocation of the school, the value
for the Tobermory Site is 0 as there will be no earnings lost if the school remains where it
currently is.
Page 304

Page 241

Classification: OFFICIAL
School Staff Costs of Community
5.3.17 The STAG Guidance applies a value to the individual for commuting to work, this can be
applied to the staff travel time for both site options. The STAG Guidance provides a
willingness to pay value for the journey time savings for individuals commuting to work.
Applying this to the total staff travel time for both sides will show the economic impact to the
individuals for commuting to work. The assumptions applied are set out in the following table:  
Table 5.9: School Staff Cost of Commuting Assumptions
Assumption Value Source
Total Daily Staff Travel
Time Tobermory Site
(aggregate minutes
across all staff)
1,390 Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report.
Total Daily Staff Travel
Time Central Site
(aggregate minutes
across all staff)
3,932 Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report.
Value of Travel Time for
Staff (per hour) £11.10 TAG Databook value of commuting 2024. 
Source: Stantec.
5.3.18 The results of the analysis for both sites are outlined below: 
Table 5.10: Cost of Commuting Results 
Tobermory Site Central Site
Difference Between
Tobermory and
Central Island Site
Cost of
Commuting (per
annum)
- £350,000 - £990,000 £640,000
Source: Stantec.
5.3.19 Staff commuting time will approximately triple if the school is located at the central site, this is
driving the large increase in the total cost to staff. Although staff would be reimbursed for their
mileage for the first 4 years of the school relocating, this impact captures the willingness to
pay value for the journey time savings which the staff will not receive back and takes a longer-
term approach.
Vehicle Carbon Costs
5.3.20 The various methods of transport used by students and staff to travel to school will result in
carbon emissions. The Transport Scotland STAG Guidance provides values for monetising
vehicle carbon emissions for use in appraisal, these values are estimated by the target-
consistent marginal abatement costs consistent with the Government’s commitments on
carbon emissions. These monetise vehicle emissions to align them with national commitments
to carbon reduction. The assumptions used are highlighted below. 
Page 305

Page 242

Classification: OFFICIAL
Table 5.11: Carbon Costs Assumptions
Assumption Value Source
Total Daily Carbon
Emissions Tobermory
Site (kgCO2e)
352 Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report.
Total Daily Carbon
Emissions Central Site
(kgCO2e)
1,032 Mull Education Campus Transport
Considerations Report.
Carbon Costs (tCO2e) Varies by
year Based on TAG Databook Carbon Values.
Source: Stantec.
5.3.21 The results of the analysis for both sites are outlined below: 
Table 5.12: Carbon Costs Results 
Tobermory Site Central Island Site
Difference Between
Tobermory and
Central Island Site
Carbon Costs - £115,000 - £336,000 £221,000
Source: Stantec.
5.4 Summary
5.4.1 The differences in economic impact across the two options are summarised below. 
Table 5.13: Summary
Summary
Difference Between
Tobermory and Central
Island Site
Investment Lost/Gained Due to
Relocation £89,000
Existing Property Values £1,474,000
Students Lifetime Earnings  £627,000
Changes to Parents Current
Earnings £96,000
Cost of Commuting £640,000
Carbon Cost of Travel £221,000
Total Benefits £3,147,000
Source: Stantec.
5.4.2 Overall, the analysis has concluded that the economic impact of the Project will be £3,147,000
higher if the school were built in Tobermory than would be the case if it were built in a central
island location. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Change in School Catchment Area
5.4.3 As part of the Transport Considerations Report (Systra, 2025) a change in school catchments
has been included to present the scenario in which the secondary school catchments areas
are altered. Although this scenario will not directly influence the site scoring and selection
Page 306

Page 243

Classification: OFFICIAL
process it has been included as an additional test to consider the sensitivity. The bullets below
show the impacts which are affected by the change in catchments:
 Changes to Parents Current Earnings – The earnings lost under the central site option,
and the differential between the two options would increase by £20,000 to £116,000. 
 Carbon Cost of Travel – The cost of carbon emissions for the central site option would
increase by £24,000 to £360,000; raising the differential between the two options to
£250,000.
 Aggregate Difference in Impact - These two changes would increase the aggregate
difference in impact by £44,000, taking it to £3,191,000.
Page 307

Page 244

Classification: OFFICIAL
6 Island Communities Impact Assessment
6.1 Introduction
6.1.1 The Islands (Scotland) Act 2018 provides a legal basis for greater decision making at a local
level within Scottish Islands and seeks to increase economic prosperity for island
communities.  
6.1.2 This is to be achieved through ‘island proofing’ legislation, policy, and strategic decisions by
taking account of the special circumstances of island communities and ensuring no
disadvantage to people living and working on islands (as defined by Section 1 of the Act).  
6.1.3 Section 7 of the Act sets out a specific duty for relevant public bodies to “have regard to island
communities” in carrying out their functions. A related duty in Section 8 of the Act requires
relevant public bodies to undertake an island communities impact assessment “in relation to a
policy, strategy, or service which, in the authority’s opinion, is likely to have an effect on an
island community which is significantly different from its effect on other communities (including
other island communities) in the area in which the authority exercises its functions”.  
6.2 Assessment Approach
6.2.1 An ICIA is intended to evaluate the potential effects of a project on island communities, taking
account of the unique challenges and opportunities faced by people living on islands, such as
geographical isolation, smaller population sizes, limited infrastructure and reliance on specific
industries. 
6.2.2 The assessment following the Scottish Government’s guidance and toolkit prepared on ICIAs
(Scottish Government, 2020b). This provides a framework to assess the extent to which the
proposed Mull Campus has an impact on island communities. The assessment has been
informed by engagement activities, as discussed in Section 3.2. 
6.2.3 Consideration has been given to the thematic questions in the ICIA guidance around:
 Demography – including current demographic structure, challenges faced in areas with
greater proportion of older people and impacts on these challenges including encouraging
young people to leave; 
 Economy – potential for impacts on key industries, on island infrastructure and natural
environment, on communications networks, on small businesses and their supply chains
and taking account of the costs of travel particularly for people on low incomes; and 
 Social – the often dispersed nature of island deprivation, impacts on the cost of living,
changes affecting people in fuel poverty, consideration of part time and self-employed
nature of much of the islands’ workforce and issues with availability of childcare provision. 
6.2.4 The following framing questions have been applied to understand the potential impact of the
Project based on high level site selection assumptions in accordance with the early phase of
the Project. 
Guide Questions: Island Community Impact Assessment
Q1. Does the proposal take into consideration the current demographic structure of the
islands and the challenges faced by populations in these communities?
Q2. Will the proposals have an impact of the economic prosperity of island
communities?
Page 308

Page 245

Classification: OFFICIAL
Q3. Does the proposal consider the unique transport challenges faced by island
communities? Has the cost and time taken in travelling between island communities
been taken into consideration – particularly for those on low incomes or reliant on
infrequent public transport?
Q4. Will the proposals have an impact on the island’s infrastructure or natural
environment and biodiversity?
Q5. Effectively address the unique social challenges faced by island communities? 
Q6. Effectively address the unique health challenges faced by the islands’
communities? 
Q7. Does the Project have the potential to impact on the use of Gaelic in the
community? 
6.2.5 The framing questions have also been applied taking account of key aspects in Section 8 of
the Act around the potential for differential impacts on the islands’ communities and on
consideration of the extent to which delivery of the Project might improve or mitigate
outcomes.
6.3 Island Communities Impact Assessment Findings
Q1. Does the proposal take into consideration the current demographic structure of the
islands and the challenges faced by populations in these communities?
6.3.1 At the time of writing, the Project is undergoing a site selection process to determine the most
suitable location for a 2-18 education campus on the Isle of Mull. This process has been
initiated as a result of LEIP (discussed previously in Section 2.2.2) funding which has been
awarded to Argyll & Bute Council on the basis of a like-for-like replacement of an existing
education campus in Tobermory. 
6.3.2 The site selection process is considering the suitability of site options within the settlement
boundary of Tobermory, including the existing school site, and site options located centrally on
Mull in Craignure or Garmony. Due to commercial sensitivities, the exact locations of the site
options was not released to the public prior to completion of the impact assessments at this
stage. As such, the impact assessment report predominantly considers the high-level
implications of a site in either a central (i.e., Craignure or Garmony) or Tobermory (i.e.,
existing or new site) location. 
6.3.3 The proposals to consider a Central campus option responds to community views to provide a
more equitable high schooling option for all children and young-people living on Mull. At
present, children and young people living in the Ross of Mull (South West Mull) have limited
access to the high school in Tobermory due to travel times of approximately 1 hour and 30
minutes each way, which precludes this as a viable option for most families. The area is
currently within a catchment area for Oban High School where children can board weekly from
Monday to Friday and return home to Mull at the weekends. 
6.3.4 A Tobermory location would likely maintain the current status quo for school provision on the
island. This predominantly includes families in Tobermory which is the largest settlement area
on the Island and some families located in north, central and some south settlements. By
retaining a Tobermory option, concerns about depopulation in the Ross of Mull have been
cited during a number of community engagement events and this is reflected in the baseline
data which indicates that South West Mull has experienced a depopulation rate of 9%
amongst it’s 0-15 year old age group between 2011 and 2022, while North Mull, Gometra and
Ulva has experienced a depopulation rate of 3% in this age group. Comparatively, South of
Mull has seen a significant increase in population growth for this age group at 36%, while
Tobermory has experienced a 15% increase in this age group. 
Page 309

Page 246

Classification: OFFICIAL
6.3.5 A centrally located campus would be sensitive to the demographic challenges faced by
families living in the South and South West of Mull and would benefit families with teenage
children attending secondary school on the mainland in Oban. A number of local families have
expressed that attending boarding school on the mainland has negatively impacted their
children and discourages young people from settling back in the local community in adulthood,
increasing worries over depopulation. Results from the Bunessan Parent Council Survey
(conducted November 2024) show that 50% of parents would “seriously consider leaving the
Ross of Mull if a central school is not built”. 
6.3.6 While 95% of those surveyed in the Bunessan Parent Council said they would send their
children to a central school daily, 57% of parents said that a funded placement option for
Oban High School, including the hostel needs to be retained suggesting a preference to
maintain this option. During public engagement sessions in September 2024 a number of
parents stated that they would continue to opt for their children to board and attend school in
Oban, citing that they felt their children had wider access to more opportunities.  
6.3.7 A centrally sited option is expected to allow all children on Mull to attend the same high school
with reduced travel times for many pupils in the South and South West of Mull areas and allow
for greater socialising amongst young people on Mull, this was particularly raised during the
engagement with schools. This could have the potential to strengthen community cohesion
amongst young people and their families leading to positive social benefits for all island
communities. It would also encourage unity between communities in the North and South of
Mull.
6.3.8 Proposals for a central site option currently involve the transfer of existing early-years and
primary school education from Tobermory to the central Campus site due to the like-for-like
requirements of the LEIP funding secured by the Council. As such, with a central site option,
there is also the potential for negative demographic implications for those living in Tobermory
which is Mull’s largest settlement area. Views expressed from community members suggest
that families could choose to move away from Tobermory if early years and primary school
provision was removed which could result in depopulation if families choose to leave the
island. 
6.3.9 A split-site option which would retain early years and primary school provision in Tobermory
with a central high school was explored by the Council, however this option has been deemed
unaffordable and thus unviable on the basis that the Council would be required to fund the
additional cost requirement for a split-site option in its entirety. A motion was passed
unanimously on this matter by Argyll & Bute councillors at a Special Meeting on 20 December
2024 (Argyll & Bute Council, 2024b).
Q2. Will the proposals have an impact of the economic prosperity of island
communities?
6.3.10 The Economic Impact Assessment presented in Chapter 5, outlines that if the campus was
located in Tobermory, the economic benefit would be £3,147,000 higher than would be the
case if the campus was built in a central island location. This assessment takes into account
investment stimulus acknowledging that schools influence the attractiveness of an area for
potential residents and therefore the value of future housing developments. The Economic
Impact Assessment outlines that houses with 0.5 miles of a school have a 1.73% higher GDV
(market price) which drives the underlying land value of the site. The location of the Mull
Campus has the potential to increase the value of developments within 0.5 miles of the
schools location which would generate positive impacts for both a central and Tobermory site
option. 
6.3.11 Similarly, the Economic Impact Assessment considers economic impacts to existing local
housing. A substantially greater impact has been identified for the Tobermory sites options are
as result of more houses being located there and higher average house prices. 
6.3.12 While a Tobermory site location is judged to have a stronger economic impact, some
community members feel that a central option could particularly bring positive benefits for the
Ross of Mull. This is captured in the following response from members of the community in the
Page 310

Page 247

Classification: OFFICIAL
South West of Mull: “an accessible high school, built in a central location, would make South
West Mull a significantly more attractive place for families to move to, assisting in building the
economy, stimulating repopulation, and enhancing community resilience. With the increasing
ability of remote working, there are exciting opportunities to build up our population through
families employed in a combination of remote working and local employment which will make
us less dependent on tourism and seasonal work. However, such families are more likely to
be attracted to areas with accessible schools”. 
6.3.13 Community testimonies provided to inform the ICIA from young people and families who have
moved away from the Ross of Mull or from prospective working age families who want to
move there but feel unable to do so due to the current secondary school catchment area also
support the above comment.
Impact on Local Businesses and Employment
6.3.14 Small businesses could experience changes in revenue or a loss in earning if working patterns
were affected by the school site location. A central site option could result in a loss of revenue
for Tobermory-based businesses who benefit from local footfall and custom from young
people and families attending school in the town if they were instead required to travel daily to
a central location. Increased travel times for working parents based in Tobermory and North
Mull could also affect earnings if this impacted their available working hours and brings
implications for increased travel costs for these families. 
6.3.15 Bringing the Project forward in a central location could stimulate local business growth to
provide services in proximity to the school such as new proposed housing allocations, local
shops, amenities and other services. However, due to the early stage of the Project
development process any potential impacts attributable to this are regarded as uncertain as
they are dependent on a number of factors beyond the scope of this proposal.
6.3.16 Across Mull the supply of 0-3 year old childcare is very low compared to demand and
provision is largely centred around Tobermory. It is recommended that that new Campus
could integrate community spaces and services that meet the needs of the wider community
as a whole. This could include more facilities and resources to offer more after school clubs,
breakfast clubs and wraparound care that could positively benefits single parents and working
parents. 
Journey Times and Cost of Travel
6.3.17 In the Mull Education Campus Transport Review (Systra, 2025) attending a central campus
option would result in a doubling of travel time for all pupils on average compared to the
existing baseline for attendance in Tobermory.  This could have a negative impact on parent’s
and carer’s working patterns, particularly those who are self-employed or who work part-time
to ensure they can accommodate their children’s daily travel to and from school, including
attendance at any after school activities locally or elsewhere on the island.
6.3.18 While it is assumed that bus services would be provided along major routes, there will still be
a need for some families and staff to ‘feed in’ to bus route intersections where small villages
and settlements may not be served. Additionally, the Transport Review (Systra, 2025)
forecasts that a number of families are likely to drop-off and collection children by car. 
6.3.19 Increased journey times and mileage could also have a significant impact on a higher number
of families and staff members who will be subject to longer daily journeys to a central campus
location. This would incur additional fuel and maintenance costs for private vehicles if
travelling by car which could have financial implications, particularly for low-income families
and families with limited or no access to a car. 
Staff Recruitment and Retention
6.3.20 Education staff have raised concerns about staff recruitment and retention on Mull which is
already an issue for a range of positions across the island. A lack of housing options has also
Page 311

Page 248

Classification: OFFICIAL
been cited as a factor linked to this. It may be more attractive to recruit and retain teachers in
a larger settlement area such as Tobermory but the full impacts of the proposals on staff
recruitment and retention is not clearly known at this stage. 
6.3.21 However, the nearby mainland town of Oban also experiences issues with staff recruitment
and retention. Therefore, a location closer to the ferry that allows for staff travel may not
alleviate these issues. 
Q3. Does the proposal consider the unique transport challenges faced by island
communities? Has the cost and time taken in travelling between island communities
been taken into consideration – particularly for those on low incomes or reliant on
infrequent public transport?
6.3.22 To inform the site selection decision making process, Argyll & Bute Council commissioned a
Mull Education Campus Transport Review (Systra, 2025). The Transport Review takes into
account the transport context of Mull and the cost and time required to travel between island
communities to four different proposed site options, including Site 1 Tobermory (existing
school site), Site 2 – Craignure, Site 3 – Garmony and Site 4 – Tobermory South. 
6.3.23 A summary of the report findings are presented in Table 6.1 below:
Table 6.1: Key Travel Considerations from Systra (2025) Mull Education Campus Transport Review Report
Site
Location Key Travel Considerations
Site 1 –
Tobermory
(existing
school
site)
 Travel characteristics are mostly known as they are likely to align with
present conditions; 
 The site is within walking distance of the most existing housing; and 
 The site is constrained making access for large vehicles (e.g. buses and
HGVs during construction) difficult. 
Site 2 –
Craignure
 Travel times, distances and carbon emissions will increase over the
baseline (more so if the catchments are amended to include the Ross of
Mull); 
 Average journey times will increase by approximately 20 minutes; 
 Pupils who currently walk will likely have to be taken to the Craignure site
by bus requiring approximately 4 additional buses over the baseline; 
 There is an adjacent allocation for c. 80 housing units, enabling trips by
active modes; and 
 Footways and crossing opportunities on the adjacent highway network
are limited, however, could be improved. 
Site 3 –
Garmony
 Travel times, distances and carbon emissions will increase over the
baseline (more so if the catchments are amended to include the Ross of
Mull); 
 Average journey times will increase by approximately 15 minutes over
the baseline; 
 Pupils who currently walk will likely have to be taken to the Garmony site
by bus requiring approximately 4 additional buses over the baseline; 
The site is located adjacent to a limited number of existing housing and
no LDP or Large Windfall housing sites identified in the Housing Land
Audit; and 
 There are no footways or crossing opportunities on the adjacent highway
network – providing them would deliver limited benefit.
Page 312

Page 249

Classification: OFFICIAL
Site 4 –
Tobermory
South
 The site is walkable from some existing housing, and it is noted nearby,
and adjacent sites are allocated with up to 112 new residential units; 
 There are some existing footways from adjacent residential catchments;
and 
 Travel time, distance and associated carbon emissions are likely to
remain broadly similar to the baseline. 
6.3.24 Site 1 Tobermory will retain familiar travel patterns as current conditions would largely be
unchanged. It is conveniently located within walking distance for most existing housing in
Tobermory with 90% of pre-5 and primary school pupils currently living within a 5-minute
walking distance (Systra, 2025). Constraints have been noted for the site whereby access for
larger vehicles such as HGVs and buses may be challenging.
6.3.25 Site 4 Tobermory South is also walkable from local housing and a proposed residential
allocation for us to 112 new homes which offers further potential for active travel to and from
school. Other impacts are expected to remain consistent with baseline conditions for Site
Location 1. 
6.3.26 Both Site 3 Garmony and Site 2 Craignure would lead to increased travel times, distances and
carbon emissions, particularly if the catchments are expanded to include the Ross of Mull.
Average journey times would increase by approximately 20 minutes for Craignure and 15
minutes for Garmony, necessitating additional bus services in each case. While Craignure
offers some potential for active travel with its proximity to an 80-unit residential housing
allocation, it is noted that improvements would need to be made footways and cross
infrastructure. Garmony lacks nearby housing and has no planned developments at present.
There are also limited benefits from improving footways or crossings on the adjacent highway
network at this location. There is also a high potential for increased traffic on the A849 and
A848 with more buses and car traffic commuting to a central site for a large proportion of
pupils and staff who are based in Tobermory. This could be particularly challenging along
sections of the route that involve single track road which will be subject to a high volume of
commuters also heading northwards to Tobermory for work at a similar peak time.
6.3.27 Island communities are subject to more extreme weather conditions that can more frequently
affect travel infrastructure including public transport and ferry travel. For all site locations, it is
recommended that the new facilities include digital infrastructure to facilitate and access to
online learning for pupils and staff who may not be able to travel to school due to weather-
based disruptions.
Q4. Will the proposals have an impact on the island’s infrastructure or natural
environment and biodiversity?
6.3.28 A central site option would involve increased vehicle trip generation compared with a
Tobermory location. The Economic Impact Assessment estimated that vehicle carbon
emissions generated from these trips would be 352 kgCO2e for a Tobermory Site and 1,032
kgCO2e for a central Site. 
6.3.29 It is acknowledged that the existing road infrastructure on Mull is constrained with large
sections of single track road, particularly between Tobermory and central island localities.
Increased trip generation on these roads could have adverse effects on local road
infrastructure which may require upgrading and could involve increased maintenance costs. 
6.3.30 A Tobermory site location is not likely to result in substantially higher levels of vehicular traffic
compared to the existing baseline scenario.  
6.3.31 Environmental impacts are likely to arise during construction of either site option. It is
considered that these will be robustly assessed during the pre-planning process with
appropriate mitigation and monitoring measures proposed to meet local and national planning
requirements. 
Page 313

Page 250

Classification: OFFICIAL
6.3.32 It is considered that sustainable design and energy measures will be incorporated into the new
Campus, regardless of location, which could have a positive effect in terms of operational
emissions and sustainability of the new Mull Campus. Further detail is expected in this regard
as the Project develops.  
Q5. Effectively address the unique social challenges faced by island communities? 
6.3.33 Mull has an ageing population and while some communities have experienced growth in the
population group aged 0-15 years, some communities such as the South West of Mull has
experienced depopulation in this age group of 9%. 
6.3.34 Some community members have attributed this to the lack of a central high schooling option
for children living in the Ross of Mull who at present have the option to travel and board
weekly at Oban High School. Many believe that this discourages young people from returning
to the island in adulthood to live and work. 
6.3.35 Parents in the South West of Mull have voiced concerns about their children’s experiences at
Oban High School. Some of these parents had personally experienced weekly boarding at
Oban High School and due to their experiences had decided that they did not want that for
their children. This was especially apparent as the survey showed that 50% of those surveyed
stated that they would consider leaving the Ross of Mull is a school is not built centrally.
Additionally, some parents knew of families who would return to Ross of Mull if there was a
daily accessible secondary school for their children. 
6.3.36 Through testimonies provided by Bunessan Parent Council, current and former pupils with
experience of boarding at Oban High School detailed the adverse impact that boarding had on
them and their mental health, citing particular difficulties with home-sickness and feeling
isolated from their families and local community during secondary school. 
6.3.37 Some community members in the South West of Mull have shared that the impacts of the
previous school siting decision in Tobermory has resulted in generational impacts to the
communities in this area which has shaped a number of social outcomes for the island as a
whole. Community members also feel that if their children and young people are travelling to
the mainland for high school education that they are less likely to return to the islands as
young adults, bringing concerns around future depopulation. One parent reinforced this point
by using an example of their friends who attended Oban High School and “still don’t have a
close knit of friends” as they don’t know anyone in the north of the island.
6.3.38 Children who have to undertake long journeys to attend school, whether on Mull or in Oban
are more likely to experience tiredness as a result. Parents with children who board at Oban
High School have shared that their children are often so tired on the weekends that they worry
about their ability to partake in local social activities. One parent stated: “The children come
back tired on a Friday and Sundays are ruined because they have to get up so early on
Monday.  They are 'not here' at the weekends as they are too tired to participate in normal
life.”
6.3.39 If a central school location was chosen, this could have the potential to positively impact social
outcomes for children and young people currently living in the Ross of Mull, or those currently
experiencing long commutes to Tobermory for high school. Many of these pupils, especially
those from the Ross of Mull, would still likely experience longer than average travel times by
bus each day, however it would provide a feasible option for them to remain on the island,
living at home, while attending high school. They would also have the opportunity to socialise
with a larger cohort of islanders across Mull who would also be attending the central high
school opening up social opportunities such as friendships and participation in island based
clubs and activities. 
6.3.40 A central school location could have negative implications for younger and primary school
aged children in Tobermory who would be required undertake daily journeys to a central
location to attend early years and primary school education. As a result of this, average
journey times for a central school location will increased by approximately 17.5 minutes over
Page 314

Page 251

Classification: OFFICIAL
the baseline (SYSTRA, 2025). This could negatively families who are less able to travel by car
such as families on low income, experiencing unemployment or deprivation.
Q6. Effectively address the unique health challenges faced by the islands’
communities? 
6.3.41 Island communities face a number of unique health challenges linked which are augmented by
limited access to healthcare services as a result of distance and travel from facilities and a
lack of specialist care and emergency service provision within island communities. 
6.3.42 Mental health challenges are prevalent in rural and island contexts, and this is often
attributable to geographic isolation which can exacerbate feelings of loneliness. Limited
access to mental health services also means island communities may lack the same level of
support compared to mainland counterparts. Some island communities also have higher rates
of chronic conditions such as hypertension, diabetes, and respiratory diseases due to lifestyle
factors and limited preventative care options. Island residents may experience health
inequalities compared to mainland populations due to socioeconomic disparities, limited job
opportunities, and high costs of living.
6.3.43 While there is limited evidence around the impacts of daily travel time on children, some
studies suggest that extended daily commutes of 30 minute to an hour each way for children
can have several impacts on the following:
 Physical health: longer commutes could result in increased sedentary behaviour due to
children spending more time sitting during travel. A reduction in physical activity can
contribute to health issues such as obesity and other chronic conditions (Chairassamee et
al., 2024). 
 Sleep and exercise: children with longer travel times to school may get less sleep and
engage in lower levels of physical activity compared to those with shorter commutes
which has the potential to affect their overall wellbeing (Chairassamee et al., 2024).
 Mental health: extended period spent commuting can increase stress and negative
emotions in children, making it more difficult for them to concentrate during school hours.
Linked to the above point, have less time for sleep and exercise could further impact
negative health outcomes in children (Voulgaris et al., 2017). 
 Academic Performance: there is some evidence to suggest that a negative relationship
between longer commuting times and academic performance (Alanzi and Alfraih, 2023). 
6.3.44 The above factors are relevant to a number of pupils in both site option scenarios who need to
contend with longer journey times than other peers across part of Argyll & Bute and Scotland
more widely. 
6.3.45 The Mull Campus proposals have generated a strong community response to an important
matter that many care deeply about. A number of concerns have been raised by the
community in respect of the proposals and it should be acknowledged that uncertainties
around the proposals at present in terms of site location and catchment areas may be causing
stress and anxiety to many families in the community. Community members, who have
already contributed much to the engagement phases of the Project, have also expressed
concerns during the impact assessment process. They have stated that they feel stretched
and unable to engage with the process in their capacities as volunteers due to limited
timeframes. 
6.3.46 Some of the sentiments and concerns expressed by the community have indicated a loss of
trust in the Project development process and could likely result in a negative impact on mental
health for parents and families. It is recommended that Argyll & Bute Council regularly review
and monitor their Engagement Strategy and consider measures to rebuild community trust
around the Project to promote positive collaboration between the Council and community with
Page 315

Page 252

Classification: OFFICIAL
the aim of achieving beneficial outcomes for the Project and Mull’s island communities as the
Project develops.
Q7. Does the project have the potential to impact on the use of Gaelic in the
community?
6.3.47 Community views suggest that the Project has the potential to increase the use of Gaelic in
the community if a Gaelic unit is included as part of secondary education in order to continue
the full Gaelic Medium Education (GME) currently available. Community views expressed that
this could be further strengthened if a cohort from Bunessan Primary School are able to join to
continue their Gaelic education at a central site option alongside GME pupils from Salen
Primary School. 
6.3.48 Delivering GME within the secondary sector of the campus is recognised as being very
challenging due to ongoing issues around the recruitment and retention of teachers to Mull
and the wider region, including Oban. As such, any GME provision at the Mull Campus cannot
be guaranteed regardless of site location. 
6.3.49 Feedback from Mull Primary Head Teachers also expressed that the new Campus could
promote children’s bilingual learning and exposure to Gaelic through dual language signage
throughout the building and potentially bring together the two Gaelic Medium Units on the
island (Salen and Bunessan Primary Schools) to increase the prominence of Gaelic within the
island’s communities. 
6.3.50 Overall, it is viewed that the Project could result in minor positive impacts for the use of Gaelic
and promotion of Gaelic learning for pupils of all ages and the wider community. The
opportunities for this could be enhanced by bringing together two cohorts of Gaelic speaking
children from Bunessan and Salen in a central secondary school. 
6.4 Summary
6.4.1 Conclusions for the above assessment are provided below in accordance with high level
assumptions for either a Central Site Location or a Tobermory Site Location. 
Conclusion Q1 – Island Demography and Population Challenges  
Central Site Location
6.4.2 It is considered that a central site location would positively impact children, young people and
their families living in the South and South West of Mull and possibly bring unity to the North
and South communities of the island. Community members feel strongly that a central high
school option is crucial to reversing currents trends of depopulation in the island’s South West
community. 
6.4.3 Children, young people and their families would be affected in Tobermory and the North of
Mull with increased travel times to school and importantly the removal of early years and
primary school education in Tobermory which currently serves a combined total of 95 children,
requiring them to travel daily to a central location. The implications of this could negatively
impact the demographic structure of Tobermory and North Mull if families decided to move
elsewhere with a risk of depopulation if they chose to leave the island.  
Tobermory Site Location
6.4.4 Retaining education provision in Tobermory would positively impact pupils, families and
community members currently utilising the existing Site through the re-provision of enhanced
and contemporary facilities. This could also encourage population retention and growth in the
area. 
6.4.5 However, there would be no additional benefit to families living in the South West of Mull who
would likely continue with status quo education arrangements for local primary schooling and
Page 316

Page 253

Classification: OFFICIAL
off-island secondary-school attendance. This option poses the continued risk of depopulation
with the South West of Mull, where some families may make decisions to relocate on the basis
of their child’s education and to avoid the possibility weekly boarding on the mainland. 
Conclusion Q2 – Economic Prosperity
Central Site Location
6.4.6 The location of the Mull Campus has the potential to increase the value of developments
within 0.5 miles of the school location, which would generate positive impacts. However, a
central site could stimulate local business growth in this area, for example, a greater number
of local businesses surrounding the school. Conversely, a central site option may result in a
loss of revenue for Tobermory-based businesses and negatively impact working parents
based in Tobermory and North Mull due to increased travel costs. 
6.4.7 An increase in travel time for those living in Tobermory and North Mull may have a negative
impact on parent’s and carer’s working patterns whilst also incurring additional fuel and
maintenance costs for private vehicles, which may be unaffordable for some.
Tobermory Site Location
6.4.8 The Economic Impact Assessment estimated that there would be a higher economic benefit
(£3,147,000) associated with a Tobermory location than a central site location. The location of
the Mull Campus has the potential to increase the value of developments within 0.5 miles of
the school location, which would generate positive impacts. As a larger settlement, the
Tobermory site option may be more attractive to recruit and retain teachers, which is currently
an issue on Mull. 
Conclusion Q3 – Transport Challenges
Central Site Location
6.4.9 Based on the travel considerations outlined, both Site 2 – Craignure and Site 3 – Garmony
would result in increased travel times (approximately 20 minutes for Craignure and 15 minutes
for Garmony), distances and carbon emissions. Both sites would require additional bus
services. While Craignure offers some potential for active travel, improvements would still be
required. Despite this, it was deemed of little benefit to provide additional footways or crossing
opportunities on the adjacent highway network. 
Tobermory Site Location
6.4.10 Based on the travel considerations outlined, Site 4 – Tobermory South emerges as the most
favourable option. It maintains proximity to some existing housing and is adjacent to planned
developments for up to 112 new residential units, which could support future active travel. The
presence of existing footways and travel times, distances, and carbon emissions are expected
to remain consistent with the baseline make it a practical choice.
6.4.11 While Site 1 – Tobermory (existing site) also offers proximity to housing and unchanged travel
conditions, its constraints for large vehicle access during construction could pose logistical
challenges. Sites 2 – Craignure and 3 – Garmony, by contrast, would significantly increase
travel times, carbon emissions, and the need for additional buses, making them less efficient
and less environmentally sustainable. Overall, South Tobermory balances accessibility,
sustainability, and future growth potential, making it the best performing option.
Conclusion Q4 – Island’s Infrastructure
Central Site Location
6.4.12 A central site option would involve increased vehicle trip generation compared to a Tobermory
location. It was estimated that vehicle carbon emissions generated from these trips would be
Page 317

Page 254

Classification: OFFICIAL
1,032 kgCO2e. As existing roads from Tobermory to central island locations are mainly single
track, increased trip generation could have adverse effects on local road infrastructure which
may require upgrading. 
6.4.13 Environmental impacts are likely to arise at both locations during construction but will be
appropriately mitigated against. The new Campus, regardless of location, is likely to have a
positive effect in terms of operational emissions and sustainability due to appropriate design
and energy measures.
Tobermory Site Location
6.4.14 A Tobermory Site location would result in lower vehicle trip generation compared to a central
site location. It was estimated that vehicle carbon emissions generated from these trips would
be 352 kgCO2e.
Conclusion Q5 – Unique Social Challenges of Island Communities
Central Site Location
6.4.15 Parents in the South West of Mull have voiced concerns if the school is not built centrally, as
50% of those surveys stated that they would consider leaving the area. 
6.4.16 A central site option could have the potential to positively impact social outcomes for children
and young people who have to undertake long journeys to attend school. Additionally, they
have a greater opportunity to interact with a larger cohort children and young people on the
island. However, for children and young people in Tobermory, average journey times for a
central school location will increase by approximately 17.5 minutes over the baseline.
6.4.17 Additionally, a central site option could have negative implications for younger and primary
school aged children in Tobermory who would be required to undertake daily journeys to a
central location to attend early years and primary school education.
Tobermory Site Location
6.4.18 Some community members in the South West of Mull have shared that the impacts of
previous school siting decision in Tobermory has resulted in generational impacts and has
shaped a number of social outcomes. Parents in South West Mull also raised that the issue of
depopulation will continue in their area if the school was located in Tobermory. Children,
especially in South West of Mull, who have to travel long journeys shared how tired they feel
from their journeys, and this would continue with a Tobermory site location. 
Conclusion Q6 – Unique Health Challenges in Island Communities
All Site Locations
6.4.19 Island communities face a number of unique health challenges. Some studies suggest than
extended daily commutes of 30 minute to an hour each way for children can have several
impacts on physical health, sleep and exercise, mental health and academic performance.
These factors are relevant to a number of pupils in both Site option scenarios who need to
contend with longer journey times than other peers across part of Argyll & Bute and Scotland
more widely.
Conclusion Q7 – Gaelic in the Community 
All Site Locations
6.4.20 Overall, it is viewed that the Project could result in minor positive impacts for the use of Gaelic
and promotion of Gaelic learning for pupils of all ages and the wider community. Members of
the community and school representatives have suggested the inclusion of Gaelic signage in
the design of the new Campus building. While some members of the community are
Page 318

Page 255

Classification: OFFICIAL
advocating for further opportunities for Gaelic provision in the secondary sector of the Campus
it is recognised that the delivery of this would be challenging due to recruitment constraints. It
is recommended that opportunities to incorporate Gaelic in the new Campus are explored
where possible during further development of the Project. 
Page 319

Page 256

Classification: OFFICIAL
7 Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact
Assessment
7.1 Introduction
7.1.1 The Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 requires public bodies to consider
whether existing and emerging legislation, policy and guidance have an impact on children
and young people and to assess what further action is required to ensure compliance with the
UNCRC. CRWIAs are one of the general measures of implementation under the Convention.
It recommends that all levels of government complete a CRWIA as part of their policy
development.  
7.1.2 There are four general principles of the UNCRC which must always be considered in policy
appraisal:
 Article 2: apply rights without discrimination;
 Article 3: best interests of the child to be a principal consideration;
 Article 6: right to life, survival and development; and
 Article 12: right to express a view and have that view taken into account. 
7.1.3 These articles underpin all other rights in the Convention and have formed the basis for
consideration within this assessment. Additional articles considered relevant to this appraisal
include, further detail is provided in Appendix B: Summary of the UNCRC (UNICEF UK,
2019):
 Article 15: freedom of association;
 Article 23: rights of the disabled children;
 Article 24: right to best possible health;
 Article 29: goals of education;
 Article 30: rights of children from minority or indigenous groups; and
 Article 31: right to leisure, play and participation in cultural and artistic activities.
7.2 Assessment Approach
7.2.1 The following guide framing questions have been applied to testing the performance of the
proposed Mull Campus Development in relation to implementing the CRW Duties. This
provides a transparent framework to assess the extent to which emerging components of the
development have an impact on children and young people and assess what further action is
required to ensure compliance with the UNCRC. 
7.2.2 The framing questions, as set out below, have been applied to test and confirm the
implementation of relevant Scottish Ministers’ duties under the Children and Young People
(Scotland) Act 2014 and the UNCRC in relation to the proposed Mull Campus. They have
been formulated with reference to the approach recommended within the Scottish
Government’s Child Rights and Wellbeing (CRW) Impact Assessment Guidance (Scottish
Government, 2021a).  
7.2.3 The objective is to help progress the realisation of children’s rights, and safeguard support and
promote the wellbeing of children and young people.
Page 320

Page 257

Classification: OFFICIAL
7.2.4 The assessment has been informed through engagement activities with relevant groups of
interest and impact (as discussed in Section 3.2). 
7.2.5 The framing questions have been applied in relation to the UNCRC articles and taking account
of the Scottish Government’s SHANARRI5 wellbeing indicators developed for the Getting it
Right for Every Child (GIRFEC) approach (Scottish Government, 2023b) to children’s services
provision in Scotland. These indicators were developed from the UNCRC and are
incorporated in the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014. They are safe, healthy,
achieving, nurtured, active, respected, responsible and included.  
Guide Questions: Children’s Rights and Wellbeing impact Assessment
Q1. What likely impact will the Mull Campus Proposals have on Children’s Rights?
Q2. How will the Mull Campus proposals affect the wellbeing of children and young
people?
Q3. Are some children and young people more likely to be affected by the proposals
than others? 
7.3 Pupil Forum Engagement
7.3.1 To inform the CRWIA, representatives from the Mull Campus Pupil Working Group were
invited to provide feedback during an online video call and afterwards by completing feedback
forms centred around the three assessment questions highlighted below in Section 7.4. Pupil
representatives from Lochdonhead Primary School, Bunessan Primary School, Ulva Primary
School, Tobermory Primary School and Tobermory High School joined the call on 15 January
2025. The call was led by an Education Officer from Argyll & Bute Council with a consultant
from Stantec present. 
7.3.2 Written feedback was received digitally from pupils attending Ulva Primary School, Tobermory
Primary School, Bunessan Primary School and Tobermory High School. No written responses
were received from Lochdonhead Primary School, however verbal feedback captured during
the online session has been taken into account. All responses gathered are presented
anonymously to protect confidentiality. 
7.4 Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment Findings
Q1. What likely impact will the Mull Campus Proposals have on Children’s Rights?
7.4.1 The Project adheres to the four underpinning Rights of the UNCRC, including:
 Article 2 (non-discrimination): The Project proposals considered the needs of all
children and young people on Mull without discrimination. For example, this includes
consideration of children and young people with protected characteristics, their socio-
demographic status and other status factors such as language, ability, or geographic
location. This is evidenced in this IIA Report. 
 Article 3 (best interests of the child): The Project proposals consider the best interests
of children in the decision making process. This IIA report indicates that there is not one
single solution that equally meets the needs of all children and young people living on Mull
due to the challenges of its island context and geography. While the Education Authority
has a duty to educate pupils in accordance with the wishes of their parents, there is a
requirement for this to be compatible with the provision of suitable instruction and training 
5 Eight wellbeing indicators: Safe, Healthy, Achieving, Nurtured, Active, Respected, Responsible, and Included.
Page 321

Page 258

Classification: OFFICIAL
and the avoidance of unreasonable public expenditure (Section 28, Education (Scotland)
Act 1980). 
 Article 6 (life, survival and development): The Project proposals support the delivery of
a contemporary and accessible education campus facilities, designed to meet the needs
of children, young people and their local communities on the Isle of Mull. In doing so, the
proposals intend to support children to survive and develop to their full potential.  
 Article 12 (respect for the views of the child): Every child has the right to express their
views, feelings and wishes in all matters affecting them, and to have their views
considered and taken seriously. The Mull Campus Team have engagement with all
schools on Mull and Iona, as well as pupils from these areas attending Oban High School,
during school engagement sessions in September 2024 to gather views on the Project to
inform the site selection process. A pupil forum has also been established by the Mull
Campus Team which invites pupil representative from all affected schools to meet
regularly to discuss the Project and to be informed of the process and development of
proposals. Argyll & Bute Council have also published an Engagement Strategy which
details plans for key engagement activities, including those with children and young
people as the Project develops. To inform the CRWIA, the Pupil Forum were invited to
provide feedback for the assessment as detailed in Section 7.3. 
7.4.2 The following articles have also been identified as relevant to the Project and are considered
below in relation to different site options:
 Article 15 (freedom of association): Every child has the right to meet with other children
and join groups and organisations, as long as this does not stop other people from
enjoying their rights. A key driver of a central campus option is to provide children and
young people across Mull with equal opportunities as part of the secondary school
experience. This could include attendance and participation in school sports, clubs and
music lessons available to all children on Mull. However, some community feedback has
raised concerns that increased or long travel times for a large proportion of children
travelling from Tobermory or the Ross of Mull to a central site location could affect their
ability to participate fully in group and organisations due to timings, travel arrangements
and the potential implications of a longer school day on children’s wellbeing. 
 Article 23 (children with a disability): Children with a disability have the right to live a
full and decent life with dignity and as far as possible, independence and to play an active
part in the community. Regardless of the site option, the Mull Campus has the potential to
deliver benefits for children with disabilities living on Mull. At present, there are concerns
around inadequate accessibility at the existing Tobermory 2-18 School site which does not
include suitable level access provision and is constrained by narrow corridors and split-
level site design. The new Mull Campus will be designed to include modern accessibility
standards and intends to provide a range of learning environments to support children with
physical and mental disabilities or additional support requirement. The Council currently
make provision for the transport needs of disabled pupils (i.e., by taxi or specialist bus)
and future provisions will likely continue to be made available to meet the needs of pupils
regardless of site option or where they reside on the island.
 Article 24 (right to best possible health): Every child has the right to the best possible
health. All site locations have the potential to positive impact the health of all children
through the provision of well-designed high-quality learning environments and sports
facilities. In terms of active travel, a Tobermory location would facilities walking or cycling
to school for a large proportion of Tobermory Primary and High School pupils. Currently
90% of primary pupils live within a five minute walk of the existing school site and 50% of
Tobermory High School pupils live in Tobermory. It is likely that good levels of active travel
to school will be maintained in either the existing or South Tobermory site option which is
linked to a range of health benefits for children and young people. Active travel to school
would be highly unlikely for the majority of pupils attending either central locations at
Garmony or Craignure (Systra, 2025) and all pupils would likely be travelling via bus or car
Page 322

Page 259

Classification: OFFICIAL
to school. Increased sedentary time for a large proportion of pupils could have a negative
impact on their health, particularly for those with longer commuting times.
 Article 29 (goals of education): Education must develop every child’s personality, talents
and abilities to the full. It must encourage the child’s respect for human rights, as well as
respect for their parents, their own and other cultures, and the environment. The Project
has the potential to contribute positively to this right by designing a contemporary
education facility that can deliver educational and social benefits to a range of children
and young people living on Mull. 
 Article 30 (rights of children from minority or indigenous groups): Every child has the
right to learn and use the language, customs and religion of their family, whether or not
these are shared by the majority of people where they live. In the context of Mull, like
many other Scottish islands, there is a larger proportion of Scottish Gaelic speakers and
relevant to the scope of this Project, provision is currently made for Gaelic Medium
Education at Bunessan Primary, Salen Primary, Tobermory High School and Oban High
School. The National Islands Plan Survey (2022) suggests that 13% of people in the Argyll
Islands speak Gaelic. Regardless of site location, the Mull Campus has the potential to
deliver Gaelic education for secondary pupils which promotes and protects the heritage
and culture of the island for future generations. If this was delivered in a central location,
then there would be a greater potential of bringing Gaelic speaking children from the
South and North of the island together at secondary school. 
 Article 31 (right to leisure, play and participation in cultural and artistic activities):
Every child has the right to relax, play and take part in a wide range of cultural and artistic
activities. Some children and parents living in the Ross of Mull and attending boarding
school in Oban have cited concerns about their ability to participate in local activities as
they can only return home for a short period at the weekends and often feel tired from
travelling when they return. A central site option could enable the majority of children on
Mull to participate in local sporting, cultural or other leisure activities locally with their
island peers. However, at present many activities for children and young people are
currently organised in and around Tobermory. There is also a concern that if the school
site was relocated this would affect the provision of local activities in Tobermory or that
children would be less able to attend due to increased travel time, increased travel costs
and the need for additional travel arrangements which could be challenging for some
families. 
7.4.3 Some members of the community have referenced UNCRC Article 9 stating that children
should not be separated from their parents in relation to the current scenario where children
from the Ross of Mull leave their family homes weekly to board on the mainland in order to
attend Oban High School, as per their defined catchment area. Many argue that secondary-
school aged children are entitled to remain with their families during the week and the current
catchment provision does not allow for this. A central site option could allow greater choice for
pupils and families living in the Ross of Mull to attend secondary school on the island which
would allow children to more fully enjoy all aspects of family life during their time at secondary
school. 
7.4.4 While the premise of citing Article 9 is important, the Article covers instances where there is
enforced separation by the State of a child and parent. Examples of that being where a child is
removed from the parent(s) by virtue of procedures under social work legislation, where a
parent is detained or imprisoned or where a court makes an order restricting contact between
a child and parent. As such, Article 9 would not apply to the current scenario as parent’s have
a legal right to make a placing request for their child to attend a school that is not in their
catchment area, as such Education Authorities cannot legally force children to only attend
their catchment school.
7.4.5 Similarly, many parents and children have identified Article 8 of the European Convention on
Human Rights in respect of children’s rights to a private and family life as being a relevant
consideration in the Project. Article 8 is a qualified right and under the current proposals it is
unlikely to be engaged on the basis that while the Education Authority is required to make
Page 323

Page 260

Classification: OFFICIAL
arrangements to set its catchment areas, it does not require the children attending with those
areas to attend the catchment schools. 
7.4.6 Taking the above into account, however, should not invalidate the concerns of children, young
people and their families who wish to avoid boarding on the mainland as part of the decision-
making process. 
Q2. How will the Mull Campus proposals affect the wellbeing of children and young
people?
7.4.7 During the Pupil Working Group engagement, some young people expressed that the
proposals involving increased travel time would have a negative impact on their mental health
and physical wellbeing. For children and young people in the Ross of Mull this was a concern
linked with weekly boarding at Oban High School. For children and young people in
Tobermory concerns were raised around no longer being able to walk to school and spending
more time travel to and from school which could also limit participation in sports clubs or other
after-school activities. 
7.4.8 Testimonies provided by Bunessan Parent Council form current and former pupils with
experience of boarding at Oban High School highlight some of the difficulties experienced by
pupils who board, including adverse impacts on their mental health often linked with home-
sickness and feeling isolated from their families. Some former pupils said that these
challenges affected their mental health in adulthood after finishing secondary school. If a
Tobermory site is selected then, there would continue to be a proportion of pupils from the
Ross of Mull who are likely to experience a range of difficulties boarding weekly in Oban for
the duration of their secondary school education.  
7.4.9 If the existing Tobermory site is selected for the Campus, additional consideration should be
given to the disruption this could cause for pupils during the proposed two year construction
period. This includes any decanting requirements while the site is prepared for construction
and any amenity impacts (e.g., noise pollution, air pollution and dust) that could be
experienced by children during school hours in addition to the safety of children in respect of
increased construction and HGV traffic accessing the site. 
7.4.10 Representatives from a Parent Council have requested that information is provided about the
impacts of any potential building works on Tobermory High School pupils with assurance
provided that their education will not be disrupted. It was expressed that a group of children
have already been impacted by renovation works at Salen Primary School, involving a decant,
in addition to disruptions caused by COVID-19. Efforts to minimise further disruption to their
learning should be prioritised. 
7.4.11 The Project responds directly to the need for improvements at the current Tobermory High
School site which has a number of accessibility issues. The development of a new education
Campus aims to provide a contemporary, pleasant and accessible learning environment for all
children and young people, including those with additional needs. Regardless of site location,
this is considered to have a significant positive impact on the wellbeing of pupils attending the
Campus. 
7.4.12 During consultation, concerns were raised about the potential increase in travel if younger
children (e.g., early years and primary school aged children) were to be transported to a
location outside of Tobermory. Key issues raised related to the wellbeing of children,
especially, spending longer portions of their day travelling by bus or car. Additionally, concerns
were raised around the impact on children who are neurodiverse or have other reasons to
avoid long travel times such as experiencing travel sickness or bullying. 
7.4.13 The safety of children was also raised during consultation as parents raised the importance of
safe pick-up and drop-off areas at the new Campus. Active travel was also an important factor
for many parents and children and young people, with a desire for pupils to be able to safely
walk and cycle to school. Currently, 90% of children attending Tobermory Primary School and
pupils live within a five minute walk of the school. Of the 157 pupils at Tobermory High School,
50% live within Tobermory. The Transport Review conducted by Systra (2025), suggests that
Page 324

Page 261

Classification: OFFICIAL
there would be very limited potential for active travel in either of the proposed central site
locations due to their geographic locations and limited connectivity to residential settlements
and co-located services. 
Q3. Are some children and young people more likely to be affected by the proposals
than others?
7.4.14 It is clear from the ICIA that there is no clear definitive site option that would meet the needs of
Mull communities in its entirety under the current proposals. With both site options there are
groups of children and young people who will benefit and others who are more likely to be
disproportionately affected by the proposals. For a Tobermory Site location, secondary school
aged pupils living in the Ross of Mull would continue to be disadvantaged in terms of high
school access and would face the choice of continuing to board off-island and attend Oban
High School. 
7.4.15 For a central site location, there would be more equity in terms of secondary school provision
that is more suited to serving a wider proportion of the island’s population. However, this
option would bring disadvantages for pre-school and primary school aged children living in
Tobermory who would be required to undertake longer journeys by bus each day to access
education.
7.4.16 Generally, many parents felt that longer travel times from Tobermory to a central location for
high school aged pupils would have less of an adverse impact as they were more likely to
adapt and cope with an increase in travel time similar to that undertaken by many of their
peers currently to attend Tobermory High School. 
7.4.17 As the Project develops, community members have requested that they are kept informed
about any implications that could have a knock-on effect on other schools on Mull. For
example, if pre-school and primary school provision was to be relocated from Tobermory as
part of a central campus option, implications would need to be considered for nearby schools
such as Salen Primary School and its ability to accommodate any additional primary intake
that may arise. 
7.5 Summary
7.5.1 In general, the Project aligns with the general principles underpinning the UNCRC. The
development of Project proposals through engagement have aims to take the diverse needs of
all children, including those with protected characteristics or specific geographic challenges
into account. While no site solution fully meets the needs of all children due to Mull’s
geography and the financial constraints of the Project, decisions have aimed to balance
educational needs, parental wishes, and reasonable public expenditure. Findings in relation to
other relevant UNCRC articles are summarised below:
 The provision of modern, accessible campus facilities aim to support children’s growth and
development;
 Engagement with children and young people via the Pupil Working Group and school
sessions has sought to ensure that children’s voices and views are considered. The Mull
Campus Engagement strategy also outlines how this will be managed in the future. 
 Overall, the Project aims to deliver increased accessibility and contemporary learning
environments for all pupils, including those with a disability or additional support needs. 
 The Project has the potential to promote island and Gaelic heritage and provide cultural
opportunities. 
 Some concerns are noted in regard to children’s ability to participate in extracurricular
activities and travel to school via walking or cycling if they would be required to undertake
significant different travel routines with increased journey times. 
Page 325

Page 262

Classification: OFFICIAL
7.5.2 The following impacts on children’s wellbeing have been considered:
 The new campus has the potential to address long-standing accessibility challenges
currently identified at the existing Tobermory 2-18 High School site and provide improved
learning environments benefitting all pupils including those with additional needs and
enhancing overall pupil wellbeing. 
 Increased travel times for children from Tobermory to a central site location could
negatively affect children’s wellbeing and their ability to participate in extracurricular
activities. 
 Safety, travel arrangements, and minimising disruptions during construction are key
priorities raised by parents and pupils.
 It is also acknowledged that some community members have expressed concern around
the impact of boarding weekly on secondary aged pupils on their health and wellbeing
from the Ross of Mull. In particular, there are concerns around the implications of this on
their children’s mental health and physical wellbeing, including their ability to participate
fully in island life. 
7.5.3 The following differential impacts were identified for different groups of children and young
people: 
 A Tobermory site option maintains proximity for local children but continues challenges for
children from the Ross of Mull, who may need to board off-island for secondary school. 
 A central site option provides more equitable secondary school access across Mull but
disadvantages Tobermory’s younger children, who would face longer daily commutes to
early years and primary school attendance. 
 Parents generally believe that that older children can better adapt to longer travel times
compared with younger children. 
 Community members emphasise the need to manage any knock-on effect on nearby
primary schools if Tobermory provision is relocated. 
7.5.4 In conclusion, while the Mull Campus Proposals have the potential to significantly enhance
education and children’s rights on Mull, they also present challenges around travel, wellbeing,
and equitable access, particularly for specific groups of children. Ongoing consultation and
mitigation strategies will be critical.
Page 326

Page 263

Classification: OFFICIAL
8 Equality Impact Assessment 
8.1 Introduction
8.1.1 Section 149 of the Equality Act 2010 sets out a ‘Public Sector Equality Duty’ (PSED). This
requires public authorities to have due regard to the need to eliminate discrimination,
harassment, victimisation, advance equality of opportunity, and foster good relations between
those with a protected characteristic and those without.6 
8.1.2 The Duty covers the following protected characteristics: age, disability, gender reassignment,
pregnancy and maternity, race, religion or belief, sex and sexual orientation. The public sector
equality duty also covers marriage and civil partnerships, with regard to eliminating unlawful
discrimination in employment.
8.1.3 The Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties) (Scotland) Regulations 2012 require listed authorities
to undertake an impact assessment in relation to the needs outlined in section 149(1) of the
Act and take account of the results of the assessment in development of the policy. The
approach to the assessment has been informed by reference to the Scottish Government’s
general guidance on the PSED (Scottish Government, 2016) and relevant guidance on
application of the duty in Scotland (Equality and Human Rights Commission, 2016).
8.2 Assessment Approach
8.2.1 The assessment has been framed using the key aims of the PSED have been applied to test
the performance of the proposed Project in relation to this duty and to assess the extent to
which it promotes equality of opportunity.
8.2.2 The assessment takes the following three key aims of the Duty into account:
 Eliminating discrimination, harassment and victimisation;
 Advancing equality of opportunity; and
 Fostering good relations. 
8.2.3 The second of these aims involves:
 Removing or minimising disadvantages affecting people due to their protected
characteristics; 
 Taking steps to meet the needs of people with certain protected characteristics where
these are different from the needs of other people; and 
 Encouraging people with certain protected characteristics to participate in public life or in
other activities where their participation is disproportionately low.
Assessment Scope
8.2.4 Age and disability have been scoped in as the proposals have the potential to
disproportionately or differentially affect school children or staff with these protected
characteristics.
8.2.5 However, the proposals are unlikely to disproportionately or differentially affect school children
or staff with the following protected characteristics: ethnicity; sex; gender reassignment; 
6 The protected characteristics referenced within this duty are specified within Section 4 of the Act, namely: age;
disability; gender reassignment; marriage and civil partnership; pregnancy and maternity; race; religion or belief;
sex; and sexual orientation.
Page 327

Page 264

Classification: OFFICIAL
marriage and civil partnership; pregnancy and maternity; religion or belief; and sexual
orientation. Therefore, these protected characteristics have been scoped out of the
assessment. 
8.3 Equality Impact Assessment Findings
Age
8.3.1 This section discusses the potential impacts of both campus locations on different age groups:
young children (early years and primary school aged children) and older children (high school
age). 
8.3.2 For children in Tobermory, travelling to a central site would result in much longer journey times
which could have a negative impact, especially for the younger children. Longer travel times
for a greater number of children may also result in an adverse effect on educational
attainment, thereby reducing equality of opportunity for all children. As shown in Table 4.2,
performance relating to reading; listening and talking; numeracy; and writing within Argyll &
Bute are all currently below the national averages. If a larger number of children are required
to travel greater distances for school as would be the case with a central site option, there is
concern that this could affect wellbeing, energy levels and ability to concentrate during school
hours which may take away from their learning. This was echoed by feedback received from
the Pupil Forum where children were concerned about the impacts of undertaking long daily
commutes by bus and losing the ability to walk to school. 
8.3.3 Conversely, a central site would benefit children living in the south and southwest of the island
and would enable all children on the island to stay on the island by reducing the need for
children to board at Oban High School throughout the week. However, through the
consultation process it was highlighted by some parents that it is important that this commute
remains an option regardless of what site option is taken forward. A benefit of the central site
option would mean that there would be no discrimination for children depending on what part
of the island they are from, thereby advancing equality of opportunity for children in the south
and southwest of the island. Additionally, children from other parts of the island would spend
less time travelling with a central site and may have more energy during school which may
positively impact education attainment averages. A central site option would enable greater
socialising amongst young people on the island and may lead to a greater level of unity across
Mull. 
8.3.4 A centrally located campus may negatively impact children and young people in relation to
being able to attend after school clubs, particularly those living in Tobermory who already
have access to such clubs. This was highlighted by school children attending both Tobermory
Primary School and High School during the Pupil Forum engagement and concern was
specifically raised regarding a lack of transport home. Additionally, the Transport Review
Report (Systra, 2025), found that 50% of Tobermory High School students lived within
Tobermory and many felt that because the majority of children attending the school lives
within the surrounding area, the school would benefit from a Tobermory location.
8.3.5 Independence of both younger and older children are at risk through a central site as far fewer
children would be able to exercise the freedoms that they are able to currently. An example of
this was raised through the older children during consultation with Tobermory High School.
They stated that a central location has the potential to negatively impact their mental health
due to a likely remote location which would not allow them to have as much freedom as they
do now, for example, at the moment they are able to go into town to the shops at lunch time.
In addition to this, younger children raised how a central location would negatively impact their
mental and physical health as they would no longer be able to walk to and from school. As
stated in the Transport Report (Systra, 2025), 90% of the 81 pupils in Tobermory Primary
School live within a 5 minute walk from the school. A central location would mean that children
must travel to and from the school, reducing their level of physical activity throughout the day.
Page 328

Page 265

Classification: OFFICIAL
Disability
8.3.6 Improved campus facilities as a result of the proposed development will positively impact
disabled children and staff compared to existing provision. This is likely to include enhanced
accessibility measures and design features that could benefit pupils and staff with a disability.
Further detail on these design measure will come forward as the project develops. 
8.3.7 An increase in travel times, for example for children and staff living in Tobermory travelling to
a central location, will have a negative impact on disabled children and staff. Conversely, a
decrease in travel times, for example for children and staff living in Lochdon travelling to a
central location, will have a positive impact on disabled children and staff. 
8.3.8 Poverty rates remain higher for households in which somebody is disabled compared to those
where no-one is disabled (Scottish Government, 2023c). Additionally, people who have a
long-term illness or disability that limits their daily activities are more likely to live in
households that do not have access to a private car. This may adversely impact disabled
children who require transportation to school and may not be able to use a public bus. There
is potential for additional adverse impacts if a parent is disabled and or does not have use of a
private car. This would be particularly evident if the school was centrally located. This is a
particular concern as the highest proportion of residents whose day-to-day activities are
limited a lot is the South.
8.4 Summary
8.4.1 It is considered that a central Site option would positively impact children and young people
and their families living in the South and South West of Mull and bring unity to the North and
South communities of the island. During consultation, children and young people from these
areas raised that a central Site option would be fairer for them as they would not have to travel
as far every day and could potentially participate in after school clubs. 
8.4.2 However, children and young people from Tobermory and the North of Mull presented concern
with a central Site option as it would significantly increase their journey time to and from
school, reduce their current freedoms and potentially remove their ability to attend after school
clubs. They showed preference towards a Tobermory site option as they could continue to
walk to and from school and because the majority of students currently live in and around
Tobermory.  
8.4.3 It is considered that all site options would positively impact disabled children as the school
would have improved campus facilities, such as enhanced accessibility measures. However,
there are potential negative impacts as a result of a central site as some disabled children
may not be able to travel by public transport and this would put pressure on family members
or caregivers who may not have access to a private car.  
Page 329

Page 266

Classification: OFFICIAL
9 Fairer Scotland Duty Assessment
9.1 Introduction
9.1.1 The FSD places a legal responsibility on certain public bodies in Scotland to actively consider
how they can reduce inequalities of outcome caused by socio-economic disadvantage when
making strategic decisions or developing policy. This differs from the PSED which considers
only reducing inequalities of opportunity. The Duty seeks to tackle socio-economic
disadvantage and reduce the inequalities associated with being disadvantaged. It is closely
related to issues of poverty which may affect outcomes across health, housing, education and
training and employment prospects. 
9.1.2 The FSD identifies a need to consider both ‘communities of place’ and ‘communities of
interest’ in terms of people who share an experience and are particularly impacted by socio-
economic disadvantage (Scottish Government, 2021b). Demographic groups who share one
or more of the protected characteristics listed in Section 4 of the Equality Act 2010 can be
considered ‘communities of interest’, meaning there is a direct link between the FSD and the
PSED.  
9.2 Assessment Approach
9.2.1 The FSD assessment considers impacts of the Project on two key parts of the Duty, with
relevant criteria identified from the statutory guidance. This includes consideration of the
following:
 Socio-economic disadvantage, which is influenced by low income, low/no wealth,
material and area deprivation and socio-economic background; and 
 Inequality of outcome, including education, skills, employment, crime, health and
wellbeing, life expectancy, living standards, poverty and connectivity. 
9.2.2 The assessment has been informed through engagement activities with relevant groups of
interest and impact (as discussed in Section 3). 
Socio-Economic Disadvantage
9.2.3 Socio-economic disadvantage considers living on a low income compared to others in
Scotland, with little or no accumulated wealth, leading to greater material deprivation,
restricting the ability to access basic goods and services. As well as considering areas of
deprivation, the guidance also identified communities of place and communities of interest
(Scottish Government, 2019). 
9.2.4 Communities of place describe people who are bound together because of where they live or
work. Communities of interest refers to groups who share an experience such as
homelessness, or those who share one or more protected characteristics as listed in the
Equality Act 2010. 
Inequality of Outcome
9.2.5 The Fairer Scotland Duty is intended to reduce inequalities of outcome cause by socio-
economic disadvantage. Inequality of outcome refers to the measurable difference between
those who have experienced socio-economic disadvantage and the rest of the population, for
example this could be in relation to health and life expectancy or educational attainment.
Socio-economically disadvantaged households have a higher risk of experiencing negative
outcomes (Scottish Government, 2019). 
9.2.6 Background to topic and provide response based on education outcomes, and other relevant
topics from above bullet point. 
Page 330

Page 267

Classification: OFFICIAL
9.3 Fairer Scotland Duty Findings
Socio-Economic Disadvantage
An assessment has been provided below for the main consideration that would affect socio-
economic disadvantage in respect of the Project. This includes Area Deprivation whereby
living in a deprived area can exacerbate negative outcomes for individuals and households
already affected by issues of low-income. Socio-economic background is considered which
take account of structural disadvantage that can arise from parents’ education, employment
and income. Communities of interest and communities of place have also been identified. 
Area Deprivation
9.3.1 The North, South West and South of Mull all fall into the least deprived 40% of areas in
Scotland, whilst Tobermory performs even better in the bottom 30%. This means that the Isle
of Mull is relatively better off in terms of deprivation compared to other areas within Scotland.
While this provides some measure of deprivation, it should be noted that island contexts are
known to have higher a cost of living and rates of fuel poverty compared to mainland
counterparts which could affect adversely affect income deprivation. 
9.3.2 The baseline evidence presented in Section 4.4 highlights key challenges across different
parts of the island, shaped by its geography, economy and infrastructure in terms of
deprivation. 
9.3.3 The North of Mull faces severe deprivation in access to services, it is in the 2% most deprived
of geographic areas, due to its remote and dispersed population, which makes it difficult to
provide regular and convenient access to facilities. Housing deprivation (43%) may reflect
limited housing stock, and the high costs associated with building or maintaining homes in
remote areas. However, the area's lower crime levels (top 14% least deprived) and moderate
education deprivation (23% least deprived) suggest a safe community with reasonably good
access to education compared to other parts of the island.
9.3.4 Tobermory, the island's largest settlement, experiences challenges in income and
employment deprivation. Despite being better connected than other areas, housing
deprivation also remains an issue. The relatively better access to services, top 40% least
deprived of areas in Scotland, reflects Tobermory’s role as a service hub for the island.
9.3.5 The South West area of the island experiences extreme deprivation in access to services,
ranked in the lowest percentile, this reflects its isolation and sparse infrastructure. The area is
geographically remote, with fewer roads and limited public transport. However, the South
West performs well in health and crime, for both domains the area ranked in the top 20% least
deprived in Scotland. This is likely due to its rural character, low population density, and
healthier lifestyle factors often associated with remote living.
9.3.6 The South of Mull similarly struggles with access to services ranked in the bottom percentile,
reflecting its geographical challenges. However, the South performs relatively well in crime
and health ranked in the top 30% least deprived.  
9.3.7 While overall levels of multiple deprivation across Mull perform better compared to other areas
of Scotland, it is clear that the island’s geographies are impacted by more unique factors of
deprivation typical for island and rural communities in terms of access to services and housing
deprivation. 
9.3.8 In terms of overall impact depending on the Campus site selection, it is not clear how area
deprivation could be affected by either site option. It is likely that a central Site option could
result in reduced access to services in Tobermory if the 2-18 Campus was to relocate,
resulting in an adverse impact for the locality. However, a central option would enhance
access to services for a central site options, particularly if this could be co-located with other
services and infrastructure such as the Community Hospital and ferry terminal in Craignure.  
Page 331

Page 268

Classification: OFFICIAL
Socio-Economic Background
9.3.9 Socio-economic background is a structural disadvantage that can arise as a result of parents’
education, employment and income. These factors in the Mull context are discussed below. 
9.3.10 Educational attainment is closely linked to socio-economic background. Baseline evidence
suggests that there is noticeable variation within Mull’s specific study areas (e.g., North,
South, South West and Tobermory). Some areas, such as the North, have a relatively high
percentage of residents with degree-level qualifications, while others, such as the South, show
higher proportions of residents with no qualifications or lower school qualifications, suggesting
localised disparities in educational attainment.
9.3.11 However, Mull overall has a higher proportion of adults aged 16 years and over who have a
degree level qualification or above at 42% compared with the Argyll & Bute average of 32%
and the Scottish average of 34%. Across the island 46% of adults aged 16 years and above
have a degree level qualification or above compared with 43% in the South West, 40% in the
South and 39% in Tobermory. This suggest that Tobermory could have greater sensitivity in
terms of educational attainment compared to other parts of the island.  
9.3.12 Approximately 63.0% of people aged 16+ in Mull are economically active, which is lower than
both the Argyll & Bute and Scotland averages (75.0% and 77.1%, respectively). Average
gross weekly pay for full-time workers in Mull is not available, therefore, the Argyll & Bute
average has been used instead which is £653. This compares to a Scottish average of £702
and a British average of £682. In 2024 48% of employee jobs in Argyll & Bute are ‘Managers,
Professional and Associated Professional Occupations'.  This compares to 50% for Scotland
and 52% for Great Britain (Argyll & Bute Council, 2024c). 
9.3.13 The above data suggests that people living on the Isle of Mull are likely to be earning less
compared to the Scottish average. While lower levels of economic activity may be reflective of
an ageing population in Mull, there are likely disparities on the island in terms of socio-
economic background compared to other parts of Scotland. The Economic Impact
Assessment has quantified the potential impact of the Mull Campus proposals on future
earning and loss of earnings depending on the site location (see Sections 5.3.9 – 5.3.16).
There is a greater loss to earning and future earning for a central site location compared to
Tobermory, which considers the larger population in the Tobermory settlement. This impact
could be augmented by increased sensitivity among the population in terms of average full-
time weekly earnings being lower and lower levels of economic activity on the island. 
Communities of Interest and Communities of Place 
9.3.14 A community of interest refers to groups of people who share an experience. In this context,
that is also closely aligned with communities of place so both factors are considered together.
A notable community of interest in the context of the Mull Campus proposal is secondary
school aged children from the Ross of Mull and other localities who access secondary
education by boarding on the mainland to attend Oban High School. Community feedback has
expressed concern around the impact of children attending six years of their schooling off-
island, with limiting their opportunities to participate fully in family life and community life on
the island. 
9.3.15 The site selection proposals have the potential to significantly affect this community of interest
with the potential to bring positive impacts and equity to this group through the delivery of a
central site option. 
9.3.16 Another community of place that could emerge as a result of the proposals is group of children
from Tobermory attending pre-5 and primary school who might be required to undertake
longer journeys on a daily basis to access education at a central or other location. Due to the
age of children, it is judged that impact would be felt more significantly in this age group
compared with secondary school aged children. There is also a precedent for extended travel
times on Mull for secondary school children accessing Tobermory High School from other
localities on the island. 
Page 332

Page 269

Classification: OFFICIAL
Inequality of Outcome
Equality of outcome is influenced by socio-economic disadvantage. To assess this in relation
to the Mull Campus proposal, factors relating to education, health and income have been
selected as most relevant. 
Education
9.3.17 Island communities often face challenges in providing consistent, high quality education due to
their geographic context and smaller population sizes. Specific considerations include smaller
school roll sizes which may mean schools have fewer resources, limited subject offerings and
the ability to recruit fewer specialist teachers. Teacher recruitment and retention is often
challenging and has been cited as a key concern from many community members and
organisations during public engagement sessions. Attracting and retaining qualified staff can
be challenging due to rural isolation, cost of living, and limited professional development
opportunities. Digital connectivity and facilities can also have an impact on the access to
online learning tools which could widen educational disparities. 
9.3.18 In the National Islands Plan Survey 2020 (Scottish Government, 2021), 57% of Argyll Islands7
respondents agreed that children living on the islands can access secondary school education
that offers a range of subjects (online or in person). While this response rate is similar to
response rates in Uist and Barra (57%), and Bute and the Cumbraes (59%) is lower than the
average response for all island groups (approx. 75% agreement).
9.3.19 Regardless of site location, the Project presents a positive opportunity to address challenges
in the quality and provision of education on the island through the provision of contemporary
and sustainably designed educational facilities that would benefit pupils aged 2-18 in addition
to the wider community. 
9.3.20 The extent of this benefit is varied depending on whether this is delivered in a central or
Tobermory Site location. The reality of the proposals means that there is the potential to affect
different groups of children and young people and their communities by virtue of where they
live on the island. Existing baseline data should that educational attainment and qualification
levels across Mull are relatively consistent across the Isle of Mull and with Scottish averages
(please refer to Section 4.3). However, findings from the Economic Impact Assessment
indicate that there could be negative impact on potential future earnings for children required
to undertake longer daily journeys to school. The assessment is based on evidence that pupils
who must travel further to school are less likely to attend university and may experience a loss
of earnings as a result. 
Health and Wellbeing
9.3.21 In the National Islands Plan Survey 2020 (Scottish Government, 2021) it was reported that
Argyll Islanders report notably lower satisfaction with local sports facilities than other island
groups. Only 60% of Argyll Islands respondents agree that there were places they could go to
take part in sports and physical exercise, compared with 86% of respondents who agreed
across all island groups. Only 36% of Argyll Islands responses agreed that local sports
facilities were good quality and maintained, compared with 73% across all island groups. 
9.3.22 There could be higher sensitivity in local communities living near site options in Tobermory
and a central site in relation to the provision of or re-provision of sports facilities that might be
associated with the Mull Campus proposals. Early engagement and planning should ensure
that new facilities are able to meet community needs to minimise the population loss or
disruption of existing facilities during construction periods, which would be a key consideration
if the Mull Campus is located on the existing school site in Tobermory. 
7 Argyll Islands – National Islands Plan group that includes Coll, Colonsay, Easdale, Gometra, Iona, Isle of Gigha,
Isle of Mull, Jura, Kerrera, Lismore, Luing, Oronsay, Seil, Tiree and Ulva. 
Page 333

Page 270

Classification: OFFICIAL
Income
9.3.23 The Project has the potential to affect income both in terms of future earnings for pupils and
the earning of parents and carers. This is discussed above in Sections 4.3 – 4.4 of the
Economic Impact Assessment and as part of the FSD assessment in Section 9.3.12 – 9.3.13. 
9.4 Summary
Socio-Economic Disadvantage
 The North, South West and South of Mull all fall into the least deprived 40% of areas in
Scotland, whilst Tobermory performs even better in the bottom 30%. In terms of overall
impact depending on the Campus site selection, it is not clear how area deprivation could
be affected by either site option.
 There is a greater loss to earning and future earning for a central site location compared
to Tobermory, which considers the larger population in the Tobermory settlement. 
 Community feedback has expressed concern around the impact of children attending six
years of their schooling off-island, with limiting their opportunities to participate fully in
family life and community life on the island.
 There is a precedent for extended travel times on Mull for secondary school children
accessing Tobermory High School from other localities on the island.
Inequality of Outcome
 Regardless of site location, the Project presents a positive opportunity to address
challenges in the quality and provision of education on the island through the provision of
contemporary and sustainably designed educational facilities that would benefit pupils
aged 2-18 in addition to the wider community.
 The extent of this benefit is varied depending on whether this is delivered in a central or
Tobermory Site location. The reality of the proposals means that there is the potential to
affect different groups of children and young people and their communities by virtue of
where they live on the island. 
 There could be negative impact on potential future earnings for children required to
undertake longer daily journeys to school. Pupils who must travel further to school are
less likely to attend university and may experience a loss of earnings as a result.
 There could be higher sensitivity in local communities living near site options in
Tobermory and a central site in relation to the provision of or re-provision of sports
facilities that might be associated with the Mull Campus proposals.
 The Project has the potential to affect income both in terms of future earnings for pupils
and the earning of parents and carers.
Page 334

Page 271

Classification: OFFICIAL
10 Conclusion and Recommendations
10.1 IIA Summary
10.1.1 This report provides a high-level IIA of the Project proposals to inform the site selection
process. 
10.1.2 Findings from this impact assessment have been taken into consideration by Argyll & Bute
Council as part of a technical scoring exercise to evaluate the performance of four separate
sites on the Isle of Mull for delivery of the proposed Mull Campus. 
10.1.3 Due to commercial sensitivities, members of the public were not made aware of the four
individual sites for selection. As such, this assessment largely reflects public understanding to
consider the implications of the Project broadly in either a central or Tobermory site location. 
10.1.4 There is currently a strong need to upgrade the current Tobermory 2-18 School which is in
need of upgrading and has been reported to have inadequate accessibility features for
children and staff with disabilities or additional support needs. Many community members
across the island feel strongly that a central high school is required to unite young people from
the north and south of Mull and to provide an on-island secondary education option for
children from the Ross of Mull. However, there is also a strong feeling across the island’s
communities that early years and primary school education should not be relocated from
Tobermory for the families residing there. As such, conclusions of the IIA show that there are
benefits and disbenefits associated with all site options. However, due to LEIP funding
restrictions and other cost factors, it is unlikely that either of the Campus locations would be
able to provide a fully equal solution for all children and young people living on Mull and the
islands.
10.1.5 Regardless of site location, the campus has the potential to deliver a range of benefits to the
island through the provision of contemporary and high-quality learning, sport and community
facilities. It is recommended that the pupils and members of the community are closely
involved in shaping the design of the new Campus so that it can best meet the needs of
people living on Mull and the islands. 
10.2 Recommendations
10.2.1 The following recommendations are provided as part of this assessment: 
10.2.2 This IIA has been conducted at an early phase of the Project and it is recommended that the
assessments are taken forward and updated iteratively with community involvement as the
Project progresses. 
 It is recommended that the Mull Campus proposals consider the integration of community
spaces and services that would meet the needs of the wider community as whole, this
could include additional extracurricular activities, breakfast clubs and wraparound care to
support working families and single parents. 
 It is recommended that Argyll and Bute Council regularly review and monitor their
engagement strategy for the Project to promote positive engagement and collaboration
with the local community. 
 It is recommended that, wherever possible, the Mull Campus Project should utilise local
contractors and supply chains in the development and fit-out of the school. 
 The Mull Campus has the opportunity to showcase and promote the island’s unique
geography, culture and heritage. It is recommended that a strategy is developed between
pupils, the community and the Project Team to promote these elements in the projects
design and delivery. 
Page 335

Page 272

Classification: OFFICIAL
 It is recommended that the Project delivers digital infrastructure to enhance access to
online learning which can be used to support pupils with additional support needs or
pupils and staff affected by weather based disruptions. 
Page 336

Page 273

Classification: OFFICIAL
11 References
Alanzi, K.A. and Alfraih, M.M. (2023), "Does students' commuting influence their academic
performance?", Journal of Applied Research in Higher Education, Vol. 15 No. 5, pp. 1706-1716.
Available from: https://doi.org/10.1108/JARHE-07-2022-0211 [last accessed: 20 January 2025]. 
Argyll & Bute Council (2024a) Mull Campus Pre Engagement feedback. Available from: Mull Campus
Pre Engagement feedback | Argyll and Bute Council [last accessed: 27 January 2025]. 
Argyll & Bute Council (2024b) Special Meeting, Argyll and Bute Council – Friday, 20 December 2024
10:30am. Available from: Agenda for Argyll and Bute Council on Friday, 20 December 2024, 10:30 am
- Argyll and Bute Council [last accessed: 28 January 2025]. 
Argyll & Bute Council (2024c) Quick Facts and Figures about Argyll and Bute. Available from: Quick
Facts and Figures about Argyll and Bute | Argyll and Bute Council [last accessed: 27 January 2025]. 
Argyll & Bute Council (2025) Mull Campus Project. Available from: Mull Campus Project | Argyll and
Bute Council [last accessed: 27 January 2025]. 
Chairassamee N, Chancharoenchai K, Saraithong W. (2024) Getting there: How commuting time and
distance impact students' health. PLoS One. Available from:
https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11623559/ [last accessed: 20 January 2025]. 
Education Scotland (2024) Educational attainment. Available from: Educational attainment | National
Performance Framework [last accessed: 27 January 2025]. 
Equality and Human Rights Commission (2016) Assessing impact and the Public Sector Equality Duty
– A guide for public authorities in Scotland. Available from:
https://www.equalityhumanrights.com/sites/default/files/6._assessing_impact_-_formatted.pdf [last
accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
OnlineMoneyAdviser (2025) Where in Britain do homes sell for more money when they are closer to a
school. Available from: Does proximity to schools affect house prices in Britain? | Online Money
Advisor [last accessed: 27 January 2025]. 
Ryder (2024) Mull Campus Community Engagement Report. 
Scotland’s Census (2022a) UV103 – Age by single year. 
Scotland’s Census (2022b) UV501 – Highest level of qualification. 
Scotland’s Census (2022c) UV102b – Age. 
Scotland’s Census (2022d) UV303 – Disability. 
Scotland’s Census (2022e) UV201 – Ethnic group. 
Scotland’s Census (2022f) UV102a – Age by sex. 
Scotland’s Census (2022g) Sexual orientation and trans status or history. 
Scotland’s Census (2022h) UV104 – Marital and civil partnership status. 
Scotland’s Census (2022i) UV205 - Religion. 
Scotland’s Census (2022j) UV904 – Sexual orientation. 
Page 337

Page 274

Classification: OFFICIAL
Scottish Government (2016) Mainstreaming equality: Scottish Government’s equality duties. Available
from: Mainstreaming equality: Scottish Government's equality duties - gov.scot [last accessed: 20
December 2024]. 
Scottish Government (2017) The Scottish Health Survey. Available from: Scottish Health Survey 2017:
Volume 1: Main Report [last accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
Scottish Government (2018) Economy and Labour Market: Regional Employment Patterns in Scotland
– Annual Population Survey 2018. Available from: Regional Employment Patterns in Scotland: Annual
Population Survey 2018 [last accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
Scottish Government (2019) Scottish Household Survey. Available from: Scotland’s People Annual
Report 2019 [last accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
Scottish Government (2020a) Disabled people and the labour market in Scotland. Available from:
Disabled people and the labour market in Scotland - gov.scot [last accessed: 28 January 2025]. 
Scottish Government (2020b) Island Communities Impact Assessments: Guidance and Toolkit. 
Scottish Government (2021a) Child Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment (CRWIA) External
Guidance. Available from: Child rights and wellbeing impact assessment external guidance and
templates - gov.scot [last accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
Scottish Government (2021b) The Fairer Scotland Duty: Guidance for Public Bodies. Available from:
Fairer Scotland Duty: guidance for public bodies - gov.scot [last accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
Scottish Government (2023a) Scottish Equality Evidence Finder. Available from: equalityevidence.scot
[last accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
Scottish Government (2023b) GIRFEC. Available from: Getting it right for every child (GIRFEC) -
gov.scot [last accessed: 27 January 2025]. 
Scottish Government (2023c) Poverty and Income Inequality in Scotland 2019-22. Retrieved from:
Poverty and Income Inequality in Scotland 2020-23 
Scottish Public Health Observatory (2024) All indicators. Available from: ScotPHO profiles
(shinyapps.io) [last accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
SIMD (2020) Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation. Available from: SIMD (Scottish Index of Multiple
Deprivation) [last accessed: 20 December 2024]. 
Stantec (2024) Economic Impact Assessment. Completed December 2024. 
Systra (January 2025) Mull Education Campus Transport Considerations. 
Unicef UK (2019) A Summary of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. Available from:
UNCRC_summary-1.pdf [last accessed: 28 January 2025]. 
UK Government (2022) The Green Book. Available from: The Green Book (2022) - GOV.UK [last
accessed: 27 January 2025]. 
Voulgaris, C. T., Smart, M. J., & Taylor, B. D. (2019). Tired of Commuting? Relationships among
Journeys to School, Sleep, and Exercise among American Teenagers. Journal of Planning Education
and Research, 39(2), 142-154. Available from: https://doi.org/10.1177/0739456X17725148 [last
accessed: 20 January 2025]. 
Zoopla (2024) Zoopla average house price in Tobermory. Available from: Zoopla > Search Property to
Buy, Rent, House Prices, Estate Agents [last accessed: 28 January 2025].
Page 338

Page 275

Classification: OFFICIAL
Appendix A  Glossary
Abbreviation Meaning
CRW Child Rights and Wellbeing
CRWIA Children’s Rights and Wellbeing Impact Assessment
ELC Early learning and childcare
EqIA Equality Impact Assessment
FSD Fairer Scotland Duty
GDV Gross Development Value
GIRFEC Getting it Right for Every Child
GME Gaelic Medium Education
HMT HM Treasury
ICIA Island Communities Impact Assessment
IIA Integrated Impact Assessment
LDP Local Development Plan
LEIP Learning Estate Investment Programme
LGB+ Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and other
LVU Land Value Uplift
PSED Public Sector Equality Duty
PV Present Value
SIMD Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation
STAG Scottish Transport Appraisal Guidance
UNCRC United Nations Convention of the Rights of the Child
UK United Kingdom 
Page 339

Page 276

Classification: OFFICIAL
Appendix B  Summary of the UNCRC Articles
Page 340

Page 277

a summary of the un convention
on the rights of the child
article 1 (definition of the child)
Everyone under the age of 18 has all the
rights in the Convention.
article 2 (non-discrimination)
The Convention applies to every child
without discrimination, whatever their
ethnicity, sex, religion, language, abilities
or any other status, whatever they think
or say, whatever their family background.
article 3 (best interests of the child)
The best interests of the child must be a top
priority in all decisions and actions that
affect children.
article 4 (implementation of 
the Convention)
Governments must do all they can to make
sure every child can enjoy their rights by
creating systems and passing laws that
promote and protect children’s rights.
article 5 (parental guidance and a
child’s evolving capacities)
Governments must respect the rights and
responsibilities of parents and carers to
provide guidance and direction to their
child as they grow up, so that they fully
enjoy their rights. This must be done in a
way that recognises the child’s increasing
capacity to make their own choices. 
article 6 (life, survival and development)
Every child has the right to life.
Governments must do all they can to
ensure that children survive and develop to
their full potential.
article 7 (birth registration, name,
nationality, care)
Every child has the right to be registered at
birth, to have a name and nationality, and,
as far as possible, to know and be cared for
by their parents.
article 8 (protection and preservation
of identity)
Every child has the right to an identity.
Governments must respect and protect that
right, and prevent the child’s name,
nationality or family relationships from
being changed unlawfully.
article 9 (separation from parents)
Children must not be separated from their
parents against their will unless it is in their
best interests (for example, if a parent is
hurting or neglecting a child). Children
whose parents have separated have the
right to stay in contact with both parents,
unless this could cause them harm. 
article 10 (family reunification)
Governments must respond quickly and
sympathetically if a child or their parents
apply to live together in the same country.
If a child’s parents live apart in different
countries, the child has the right to visit and
keep in contact with both of them.
article 11 (abduction and non-return 
of children) 
Governments must do everything they can
to stop children being taken out of their
own country illegally by their parents or
other relatives, or being prevented from
returning home.
article 12 (respect for the views 
of the child)
Every child has the right to express their
views, feelings and wishes in all matters
affecting them, and to have their views
considered and taken seriously. This right
applies at all times, for example during
immigration proceedings, housing decisions
or the child’s day-to-day home life.
article 13 (freedom of expression)
Every child must be free to express their
thoughts and opinions and to access all
kinds of information, as long as it is within
the law.
article 14 (freedom of thought, 
belief and religion)
Every child has the right to think and
believe what they choose and also to
practise their religion, as long as they are
not stopping other people from enjoying
their rights. Governments must respect
the rights and responsibilities of parents to
guide their child as they grow up.
article 15 (freedom of association)
Every child has the right to meet with
other children and to join groups and
organisations, as long as this does not stop
other people from enjoying their rights.
article 16 (right to privacy)
Every child has the right to privacy. The law
should protect the child’s private, family
and home life, including protecting children 
from unlawful attacks that harm their
reputation.
article 17 (access to information 
from the media)
Every child has the right to reliable
information from a variety of sources,
and governments should encourage the
media to provide information that children
can understand. Governments must help
protect children from materials that could
harm them.
article 18 (parental responsibilities 
and state assistance)
Both parents share responsibility for
bringing up their child and should always
consider what is best for the child.
Governments must support parents by
creating support services for children and
giving parents the help they need to raise
their children.
article 19 (protection from violence,
abuse and neglect)
Governments must do all they can to
ensure that children are protected from all
forms of violence, abuse, neglect and bad
treatment by their parents or anyone else
who looks after them.
article 20 (children unable to live 
with their family)
If a child cannot be looked after by
their immediate family, the government
must give them special protection and
assistance. This includes making sure
the child is provided with alternative care
that is continuous and respects the child’s
culture, language and religion.
article 21 (adoption)
Governments must oversee the process of
adoption to make sure it is safe, lawful and
that it prioritises children’s best interests.
Children should only be adopted outside of
their country if they cannot be placed with
a family in their own country.
article 22 (refugee children)
If a child is seeking refuge or has refugee
status, governments must provide them
with appropriate protection and assistance
to help them enjoy all the rights in the
Convention. Governments must help
refugee children who are separated from
their parents to be reunited with them.
article 23 (children with a disability)
A child with a disability has the right to live
a full and decent life with dignity and, as far
as possible, independence and to play an
active part in the community. Governments
must do all they can to support disabled
children and their families.
article 24 (health and health services)
Every child has the right to the best
possible health. Governments must
provide good quality health care, clean
water, nutritious food, and a clean
environment and education on health
and well-being so that children can stay
healthy. Richer countries must help poorer
countries achieve this.
article 25 (review of treatment in care)
If a child has been placed away from
home for the purpose of care or
protection (for example, with a foster
family or in hospital), they have the right
to a regular review of their treatment, 
the way they are cared for and their
wider circumstances.
article 26 (social security)
Every child has the right to benefit from
social security. Governments must
provide social security, including financial
support and other benefits, to families in
need of assistance.
article 27 (adequate standard of living)
Every child has the right to a standard of
living that is good enough to meet their
physical and social needs and support
their development. Governments must
help families who cannot afford to
provide this.
article 28 (right to education)
Every child has the right to an education.
Primary education must be free and
different forms of secondary education
must be available to every child. Discipline
in schools must respect children’s dignity
and their rights. Richer countries must help
poorer countries achieve this.
article 29 (goals of education)
Education must develop every child’s
personality, talents and abilities to the
full. It must encourage the child’s respect
for human rights, as well as respect
for their parents, their own and other
cultures, and the environment.
article 30 (children from minority 
or indigenous groups)
Every child has the right to learn and
use the language, customs and religion
of their family, whether or not these are
shared by the majority of the people in
the country where they live.
article 31 (leisure, play and culture)
Every child has the right to relax, play and
take part in a wide range of cultural and
artistic activities.
article 32 (child labour)
Governments must protect children from
economic exploitation and work that is
dangerous or might harm their health,
development or education. Governments
must set a minimum age for children to
work and ensure that work conditions
are safe and appropriate.
article 33 (drug abuse)
Governments must protect children from
the illegal use of drugs and from being
involved in the production or distribution
of drugs.
article 34 (sexual exploitation)
Governments must protect children from
all forms of sexual abuse and exploitation.
article 35 (abduction, sale 
and trafficking)
Governments must protect children from
being abducted, sold or moved illegally
to a different place in or outside their
country for the purpose of exploitation.
article 36 (other forms of exploitation)
Governments must protect children
from all other forms of exploitation, for
example the exploitation of children for
political activities, by the media or for
medical research.
article 37 (inhumane treatment 
and detention)
Children must not be tortured,
sentenced to the death penalty or suffer
other cruel or degrading treatment
or punishment. Children should be
arrested, detained or imprisoned only
as a last resort and for the shortest time
possible. They must be treated with
respect and care, and be able to keep in
contact with their family. Children must
not be put in prison with adults.
article 38 (war and armed conflicts)
Governments must not allow children
under the age of 15 to take part in war
or join the armed forces. Governments
must do everything they can to protect
and care for children affected by war and
armed conflicts.
article 39 (recovery from trauma 
and reintegration)
Children who have experienced neglect,
abuse, exploitation, torture or who are
victims of war must receive special
support to help them recover their health,
dignity, self-respect and social life.
article 40 (juvenile justice)
A child accused or guilty of breaking
the law must be treated with dignity
and respect. They have the right to legal
assistance and a fair trial that takes
account of their age. Governments must
set a minimum age for children to be
tried in a criminal court and manage a
justice system that enables children who
have been in conflict with the law to
reintegrate into society. 
article 41 (respect for higher 
national standards)
If a country has laws and standards that
go further than the present Convention,
then the country must keep these laws.
article 42 (knowledge of rights)
Governments must actively work to
make sure children and adults know
about the Convention.
The Convention has 54 articles in total.
Articles 43–54 are about how adults
and governments must work together to
make sure all children can enjoy all their
rights, including:
article 45
Unicef can provide expert advice and
assistance on children’s rights.
optional protocols
There are three agreements, called
Optional Protocols, that strengthen the
Convention and add further unique
rights for children. They are optional
because governments that ratify the
Convention can decide whether or not
to sign up to these Optional Protocols.
They are: the Optional Protocol on the
sale of children, child prostitution and
child pornography, the Optional Protocol
on the involvement of children in armed
conflict and the Optional Protocol on
a complaints mechanism for children
(called Communications Procedure).
For more information go to
unicef.org.uk/crc/op
Page 341

Page 278

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 279

Document is Restricted
Page 343 Agenda Item 6oNOT FOR PUBLICATION by virtue of paragraph(s) 8, 9
of Schedule 7A of the Local Government(Scotland) Act 1973

Page 280

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 281

Classification: OFFICIAL#
Criteria Category Category Individual Factors to consider Score Weighted Score Score Weighted Score Score Weighted Score Score Weighted Score Notes/ rationale
3
Utility infrastructure - capacity and need for any diversions 7 21 5 15 2 6 5 15
Existing utilities considered, minimal diversions,
opportunities for future heat network connections. Distance
of running utilities.
3 Ground conditions 6 18 5 15 5 15 7 21
Potential for contamination at Site 1. Poorer ground
conditions at Site 2/Site 3 marine deposits etc.
2 Topography 3 6 8 16 9 18 5 10
Existing school site constrained. Site 2/3 both more
devleopable level wise
2 Flood risk & Drainage Assessment 4 8 6 12 5 10 9 18
Next steps would involve flood modelling/assessment.
SEPA engagement key
3 Site abnormals 3 9 8 24 7 21 5 15
2 Habitat constraints 8 16 9 18 5 10 7 14
Impact 53
10 Is the site capable of accommodating the brief in full? 4 40 9 90 9 90 5 50
South tob can be used better than existing, due to
constraints. More space in Craignure/Garmony sites.
5 Quality of external environment to support outside learning, sports activities etc 3 15 9 45 10 50 6 30
2 Does the site provide capacity for future expansion? 4 8 9 18 9 18 5 10
8 Travel times for ELC and primary school pupils 9 72 4 32 4 32 8 64 Systra report
2 Travel times for staff and secondary school pupils 9 18 4 8 5 10 8 16 Systra report
5 Access and connectivity to good community facilities and services 9 45 4 20 1 5 8 40 Ryder place report
2
Impact on family life 4 8 5 10 5 10 4 8
Refer to Stantec report. Impact on families if their child is
away from home during the week was felt to be the greatest
(sites 1 & 4).  Increased travel time affects a greater number
of families (sites 2 & 3).Travel time increase has a bigger
impact for families with young children compared to older
children
2
Equitable - unites north & south of island 4 8 7 14 6 12 4 8
Criteria re-defined to be around uniting north/south island,
as it was felt that better reflects community feedback
2 Sustain and support local economy 7 14 4 8 3 6 7 14 Stantec report
2 Impact of construction activities on existing school/ residential areas 3 6 7 14 6 12 7 14
1
Good public transport links to site and location 5 5 7 7 4 4 6 6
Existing public transport links. Craignure slightly higher
score due to ferry terminal and better links to north & south
2 Existing safe active travel links to site 4 8 3 6 2 4 6 12
Improvements in scoring could be seen as a result of future
development at sites
1 Number of user journeys - bus, car, pedestrian (Pupil/ staff mode split) 8 8 5 5 3 3 7 7
1 Potential impact on public transport network 9 9 7 7 7 7 8 8
Scoring for sites 2 & 3 assumes school bus from Dervaig
would travel via Tobermory
2
Ability of existing (wider) roads infrastructure to service site 3 6 4 8 3 6 7 14
New access roads required for both Craignure/Garmony.
Tob South limitations. Existing site challenging/constrained,
not much space for adjustment - one way in/out. Single
track roads on Mull have an impact
1 Trips with complex dependencies/ multiple stages and modes of travel 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 No material difference between site options
2 Potential for re-use of existing infrastructure and buildings (embodied carbon) 4 8 3 6 1 2 3 6
3 Carbon impact of travel (travel distances and mode of transport) 8 24 3 9 4 12 8 24
Personal decisions to drive could impact actual carbon
impact
15
Costs associated with construction abnormals 9 135 8 120 5 75 7 105
Thomson Gray report. Assume demolition included in scope
regardless
Based on assumptions and known information, site
investigations not completed at this early stage
5
Potential acquisition/ disposal costs 4 20 7 35 10 50 3 15
Market value of each site. Updated 28/1/25 to reflect
existing site value excluding common good land, and
cumulative value of Tobermory South site (2 separate land
transactions)
Site 3
Garmony (005)
MULL CAMPUS SITE SELECTION CRITERIA (v5)
Site 4
Tobermory South (013)
Accessibility & Transport
15
32
8
8
Deliverability
Education
Community and Place
Weighting Site 1
Existing Tobermory site
Site 2
Craignure (001)
Affordability
Sustainability 5
25
Page 411
Agenda Item
6p

Page 282

Classification: OFFICIAL#
Criteria Category Category Individual Factors to consider Score Weighted Score Score Weighted Score Score Weighted Score Score Weighted Score Notes/ rationale
Site 3
Garmony (005)
MULL CAMPUS SITE SELECTION CRITERIA (v5)
Site 4
Tobermory South (013)Weighting Site 1
Existing Tobermory site
Site 2
Craignure (001)
5
Other (revenue) cost implications e.g. pupil transport 9 45 2 10 2 10 9 45
4 additional buses for site 2 & 3 (£1,385 per week for 40
weeks  = £222k per annum) plus additional cost for staff
travel for change of base (over 4 years).
Any hostel savings, assuming catchment area change,
negigible as staff shortages already. Main difference would
be cost of food
3 Wayleaves, legal restrictions and site acquisition risk 6 18 7 21 7 21 7 21
Common good land risk on site 1
Sites 2-4 have site acquisition risk
2
Construction Programme risk 3 6 8 16 5 10 7 14
Likely to be a prolonged programme on site 1 due to need
for staged construction and decant. Greater enabling works
required for site 3
2
Planning designation and sensitive receptors 8 16 7 14 6 12 8 16
Site 2 - consider risk with housing development next door.
Countryside zone, but already some development. Site 3 -
also countryside zone, flooding considerations, cat 1 peat
land. Site 4 - Housing allocation, amendment needed to
LDP.
TOTAL 100 625 628 546 645
Impact 53
Deliverability 15
Affordability 25
Risk 7
7Risk
Affordability 25
Page 412

Page 283

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL                               COUNCIL 
FINANCIAL SERVICES                                               27 FEBRUARY 2025 
TREASURY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY AND ANNUAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY
2025-26 
1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 requires the council to have regard
to the CIPFA Code of Practice on Treasury Management (revised 2021), the
Code.  The Treasury Management Strategy, including prudential and treasury
Indicators, and the Annual Investment Strategy is a key reporting requirement,
providing a comprehensive statement of treasury management policies and
planned activity for the financial year ahead.   
1.2 This report, prepared in compliance with the Code, covers the following: 
• Capital Expenditure and Financing;
• An economic and interest rate update;
• Borrowing Strategy;
• Investment Strategy; and
• Prudential and Treasury Indicators 2025-28. 
1.3  The report concludes that: 
a) The Treasury Management Strategy provides a comprehensive
statement of treasury management policies and planned activities,
covering the relevant treasury and prudential indicators, the current and
projected debt positions, and the Annual Investment Strategy for 2025-
26. 
b) A key driver of treasury management activity is the council’s capital
investment plans.  Prudential indicators reflect the output from these
plans and are designed to ensure that the council’s capital investment
plans are affordable, prudent and sustainable.  Within the range of
prudential indicators, there are several key indicators to ensure that the
authority operates its activities within well defined limits. 
c) Whilst the Capital Financing Requirement represents an underlying
need to borrow, the council is currently maintaining an under-borrowed
position. This strategy is prudent while medium and longer dated
borrowing rates are expected to fall from their current levels, albeit that
considerable uncertainty remains around interest rate forecasts.   
d) The council’s revenue budget includes appropriate provision for
financing costs of capital expenditure.  The key principles of the
Page 413 Agenda Item 8

Page 284

1.4 
borrowing strategy will be to minimise debt interest costs over the
medium term and to achieve a more even spread in the debt maturity
profile. 
e) The council’s investment priorities will be security, liquidity and yield
(return).  A prudent approach to managing investment risk has been
adopted.  Exposure to credit risk will be limited by ensuring that all
investments are placed with the higher rated bodies.  A balanced view
of risk against return will be taken in respect of all investments.  It is
anticipated that return on investments will be limited in 2025-26, as a
result of Bank Rate forecasts and the over-riding principle of risk
aversion. 
This report has been considered by the Policy and Resources Committee and
referred to full Council for approval.  Council is requested to: 
a) Approve the Treasury Management Strategy and Annual Investment
Strategy for 2025-26, and the Prudential and Treasury Indicators for
2025-26 to 2027-28; and 
b) Note that the strategy will be further scrutinised by the Audit and
Scrutiny Committee at its meeting of 13 March 2025, with any
recommendations requiring Council approval brought back to full
Council at the earliest opportunity. 
Page 414

Page 285

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL                            COUNCIL                                                                          
FINANCIAL SERVICES                                             27 FEBRUARY 2025 
TREASURY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY AND ANNUAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY
2025-26 
2. INTRODUCTION 
2.1 Background 
2.1.1 The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) defines
treasury management as ‘The management of the local authority’s borrowing,
investments and cash flows, including its banking, money market and capital
market transactions; the effective control of the risks associated with those
activities; and the pursuit of optimum performance consistent with those risks.’ 
2.1.2 The authority is required to operate a balanced revenue budget, which broadly
means that cash raised during the year will meet cash expenditure.  In addition,
the authority’s capital plans indicate the borrowing and longer term cash flow
planning, required to meet its capital spending obligations.  The treasury
management operation ensures that cash flow is adequately planned, with cash
being available when it is needed.   
2.1.3 Surplus monies are invested in low risk counterparties or instruments
commensurate with the council’s low risk appetite, providing adequate liquidity
initially before considering investment return.  The management of longer term
cash flow may involve arranging long or short term loans or using longer term
cash flow surpluses. On occasion, when it is prudent and economic, any debt
previously drawn may be restructured to meet risk or cost objectives. 
2.1.4 The contribution the treasury management function makes to the authority is
critical, as the balance of debt and investment operations ensure liquidity or the
ability to meet spending commitments as they fall due, either on day to day
revenue or for larger capital projects.  The treasury operations will see a balance
of the interest costs of debt and the investment income arising from cash deposits,
impacting available resources.  Since cash balances generally result from
reserves and balances, it is paramount to ensure adequate security of the sums
invested, as a loss of principal will in effect result in a loss to the General Fund
balance. 
2.2 Reporting Requirements 
2.2.1 The authority is required to receive and approve, as a minimum, three main
treasury reports each year: 
Page 415

Page 286

1) The Treasury Management Strategy, including prudential and treasury
Indicators, and the Annual Investment Strategy (this report) – A forward
looking report for the financial year ahead.   
2) A Mid-year Treasury Management report – To update members on the
capital and treasury position, amending prudential and treasury indicators,
as necessary; and any required policy revisions.  
3) An Annual Treasury Management report – A backward looking review,
providing details of actual treasury activity, and prudential and treasury
indicators, compared to the approved estimates. 
2.2.2 The above reports require to be adequately scrutinised before being
recommended to full Council for approval.  This role will be undertaken by the
Policy and Resources and Audit and Scrutiny Committees.  In addition to the
three major reports detailed above, quarterly reporting (end of June/end of
December) is also required.  These additional reports do not have to be
reported to full Council but do require to be adequately scrutinised.  This role
will be undertaken by the Audit and Scrutiny Committee. 
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1 This report has been considered by the Policy and Resources Committee and
referred to full Council for approval.  Council is requested to: 
a) Approve the Treasury Management Strategy and Annual Investment
Strategy for 2025-26, and the Prudential and Treasury Indicators for
2025-26 to 2027-28; and 
b) Note that the strategy will be further scrutinised by the Audit and
Scrutiny Committee at its meeting of 13 March 2025, with any
recommendations requiring Council approval brought back to full
Council at the earliest opportunity. 
4. TREASURY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY 2025-26 
4.1 Capital Expenditure and Financing 
4.1.1 The authority’s capital expenditure plans are the key driver of treasury
management activity. The output of the capital expenditure plans is reflected in
the prudential indicators, which are designed to assist members’ overview and
confirm capital expenditure plans are prudent, affordable and sustainable. 
4.1.2 The Capital Expenditure prudential indicator is a summary of the authority’s
capital expenditure plans, both those agreed previously, and those forming
part of this budget cycle.  The following table summarises the capital
expenditure plans, as outlined within the proposed capital plan 2025-28. 
Page 416

Page 287

2025-26
Estimate
£m
2026-27
Estimate
£m
2027-28
Estimate
£m
Executive Directorate (Douglas Hendry) 
Education 2.946 1.988 1.988
Facility Services - Shared Offices 3.681 0.667 0.382
Major Projects/CHORD 10.865 10.018 0.000        
Executive Directorate (Kirsty Flanagan)
ICT 1.352 0.820 0.688
Roads and Infrastructure 48.500 39.110 33.979
Development and Economic Growth 1.104 0.000 0.000        
Health and Social Care
Partnership 2.084 0.000 0.382        
Live Argyll 0.474 0.468 0.382        
Total 71.006 53.071 37.801 
Note: The above financing need excludes other long-term liabilities, such as PFI and
leasing arrangements that already include borrowing instruments. 
4.1.3  The table below summarises the above capital expenditure plans and how
these plans are being financed by capital or revenue resources. Any shortfall
of resources results in a funding borrowing need.    
2025-26
£m
2026-27
£m
2027-28
£m
Gross Capital Expenditure 71.006 53.071 37.801
Financing:      
Specific Project Income 8.302 5.000 0.000
General Capital Grant 11.178 8.633 8.633
Asset Sales 0.750 0.500 0.500
Earmarked Reserves/Revenue 5.577 5.030 0.000
Total 25.807 19.163 9.133 
Net Financing Need  45.199 33.908 28.668 
Page 417

Page 288

4.2 The Authority’s Borrowing Need (the Capital Financing Requirement) 
4.2.1 The second prudential indicator is the authority’s Capital Financing
Requirement (CFR).  The CFR is simply the total historic outstanding capital
expenditure which has not yet been paid for from either revenue or capital
resources. It is essentially a measure of the authority’s indebtedness and so
its underlying borrowing need.  Any capital expenditure, which has not
immediately been paid for through a revenue or capital resource, will increase
the CFR.   
4.2.2 The CFR does not increase indefinitely, as prudent annual repayments from
revenue need to be made, which reflect the useful life of capital assets
financed by borrowing.  This authority has chosen to make debt repayments
through scheduled debt amortisation (loans fund charges).   
4.2.3 The CFR includes any other long term liabilities (e.g., PPP schemes, finance
leases). Whilst these increase the CFR, and therefore the authority’s
borrowing requirement, these types of schemes include a borrowing facility by
the PPP or lease provider and so the authority is not required to separately
borrow for these schemes.  The council hold long term liabilities within its CFR
in this respect totalling an estimated £106.346m as at 31 March 2025. 
4.2.4  Council is asked to approve the CFR projections outlined in the table below. 
2025/26
Estimat
e £m
2026/27
Estimat
e £m
2027/28
Estimat
e
£m
Opening CFR 360 394 415
Movement in CFR 34 21 16
Closing CFR 394 415 431    
Net financing need for the year (above) 45 34 29
Less Loans Fund principal repayments and
other financing movements including new
PPP/ finance lease arrangements and
principal repayments 
11 13 13
Movement in CFR 34 21 16 
4.2.5 In addition to the CFR, there will be a refinancing requirement in respect of
the repayment of PWLB loan principal of £1.680m each year.  These
repayments of principal relate to a 10 year PWLB loan (original principal
£21m), which was taken on a fixed Equal Instalments of Principal (EIP) basis. 
All other PWLB loans will be repayable on maturity, with no maturity loans due
to mature in the period to 31 March 2028. 
4.2.6 There is also a potential for market loans to be recalled.  The council has one
outstanding market or LOBO loan for £5.255m, maturing 2048, with call dates
every 6 months.  This loan could potentially be recalled at the 22 June or 22
December call dates in any year.   
Page 418

Page 289

4.2.7 Any PWLB or LOBO loans maturing during the year will ultimately require
replacement borrowing to maintain the council’s cashflow position.  In
addition, the council will continue to actively monitor potential restructuring
opportunities, in order to generate cash savings, at a minimum risk, and
improve the balance of the loan debt maturity profile. 
4.3 Liability Benchmark 
4.3.1 The authority is required to estimate and measure the Liability Benchmark for
the forthcoming financial year and the following two financial years, as a
minimum.  There are four components to the Liability Benchmark, also
reflected in the graph below: 
1. Existing loan debt outstanding: the authority’s existing loans that are
still outstanding in future years.   
2. Loans CFR: this is calculated in accordance with the loans CFR definition
in the Prudential Code and projected into the future based on approved
prudential borrowing and planned Loans Fund advances/Loans Fund
principal repayments.  
3. Net loans requirement: this will show the authority’s gross loan debt less
treasury management investments at the last financial year-end, projected
into the future and based on its approved prudential borrowing, planned
Loans Fund principal repayments and any other major cash flows forecast.  
4. Liability benchmark (or gross loans requirement): this equals net loans
requirement plus short-term liquidity allowance. Any years where actual
loans are less than the benchmark indicate a future borrowing
requirement.  Any years where actual loans outstanding exceed the
benchmark represent an overborrowed position, which will result in excess
cash requiring investment. 
Page 419

Page 290

4.4 Core Funds and Expected Investment Balances 
4.4.1 The application of resources to either finance capital expenditure or to support
the revenue budget will have an ongoing impact on cash balances available
for investment.  It is anticipated that treasury investments will be held to
manage day to day cashflow requirements, with balances expected to
fluctuate throughout the year.  Whilst the council holds significant usable
reserve balances, due to the strategy of internal borrowing, as outlined within
the Borrowing Strategy section, investment balances are expected to be low
throughout the year. 
4.5 Statutory Repayment of Loans Fund Advances 
4.5.1 The authority is required to set out its policy for the statutory repayment of
loans fund advances prior to the start of the financial year. The repayment of
loans fund advances ensures that the council makes a prudent provision each
year to pay off an element of the accumulated loans fund advances made in
previous financial years 
4.5.2 A variety of options are provided to councils, so long as a prudent provision is
made each year.  A review of the council’s loan fund advances was undertaken
during 2019-20 to ensure the council continues to make a prudent provision each
year for the repayment of loans fund advances. 
4.5.3 For all new loans fund advances the policy for repayment will be in accordance
with the following methodology, as appropriate: 
1. Asset life method – loans fund advances will be repaid with reference to
the life of an asset using a 5.1% annuity rate; 
2. Funding / Income profile method – loans fund advances will be repaid
by reference to an associated income stream. 
4.5.4 Using the asset life method, the council is required to ensure that the debt is
repaid over a period that is reasonably commensurate with that over which the
capital expenditure provides benefits.  The following table details the repayment
period applicable to each asset type.
Page 420

Page 291

4.6 Current Treasury Portfolio Position
4.6.1 The overall treasury management portfolio as at 31.3.24 and for the position as
at 31 December 2024 are shown below for both borrowing and investments. 
TREASURY PORTFOLIO    
Actual 31 March
2024
Actual 31
December 2024
Treasury investments £m %   £m %  
Banks 18.133 55% 10.016 30%
Local Authorities 10.000 30% 0.000 0%
Money Market Funds 1.400 4% 20.000 60%
Third Party Loans (RSLs) 3.543 11% 3.408 10%
Total treasury investments 33.076 100% 33.424 100%      
Treasury external borrowing    
PWLB 108.877 92% 107.197 95%
Market Loans (LOBO) 5.255 4% 5.255 5%
Temporary Borrowing* 5.256 4% 0.297 0%
Local Bonds 0.018 0% 0.018 0%
Total external borrowing 119.406 100% 112.767 100%
*Note: This represents short term borrowing from various institutions. 
4.6.2  The council’s forward projections for borrowing are summarised in the following
table. This table shows the actual external debt, against the underlying capital
borrowing need, (the Capital Financing Requirement), highlighting any over or
under borrowing. 
Asset Type
Repayment
Period
(Years)
Land (including cemeteries) 100
Road Structures - Bridges, Retaining Walls, Sea Walls, Flood Defences 60
Piers and Harbours - Major Structural Work 60
Piers and Harbours - Medium Term Works e.g painting/cathodic protection 20
Piers and Harbours - Limited Lifespan Improvements 10
Roads and Footways 20
Street Lighting 30
Vehicles & Plant 7
IT Equipment 5
Major Regeneration Works (Public Realm etc) 60
New Builds including Schools 60
Buildings -  Electrical 40
Buildings -  Plant 20
Buildings - Roofing 35
Buildings - Windows & External Doors 20
Buildings - Structural 25
Page 421

Page 292

2025/26
Estimate
£m
2026/27
Estimate
£m
2027/28
Estimate
£m
Debt at 1 April  153 220 275
Expected change in Debt 67 55 37
Other long-term liabilities (OLTL) 106 101 95
Expected change in OLTL (5) (6) (6)
Actual Gross Debt at 31 March  321 370 401
The Capital Financing
Requirement
394 415 431
Under / (over) borrowing 73 45 30 
4.6.3  Within the range of prudential indicators there are several key indicators to ensure
that the authority operates its activities within well defined limits.  One of these is
that the authority needs to ensure that its gross debt does not, except in the short-
term, exceed the total of the CFR in the preceding year plus the estimates of any
additional CFR for 2025/26 and the following two financial years.  This allows
some flexibility for limited early borrowing for future years but ensures that
borrowing is not undertaken for revenue or speculative purposes.      
4.6.4 The council’s Section 95 Officer reports that the council has complied with this
prudential indicator in the current year and does not envisage difficulties for
the future.  This view takes account of current commitments, existing plans
and the proposals in the 2025-26 Budget Pack in respect of the Capital Plan
2025-28.   
4.7 Treasury Indicators: Limits to Borrowing Activity 
4.7.1  The Operational Boundary. This is the limit beyond which external debt is
not normally expected to exceed.  In most cases, this would be a similar figure
to the CFR but may be lower or higher depending on the levels of actual debt
and the ability to fund under-borrowing by other cash resources. 
Operational Boundary
2025/26
Estimate
£m
2026/27
Estimate
£m
2027/28
Estimate
£m
Debt 293 320 341
Other long-term liabilities 101 95 90
Total 394 415 431 
4.7.2  The Authorised Limit for external debt. This is a key prudential indicator
and represents a control on the maximum level of borrowing. This represents
a legal limit beyond which external debt is prohibited, and this limit needs to
be set or revised by full Council.  It reflects the level of external debt which,
while not desired, could be afforded in the short term to manage day to day
cashflow requirements but is not sustainable in the longer term.  
• This is the statutory limit determined under section 3 (1) of the Local
Government Act 2003. The Government retains an option to control either
the total of all local authority plans, or those of a specific authority, although
this power has not yet been exercised.
Page 422

Page 293

• Council is asked to approve the following Authorised Limit: 
Authorised Limit 
2025/26
Estimate
£m
2026/27
Estimate
£m
2027/28
Estimate
£m
Debt 298 325 346
Other long-term liabilities 104 98 93
Total 402 423 439 
4.8  Prospects for Interest Rates 
4.8.1 The council’s treasury advisor has provided an update on the current
economic position, given within Appendix 1.  Part of this advisory service is
also to assist the authority to formulate a view on interest rates. The following
forecasts have been provided for short term (Bank Rate) and long term
(PWLB certainty rates) borrowing. 
(a) Long term PWLB rates:    
PWLB
rates
Dec
2024
%
March
2025
%
March
2026
%
March
2027
%
Dec
2027
%
5 year 5.0 4.9 4.5 4.1 3.9
10 year 5.3 5.1 4.7 4.3 4.1
25 year 5.6 5.5 5.1 4.7 4.5
50 year 5.4 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.3 
The current and expected interest rates for long term borrowing from the
PWLB highlight a gradual decrease from the current position. The PWLB
rates quoted (gilt yields plus 80 bps) take account of the application of a 0.2%
certainty rate reduction, introduced by the government in return for council’s
providing their borrowing forecast information.  Argyll and Bute Council is able
to access the certainty rate reduction. 
(b) Short term borrowing rates: 
Bank
Rate
Dec
2024
%
March
2025
%
March
2026
%
March
2027
%
Dec
2027
%
4.75 4.50 3.75 3.50 3.50 
The ‘Bank Rate’ is the official Bank of England rate paid on commercial bank
reserves.  The current and Bank Rate forecasts also highlight an expected
gradual decrease from the current position.  Short term borrowing rates will
generally fall in line with Bank Rate cuts. 
4.8.2 Considerable uncertainty remains around interest rate forecasts. As all PWLB
certainty rates are currently significantly above the longer term Bank Rate
forecast (10 years 3.25%), borrowing strategies will need to be reviewed in
Page 423

Page 294

that context.  Overall, better value can be obtained at the shorter end.  MUFG
will continue to monitor economic and market developments as they unfold
and advise the authority accordingly.  Typically, forecasts are reviewed
following the quarterly release of the Bank of England’s Monetary Policy
Report but will be considered on an ad hoc basis, as required. 
4.9  Borrowing Strategy 
4.9.1 The council is currently maintaining an under borrowed position.  This means that
the capital borrowing need, (the Capital Financing Requirement), has not been
fully funded with loan debt as cash supporting the authority’s reserve balances
and cash flow has been used as a temporary measure (internal borrowing). This
strategy is prudent while medium and longer dated borrowing rates are expected
to fall from their current levels, albeit only once prevailing inflation concerns are
addressed by restrictive near term monetary policy.   
4.9.2 Short term borrowing from money markets or other local authorities is
currently expected to be cheaper than long term borrowing and will therefore
be attractive throughout the financial year. However, as with internal
borrowing, short term savings by delaying new long term external borrowing
requires to be balanced with potential additional long term costs. 
4.9.3 Current PWLB rates are forecast to gradually decrease over the next couple of
years. As a result, consideration will be given to the timing of any new fixed rate
long term borrowing. Although more expensive in the short term, this may be more
cost effective over the longer term and also provides an element of budget
certainty in respect of future years. 
4.9.4 The council’s annual revenue estimates include appropriate provision for
financing costs of capital expenditure.  The key principles of the strategy will be to
minimise debt interest costs over the medium term and to achieve a more even
spread in the debt maturity profile. It is anticipated that a range of solutions will be
employed in order to mitigate against interest rate risk, and to provide longer term
cost certainty, as outlined above. 
4.9.5 Against the economic background and the risks within interest rate forecasts,
caution will be adopted with the 2025-26 treasury operations. The Section 95
Officer, in conjunction with the treasury advisors, will monitor interest rate
forecasts and adopt a pragmatic approach to changing circumstances, with
any new borrowing reported to committee at the next available opportunity. 
4.10 Policy on Borrowing in Advance of Need 
4.10.1 The authority will not borrow more than or in advance of its needs purely in
order to profit from the investment of the extra sums borrowed.  Any decision
to borrow in advance will be within forward approved Capital Financing
Requirement estimates and will be considered carefully to ensure that value
for money can be demonstrated and that the authority can ensure the security
of such funds.  Risks associated with any borrowing in advance activity will be
subject to prior appraisal and subsequent reporting through the mid-year or
annual reporting mechanism.
Page 424

Page 295

4.11 Rescheduling 
4.11.1 The principle reasons for debt rescheduling include: 
• The generation of cash savings; and 
• To enhance the balance of the debt maturity profile, mitigating the risk of
refinancing at a higher rate of interest in any year in the future. 
4.11.2 Opportunities for debt rescheduling within the current debt portfolio will be
monitored on an ongoing basis throughout the year.  There may be potential
opportunities to generate savings and enhance the balance of the debt
maturity profile by switching from long term debt to short term debt. However,
these options would need careful consideration in light of the short term nature
of potential savings and the likely cost of re-financing those short term loans
on maturity, if required, together with any debt repayment premiums that may
be incurred.  Whilst premature redemption rates remain elevated,
rescheduling opportunities to generate savings are not expected to be
available.  This would only expect to be undertaken, where a rebalancing of
the portfolio, to provide more certainty, is considered appropriate.  Any
rescheduling undertaken will be reported to Council, at the earliest
opportunity. 
4.12 New Financial Institutions as a Source of Borrowing 
4.12.1 Currently the PWLB Certainty Rate is set at gilts + 80 basis points.  However,
consideration may still need to be given to sourcing funding from the following
sources:
• Local authorities (primarily shorter dated maturities out to 3 years or so –
generally still cheaper than the Certainty Rate).
• Financial institutions (primarily insurance companies and pension funds
but also some banks, out of forward dates where the objective is to avoid
a “cost of carry” or to achieve refinancing certainty over the next few
years).
Our advisors will keep us informed as to the relative merits of each of these
alternative funding sources. 
4.13 Approved Sources of Long and Short Term Borrowing 
4.13.1 A summary of the council’s approved sources and types of borrowing are set
out within Appendix 2.   
4.14 Treasury and Prudential Indicators 2025-28 
4.14.1 A key driver of treasury management activity is the council’s capital
investment plans.  The treasury management function ensures that sufficient
cash is available to meet capital spending commitments.  Prudential indicators
reflect the output from these plans and are designed to ensure that the
council’s capital investment plans are affordable, prudent and sustainable.
Required updates to the prudential and treasury indicators for 2024-25 were
Page 425

Page 296

outlined within the Treasury Management Strategy Mid-year Review Report,
approved by Council on 20 December 2024.  The prudential and treasury
indicators for 2025-26 to 2027-28 are outlined in Appendix 3 and reflect the
proposed Capital Plan 2025-28.  These indicators are relevant for the purpose
of setting an integrated treasury management strategy. 
5. ANNUAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY 
5.1 Investment Policy 
5.1.1 The council’s investment policy implements the requirements of the following: 
• Local Government Investments (Scotland) Regulations 2010, (and
accompanying Finance Circular 5/2010), 
• CIPFA Treasury Management in Public Services Code of Practice and Cross
Sectoral Guidance Notes 2021 (“the Code”) 
5.1.2 The council’s investment priorities, in order of importance, will be security,
minimising the risk of any loss on the principal sum invested; portfolio liquidity,
ensuring that cash is available when required; and yield (return), the rate of
interest earned from the investment.  The authority will aim to achieve the
optimum return on its investments, commensurate with proper levels of security
and liquidity, and with regard to the authority’s risk appetite.  The risk appetite of
the council will be low, with security of investments the key priority. 
5.1.3 In the current economic climate, it is considered appropriate to maintain a degree
of liquidity to cover cash flow needs but to also consider opportunities for
‘laddering’ investments for periods up to 12 months with high credit rated financial
institutions, whilst investment rates remain elevated. 
5.1.4 The borrowing of monies purely to invest or on-lend and make a return is not
permitted and the council will not engage in such activity. The limit of investments
will reflect the level of available council reserve fund balances and borrowing in
advance to meet capital financing requirements, in line with the borrowing
strategy, together with provision for managing the council’s day to day cash flow
requirements. 
5.1.5 The guidance from the Scottish Government and CIPFA places a high priority on
the management of risk. This authority has adopted a prudent approach to
managing risk and defines its risk appetite by the following means: 
1. Minimum acceptable credit criteria are applied in order to generate a list
of highly creditworthy counterparties.  This also enables diversification and
thus avoidance of concentration risk. The key ratings used to monitor
counterparties are the short term and long term ratings.   
2. Other information: ratings will not be the sole determinant of the quality of
an institution; it is important to continually assess and monitor the financial
sector on both a micro and macro basis and in relation to the economic
and political environments in which institutions operate. The assessment
will also take account of information that reflects the opinion of the
markets. To achieve this consideration the council will engage with its
Page 426

Page 297

advisors to maintain a monitor on market pricing such as ‘credit default
swaps’ (CDS) and overlay that information on top of the credit ratings. 
3. Other information sources used will include the financial press, share price
and other such information pertaining to the financial sector, in order to
establish the most robust scrutiny process on the suitability of potential
investment counterparties.
4. This council has defined the list of types of investment instruments that the
treasury management team are authorised to use and lending limits
(amounts and maturity).  A limit for the amount of its investments which
are invested for longer than 365 days has also been set.
5. Investments will only be placed with counterparties from countries with a
specified minimum sovereign rating and all investments will be
denominated in sterling.
However, the council will also pursue value for money in treasury management
and will monitor the yield from investment income against appropriate
benchmarks for investment performance throughout the year. 
5.1.6 
5.1.7
Investment instruments identified for potential use during the year, together with
associated treasury risk mitigations and monetary limits, are outlined in
Appendix 4.  Information on Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
considerations is also provided.  Within the constraints of the policy, due
consideration will be given to the diversification of investments, in order to limit a
concentration of investments with too few counterparties or countries, and to
ESG factors. 
There has been considerable change in the types of investment instrument
brought to the market in recent years. Given the fluidity of this area, members
will be kept informed and requested to approve the use of any new
instruments, as appropriate, in order to allow maximum flexibility.  
5.2 Creditworthiness Policy 
5.2.1 The council applies the creditworthiness service provided by MUFG (formerly Link
Group). This service employs a sophisticated modelling approach utilising credit
ratings from the three main credit rating agencies - Fitch, Moody’s and Standard
& Poor’s.  The credit ratings of counterparties are supplemented with the following
overlays: - 
1. “watches” and “outlooks” from credit rating agencies;
2. CDS spreads that may give early warning of changes in credit ratings;
3. sovereign ratings to select counterparties from only the most creditworthy
countries. 
5.2.2 This modelling approach combines credit ratings, and any assigned Watches and
Outlooks, in a weighted scoring system, which is then combined with an overlay
of CDS spreads. The end product of this is a series of colour coded bands, which
indicate the relative creditworthiness of counterparties. These colour codes are
used by the authority to determine the suggested duration for investments.   
Page 427

Page 298

5.2.3 All credit ratings will be monitored on an ongoing basis throughout the year. 
Through its use of the MUFG creditworthiness service, the council is alerted
to changes to ratings of all three agencies and will also be advised of
information in movements in Credit Default Swap spreads and other market
data on a daily basis.  If a downgrade results in the counterparty / investment
scheme no longer meeting the authority’s minimum criteria, its further use as
a new investment will be withdrawn immediately.  Sole reliance will not be
placed on the use of this external service.  All available information will be
considered when making investment decisions. 
5.2.4 
5.2.5
The council will continue to limit exposure to credit risk by ensuring that all
investments are placed with the higher rated bodies from a weekly credit list of
worldwide potential counterparties.  For illustration purposes, a snapshot of this
counterparty list as at 7 February 2025 is provided in Appendix 5.   
The council essentially adopts a hybrid approach in formulating its
creditworthiness policy.  In addition to the MUFG creditworthiness service, which
provides details of the most highly credit rated institutions (counterparties) and
suggested investment durations, the council also places a monetary limit on each
type of investment or counterparty, as outlined within Appendix 4.  These
investment criteria will be kept under review throughout the year and amended, if
required, to ensure that they continue to be fit for purpose. 
5.3 Investment Strategy 
5.3.1 Investments will be made with reference to the core balance and cash flow
requirements and the outlook for short term interest rates (i.e., rates for
investments up to 12 months). Greater returns are usually obtainable by
investing for longer periods.  Accordingly, while most cash balances are
required in order to manage the ups and downs of cash flow, where cash
sums can be identified that could be invested for longer periods, the value to
be obtained from longer term investments will be carefully assessed. 
5.3.2  The current forecast shown in paragraph 4.8.1 includes a forecast for Bank Rate
to fall to a low of 3.5%.  However, as there are so many variables at this time,
caution must be exercised in respect of all interest rate forecasts. The
suggested budgeted investment earnings rates for returns on investments
placed for periods up to about three months during each financial year are as
follows: 
Average earnings in each
year
%
2025/26 4.10%
2026/27 3.70%
2027/28 3.50% 
Page 428

Page 299

5.3.3 For its cash flow generated balances, the authority will seek to utilise its
business reserve instant access accounts, Money Market Funds and short-
dated deposits, (overnight to 100 days), in order to benefit from the
compounding of interest. 
5.3.4  An investment treasury indicator and limit requires to be set in respect of total
principal funds invested for greater than 365 days. These limits are set with regard
to the authority’s liquidity requirements and to reduce the need for early sale of an
investment and are based on the availability of funds after each year end.  The
council is asked to approve the following Treasury Indicator and limit: 
Upper limit for principal sums invested for longer than 365
days 
2025/26
£m
2026/27
£m
2027/28
£m
Principal sums invested for
longer than 365 days 20 20 20
Current investments in
excess of 1 year maturing in
each year
0 0 0 
5.4 Investment Performance / Risk Benchmarking 
5.4.1 The Section 95 Officer will continue to monitor the economic environment and
adopt a pragmatic approach to changing circumstances. A balanced view of
risk against return will be taken in respect of all investments. The authority
may use an investment benchmark to assess the investment performance of
its investment portfolio of overnight, 7 day, 1, 3, 6 or 12 month compounded
SONIA (Sterling Overnight Index Average), as appropriate.  However, it is
anticipated that return on investments will be limited in 2025-26, as a result of
Bank Rate forecasts and the over-riding principal of risk aversion.  Investment
activity will be reported at the end of the financial year, as part of the Annual
Treasury Report. 
5.5 Non-treasury investments 
5.5.1 Non-treasury investments are defined as the following categories: 
• All shareholding, unit holding and bond holding, including those in a local
authority owned company;
• Loans to a local authority company or other entity formed by a local authority
to deliver services;
• Loans made to third parties; and
• Investment property. 
5.5.2 Any such finance arrangements or loans would be subject to specific committee
approval. The authority may make loans to third parties, where this is consistent
with meeting the service objectives of the council and for which, specific statutory
provision exists.  For service reasons, loans to third parties may be offered at an
interest rate below the market rate. Where the loan is advanced at less than a
market interest rate, there is an associated loss of investment return, which would
Page 429

Page 300

otherwise have been earned on these resources. Any cost to the council in this
respect will be reflected in the authority’s annual accounts. All loans to third parties
will be recognised as investments and detailed within the Annual Investment
Report. 
6. Capital Strategy 
6.1 The CIPFA 2021 Prudential and Treasury Management Codes places a
requirement on local authorities to prepare a Capital Strategy.  The Capital
Strategy demonstrates how capital expenditure, capital financing and treasury
management activity contribute to the provision of services and longer term policy
objectives of the council.  It also provides an overview of how associated risk is
managed and the implications for future financial sustainability.  An updated
Capital Investment Strategy was approved by Policy and Resources Committee
in August 2023.  This will be reviewed and updated, as appropriate, as part of a
planned review of capital arrangements, to be undertaken during the 2025-26. 
7. Training 
7.1 The CIPFA Code requires the proper officer to ensure that members with
responsibility for treasury management receive adequate training.  This especially
applies to Members responsible for scrutiny.  Members of the Audit and Scutiny
Committee received training from the council’s treasury advisors, Link Group in
October 2024, to assist with this scrutiny role.  Members are advised to notify
Financial Services as/when they feel further training sessions would be beneficial. 
Furthermore, the training needs of treasury management officers are periodically
reviewed to ensure appropriate treasury management knowledge and skills for
those responsible for management, delivery, governance and decision making. 
8. Policy on Use of External Service Providers 
8.1 The authority uses MUFG (formerly Link Group), as its external treasury
management advisors, to acquire access to specialist skills and resources. 
However, it is recognised that responsibility for treasury management decisions
remains with the council.  All decisions will be undertaken with due regard to all
available information, including from our treasury advisers.  For short term market
borrowing and investments, the council utilises a number of brokers to access
sterling cash markets. This ensures that the council ensures best value in daily
cash flow management. 
9. Scheme of Delegation and Role of the Section 95 Officer 
9.1 The treasury management scheme of delegation, together with the treasury
management role of the Section 95 officer and nominated Member, are outlined
in Appendix 6. 
10. CONCLUSION 
10.1  The Treasury Management Strategy provides a comprehensive statement of
treasury management policies and planned activities, covering the relevant
treasury and prudential indicators, the current and projected debt positions, and
the Annual Investment Strategy for 2025-26.
Page 430

Page 301

10.2 
10.3 
10.4 
10.5 
A key driver of treasury management activity is the council’s capital investment
plans.  Prudential indicators reflect the output from these plans and are designed
to ensure that the council’s capital investment plans are affordable, prudent and
sustainable.  Within the range of prudential indicators, there are several key
indicators to ensure that the authority operates its activities within well defined
limits. 
Whilst the Capital Financing Requirement represents an underlying need to
borrow, the council is currently maintaining an under-borrowed position. This
strategy is prudent while medium and longer dated borrowing rates are expected
to fall from their current levels, albeit that considerable uncertainty remains around
interest rate forecasts.   
The council’s revenue budget includes appropriate provision for financing costs
of capital expenditure.  The key principles of the borrowing strategy will be to
minimise debt interest costs over the medium term and to achieve a more even
spread in the debt maturity profile. 
The council’s investment priorities will be security, liquidity and yield (return).  A
prudent approach to managing investment risk has been adopted.  Exposure to
credit risk will be limited by ensuring that all investments are placed with the
higher rated bodies.  A balanced view of risk against return will be taken in
respect of all investments.  It is anticipated that return on investments will be
limited in 2025-26, as a result of Bank Rate forecasts and the over-riding
principal of risk aversion. 
11. IMPLICATIONS 
11.1 Policy  Sets the policy for borrowing and
investment decisions.
11.2 Financial  Provides the Treasury Management
Strategy for 2025-26, including the
Annual Investment Strategy.
11.3 Legal  None 
11.4 HR  None
11.5 Fairer Duty Scotland: 
10.5.1 Equalities – protected
characteristics 
None 
10.5.2 Socio-economic Duty  None 
10.5.3 Islands  None
11.6 Climate Change  None
11.7 Risk Provides an overview of treasury
management and investment risk,
and how these risks are managed.
11.8 Customer Service - None None
11.9 The Rights of the Child (UNCRC)  None 
Page 431

Page 302

Kirsty Flanagan
Executive Director/S95 Officer
10 February 2025 
Councillor Ross Moreland, Policy Lead for Finance and Commercial Services 
APPENDICES:
Appendix 1 – Economic Background
Appendix 2 -  Approved Sources and Types of Borrowing
Appendix 3 – Treasury and Prudential Indicators 2025-28
Appendix 4 – Permitted Investments
Appendix 5 – Example Weekly Counterparty List
Appendix 6 – Scheme of Delegation; Section 95 Officer and Nominated Member Roles                                          
For further information contact: 
Carolyn Earl, Acting Head of Financial Services
Carolyn.Earl@argyll-bute.gov.uk
Page 432

Page 303

APPENDIX 1
ECONOMIC BACKGROUND (to 12th December 2024)
The third quarter of 2024 (July to September) saw: 
• GDP growth stagnating in July following downwardly revised Q2 figures
(0.5% q/q)
• A further easing in wage growth as the headline 3myy rate (including
bonuses) fell from 4.6% in June to 4.0% in July;
• CPI inflation hitting its target in June before edging above it to 2.2% in July
and August;
• Core CPI inflation increasing from 3.3% in July to 3.6% in August;
• The Bank of England initiating its easing cycle by lowering interest rates
from 5.25% to 5.0% in August and holding them steady in its September
meeting;
• 10-year gilt yields falling to 4.0% in September.  
Over the aforementioned period, the economy’s stagnation in June and July
pointed more to a mild slowdown in UK GDP growth than a sudden drop back
into a recession.   However, in the interim period, to 12 December, arguably the
biggest impact on the economy’s performance has been the negative market
sentiment in respect of the fallout from the Chancellor’s Budget on 30 October.
If we reflect on the 30 October Budget, our central case is that those policy
announcements will prove to be inflationary, at least in the near-term.  The
Office for Budgetary Responsibility and the Bank of England concur with that
view. The latter have the CPI measure of inflation hitting 2.5% y/y by the end of
2024 and staying sticky until at least 2026.  The Bank forecasts CPI to be
elevated at 2.7% y/y (Q4 2025) before dropping back to sub-2% in 2027. 
Nonetheless, since the Budget, the October inflation print has shown the CPI
measure of inflation bouncing up to 2.3% y/y with the prospect that it will be
close to 3% by the end of the year before falling back slowly through 2025.  The
RPI measure has also increased significantly to 3.4% y/y.
How high inflation goes will primarily be determined by several key factors.  First
amongst those is that the major investment in the public sector, according to
the Bank of England, will lift UK real GDP to 1.7% in 2025 before growth
moderates in 2026 and 2027.  The debate around whether the Government’s
policies lead to a material uptick in growth primarily focus on the logistics of
fast-tracking planning permissions, identifying sufficient skilled labour to
undertake a resurgence in building, and an increase in the employee
participation rate within the economy.
There are inherent risks to all the above.  The worst-case scenario would see
systemic blockages of planning permissions and the inability to identify and
resource the additional workforce required to deliver large-scale IT, housing
and infrastructure projects.  This would lead to upside risks to inflation, an
increased prospect of further Government borrowing & tax rises in the June
Page 433

Page 304

2025 Spending Review (pushed back from the end of March), and a tepid GDP
performance.
Regarding having a sufficiently large pool of flexible and healthy workers, the
initial outlook does not look bright.  Research from Capital Economics has
alluded to an increase of some 500,000 construction workers being needed to
provide any chance of the Government hitting its target of 300,000 new homes
being built in each of the next five years (234,000 net additional dwellings in
England in 2022/23).  But the last time such an increase was needed, and
construction employment is currently at a nine-year low, it took 12 years to get
there (1996 to 2008). Also note, as of October 2024, job vacancies in the
construction sector were still higher than at any time in the 20 years preceding
the pandemic.  
Currently, it also seems likely that net inward migration is set to fall, so there is
likely to be a smaller pool of migrant workers available who, in the past, have
filled the requirement for construction worker demand. The Government plans
to heavily promote training schemes, particularly to the one million 16- to 24-
year-olds who are neither in education nor work.  But it is arguable as to whether
the employee shortfall can be made up from this source in the requisite time,
even if more do enter the workforce.
Against, this backdrop, there may be a near-term boost to inflation caused by a
wave of public sector cash chasing the same construction providers over the
course of the next year or so, whilst wages remain higher than the Bank
currently forecasts because of general labour shortages, including in social care
where Government accepts there is a 150,000 shortfall at present.
Unemployment stands at a low 4.3% (September), whilst wages are rising at
4.3% y/y (including bonuses) and 4.8% (excluding bonuses).  The Bank would
ideally like to see further wage moderation to underpin any further gradual
relaxing of monetary policy.  Indeed, over the next six months, the market is
currently only pricing in Bank Rate reductions in February and May – which
would see Bank Rate fall to 4.25% - but further cuts, thereafter, are highly likely
to be even more data-dependent.
If we focus on borrowing, a term we are likely to hear throughout 2025 is “bond
vigilante”.  Essentially, this represents a generic term for when the market is ill
at ease with the level of government borrowing and demands a higher return
for holding debt issuance.  In the UK, we do not need to go back too far to recall
the negative market reaction to the Truss/Kwarteng budget of 2022.  But long-
term borrowing rates have already gradually moved back to those levels since
their recent low point in the middle of September 2024.  Of course, the UK is
not alone in this respect.  Concerns prevail as to what the size of the budget
deficit will be in the US, following the election of Donald Trump as President,
and in France there are on-going struggles to form a government to address a
large budget deficit problem too.  Throw into the mix the uncertain outcome to
German elections, and there is plenty of bond investor concern to be seen.
Staying with the US, Donald Trump’s victory paves the way for the
introduction/extension of tariffs that could prove inflationary whilst the same
Page 434

Page 305

could be said of further tax cuts.  Invariably the direction of US Treasury yields
in reaction to his core policies will, in all probability, impact UK gilt yields.  So,
there are domestic and international factors that could impact PWLB rates
whilst, as a general comment, geo-political risks continue to abound in Europe,
the Middle East and Asia.
In the past month, the US Core CPI measure of inflation has indicated that
inflation is still a concern (3.3% y/y, 0.3% m/m), as has the November Producer
Prices Data (up 3.0 y/y v a market estimate of 2.6% y/y, 0.4% m/m v an estimate
of 0.2% m/m) albeit probably insufficient to deter the FOMC from cutting US
rates a further 0.25% at its December meeting.  However, with Trump’s
inauguration as President being held on 20 January, further rate reductions and
their timing will very much be determined by his policy announcements and their
implications for both inflation and Treasury issuance.
Looking at gilt movements in the first half of 2024/25, and you will note the 10-
year gilt yield declined from 4.32% in May to 4.02% in August as the Bank’s
August rate cut signalled the start of its loosening cycle. More recently,
however, 10 year gilt yields have spiked back up to 4.35%.   
The FTSE 100 reached a peak of 8,380 in the third quarter of 2024 (currently
8.304), but its performance is firmly in the shade of the US S&P500, which has
breached the 6,000 threshold on several occasions recently, delivering returns
upwards of 25% y/y.  The catalyst for any further rally (or not) is likely to be the
breadth of AI’s impact on business growth and performance. 
MPC meetings: 9 May, 20 June, 1 August, 19 September, 7 November 2024
• On 9 May, the Bank of England’s Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) voted
7-2 to keep Bank Rate at 5.25%.  This outcome was repeated on 20th June.  
• However, by the time of the August meeting, there was a 5-4 vote in place
for rates to be cut by 25bps to 5%.  However, subsequent speeches from
MPC members have supported Governor Bailey’s tone with its emphasis on
“gradual” reductions over time. 
• Markets thought there may be an outside chance of a further Bank Rate
reduction in September, following the 50bps cut by the FOMC, but this came
to nothing.  
• On 7 November, Bank Rate was cut by 0.25% to 4.75%.  The vote was 8-1
in favour of the cut but the language used by the MPC emphasised “gradual”
reductions would be the way ahead with an emphasis on the inflation and
employment data releases, as well as geo-political events.   
In the following chart, despite a considerable gilt market rally in mid-September,
rates started and finished the six-month period under review in broadly the
same position. 
Page 435

Page 306

PWLB RATES 02.04.24 - 30.09.24   
HIGH/LOW/AVERAGE PWLB RATES FOR 02.04.24 – 30.09.24 
3.00
3.40
3.80
4.20
4.60
5.00
5.40
5.80
6.20
6.60
7.00
PWLB Certainty Rate Variations 2.4.24 to 30.9.24
2-Apr-24 30-Sep-24 Average
1 Year 5 Year 10 Year 25 Year 50 Year
02/04/2024 5.39% 4.72% 4.80% 5.28% 5.07%
30/09/2024 4.95% 4.55% 4.79% 5.33% 5.13%
Low 4.78% 4.31% 4.52% 5.08% 4.88%
Low date 17/09/2024 17/09/2024 17/09/2024 17/09/2024 17/09/2024
High 5.61% 5.14% 5.18% 5.61% 5.40%
High date 29/05/2024 01/05/2024 01/05/2024 01/05/2024 01/05/2024
Average 5.21% 4.76% 4.88% 5.35% 5.14%
Spread 0.83% 0.83% 0.66% 0.53% 0.52%
Page 436

Page 307

APPENDIX 2
Approved Sources of Long and Short-term Borrowing
On Balance Sheet Fixed Variable   
PWLB • •
UK Municipal Bond Agency  • •
Local Authorities • •
Banks • •
Pension Funds • •
Insurance Companies • •
UK National Wealth Fund • • 
Market (long-term) • •
Market (temporary) • •
Market (LOBOs) • •
Stock Issues • • 
Local Temporary • •
Local Bonds •
Local Authority Bills                                                                   • •
Overdraft  •
Negotiable Bonds • • 
Internal (capital receipts & revenue balances) • •
Commercial Paper •
Medium Term Notes • 
Finance Leases • • 
Page 437

Page 308

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 309

Prudential and Treasury Indicators - 2025-28 Estimates
Prudential indicators for prudence
1) Capital expenditure
Gross capital expenditure
Less Financing
Net financing need (in year borrowing requirement)
2) Capital financing requirement (CFR)
Total CFR at 1 April
Total CFR 31 March
Movement in CFR
Represented by:
Net in year borrowing requirement (above)
Less Principal repayments and other financing movements
Total
3) Authorised limit for borrowing
Authorised limit for long-term liabilities
Authorised limit for external debt
4) Operational boundary for borrowing
Operational boundary for long-term liabilities
Operational boundary for external debt
5) Gross debt and the CFR
Gross debt at 31 March
Total CFR at 31 March
Gross debt less the CFR at 31 March
Prudential indicators for affordability
6) Ratio of financing costs to net revenue
stream
Treasury indicators - borrowing limits
7) Maturity structure of fixed rate borrowing Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower
a) Under 12 months 30% 0% 30% 0% 30% 0%
b) 12 months and within 24 months 30% 0% 30% 0% 30% 0%
c) 24 months and within 5 years 30% 0% 30% 0% 30% 0%
d) 5 years and within 10 years 40% 0% 40% 0% 40% 0%
e) 10 years and above 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0%
8) Limits on fixed and variable rate borrowing Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower
a) Fixed rate 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0%
b) Variable rate 60% 0% 60% 0% 60% 0%
Treasury indicator - investment
9) Upper limit on principal sums invested for
over 365 days
£m £m £m
71 53 38
26 19 9
45 34 29
APPENDIX 3
2025-26 2026-27 2027-28
Estimate Estimate Estimate
21
£m £m £m
360 394 415
34 16
394 415 431
101 95 90
394 415 431
£m £m £m
293 320 341
104 98 93
402 423 439
£m £m £m
298 325 346
20
£m £m £m
321 370 401
394 415 431
-73 -45 -30
1634 21
% % %
4.9% 5.2% 5.6%
£m £m £m
20 20
45 34 29
11 13 13
Page 439

Page 310

APPENDIX 3
Notes to Prudential and Treasury Indicators
Prudential Indicators - Prudence
Affordability Prudential Indicators
Ratio of Financing Costs to Net Revenue Stream
Maturity Structure of Borrowing
This indicator identifies the trend in the cost of capital (borrowing and other long term obligation costs),
against the net revenue stream. The estimates of financing costs include current commitments and the
proposals in the 2025-26 Budget Pack. 
These gross limits are set to reduce the authority’s exposure to large, fixed rate sums falling due for
refinancing, and are required for upper and lower limits.
Indicators 1 - 5 above cover the overall capital and control of borrowing prudential indicators.
The authority’s capital expenditure plans are the key driver of treasury management activity. The output
of the capital expenditure plans is reflected in the prudential indicators, which are designed to assist
members’ overview and confirm capital expenditure plans.
Within the overall framework, prudential indicators are required to assess the affordability of the capital
investment plans. These provide an indication of the impact of the capital investment plans on the
authority’s overall finances. 
Page 440

Page 311

APPENDIX 4
Permitted Treasury Investments
Note: Limits are given as a monetary value in £ or as a percentage of the overall investment portfolio.   
Type of Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Council
Limits
Common
Good
Limits
Cash type instruments
a. Deposits with the Debt
Management Account
Facility (UK Government)
(Very low risk)
This is a deposit with the UK
Government and as such
counterparty and liquidity risk is
very low, and there is no risk to
value.  Deposits can be between
overnight and 6 months.
Little mitigating controls required.  As
this is a UK Government investment
the monetary limit is unlimited to
allow for a safe haven for
investments.
£unlimited,
maximum 6
months.
£unlimited,
maximum
6 months.
b. Deposits with other local
authorities or public
bodies (Very low risk)
These are considered quasi UK
Government debt and as such
counterparty risk is very low, and
there is no risk to value.  Liquidity
may present a problem as
deposits can only be broken with
the agreement of the
counterparty, and penalties can
apply.
Little mitigating controls required for
local authority deposits, as this is a
quasi UK Government investment.
Non-local authority deposits will
follow the approved credit rating
criteria.
£unlimited,
maximum 2
year.
Limit of
£10m per
local
Authority or
public body
£unlimited,
maximum
2 years.
Page 441

Page 312

Type of Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Council
Limits
Common
Good
Limits
Deposits with other non-local
authority bodies will be restricted
to the overall credit rating criteria.
c. Money Market Funds
(MMFs) –
CNAV/LVNAV/VNAV(Low
to very low risk) 
Pooled cash investment vehicle
which provides very low
counterparty, liquidity and market
risk.  These will primarily be used
as liquidity instruments.
Funds will only be used where the
MMFs has a “AAA” rated status from
either Fitch, Moody’s or Standard and
Poor’s.
£15m per
fund 
100% 
d. Ultra short dated bond
funds (low risk)
Pooled cash investment vehicle
which provides very low
counterparty, liquidity and market
risk.  These will primarily be used
as liquidity instruments.
Funds will only be used where the
have a “AAA” rated status from either
Fitch, Moody’s or Standard and
Poor’s.
£15m per
fund
100% 
e. Call account deposit
accounts with financial
institutions (banks and
building societies) (Low
risk depending on
credit rating)
These tend to be low risk
investments, but will exhibit
higher risks than categories (a),
(b) and (c) above.  Whilst there is
no risk to value with these types
of investments, liquidity is high
and investments can be returned
at short notice.  
The counterparty selection criteria
restricts lending only to high quality
counterparties, utilising MUFG
creditworthiness service. 
£20m per
UK banking
group;
£15m per
non-UK
banking
group
100%
f. Term deposits with
financial institutions
(banks and building
societies) (Low to
These tend to be low risk
investments, but will exhibit
higher risks than categories (a),
(b) and (c) above.  Whilst there is
The counterparty selection criteria
restricts lending only to high quality
counterparties, utilising MUFG
creditworthiness service.  
£20m per
UK banking
group;
100%
Page 442

Page 313

Type of Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Council
Limits
Common
Good
Limits
medium risk depending
on period & credit
rating) 
no risk to value with these types
of investments, liquidity is low
and term deposits can only be
broken with the agreement of the
counterparty, and penalties may
apply.  
£15m per
non-UK
banking
group
g. Government Gilts and
Treasury Bills (Very low
risk)
These are marketable securities
issued by the UK Government
and as such counterparty and
liquidity risk is very low, although
there is potential risk to value
arising from an adverse
movement in interest rates (no
loss if these are held to maturity.  
Little counterparty mitigating controls
are required, as this is a UK
Government investment.   The
potential for capital loss will be
reduced by limiting the maximum
monetary and time exposures.
£10m
maximum 1
year.
100%
maximum
1 year.
h. Certificates of deposits
with financial institutions
(Low risk)
These are short dated
marketable securities issued by
financial institutions and as such
counterparty risk is low, but will
exhibit higher risks than
categories (a), (b) and (c) above. 
There is risk to value of capital
loss arising from selling ahead of
maturity if combined with an
adverse movement in interest
rates (no loss if these are held to
The counterparty selection criteria
restricts lending only to high quality
counterparties, utilising MUFG
creditworthiness service.  
£10m per
counterparty
maximum  
1 year.
20%
maximum
1 year.
Page 443

Page 314

Type of Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Council
Limits
Common
Good
Limits
maturity).  Liquidity risk will
normally be low.
i. Structured deposit
facilities with banks and
building societies
(escalating rates, de-
escalating rates etc.)
(Low to medium risk
depending on period &
credit rating)
These tend to be medium to low
risk investments, but will exhibit
higher risks than categories (a),
(b) and (c) above.  Whilst there is
no risk to value with these types
of investments, liquidity is very
low and investments can only be
broken with the agreement of the
counterparty (penalties may
apply).  
The counterparty selection criteria
restricts lending only to high quality
counterparties, utilising MUFG
creditworthiness service.  
£20m per
UK banking
group;
£15m per
non-UK
banking
group
50%
j. Corporate bonds
(Medium to high risk
depending on period &
credit rating)
These are marketable securities
issued by financial and corporate
institutions. Counterparty risk will
vary and there is risk to value of
capital loss arising from selling
ahead of maturity if combined
with an adverse movement in
interest rates.  Liquidity risk will
be low.  
The counterparty selection criteria
restricts lending only to high quality
counterparties, utilising MUFG
creditworthiness service.  
£5m and
maximum   
1 year.
20% and
maximum   
1 year.
Other types of investments
a. Investment properties These are non-service properties
which are being held pending
disposal or for a longer term
In larger investment portfolios some
small allocation of property based
investment may
£10m 20%.
Page 444

Page 315

Type of Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Council
Limits
Common
Good
Limits
rental income stream.  These are
highly illiquid assets with high
risk to value (the potential for
property prices to fall or for rental
voids).  
counterbalance/compliment the wider
cash portfolio.
Property holding will be re-valued
regularly and reported annually with
gross and net rental streams.
b. Loans to third parties,
including soft loans
These are service investments
either at market rates of interest
or below market rates (soft
loans).  These types of
investments may exhibit credit
risk and are likely to be highly
illiquid.
Each third party loan requires
Member approval and each
application is supported by the
service rational behind the loan and
the likelihood of partial or full default.
£10m and
maximum  
5 years.
10% and
maximum
5 years.
c. Shareholdings in a local
authority company
These are service investments
which may exhibit market risk
and are likely to be highly illiquid.
Each equity investment in a local
authority company requires Member
approval and each application will be
supported by the service rational
behind the investment and the
likelihood of loss.
50% 20%
d. Non-local authority
shareholdings
These are non-service
investments which may exhibit
market risk, be only considered
for longer term investments and
will be likely to be liquid.
Any non-service equity investment
will require separate Member
approval and each application will be
supported by the service rational
behind the investment and the
likelihood of loss.
5% 100%
Page 445

Page 316

Type of Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Council
Limits
Common
Good
Limits
e. Loans to third parties as
part of the Council’s
Empty Homes Strategy
These are service investments
either at market rates of interest
or below market rates (soft
loans).  These types of
investments may exhibit credit
risk and are likely to be highly
illiquid. 
Each third party loan requires Section
95 Officer approval and each
application is supported by the
service rational behind the loan and
the likelihood of partial or full default.
Each funding request will be
accompanied by financial projections
and be subject to an assessment of
the project and borrower.
£1.5m and a
maximum of
10 years.
N/A
f. Loans to third parties as
part of the Council’s SHF
Front Funding Facility
These are service investments
either at market rates of interest
or below market rates (soft
loans).  These types of
investments may exhibit credit
risk and are likely to be highly
illiquid.
Each third party loan requires Section
95 Officer approval and each
application is supported by the
service rational behind the loan and
the likelihood of partial or full default.
Each funding request will be
accompanied by financial projections
and be subject to an assessment of
the project and borrower.
£5m and a
maximum of
3 years.
N/A
g. Loans to third parties as
part of the Council’s
Long Term Loan Funding
to RSL’s
These are service investments
either at market rates of interest
or below market rates (soft
loans).  These types of
investments may exhibit credit
risk and are likely to be highly
illiquid.
Each third party loan requires Section
95 Officer approval and each
application is supported by the
service rational behind the loan and
the likelihood of partial or full default.
Each funding request will be
accompanied by financial projections
£5m and a
maximum of
30 years.
N/A
Page 446

Page 317

Type of Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Council
Limits
Common
Good
Limits
and be subject to an assessment of
the project and borrower.
h. Hub Co sub debt These are non-service
investments which may exhibit
market risk, be only considered
for longer term investments and
will be likely to be highly illiquid.
Any non-service equity investment
will require separate Member
approval and each application will be
supported by the service rational
behind the investment and the
likelihood of loss.
£10m N/A
i. Investment in a project
run by a Local Authority
or Local Authority Joint
Committee
These are investments which
may exhibit market risks and will
only be considered for medium to
longer term investments
Each investment requires approval by
the Section 95 Officer up to
£250,000, and, above this level,
member approval.  Each application
will be supported by the service
rationale behind the investment and
the likelihood of loss.
£10m N/A Page 447

Page 318

Treasury Risks 
All of the specific investment instruments outlined above are subject to the following
risks: 
1. Credit and counterparty risk This is the risk of failure by a counterparty (bank or
building society) to meet its contractual obligations to the organisation particularly as a
result of the counterparty’s diminished creditworthiness, and the resulting detrimental
effect on the organisation’s finances. There are no counterparties where this risk is zero
although AAA rated organisations have a very high level of creditworthiness. 
2. Liquidity risk This is the risk that instant access to cash will not be available when it is
needed. Investments can range from being instant access to term, that is, money is
locked in until an agreed maturity date. However, some forms of investment, for
example, gilts can usually be sold immediately if the need arises. 
3. Market risk This is the risk that, through adverse market fluctuations in the value of
the principal sums an organisation borrows and invests, its stated treasury management
policies and objectives are compromised, against which effects it has failed to protect
itself adequately. However, in certain circumstances, exposure to market risk may be
sought, with a view to obtaining a long term increase in value. 
4. Interest rate risk This is the risk that fluctuations in the levels of interest rates create
an unexpected or unbudgeted burden on the organisation’s finances, against which the
organisation has failed to protect itself adequately. This authority has set limits for its
fixed and variable rate exposure in the Prudential Indicators within this report. 
5. Legal and regulatory risk This is the risk that the organisation itself, or an
organisation with which it is dealing in its treasury management activities, fails to act in
accordance with its legal powers or regulatory requirements, and that the organisation
suffers losses accordingly. The level of both risk exposure and liquidity influences the
rate of return on investments. Generally, the lower the risk or the higher the liquidity, the
lower the rate of return. 
Controls on Treasury Risks 
1. Credit and counterparty risk The council utilises the creditworthiness service
provided by its treasury advisors to determine which counterparties and countries are of
high creditworthiness to enable investments to be made safely. 
2. Liquidity risk The council has a cash flow forecasting model to enable it to determine
how long investments can be made for and how much can be invested. 
3. Market risk The council generally does not purchase investment instruments which
are subject to market risk in terms of fluctuation in their value. The authority may
purchase treasury bills as their value does not vary much during their short life. 
4. Interest rate risk The council manages this risk by having a view of the future course
of interest rates and formulates a treasury management strategy accordingly. The
strategy aims to minimise net interest costs, consistent with control of risk. 
Page 448

Page 319

5. Legal and regulatory risk The council will not undertake any form of investing until it
has ensured that it has necessary powers and also complied with all regulations. 
Unlimited investments
Regulation 24 states that an investment can be shown in tables 1 & 2 as being ‘unlimited’
in terms of the maximum amount or percentage of the total portfolio that can be put into
that type of investment.  However, it also requires that an explanation must be given for
using that category.   
The authority has given the following types of investments an unlimited category: 
1. Debt Management Agency Deposit Facility.  This is considered to be the lowest risk
form of investment available to local authorities as it is operated by the Debt
Management Office which is part of H.M. Treasury i.e., the UK Government’s
sovereign rating stands behind the DMADF.  It is also a deposit account and avoids
the complications of buying and holding Government issued treasury bills or gilts. 
2. High creditworthiness banks and building societies.  While an unlimited amount
of the investment portfolio may be put into banks and building societies with high
creditworthiness, the council will ensure diversification of its portfolio by ensuring that
no more than £20m of the total portfolio can be placed with any one institution or group
at any one time. 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Considerations 
The Treasury Management Code states that “The organisation's credit and counterparty
policies should set out its policy and practices relating to environmental, social and
governance (ESG) investment considerations. This is a developing area, and it is not
implied that the organisation’s ESG policy will currently include ESG scoring or other real-
time ESG criteria at individual investment level.” 
ESG investment considerations are about understanding the ESG risks that an entity is
exposed to and evaluating how well it manages these risks. It is not the same as Socially
Responsible Investing, (typically where you apply negative screens), and equally, it is not
the same as Sustainable Investing, (investing in products / companies based on
expected sustainable and beneficial societal impact, alongside a financial return). 
The council is supportive of the Principles for Responsible Investment (www.unpri.org) and
will seek to bring ESG factors into the decision making process for investments. Within
this, the council is also appreciative of the Statement on ESG in Credit Risk and Ratings,
which commits signatories to incorporating ESG into credit ratings and analysis in a
systemic and transparent way. Each of the mainstream credit rating agencies are
signatories to this statement.   
All the main rating agencies now incorporate ESG risks, alongside more traditional
financial risk metrics, when assessing counterparty ratings. As such, their incorporation is
already being done, to an extent, by the council’s use of the creditworthiness service
provided by the council’s treasury advisors. In addition, our treasury advisors continue to
Page 449

Page 320

look at ways in which these factors can be incorporated into their creditworthiness
assessment service. 
Whilst the council is supportive of responsible investment, it should be noted that ESG
information will still be secondary to the requirement for the council to adhere to the Code
priorities of Security, Liquidity and Yield.  Ethical principles must play a subordinate role
to these priorities.  Furthermore, limiting the potential counterparty options could reduce
diversification and increase risk, therefore, these considerations need to be carefully
balanced. 
Page 450

Page 321

APPENDIX 5
MUFG Weekly Credit List
07/02/2026
Long
Term
Short
Term
Long
Term
Short
Term
Long
Term
Short
Term
Suggested
Duration
Suggested
Duration
(Watch/Outloo
k Adjusted)
Suggested Duration
(CDS Adjusted with
manual override)
Australia AAA Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd. AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Commonwealth Bank of Australia AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Macquarie Bank Ltd. A+ F1 Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
National Australia Bank Ltd. AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Westpac Banking Corp. AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Belgium AA- Aa3 AA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
BNP Paribas Fortis A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
KBC Bank N.V. A+ F1 Aa3 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Canada AA+ Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Bank of Montreal AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Bank of Nova Scotia AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
National Bank of Canada A+ F1 Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Royal Bank of Canada AA- F1+ Aa1 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Toronto-Dominion Bank AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Denmark AAA Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Danske A/S A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Finland AA+ Aa1 AA+ Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Nordea Bank Abp AA- F1+ Aa3 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
OP Corporate Bank plc WD WD Aa3 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
France AA- Aa3 AA- Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
BNP Paribas A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Credit Agricole S.A. A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Credit Industriel et Commercial A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Societe Generale A- F1 A1 P-1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Germany AAA Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Bayerische Landesbank A+ F1+ Aa2 P-1 NR NR O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Commerzbank AG WD WD A1 P-1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Deutsche Bank AG A- F2 A1 P-1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
DZ BANK AG Deutsche Zentral-
Genossenschaftsbank AA- F1+ Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Landesbank Baden-Wuerttemberg A+ F1+ Aa2 P-1 NR NR O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Landesbank Berlin AG Aa3 P-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Landesbank Hessen-Thueringen Girozentrale A+ F1+ Aa2 P-1 NR NR O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Landwirtschaftliche Rentenbank AAA F1+ Aaa P-1 AAA A-1+ P - 24 mths P - 24 mths P - 24 mths
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale A+ F1+ Aa2 P-1 NR NR O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
NRW.BANK AAA F1+ Aa1 P-1 AA A-1+ P - 24 mths P - 24 mths P - 24 mths
Netherlands AAA Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. A F1 Aa3 P-1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
BNG Bank N.V. AAA F1+ Aaa P-1 AAA A-1+ P - 24 mths P - 24 mths P - 24 mths
Cooperatieve Rabobank U.A. A+ F1 Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
ING Bank N.V. AA- F1+ Aa3 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Nederlandse Waterschapsbank N.V. Aaa P-1 AAA A-1+ P - 24 mths P - 24 mths P - 24 mths
Norway AAA Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
DNB Bank ASA Aa1 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Qatar AA Aa2 AA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Qatar National Bank A+ F1 Aa3 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Singapore AAA Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Fitch Rating Moody's Ratings S&P Ratings
Page 451

Page 322

DBS Bank Ltd. AA- F1+ Aa1 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Oversea-Chinese Banking Corp. Ltd. AA- F1+ Aa1 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
United Overseas Bank Ltd. AA- F1+ Aa1 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Sweden AAA Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB AA- F1+ Aa3 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Svenska Handelsbanken AB AA F1+ Aa2 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Swedbank AB AA- F1+ Aa3 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Switzerland AAA Aaa AAA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
UBS AG A+ F1 Aa2 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
United Arab Emirates AA Aa2 AA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
First Abu Dhabi Bank PJSC AA- F1+ Aa3 P-1 AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
United Kingdom AA- Aa3 AA Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Collateralised LA Deposit* Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths
Debt Management Office Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths
Multilateral Development Banks Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths
Supranationals Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths
UK Gilts Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths Y - 60 mths
Al Rayan Bank Plc A2 P-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Bank of Scotland PLC (RFB) AA- F1+ A1 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Barclays Bank PLC (NRFB) A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Barclays Bank UK PLC (RFB) A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Clydesdale Bank PLC A- F1 A1 P-1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Co-operative Bank PLC (The) BBB+ F1 A3 P-2 G - 100 days G - 100 days G - 100 days
Goldman Sachs International Bank A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Handelsbanken Plc AA F1+ AA- A-1+ O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
HSBC Bank PLC (NRFB) AA- F1+ A1 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
HSBC UK Bank Plc (RFB) AA- F1+ A1 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets Plc (NRFB) AA- F1+ A1 P-1 A A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Lloyds Bank Plc (RFB) AA- F1+ A1 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
National Bank Of Kuwait (International) PLC A+ F1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
National Westminster Bank PLC (RFB) A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
NatWest Markets Plc (NRFB) A+ F1 A1 P-1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Santander Financial Services plc (NRFB) A+ F1 A1 P-1 A- A-2 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Santander UK PLC A+ F1 A1 P-1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
SMBC Bank International Plc A- F1 A1 P-1 A A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Standard Chartered Bank A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc (RFB) A+ F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Coventry Building Society A- F1 A3 P-2 G - 100 days G - 100 days G - 100 days
Leeds Building Society A- F1 A3 P-2 G - 100 days G - 100 days G - 100 days
Nationwide Building Society A F1 A1 P-1 A+ A-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Principality Building Society BBB+ F2 Baa1 P-2 N/C - 0 mths N/C - 0 mths N/C - 0 mths
Skipton Building Society A- F1 A2 P-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
Yorkshire Building Society A- F1 A2 P-1 R - 6 mths R - 6 mths R - 6 mths
United States AA+ Aaa AA+ Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
Bank of America N.A. AA F1+ Aa1 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Bank of New York Mellon, The AA F1+ Aa1 P-1 AA- A-1+ P - 24 mths P - 24 mths P - 24 mths
Citibank N.A. A+ F1 Aa3 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. AA F1+ Aa1 P-1 AA- A-1+ P - 24 mths P - 24 mths P - 24 mths
Wells Fargo Bank, NA AA- F1+ Aa1 P-1 A+ A-1 O - 12 mths O - 12 mths O - 12 mths
Page 452

Page 323

APPENDIX 6
TREASURY MANAGEMENT SCHEME OF DELEGATION
SECTION 95 OFFICER AND NOMINATED MEMBER ROLES
Council
• Overall responsibility for Treasury Management Strategy.
• Adoption of Treasury Policy Statements.
• Receive an Annual Report and other reports on the Treasury Management
Operation and on the exercise of delegated treasury management powers.
Policy and Resources Committee
• Responsibility for the overall investment of money under the control of the Council.
• Keeping under review the level of borrowing.
• Approval of Annual Strategy Statement.
• Receiving and reviewing reports on treasury management policies, practices and
activities.
• Approval of Treasury Policy Statements.
• Implementation and monitoring of Treasury Management Policies and Practices.
Audit and Scrutiny Committee
• Review the overall internal and management control framework related to the
treasury function.
• Review internal and external audit reports related to treasury management.
• Review provision in the internal and external audit plans to ensure there is adequate
audit coverage of treasury management.
• Monitor progress with implementing recommendations in internal and external audit
reports.
• Reviewing the treasury management policy and procedures and making
recommendations to the responsible body. 
Role of the nominated Elected Member (Policy Lead for Finance and Commercial
Services):
• Acting as spokesperson for treasury management.
• Taking a lead for elected Members in overseeing the operation of the treasury
function.
• Review the treasury management policy, strategy and reports.
• Support and challenge the development of treasury management. 
Role of the Section 95 Officer:
• Recommending clauses, treasury management policy/practices for approval,
reviewing the same regularly, and monitoring compliance.
Page 453

Page 324

• Submitting regular treasury management policy reports.
• Suubmitting budgets and budget variations.
• Receiving and reviewing management information reports.
• Reviewing the performance of the treasury management function.
• Ensuring the adequacy of treasury management resources and skills, and the
effective division of responsibilities within the treasury management function.
• Ensuring the adequacy of internal audit, and liaising with external audit.
• Recommending the appointment of external service providers.
• Reviewing and considering risk management in terms of treasury activities.
• preparation of a capital strategy to include capital expenditure, capital financing, non-
financial investments and treasury management, with a long term timeframe 
• ensuring that the capital strategy is prudent, sustainable, affordable and prudent in the
long term and provides value for money
• ensuring that due diligence has been carried out on all treasury and non-financial
investments and is in accordance with the risk appetite of the authority
• ensure that the authority has appropriate legal powers to undertake expenditure on
non-financial assets and their financing
• ensuring the proportionality of all investments so that the authority does not undertake
a level of investing which exposes the authority to an excessive level of risk compared
to its financial resources
• ensuring that an adequate governance process is in place for the approval, monitoring
and ongoing risk management of all non-financial investments and long term liabilities
• provision to members of a schedule of all non-treasury investments including material
investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures, loans and financial guarantees ensuring that
members are adequately informed and understand the risk exposures taken on by an
authority
• ensuring that the authority has adequate expertise, either in house or externally
provided, to carry out the above
• creation of Treasury Management Practices which specifically deal with how non-
treasury investments will be carried out and managed, to include the following: -
o Risk management (TMP1 and schedules), including investment and risk
management criteria for any material non-treasury investment portfolios;  
o Performance measurement and management (TMP2 and schedules),
including methodology and criteria for assessing the performance and
success of non-treasury investments;         
o Decision making, governance and organisation (TMP5 and schedules),
including a statement of the governance requirements for decision making
in relation to non-treasury investments; and arrangements to ensure that
appropriate professional due diligence is carried out to support decision
making;  
Page 454

Page 325

o Reporting and management information (TMP6 and schedules), including
where and how often monitoring reports are taken;  
o Training and qualifications (TMP10 and schedules), including how the
relevant knowledge and skills in relation to non-treasury investments will be
arranged. 
The nominated Elected Member (Policy Lead for Finance and Commercial
Services)
• Acting as spokesperson for treasury management.
• Taking a lead for elected Members in overseeing the operation of the treasury
function.
• Review the treasury management policy, strategy and reports.
• Support and challenge the development of treasury management.
Page 455

Page 326

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 327

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL                                                COUNCIL 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE        27 February 2025 
2023/24 COUNCIL ANNUAL REPORT 
1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 This report presents to Council the 2023/24 Council Annual Report (CAR).  
1.2  The CAR is one of the means by which we discharge our Public Performance
Reporting obligations through reporting of our performance against our
corporate outcome indicators and information presented by services on the
key activities, successes and challenges faced in the reporting period. 
Page 457 Agenda Item 9

Page 328

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL                                                COUNCIL 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE        20 February 2025 
2023/24 COUNCIL ANNUAL REPORT 
2.0 INTRODUCTION 
2.1 This report presents to Council the 2023/24 Council Annual Report (CAR). 
3.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1 Council are asked to consider the content of the Council Annual Report and
approve it to be published on the council website. 
4.0 DETAIL 
4.1 The CAR is a key document for the Councils statutory Public Performance
Reporting (PPR) duties and is published on the council website. 
4.2 The CAR presents both our performance against our corporate outcome
indicators (COI) and information gathered via the service annual performance
reviews (SAPR) on the key activities, success and challenges that our
services faced during 2023/24. 
4.3 The SAPRs contained a vast amount of content and not all content could be
contained within the CAR. However, the CAR pulls together many examples of
the exceptional efforts, innovative solutions and joined up working within the
Council and our partners and communities that occurred during this period. 
4.4 The Performance Excellence Project is continuing to review and improve our
approach to performance reporting, and this will include ongoing review of how
we continue to publish this information. 
4.5 The way that we capture current COI results and SAPR content has changed
and a new template was launched in early October to capture content. It is
anticipated that this new process will support timely reporting of annual
performance in the future.
Page 458

Page 329

5.0 CONCLUSION 
5.1 The CAR is a key document for the Councils statutory Public Performance
Reporting (PPR) duties and once approved will be published on the Council
website. 
6.0 IMPLICATIONS 
6.1 Policy - The indicators in this document are based on agreed Council policy. 
6.2 Financial - Indicators with financial implications are managed through agreed
budget monitoring processes. 
6.3  Legal - This report is required to meet statutory Public Performance Reporting
(PPR) duties.      
6.4  HR - HR implications are actively managed through agreed monitoring
processes. 
6.5  Fairer Scotland Duty: All activities comply with Equal Opportunities/Fairer
Scotland Duty policies and obligations. 
6.5.1   Equalities - protected characteristics - All activities comply with Equal
Opportunities policies and obligations. 
6.5.2   Socio-economic Duty - All activities comply with the Council’s socio-economic
duty. 
6.5.3 Islands - All activities comply with the Council’s islands duty. 
6.6 Climate Change - The Council is committed to working towards net zero and
this report highlights examples of this.  
6.7 Risk - This report is required to meet the Council’s statutory Public
Performance Reporting (PPR) duties. 
6.8  Customer Service - All activities with customer feedback or insight are
monitored for improvement. 
6.9 The Rights of the Child (UNCRC) - This report highlights examples of how the
Council is committed to reducing child poverty and improving outcomes for
every child.   
Pippa Milne
Chief Executive
Policy Lead – Councillor Mark Irvine
Page 459

Page 330

19 November 2024                                                  
For further information contact: 
Jane Fowler, Head of Customer Support Services 
Kay Owen, Team Lead – OD Project Officer 
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 Council Annual Report 2023-24  
Page 460

Page 331

1 
Council Annual Report
2023 – 2024 
Page 461

Page 332

1 
Contents
Forewords ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3
Leader of the Council ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 3
Chief Executive .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4
Financial statement ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6
Cross-cutting activities ................................................................................................................................................................................ 7
Changing how we work..................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Connect for Success ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 7
Performance Excellence Project ........................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Our Workspace – reducing costs and increasing efficiencies ................................................................................................................................ 8
ICT and Digital ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8
Climate Change ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 10
Capital Investment and central repairs delivered ...................................................................................................................................... 11
Housing and the Housing Emergency ....................................................................................................................................................... 11
Our performance ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 12
How We Compare – Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) ..................................................................................................... 13
Delivering our outcomes ........................................................................................................................................................................... 14
Corporate Outcome: People live active, healthier and independent lives ................................................................................................. 14
Corporate Outcome: People will live in safer and stronger communities .................................................................................................. 17
The Mentors in Violence Prevention Programme (MVP) ..................................................................................................................................... 20
Corporate Outcome: Children and young people have the best possible start ......................................................................................... 21
Support and interventions for our care experienced children and young people .................................................................................................. 23
Page 462

Page 333

2 
Children and Young People Improvement Collaborative (CYPIC) improving writing programme ......................................................................... 24
Registration Early Learning Childcare (ELC) ....................................................................................................................................................... 24
Nurture teaching support ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 25
Corporate Outcome: Education, skills and training will maximise opportunities for all .............................................................................. 26
Developing the young workforce ......................................................................................................................................................................... 28
Helping people into work ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 28
Corporate Outcome: Our economy is diverse and thriving ....................................................................................................................... 29
Supporting the economic recovery and our communities .................................................................................................................................... 34
Building Standards achieves maximum 6-year licence ........................................................................................................................................ 37
Corporate Outcome: We have an infrastructure that supports sustainable growth ................................................................................... 39
Water scarcity and air quality .............................................................................................................................................................................. 41
Flood protection and marine works ..................................................................................................................................................................... 41
Land Based Developments ................................................................................................................................................................................. 48
Helensburgh Waterfront Development ................................................................................................................................................................ 49
Corporate Outcome: Getting it right .......................................................................................................................................................... 50
Increasing the use of our website and self-service tools ...................................................................................................................................... 52
Improving our customer service .......................................................................................................................................................................... 53
Supporting our Community Councils ................................................................................................................................................................... 54
Local Government elections and supporting new elected councillors .................................................................................................................. 55
Strategic Risk Register ............................................................................................................................................................................. 57
Operational Risk Register ......................................................................................................................................................................... 58
Service delivery challenges....................................................................................................................................................................... 59
Consultations – we asked, you said, we did.............................................................................................................................................. 65
Page 463

Page 334

3 
Forewords
Leader of the Council 
Resourceful, resilient, responsive – that’s what comes to mind when I consider the contents of Argyll and Bute Council’s Annual Report for 2023 to
2024.
Argyll and Bute has particular challenges to contend with, given our unique geographic mix of rural and island communities. This means that we as a
Council need to think swiftly and differently about even the most routine service delivery, in ways that few other public agencies may ever have to
consider. On top of that, we deliver a number of services that other local authorities do not. We do all of that in that context of challenge – but we
also do so in order to be excellent, to improve, to innovate. 
This Annual Report sets out several examples of that innovative approach and some of those particular challenges. It is also full of success stories
and ambition. 
It is the Annual Report of a forward-thinking, aspirational organisation which is meeting the big issues head-on. Take for example the two key drivers
of housing and population, where Argyll and Bute Council is leading nationally – being the first Scottish council to declare a housing emergency, and
bringing together other local authorities who have population challenges to work together and ensure that our needs are firmly on the national
agenda.  
It is the Annual Report of a learning local authority which is constantly striving for improvement and beyond to excellence. One which is making the
most of new technology, and exploring emerging technology, so that we can work with rather than against our geography – and showcasing Argyll
and Bute as an ideal choice to live, learn, work and do business, while enjoying all that the area has to offer by way of lifestyle. 
It is the Annual Report of a Scottish Council which is playing its part and contributing to national priorities, and which has much potential to offer at
every level. 
All Scottish local authorities are facing unprecedented times, with local government finance and governance in the spotlight. In that Argyll and Bute
is no different, but the way we handle our business and rise to those challenges is characterised by determination and the will to succeed rather than
survive.   
Councillor Jim Lynch 
Leader, Argyll and Bute Council
Page 464

Page 335

4 
Chief Executive 
We are pleased to present the Argyll and Bute Council Annual Report for the financial year 2023-2024. This report reflects the progress we have
made in the face of increasingly constrained resources. Through collective effort and collaboration, we have worked tirelessly to address the key
priorities that were set out in the Council’s Corporate Plan while remaining committed to the well-being and prosperity of our diverse communities. I
would like to thank all our staff and partners for their continued hard work and commitment to delivering the very best for Argyll and Bute. 
This year witnessed challenges out with our control including the effects of climate change resulting in the devastating impact on our transport
infrastructure with landslides and flooding damaging roads and bridges.  The ongoing demands have tested our capacity to deliver, but they have
also inspired innovative solutions. We are proud of the many accomplishments we have achieved together, which represents the strength and
adaptability of Argyll and Bute.
Throughout this report, you will find information on our activity highlighting our commitment to creating a thriving, resilient, and sustainable future for
our region. From critical infrastructure investments to environmental initiatives, our work has been guided by the principles of inclusivity,
collaboration, and fiscal responsibility. We have also continued to foster strong relationships with community groups, local businesses, and external
partners, all of whom play a vital role in the ongoing success of our efforts.
As we look ahead, we remain aware of the significant challenges facing local authorities. However, our focus remains clear: we are determined to
build on the progress made this year and continue to provide the best services possible with the funding available to us and opportunities for all who
live and work in Argyll and Bute. With the same resolve that has carried us through the past year, we will strive to deliver on our commitments and
respond to the evolving needs of our communities.
We hope this report provides you with valuable insights into the wide range of services provided by the council and our achievements over the past
year. 
Pippa Milne
Chief Executive, Argyll and Bute Council 
Page 465

Page 336

5 
Financial statement  
In 2023/24 the budget gap was £13.082m, prior to any measures to balance the budget, and projected to rise to over £51m over a five-year period,
with decisions made to bridge the 2023/24 gap, reduce future year pressures and protect vital services. 
When agreeing the 2023/24 budget, the Council committed investment in key priorities largely due to a significant one-off Service Concession gain.
These included: 
£7m to safeguard future investment in priorities for Argyll and Bute establishing a dedicated fund to lever in, secure and support key
strategic investments.
£6.132m investment in Rothesay Pavilion building on previous commitments to secure a future for this building.
£8.865m additional capital funding to support the repair and maintenance of roads in 2023/24 and 2024/25.
£8m investment to support futureproofing of Argyll and Bute’s school estate.
£3.5m to ensure that Argyll and Bute is better able to address the challenges of the Biodegradable Municipal Waste Ban.
£2m to boost resilience in the capital programme and provide support to key projects.
£0.750m funding for footpath improvements.
£0.700m for new refuse collection vehicles.
£0.600m investment in Climate Change Projects.
£0.531m for ICT equipment to support digital resilience. 
Over the course of 2023/24 almost £0.590m in Scottish Welfare Fund grants were paid to support vulnerable people and £0.895m of Discretionary
Housing Payments were distributed to households in need. During the year the Council also continued to pay grants to cover food and fuel for
people in poverty and successfully referred them for support to advice agencies; this resulted in maximised benefit income and reduced fuel costs of
over £3.8m by the end of the 2023/24.
Page 466

Page 337

6 
Introduction 
Welcome to our annual report. This report is an opportunity to share with you how your council has performed over the past year and is part of our
public performance reporting commitment. 
In 2023 we outlined Argyll and Bute Council’s vision and strategic direction through to 2027 via our Corporate Plan. Central to our corporate plan
and highlighted throughout this report is successful partnership working with our partners, stakeholders and local communities. The corporate plan
sets out the three key priorities we have identified to fulfil our vision of a prosperous, inclusive, and sustainable Argyll and Bute. 
People and Places: our core business as a council
Potential and Growth: turning opportunities into reality
Partnership and Action: everyone has a part to play in Argyll and Bute’s success  
Further information on our corporate plan can be found in the plans and policy section of our website. Plans and Policy | Argyll and Bute Council 
Our performance on these priorities over the past year was monitored via seven high-level Corporate Outcomes and a series of 47 Corporate
Outcome Indicators (COIs). These indicators are strategic in nature and are reported annually to the Audit and Scrutiny Committee and Full Council. 
Detail on our performance against these Corporate Outcome Indicators as well as further information on our key activities and areas of focus and
successes and challenges are provided within this report. 
Page 467

Page 338

7 
Cross-cutting activities 
Changing how we work
Under our commitment to realise continuous improvement, key change projects are underway to improve how we work and how we monitor and
report on this. 
Connect for Success 
This initiative is dedicated to encouraging and recognising new ways of working across the Council, to make things better for everyone. We are
looking to the future and are focused on advancing how we use technology, share resources and collaborate because better for us is better for our
communities. 
There are 7 key areas, or principles, that we are focused on developing in how we work: 
1. One Council One Place 
2. Purpose and Mission Focus 
3. Employee Empowerment 
4. Data and Evidence Driven 
5. Learning Council 
6. Agile Mindset
7. Maximise Useful Technology 
Across the council these principles are in action and people are working on new projects and in new ways to help make things better. For example,
we have reduced bureaucracy and saved time and effort by implementing a project to streamline our internal human resources systems and speed
up the recruitment process. Connect for Success is about bringing the 7 principles to life by sharing ideas and looking for new ways to innovate to
help us do our jobs and deliver services. 
Performance Excellence Project 
We are now delivering phase two of this project to review and update our performance management and reporting procedures. The aim of this
project is to review and update the Council’s current approach to performance and improvement to ensure that it is in alignment with our Connect for
Success Principles and allow us to take a compliant and proportionate approach to measuring and managing our performance and improvement
Page 468

Page 339

8 
activities whilst maximising the use of technology to support this wherever possible. The project will deliver a Performance Improvement Framework
to support scrutiny of performance by Elected Members and Senior Officers. 
Our Workspace – reducing costs and increasing efficiencies 
Our Modern Workspace project is progressing well. The project is reviewing how we use our workspace, reduce costs and increase efficiency. Six
Hub Buildings are now complete under-utilised buildings under review for repurpose or to be mothballed. The entire project (excluding Lochgilphead)
is being delivered through existing capital programme budgets and Scottish Government Place Demonstrator Funding (£664K awarded to deliver
Rothesay Project). 
The Project has delivered significant savings from rationalising shared offices through: 
• Non-Domestic Rates relief on the buildings that have been closed.
• A reduction in utility consumption.
• A reduction in cleaning costs.
• A reduction in the number of printing devices required.
• A reduction in paper and the need to print as we adopt a more digital approach to Service Delivery.
• A Reduction in annual ICT network charges, such as ISDN lines and broadband charges.
• Reduced ongoing cost pressures for replacement of network equipment (Wi-Fi access points / server switches etc.), where possible
network equipment has been utilised in other locations. 
These savings and ease on cost pressures will continue to grow as the Our Modern Workplace project continues to deliver town by town. 
ICT and Digital 
The Council’s ICT and Digital Strategy aims to position Argyll and Bute Council as a “digital by default” authority. 
This sits alongside the Digital Strategy for Scotland, which sets out measures to ensure Scotland will fulfil its potential in a constantly evolving digital
world, a world in which data and digital technologies are transforming every element of our lives, and will help realise Argyll and Bute’s full potential
in this digital world, ensuring we all have the skills, connectivity and devices to fully participate in a digital nation.  
The strategy sets out how ICT and Digital services will be designed, sourced and delivered, and how digital technologies and processes can support
our people and our customers to work better together, get things done, and contribute to a better organised and more efficient council. 
Page 469

Page 340

9 
Microsoft365 (M365) 
We led on the national project for M365, working with the NHS and Digital Office to provide shared calendars, address books, distribution lists,
instant messaging and presence management across NHS and Council platforms. 
Within the Council, phases 2 and 3 of the Microsoft 365 project are now being implemented. A council-wide support network of Digital Champions
has been set up to encourage more efficient and effective use of M365 across the organisation, along with the introduction of an extensive training
programme. We have created an online programme using our own brand AB 365 to support our adoption of Microsoft 365. The programme focuses
on showcasing how changing behaviours and using the opportunities which are provided through technology can generate benefits not only for the
employee, but for the whole organisation. It acts as an enabler to ensure that employees feel in control of their workload, are more efficient and
assists them in their role by saving time and reducing internal emails. It introduces employees to a set of principles that they will work towards to
ensure we are getting the most out of the Microsoft 365 platform. These principles have been adopted by the Council as our new way of working that
strongly links to our Connect for Success programme. 
Partnership working
As part of our Connect for Success principles and adopting the “Themes not Teams” approach, we continue to work with colleagues across all
teams and services, and where appropriate external partners and stakeholders to achieve a common goal. 
This approach to partnership working assists in improving efficiencies and removing work barriers, helping fully utilising what we have, connecting
staff through technology, connecting services in delivering change and services, while connecting with communities and working together to improve
outcomes for Argyll and Bute. 
New ways of working with ICT and Data
Data is at the heart of key decision-making and improving outcomes for Argyll and Bute’s residents and communities.  
A key benefit of the Data Strategy & Action Plan 2024-2028, which will work alongside the council’s existing ICT and Digital Strategy, will be to focus
attention and resources on the most relevant data challenges and opportunities.
That will require us to maintain our track record of investment in software, data platforms and digital infrastructure, evaluating, designing and
implementing a new Data Platform to allow us to measure and report on performance and making better use of our data, to assist in evidence-based
decision making.
Page 470

Page 341

10 
Climate Change
The Council has a statutory duty to report on its emissions and climate action via the annual Public Bodies Climate Change Duties (PBCCD) Report.
Regular update reports are presented to the Council’s Climate Change Board which provides governance, oversight and discusses progress and
action. The PBCCD Return for the year 2023/24 is due to be submitted by 30/11/24.  
Action is informed by the Decarbonisation Plan 2022-25 which maps out actions required to achieve net zero by 2045. The Plan identifies groups
actions into six themes, one of which relates to the preparation and adaptation for impacts of climate change. 
• Waste 
• Energy and Water Consumption 
• Transport emissions from our commercial fleet like buses, bin lorries, vans and cars. 
• Preparing and adapting for impacts of climate change 
• Offsetting our emissions through partnership and innovation 
• Telling you about it and encouraging the community to do their bit 
Argyll and Bute Climate Action – Community Planning Partnership Climate Change Strategy 
Argyll and Bute Council and other Community Planning Partnership partners have jointly provided funding for a Project Manager for two years to
support and undertake a climate risk assessment for Argyll and Bute as a region, and to develop a Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan
comprising an integrated set of adaptation, mitigation and engagement actions. 
Carbon Neutral Islands Programme 
The Scottish Government Carbon Neutral Islands project aims to support six islands (Islay, Barra, Great Cumbrae, Hoy, Raasay and Yell) to become
carbon neutral by 2040. Argyll and Bute Council is a member of the newly formed Local Authority Advisory Group, which aims to support the
implementation of the Carbon Neutral Island’s project, ensuring alignment and co-ordination with wider Local Authority activity, and reciprocal
sharing of information. 
Carbon audits have been carried out for each island, and community climate change action plans and climate change investment strategies have
been developed; these will identify learning and good practice that can be shared with other Scottish islands. 
Page 471

Page 342

11 
Capital Investment and central repairs delivered
We have successfully delivered a programme of investment in our property assets totalling £7.5M. Included within the wide variety of investment
projects were 50 projects relating to energy efficiency, reducing fossil fuel consumption and renewable energy generation. This included solar
panels, air source heat pumps and new automated control systems in our buildings, mainly in our schools. 
As well as delivering the additional investment projects, emergency, planned and statutory maintenance programmes were successfully delivered,
resulting in improved customer satisfaction. Additionally, a separate large-scale project reviewed the water, wastewater and drainage charges for the
Council. This project has delivered one-off refunds in the region of £500,000 and year-on-year savings of more than £100,000 per annum.
Housing and the Housing Emergency
The pressures on the housing market in Argyll and Bute are recognised both nationally and locally. Whilst we are not the only local authority to be
experiencing these pressures, the diverse geography of our area means that we experience a range of impacts that other authorities do not need to
consider, such as the cost, infrastructure, and transport challenges of delivering services in our Island communities.
Against a backdrop of real-time financial cuts to public services, and the pressures from the rising cost of living on our residents, volunteer
organisations,  and businesses, there are significant pressures on the local authority and partners to deliver housing services in a cost effective and
efficient way. 
The delivery of housing and related services remains a high priority for the Council. In June 2023, the Environment, Development & Infrastructure
Committee declared a ‘housing emergency in Argyll and Bute’. This is based on the acute shortage of housing across the area, reflected in high
homelessness and waiting list numbers, together with the pressures partners are experiencing trying to secure housing. The housing emergency
impacts on our ability to recruit and retain people in the area, and our capacity to deliver services within the area.
We held a housing summit in the autumn to bring partners together to highlight and discuss the shortage of housing, the cost impacts, and to identify
how we can address the challenges by delivering more collaborative, innovative, and affordable housing across the area. One outcome from the
summit was that the Community Planning Partnership (CPP) acknowledged the need for actions and agreed to set up a CPP Housing Sub-Group
(led by Highlands and Islands Enterprise) to explore what and how the CPP might contribute. 
Through our Local Housing Strategy, the council is striving to minimise the impacts on services for our customers and residents. We have
reassessed the Local Housing Strategy’s action plan to ensure that the aims and objectives of the strategy are still relevant to meet identified needs.
We have considered the changing needs and demands for housing, related services, and support that our residents require, and also what is
needed to attract people to the area and promote Argyll and Bute as a place to live and work. 
Page 472

Page 343

12 
Our performance 
This table illustrates how we have delivered on our 7 Corporate Outcomes. This is followed by detailed performance and supporting commentary for
our Corporate Outcome Indicators. 
Overall performance of our Corporate Outcome Indicators 
Corporate Outcome Number of
Indicators
Number On Track /
Above Target / No Target
with Improving Performance
Number Off Track /
Under Target / No Data 
People live active, healthier and independent lives 6 4 2
People will live in safer and stronger communities 4 2 2
Children and young people have the best possible start 8 6 2
Education, skills and training maximise opportunities for all 7 1 6
Our economy is diverse and thriving 12 8 4
We have an infrastructure that supports sustainable growth 5 3 2
Getting it right 5 2 3
TOTAL 47 26 21 
We continue to report other indicators of importance on a quarterly basis at each of our Area Committees. Quarterly Area Performance Reports
present a suite of indicators at a local, area level with complementary narrative, and, where possible, Council-wide performance is also presented
alongside these indicators. These can be found in the Performance and Improvement section of the Council website. Performance and Improvement
| Argyll and Bute Council (argyll-bute.gov.uk) 
Page 473

Page 344

13 
How We Compare – Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) 
In addition to monitoring our corporate outcomes we use a variety of improvement tools. A key aspect of this relates to our engagement with the
Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF). 
All local authorities in Scotland participate in the Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF). The data is collected and presented in ways
to ensure consistency and enabling comparisons between councils to be made, as levels of performance are affected by differences in local
circumstances and local priorities. 
Because of the variations between council areas, the LGBF divides councils into ‘family groups’; each group is made up of eight councils which
share similar characteristics, enabling more relevant comparisons to be made. The selection of family groups is based on types of area and levels of
deprivation. More detail on the LGBF and ‘family groups’ can be found by clicking on the above link.  
LGBF data is updated monthly, with some indicators being updated throughout the year. However, data for the most recent year will not be complete
until after the full twelve months has passed. The majority of the 2023/24 data will be published by the end of 2024.  
In addition to participating in the LGBF, we actively engage with other sector specific organisations. This allows us to share best practice and
benchmark our performance. Both activities are valuable tools to help us identify improvements. 
Page 474

Page 345

14 
Delivering our outcomes
Below we provide detail on our performance against each of our Corporate Outcome Indicators and further context on the activities that have taken
place to support delivery in that area. 
Corporate Outcome: People live active, healthier and independent lives 
Number of indicators: 6 
Number on track: 4
Number no target / no data: 2 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Maximise
distribution of
Scottish Welfare
Fund
95.30% 85.90% 120.70% 144.00% 128.56% G 
The 2023/24 overspend was covered by
remaining ear marked reserves from 2022/23.
This ensured the continued support for the
Council's most vulnerable citizens during the
year through the provision of Community Care
Grants and Crisis support. 
Percentage of
clients satisfied that
they are better able
to deal with their
financial problems
following our support
and intervention 
90.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% G
A voluntary survey is distributed. All clients
who expressed an opinion agreed that they are
better able to deal with their financial problems
following our support.
Maximise
distribution of 96.00% 99.90% 98.20% 79.00% 84.30% R 
Page 475

Page 346

15 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Discretionary
Housing Payment
(DHP) fund
Total expenditure at the year-end was
£894,000 which is less than the £1.061 million
provided by Scottish Government for the year.
New DHP guidance has been issued to
Scottish local authorities in 2024/25 and we will
conduct a policy review with a view to ensuring
our expenditure is maximised in line with the
grant award in the future. 
Percentage of care
services graded
'good' (4) or better in
Care Inspectorate
inspections
75.20% 87.10% 80.00% 79.50% 77.30% G 
This indicator is captured within the Local
Government Performance Framework.
Performance exceeds target and the latest
Scotland national level, reported as 77%. 
Percentage of adults
receiving any care or
support who rated it
as excellent or good
75.30% 78.30% 78.30% 68.60% 74.00% R 
This indicator is captured within the Health and
Care Experience Survey 2023/24.
Performance noted as below target however, it
exceeds the latest Scotland figure, reported as
63%. 
Percentage carers
who feel supported
to continue in their
caring role
29.70% 35.00% 38.00% 38.00% 38.00% G 
This indicator is captured within the Health and
Care Experience Survey 2023/24.
Performance exceeds target and the latest
Scotland national figure, reported as 31%. 
Page 476

Page 347

16 
Helping people live active, healthier and independent lives
We have helped residents maximise their income through additional benefits or accessing grants. This work has supported vulnerable people with
assistance with independent living, preventing homelessness and helping reduce the number of households and families living in all types of
poverty, including extreme poverty. 
• A total of £589,168 in Scottish Welfare Fund grants was paid to support vulnerable people in our communities who are in desperate need of
financial support. This made up of Scottish Government programme funding (£458,28) and funding by Argyll and Bute Council (£131,000). 
• Discretionary Housing Payments totalling £894,477 were distributed to households in need to prevent homelessness and assist vulnerable
members of our communities to maintain their tenancies. As a result of new guidance issued from Scottish Government, the Council’s policy
will be reviewed to maximise further use of the fund in future years. 
• We paid out £144,105 in grants to cover food and fuel for people in poverty and successfully referred them for support to advice agencies. 
• 2,500 families have been supported to maximise benefit income and reduced fuel costs to the value of £2.527m. 
• The average processing time for new housing benefit claims was 16.41 days and 3.17 days for changes in circumstances against targets of
21 days and 6 days respectively. 
• We assisted residents to claim £4.45 million in additional benefits that may have otherwise remained unclaimed, assisting independent living
and preventing homelessness. This was supported through partnership with Macmillan Cancer Support and the Welfare Advice and Health
Partnership. 
• 99% of respondents in our welfare rights customer satisfaction survey would recommend the service. 99% rated their overall experience of
using the service as excellent or good and 97% said the time taken to respond to their initial enquiry was excellent or good. 
• In line with Scottish Government Policy the basic pay of carers and personal assistants who look after adults in our communities was
implemented twice during the year. We calculated and implemented contract rates for the Council’s early learning and childcare partners that
enabled them to sustain their services and pay their staff at least the Scottish Living Wage.
• Full allocation of the council’s Supporting Communities Fund to 58 community groups across Argyll and Bute for a range of projects
addressing, social, environmental and cultural and economic outcomes.
Page 477

Page 348

17 
Corporate Outcome: People will live in safer and stronger communities 
Number of indicators: 4 
Number on track: 2
Number no target / no data: 2
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Percentage of
groups who say their
effectiveness has
increased as a result
of capacity building
by the community
development team
75.00% 100.00% 100.00% 90.00% 100.00% G
We surveyed groups we had been working
with for them to self-assess whether they felt
that their effectiveness had increased as a
result of capacity building by the Community
Development team. Comments from the
survey (in responders’ own words):
• Lots of one-to-one advice, attendance at
meetings and leading strategic focus
groups.
• They have provided help and support
regarding funding for our group. They
were really helpful and responsive and
provided good straightforward advice.
Very approachable.
• Funding advice and assistance with
Council funding applications.
• Advice on Participation Request process
and help with engagement between LCC
and Council officers responsible for the
service.
• Advice around recruitment and changing
our charity from unincorporated to a SCIO.
Page 478

Page 349

18 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Information provided
to our community
groups, individuals
and partners is easy
to understand
75.00% 89.00% 96.00% 90.00% 93.00% G 
We provide information on queries about
Community Empowerment and Community
Development (Assets, Participation Requests).
We also provide information on general
funding and training opportunities, and on how
to take things forward in community and
partnership projects such as developing action
plans and engaging to develop these. 
The Communities and Partnership Team send
out regular information bulletins. The different
bulletins each have a different audience cohort
and a different editorial style. Every effort is
made to use plain English, and checks are
made to ensure accessibility compliance. 
Total value of
compensation
settlements for
vehicle
damage/driver injury
as a result of
road/bridge faults
No Target £2,884 £2,807 £1,879 £1,956 No
Target
The sums paid out have remained at a similar
level year on year which may be indicative of
an ongoing improvement in road and bridge
surfaces.
Percentage of adult
residents stating
their neighbourhood
as a 'very good'
place to live. 
70.00%  - - 69.00% No Data - 
This figure is derived from the Scottish
Government's Household Survey and results
are released a year in arrears. The figure for
2022 is the last available. 
Page 479

Page 350

19 
Argyll and Bute Community Safety Strategy
We are further developing the Community Safety Strategy, which underpins the Argyll and Bute Outcome Improvement Plan and sets out strategic
priorities in relation to: 
• We live in a safe and positive community.
• We encourage safer road and water use.
• Our natural and built environment is protected.
• Our communities are supported and included. 
It also identifies how we will work with key partners including Police Scotland, Scottish Fire and Rescue Service, HM Coastguard, Health & Social
Care Partnership (HSCP), Third Sector Interface (TSI) and local groups to bring together resources to ensure that Argyll and Bute is a safer place to
live, work and visit.
The Anti-Social Behaviour Co-ordinator continues to work in partnership with several outside agencies to manage an increase in anti-social related
incidents across Argyll and Bute and works closely with Police Scotland in the management of the CCTV network across the area. 
Prevent
The Council’s approach to Prevent was refreshed with the Prevent Multi-Agency Panel, which was reformed to assess the information received from
Police Scotland and consider appropriate safeguarding measures in supporting individuals to reduce their vulnerability of being drawn into terrorism. 
Building Standards Balanced Scorecard
The Building Standards Balanced Scorecard provides details of achievements and performance and service priorities until 2025. Good progress is
being made on the following: 
• Exceeded all targets for the 5 key Building Standards National Performance Targets in 2023/24.
• Attained one of the best customer satisfaction rates from the national Building Standards Customer Satisfaction Survey run by the
Scottish Government.
• Processed a total of 1690 warrants, compared to 1844 in 2022/23. Argyll and Bute generated warrants increased from 1262 to 1355 in
2023/24
• Responded to 104 dangerous / defective building cases at various properties across Argyll and Bute, acting where appropriate, to
remove imminent risk to public safety.
• Implemented the new requirements of the Scottish Governments Technical Standards for Building Standards.
Page 480

Page 351

20 
The Mentors in Violence Prevention Programme (MVP)
This peer mentoring programme gives young people the chance to explore and challenge attitudes, beliefs, and cultural norms that underpin all
forms of gender-based violence in our society. We have a robust 3-year development plan in place, which has helped to ensure a strategic direction
and focussed approach to implement the programme. 
The programme has continued to be developed across our secondary school settings and a further 17 members of staff have been trained with a
further training session planned for 2024. So far 7 of our secondary schools trained to deliver this programme and further training will allow those
remaining schools who have not yet participated in training to engage.   
We have continued to increase partner engagement and are developing the School Support Services contract to ensure that this is embedded in our
partnership approach. This development is in line with our Mentors in Violence Prevention Action plan.  We are currently planning to pilot
approaches to introducing the transition materials into Primary Schools. 
Supporting complex needs
To ensure appropriate support is in place for learners with the most complex needs, we have been working closely with CALM organisation to
access training that helps staff understand more complex dysregulated behaviours and how to reduce and prevent those behaviours over time. Staff
who have completed this have provided positive feedback regarding the positive impact that learning from the training is already having on their
practice. 
We have updated our documentation and guidance for staff on exclusions, distressed behaviour and violence and aggression towards staff and
delivered staff awareness raising sessions on the changes to this important guidance. 252 members of staff have completed the CALM online theory
course which focusses on prevention and a reduction of restrictive responses with training secured for a further 75 staff.  4 Physical Intervention
instructors successfully completed their reaccreditation course and will undertake an instructors training course. There is a training plan to roll out
targeted Physical Intervention training to relevant establishments starting on the August in-service days. 
88% of our care experienced young people eligible to leave in 2022-23 sustained a positive destination.  Destinations include remaining in
education, employment and further training. Educational outcomes for ‘looked after’ children 2022-23 have yet to be published to facilitate national
comparison. 
Page 481

Page 352

21 
Corporate Outcome: Children and young people have the best possible start  
Number of indicators: 8 
Number on track: 6
Number no target / no data: 2 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Provide quality
meals within cost
margins to all pupils
+/-5% -0.069 -0.04 -2.56% 0.48% G 
Catering continues to perform well, with the
variance from food costs within the +/-5%
target across the area. We continue to monitor
areas/locations that fall outside of the target
variance. 
Increase the
percentage of our
care experienced
young people that
have the
recommended
additional tracking
and monitoring plans
in place
100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% G 
Each care experienced child and young person
enrolled in an authority school has tracking and
monitoring plans in place via our education
management information system knowns as
Seemis. Data collated includes attendance,
exclusion, progress and attainment and
wellbeing information. 
Percentage of
children living in
poverty (after
housing costs)
No Target 18.9% 21.7%  23.5% No Data - 
The 2022/23 figure (latest data) is 23.5%, a
small increase in keeping with figures from
across Scotland and still below the Scottish
national average of 24.0%. 
Percentage rate for
attendance across 92.00% 93.30% 93.30% 90.55% 92.85% G 
Page 482

Page 353

22 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
all Argyll and Bute
schools is
comparable or better
than the Scottish
national average
(biennial data)
Final data for 2023/24 is still unavailable and
as much as it is a biennial uplift nationally,
locally we track and submit this annually. 
Support the increase
in the uptake of
available grants,
allowance and
entitlements
2,573 2,998 2,853 2,999 3,125 G 
Education has issued individual
communications to eligible pupils. Public
notices and social media posts have been
issued to publicise other available grants
including free school meals and clothing
grants. 
A counselling
service is available
in all secondary
schools
100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% G 
Referrals have been received from each
secondary school. There has been an increase
in referrals since the service was launched in
2023. The service is currently managing
demand well. The number of referrals is
aligned to what would be expected and what
the capacity of the contract can manage. 
Percentage of
children with no
concerns across all
domains at 27 to 30
month assessment 
82.10%  85.50% 87.30% 85.3% No Data - 
This measure is captured within the Local
Government Benchmarking Framework and
exceeds the latest Scotland national level
reported as 82.1%. Data is not yet available for
2023/24.
95% of schools have
a suitability rating of
A or B 
95.00% 95.00% 95.00% 95.00% 95.00% G 
Page 483

Page 354

23 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Work is planned for summer 2024 to upgrade
the suitability of two schools which will leave
only one school with a suitability rating of C. 
Support and interventions for our care experienced children and young people
Regular tracking and monitoring of attendance and attainment and designated manager meets has led to targeted support and interventions for our
care experienced children and young people (CECYP).  Attendance figures for CECYP across primary, secondary and special settings is 85.33%,
nationally the comparative figure is 87.5% These figures align with a national area of focus on attendance. Health and Wellbeing Family Liaison
Officers continue to support young people and families across the authority. 
• Additional resources to support nurturing environments in each Early Years settings to enable flexibility in how these environments to support
self-regulation for children.
• Training sessions supported 143 practitioners in engaging in dialogue around infant behaviour and how to apply nurture principles. 
• Bespoke training to support practitioners to increase their skill and confidence in delivering play and learning outdoors. Specific outdoor
environments can engage and extend children’s thinking and support their connection to the natural environment. Participants reported that
they felt more confident to assess risk, engage new skills and deliver learning outdoors. 
Additional tracking and monitoring of attendance and attainment has led to targeted support and interventions for Care Experienced Children and
young people. As a result, close analysis of the data has shown positive outcomes from this including an increase in positive destinations to 94%,
which is above our target of 85%. 
Personalised support has been put in place to maximise attendance for this cohort; attendance data aligns to the national picture. There is a
sustained low number of exclusions for care experienced children and young people. Interventions to support this sustained level of low number of
exclusions this include individual work with children by Health and Wellbeing Liaison Officers, School based personalised support, Ed Psychology
support, health discussions and wider partnership working. 
Page 484

Page 355

24 
Children and Young People Improvement Collaborative (CYPIC) improving writing programme
27 schools have undertaken training in using a quality improvement approach to support writing attainment, with a further 16 signed up to undertake
training next session. This includes all our Gaelic medium schools. The percentage of pupils on track across P3-P7 has increased from an average
of 61% to 76%, based on Feb 24 predictions. 
Our Children, Their Future
The current Education Vision and Strategy, ‘Our Children, Their Future’, was developed in 2016 and remains a robust and meaningful document,
however in response to impacts of a global pandemic and a changing national landscape and changing national and local policy contexts in regards
to Education, a planned and informed refresh is underway. 
Consultation on the strategy was carried out with pupils, parents and carers, staff and wider partners to gather views and define what was important
to them for education in Argyll and Bute. The consultation included opportunities for in-person and online group sessions along with an online
individual questionnaire and was supported by parent and pupil groups as well as school staff. And the questionnaire was also offered in Ukrainian,
Russian and Gaelic. 
The refreshed strategy will shape the future delivery of an Education Service which will support our children, young people and communities to
achieve the best possible outcomes. 
Award winning school meals service
Following the successful pilot in 2022-23 for the delivery of school meals via drone, the project has moved onto the next phase, and we will soon be
piloting the delivery of school meals from one school to another.
The Council continues to offer fresh, healthy and sustainable school lunches and hold the Soil Association Scotland’s ‘Bronze Food for Life Served
Here’ award. The award is widely respected and independently assessed. It is supported by the Scottish Government and recognises councils that
serve food made from fresh ingredients, free from genetically modified ingredients and undesirable additives, and using free-range eggs and high-
welfare meat. 
Registration Early Learning Childcare (ELC) 
The Customer Engagement Digital Service Team and Education Service worked together to review and update the annual registration processes for
Early Learning Childcare (ELC), Primary School Enrolment and Secondary School Enrolment. 
Page 485

Page 356

25 
This included a streamlined and efficient online application form for parents and an assisted caseload management and approval system for use by
Education administrators, with features such as automated reminders and notifications to parents. 
This greatly reduced the administrative burden for officers and significantly sped up the process for parents. In total 502 ELC applications, 840 P1
applications and 950 secondary school applications were processed in under a fortnight for each cycle. 
The same digital enablement approach was also applied to the application process for Under 22-year-old Travel Cards and 1,531 were awarded,
raising the take up rate to 70% of those eligible. This will be further enhanced in 2024/25 with robotic updates via an integration into the Education
system, SEEMIS. 
School Counselling Service
The School Counselling Service delivered by The Exchange (TCS) provides 100% coverage of services across all schools and localities. Referrals
have been received from each secondary school, and support provided. Attendance and engagement at counselling by young people in Argyll and
Bute is high, and above The Exchange's national average rate. There has been an increase in referrals over the past 2 quarters in comparison to
when the service was launched in 2023. The service is currently managing demand well. The number of referrals is aligned to what would be
expected and what the capacity of the contract can manage. There continues to be quarterly reporting meetings with The Exchange. There has been
an increase in the contract capacity to allow support to younger children, and ongoing monitoring will ensure that capacity continues to be able to
meet the demand. 
Nurture teaching support
Where our most distressed young people have been identified, nurture teachers continue to provide intensive, time-limited support through
coaching. Capacity building ensures staff are well equipped to adopt nurturing and trauma informed approaches and support the young people who
need these most. 
Qualitative feedback from staff in schools indicates the positive impact this work has on both staff wellbeing and children and young people:
“…Nurture teacher support has made a huge difference across the board. Targeted support for pupils ensured needs were met, particularly for
emotional regulation.  This facilitated inclusion and wellbeing of individuals, peers and adults involved. The Nurture Teacher being on site increased
our sense of being supported and was an integral part of the approach. Having this support across schools is an essential resource...”.  
We have implemented a new a Counselling in Schools Service to improve outcomes for children and young people. Impact of the new service is
being tracked and monitored and data gathered so far is showing very positive impacts for children and young people. 453 young people have been
supported by a school counsellor over the past 12 months, with 82% reporting improved outcomes following support.
Page 486

Page 357

26 
Corporate Outcome: Education, skills and training will maximise opportunities for all 
Number of indicators: 7 
Number on track: 1
Number no target / no data: 6
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Maintain the
percentage of all
young people
leaving school
achieving a positive
destination into
further education,
training or
employment
*ACADEMIC YEAR 
95.00% 94.00% 93.50% 95.20% 94.30% R
The slight decrease on 2022/23 is due to a
change in the way HMRC data was included.
Overall, we are positioned 9th out of 32 local
authorities for this measure.
Maintain the
percentage of
successful
examination
presentations in
Levels 4 and 5 for
literacy and
numeracy by our
senior phase pupils
*ACADEMIC YEAR
60.00% 100.00% 97.00%
SCQF4
87.23%
SCQF5
66.84% 
SCQF4
84.08%
SCQF5
66.59%
R
At SCQF level 4 there has been a decrease of
around 3pp. This data has been shared with
schools and there are processes in place to
ensure rigorous tracking and monitoring.
Broadly, we have maintained attainment level
at SCQF 5. However, we are continuing to
support and challenge our establishments in
order to ensure that attainment is raised.
Increase the uptake
of wider No Target - - 88.00% 100.00% No
Target 
Page 487

Page 358

27 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
achievement
opportunities which
complement
traditional SQA
awards and offer
alternative ways to
develop learning, life
and work skills
All secondary schools have developed an
enhanced Wider Achievement Programme for
young people in S1 to S6. These additional
opportunities are being supporting and funded
by the UKSPF.
Percentage of
modern apprentices
that go on to a
positive destination
after completing the
Argyll and Bute
Council Modern
Apprentice
Programme
95.00% 100.00% 96.10% 96.20% 94.55% R 
The slight decrease is due to a small
percentage of Early Years Modern
Apprenticeship students withdrawing prior to
completing the qualification. We will continue
to explore the use of Modern Apprentices as
part of the ongoing workforce planning
process. 
Percentage of
children that achieve
their appropriate
developmental
milestones by
Primary 1
70.00% 75.00% 64.00% 63.00% 61.00% R 
Although below target this result is reflective
with the national picture in relation to child
development across Scotland. 
Percentage pass
rate for the National
5 qualification is
comparable or better
than the Scottish
national average
*ACADEMIC YEAR
No Target 87.50% 79.70% 77.39% 75.60% No
Target
The national pre-appeal A-C pass rate for
National 5 is 77.2%. The authority post-appeal
pass rate will not be available until October
2024. The national post-appeal data will not be
made available until December 2024.
The percentage
pass rate for the No Target 90.20% 80.90% 77.35% 72.00% No
Target 
Page 488

Page 359

28 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
National Higher
qualification is
comparable or better
than the Scottish
national average
*ACADEMIC YEAR
The national pre-appeal A-C pass rate for
Higher is 74.9%. The authority post-appeal
data will not be made available until October.
The national post-appeal data will not be made
available until December. 
Developing the young workforce
We have continued to focus on broadened and improved work-based vocational learning opportunities for young people, improving vocational
educational provision in schools, and developing strong partnerships with employers and agencies who can contribute towards equipping young
people with the skills and qualities they need to succeed in life and work. As a result of the implementation of a Developing the Young Workforce
(DYW) strategic action plan for 2023-24, and continued proactivity and dedication of the DYW School Coordinators, DYW Argyll and Bute have
increased engagement with employers by nearly 70%, young people by 411% and implemented an additional 250 DYW-related activities across the
Authority in the year 2023-24. 
Helping people into work
There are several programmes delivered by Argyll and Bute Council’s Employability Team and third sector delivery partners available to residents to
help participants progress towards education, training or employment. Participants have access to: 
• a tailored support package
• accredited training
• work placements paying the Real Living Wage
• benefits, debt and fuel poverty advice
• assistance with job applications, CV creation and interviews skills and techniques. 
Items to remove specific barriers can also be purchased, such as a digital device to access online learning or a bicycle to help address poor
transport links and allow travel to and from work. 
A childminding programme enables parents to develop skills, confidence and accreditation in childcare, which in turn supports their journey to
starting up and providing much needed local services as a registered childminder. 
Page 489

Page 360

29 
Support is offered to people who meet one or more of the following criteria:
• People between the ages of 15 and 67 years who are experiencing barriers to employment.
• Young people over the age of 15 years who are within 6 months of the school leaving date and who are identified as being at risk of not
moving on to a positive destination.
• Parents on a low-income whilst in-work, with a specific focus on the six priority family groups. Our service eligibility also recognises different
family structures, such as a grandparent or guardian caring for a child.
• Employers looking to host a fully funded work placement.
• People ages 16 to 67 who are unemployed or underemployed looking to undertake accredited training. 
The following are some quotes from participants, giving their views on the support received. 
To find out information on all the support options available, please visit Helping people into work | Argyll and Bute Council (argyll-bute.gov.uk)
Corporate Outcome: Our economy is diverse and thriving   
Number of indicators: 12 
Number on track: 8
Number no target / no data: 4 
“Just to let you know I passed my HGV driving test this
afternoon!! It still feels like a dream. I'm still in shock.
Just wanted to say thanks so much for what you did. I
couldn't have done this without you. I've finished
reading the book you recommended so it's onwards
and upwards for me now!” 
“Thank you so much for the support I have received to
date. There is no way I would have been able to afford to pay to
put myself through this course, and the fact that you paid for all
the resources I needed to help me through my course was
amazing.  It was also great to know my PESF support Worker
was only a call away if I had any queries or needed help with
anything. Thank you!” 
Page 490

Page 361

30 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Maintain the
percentage of local
suppliers that benefit
from the awards of
contracts via the
procurement portal
20.00% 27.90% 13.50% 19.90% 17.80% R 
From the 116 contracts awarded during
2023/24, 37 contracts received local bids. The
nature of the types of contracts awarded can
impact on submission from local bidders. Of
the 37 contracts, 22 were awarded to local
suppliers (59.5%) with an estimated total
contract value of £4.1m. The Procurement,
Commercial and Contract Management team
will continue to support local suppliers by
providing useful information on the Council’s
website. 
Increase the number
of community
benefits that are
delivered through
the contracts we
award locally
No Target 22 55 73 74 No
Target 
The Procurement, Commercial and Contract
Management team is committed to maximising
community benefits from its procurement
activities and to delivering wider benefits for its
communities when purchasing the required
goods, services and supplies for Argyll and
Bute. We have been working closely with our
suppliers to deliver additional social, economic
and environmental value to our society. 
Number of business
and industry
planning
applications
submitted annually
No Target 21 19 23 21 No
Target 
This measure details the number of
applications submitted to the Council for
business and industry applications. The data
for 2023/24 indicates a slight decrease to
activity in this area from the previous reporting
period. 
Page 491

Page 362

31 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Percentage of
homeless applicants
who required
temporary
accommodation this
period
No Target 45.00% 40.00% 34.00% 29.00% No
Target 
The percentage reduction should be
considered in the context of a reduction of 4%
in the number of households presenting as
homeless to the local authority in 2023/24
compared to 2022/23. The actual number of
households requiring temporary
accommodation increased from 136
households in 2022/23 to 141 households in
2023/24, but the pro-active housing advice and
information provided by the Area Teams has
meant the effective prevention work is carried
out to ensure that as many households as
possible get a positive housing outcome and
do not require temporary accommodation. 
Number of
affordable social
sector new builds
completed per
annum
Actual 48 145 188 70 G 
The Strategic Housing Investment Plan
process is a partnership between the Council,
Registered Social Landlords and the Scottish
Government to ensure new build affordable
housing is delivered across the local authority
to meet need and demand. This included 54
units for social rent, 11 properties for New
Supply Shared Equity (NSSE) and 5 properties
for Mid-Market Rent.    
Total number of
visitor trips to Argyll
and Bute
No Target 0.8M 1.5M 2.5M 2.8M No
Target 
This data is taken from the Scottish Tourism
Economic Activity Monitor. The number of
visitors trips has increased as the region
Page 492

Page 363

32 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
continues to recover from the impact on visitor
numbers due to the Covid-19 pandemic. 
Total visitor spend in
Argyll and Bute No Target £125M £262.5M £407.5M £461.5M No
Target 
This data is taken from the Scottish Tourism
Economic Activity Monitor. Visitor spend has
increased as the region continues to recover
from the impact on visitor numbers due to the
Covid-19 pandemic. 
Gross Value Added
(GVA) per capita No Target £20,543 £23,394 £47,270 £47,270 No
Target 
The latest figure is still £47,270 taken from the
Scottish Annual Business Statistics 2021
(excludes the finance sector and part of
agriculture and the public sector). The latest
data is for 2021 as the 2022 data has yet to be
finalised. Please note these statistics are in
arrears and do not match the financial years
stated. GVA is an indicator of wealth creation.
GVA per capita measures the contribution to
the economy made by each individual
employee/producer. The latest GVA per capita
figure for Argyll and Bute is 86% of the Scottish
average. This shows that on average Argyll
and Bute's economy, with many low skill and
low pay employment opportunities, is
performing less strongly than Scotland as a
whole. However, this is only one measure and
does not take into consideration issues such
as wellbeing. 
Page 493

Page 364

33 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary 
Unemployment rate
- claimant count as a
%age of working
age population 
No Target 5.80% 4.00% 2.80% 2.50% No
Target 
This indicator is based on working age group
16 to 64. The downward trend over the years is
positive. 
Unemployment rate
- claimant count as a
%age of the
population (16-24) 
No Target 6.50% 4.30% 2.80% 0.41% No
Target 
This indicator is based on age group 16 to24.
The downward trend over the years is positive. 
The number of
Business Gateway
start-ups per 10,000
of population 
No Target 110 154.3 135.7 135.0 No
Target  135 start-ups were supported during 2023/24. 
Geographical
percentage
coverage of 4/5G
mobile phone
connectivity 
95.00% 77.00% 79.00% 81.00% No Data - 
The latest data we can access (Jan 2024) is
that currently geographic coverage from one
operator sits at 85% an increase of 4%
however the coverage from all operators has
increased to 37%, with a decrease of no
coverage to 15%. 
The Mobile Mapping Project procurement is
currently underway with the closing date for
returns due late September with project
commencement early November. 
Page 494

Page 365

34 
Supporting the economic recovery and our communities 
We continue to ensure that we maintained the percentage of Council spend that is under a contract or service level agreement, while also
maintaining the percentage of all Small Medium Enterprises (SME) that win council contracts. We also worked to improve the delivery of contract
management on all high-risk contracts.   
2023/24 Contracted Spend: 91.9%.  
2023/24 SME Wins: 82.9% 
We effectively planned and coordinated the release of tenders to avoid overwhelming the market, particularly the local market, by issuing invitations
to tender where the regulations allowed. For 2023/24, we awarded 116 contracts and of these 84 were Quick Quotes (ITQ’s). 
Our procurement processes were simplified and streamlined, ensuring that documentation was as straightforward as possible, and we engaged with
local Economic Development colleagues and other collaborative stakeholders to support emerging priorities that will support the economic recovery
within Argyll and Bute. The level of local spend was monitored in 2023/24, and the overall percentage with our local suppliers was 35.8% - see detail
below: 
Total Spend  Local Spend  % 
2023/24 – Spend
Distribution  £183,347,604  £65,716,826  35.8 
The team recognises the strategic importance of maximising the economic benefits from directing Council spend to local businesses in terms of
benefiting the local economy. Whilst it would not be acceptable to give preference to local businesses during any particular procurement, efforts are
made to ensure that local businesses are upskilled to have the greatest chance of being successful in winning Council and other public sector
business. 
We are committed to maximising community benefits from procurement activities and to delivering wider benefits for our communities when
purchasing goods, services and supplies. We have worked closely with our suppliers to deliver additional social, economic and environmental value
to our society. A total of 74 community benefits were achieved in 2023/24 through robust management of contract awards and matching requirement
to the Request List.
Page 495

Page 366

35 
Business Support – case studies
In June 2023 Business Gateway launched a new range of support for businesses through the UK Government Shared Prosperity Fund. This range
of support includes: 
• Small Business Development Grant of up to £10,000
• Business Start-up Grant of up to £1,000
• Trade Fair, Training, Accreditation and Digital Grants of up to £1,000
• Fully funded expert help 1-2 days of support from a subject specialist
• Intensive Support Programme focused on building resilience and exploiting business opportunities to help businesses make a step-
change. 
Support provided included:
• 122 grants awarded totalling £346,243
• 60 small business development grants
• 39 start-up grants
• 10 trade fair, training, accreditation and digital grants
• 6 expert help (1 to 2 days support)
• 6 participants in intensive business support programme 
Page 496

Page 367

36 
Ardardan Estate
Through Business Gateway, Ardardan Estate (a family run business), received one-to-one
guidance from a dedicated business adviser and signposting to various funding
opportunities to support their new ‘Highland Cow’ experience. 
The family-run business employs 70 locals who share their passion and farm experience
with visitors. Determined to continuously improve; while keeping food, farming and family at
the heart of their business, the family has worked with Business Gateway over the last few
years to help improve their product offering and also recently benefited from assistance to
source further grants, which funded a new oven, coffee machine and equipment to
introduce seasonal events. 
Sue Aikman, Director of Ardardan Estate, said: “Our strong heritage lies at the heart of our
estate, but we’re always on the lookout to introduce new products and services, so we are
really excited to be introducing a ‘Highland Cow’ experience. Business Gateway has been a
great source of support over the last few years, and we’re very grateful to have been able to
benefit from their expertise.”. 
Page 497

Page 368

37 
Islay Sea Adventures
Thanks to support from a dedicated business adviser and advice on funding
opportunities, Islay Sea Adventures has introduced new seafood trips
where customers can enjoy on deck, a selection of locally caught fresh and
smoked seafood by the team. 
Born and bred on Islay, founder and Managing Director Gus Newman is
passionate about showing off the best of the island and approached
Business Gateway for support in developing this new venture. Business
Gateway helped to source grant funding towards the costs of a Safety
Management System and HACCP food safety management course. 
Gus Newman, Managing Director and Skipper, Islay Sea Adventures, said:
“We’re really proud to be able to offer our customers the unique chance to
enjoy the scenery and wildlife that Islay has to offer, all while sampling
some of the best local produce available. “Business Gateway allowed us to
invest in our ability to smoke quality Scottish seafood, which may not have
been possible without their support.” 
Building Standards achieves maximum 6-year licence 
Building Standards have achieved the maximum six-year verification licence from the Scottish Government, which allows us to continue to vet and
verify building warrants. This brings benefits to the built environment and supports our economy. During the period 2023/24 our work in supporting
the economy resulted in a total 1,690 building warrants processed. Argyll and Bute generated warrants increased from 1262 to 1355 in 2023/24 
Building Standards User Forum
We delivered a digital “user forum” for customers to highlight issues with the service, changes to the Technical Standards, and how these impact the
customer and used this as a platform to discuss their issues. Presentations were given to stakeholders and contractors regarding the new updates to
the Domestic and Non-Domestic Technical Handbooks, which were well received by our customers. 
Page 498

Page 369

38 
One council: property income
We have generated over £680,000 from disposals and generated new annual revenue income of £25,500 driven by our strategy of divesting of
surplus property assets and generating income from our estate.   
Notable sales include: 
• Glencreran School House  
• The former Ashfield Primary School & Bridge of Orchy Primary School.
• The marketing of the Helensburgh Waterfront commercial site, which attracted 9 international, national and local bids for the site which
have been assessed by the Property Development Working Group with a preferred developer to be selected in August 2024.
• Oban Airport marketing has generated 3 significant aviation related business interests for the business park. An Outline Business Case
was completed in 2023/24 with the full business case due for completion in 2024/25.  
We are developing a Strategic Outline Programme. This will cover potential opportunities for the Council to develop several of its assets on a more
commercial basis and will be delivered over a number of years, with the immediate focus being a new Business Park at Kilmory, and commercial
developments at Helensburgh’s waterfront. 
We secured ongoing commercial planning / building standards work from other local authorities. Not only is this important for us to provide a
balanced budget, but it also supports communities in these other Council areas. 
Housing Services Partnership with Home Argyll
Housing Services, in partnership with the Council’s Home Argyll partnership have delivered amendments to the Common Housing Register
Allocation Policy.  Crucial changes have been made to assist in finding permanent tenancies for homeless applicants, to allow single person
households allocation of two-bedroom properties in certain circumstances, and to create the flexibility to accommodate other identified housing
market pressures when identified. 
Cultural and leisure events
2023-24 saw the creation of a new centralised approach to the authorisation of major cultural and leisure events across Argyll and Bute, that has
dramatically improved the previously fragmented and siloed processes. This makes it easier for those organising a major event to find out what is
expected of them, easier for them to make an application and simpler for those approving such events to control the application and supporting
evidence so that speedier decisions can be reached.
Page 499

Page 370

39 
The new design includes: 
• A single online Events page with all the resources needed by applicants in one place.
• A definitive online Guide as to what is required of applicants.
• An easy to use “smart” online application form that only asks the questions needed for a particular type of event and allows the upload of
supporting documentation. 
• A highly automated application management back-office system, that also controls the inputs needed by various stakeholders such as Fire
and Police Services and manages key deadlines. 
• A streamlined approval process that packages together the application and evidence for the approving officer and issues the certification
of approval to proceed or rejection notice. 
Since going live, 2953 applications have been approved using the new digital cultural and sporting events management process and 8 rejected.
Further enhancements are being made to the system. 
Corporate Outcome: We have an infrastructure that supports sustainable growth 
Number of indicators: 5 
Number on track: 3
Number no target / no data: 2 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Percentage of waste
recycled, composted
or recovered
45.00% 49.30% 48.30% 52.00% 58.20% G 
The overall improvement was mainly due to an
increase in green garden waste, soils and
rubble tonnages recycled by Renewi from the
PPP area. In addition during Q4 (Jan-March
2024), all of Helensburgh and Lomond’s
Page 500

Page 371

40 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
general waste was disposed of as refuse
derived fuel (RDF)/energy from waste (EFW)
instead of landfill. 
Number of tonnes of
waste sent to landfill
(biodegradable) 
21,500 18,435 18,772 18,165 17,406 G 
The decrease is mainly due to FQ4 (Jan-March
2024), when all of Helensburgh and Lomond’s
general waste was disposed of as refuse
derived fuel (RDF)/energy from waste (EFW)
instead of landfill. This significantly reduced the
council tonnage to landfill during that quarter
and in turn reduced the 2023/24 financial year
tonnage. 
Percentage of street
cleanliness 73.00% 81.00% 79.00% 83.00% 84.00% G 
The level of street cleanliness across Argyll
and Bute remains high and exceeds the
national service standard of 67%. The service
continues to set a target of 73% to challenge
the operation. 
Percentage of roads
in need of
maintenance as
defined by the
annual survey
No Target 52.50% No Data 49.70% No Data No
Target 
We have not received an accurate Roads
Condition Index figure from the supplier as
they were unable to access most of our
islands. This has been raised at a national
level as two other Scottish local authorities
were in a similar position. We are unable
therefore to report on this outcome. 
Page 501

Page 372

41 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Carbon emissions
relating to Council
activities (Council
carbon footprint)
tCO2e = tonnes of
carbon dioxide
equivalent
Net Zero
tCO2 by
2045
26,619 28,218 26,512  No Data -
There are no figures available until after the
submission of the Public Bodies Climate
Change Duties Compliance Report which is
due by the end of November 2024. 
Water scarcity and air quality
Our Environmental Health team supported a Scottish Government scheme to assist private water supply users when their private water supplies run
dry, by coordinating a response and provide bottled water to affected properties. 
We completed and assessed our air monitoring program to conclude that local air quality in Argyll and Bute is good. 
Flood protection and marine works
We have progressed assessments, watercourse clearance works, flood incident investigation and provision of flooding advice. A watercourse
inspector and additional engineers have been recruited to assist the flooding team and help to deliver our obligations in terms of Flood Risk
Mitigation. 
Page 502

Page 373

42 
Campbeltown Flood Protection Scheme
Construction of the Campbeltown Flood Protection Scheme started on site in September 2022. It is
the first scheme to be promoted by Argyll and Bute Council under the Flood Risk Management
(Scotland) Act 2009. Budgeted to cost £15.2M, it is being funded 80% by Scottish Government and
20% by Argyll and Bute Council. 
Works progressed well throughout 2023/24 with full
completion expected in 2024. Road resurfacing is
ongoing along streets where pipework installation has
been completed. Surface water has been removed from
the combined foul drainage system, reducing the amount
of water that needs to be treated in the sewage treatment works. This required the construction of a
storage tank, small ponds and a reservoir.
These ponds and the reservoir will remain dry for the majority of the time, and will provide holding capacity
during a storm event, where water will be held and ultimately slowly discharged into the sea. Additionally,
we have progressed to a cloud-based Flood Risk Management System which enables flooding information
to be held in a safe and appropriate format. 
Page 503

Page 374

43 
Flood event 
Following a period of wet weather which left ground conditions very wet and, in many cases saturated, more than a month’s worth of rain fell over a
36-hour period, starting Friday 6 October 2023 and running into Saturday 7 October 2023. Conditions were so severe that Police Scotland declared
a major incident, and a multiagency tactical response was assembled. 
Public infrastructure and transport connections into and out of Argyll and Bute were severely compromised and for a period all trunk roads and many
local roads were impassable. The compromised roads are illustrated by the dots on this map. The damage and disruption to the transport network
included:
Page 504

Page 375

44 
• Roads unpassable due to excessive surface water
• Bridges washed away or significantly damaged
• Carriageway and footway damage
• Numerous landslides  
Numerous people became stranded due to flood waters, landslips and damaged structures and the Council response was significant with reception
centres and catering put in place to accommodate individuals who were stranded. Many communities were also isolated and cut off, with lifeline
routes served and alternative home to school transport provided by boat.  
The response resulted in communities being reconnected, a significant amount of repair to storm damage and adaptation works designed to mitigate
future disruption should another similar event occur. The images below show the impact of the event and repair and mitigation works. 
Page 505

Page 376

45 
PRCA (Public Relations & Communications Association) Scotland’s In-house Communication Team of the Year
This award recognises the work we did to support communities following significant weather disruption in October, in accessing the council support
services they need. We did this by informing and involving communities in different aspects of the council’s work, by listening and responding to their
concerns, and by promoting the area to raise the profile of Argyll and Bute’s challenges, needs and opportunities. 
Page 506

Page 377

46 
Marine infrastructure and ferry services
The restructure of our larger harbour infrastructure and reviewed legislation have led to a ‘new’ number of Piers and Harbours. Argyll and Bute
Council is the Statutory Harbour Authority at 7 locations and a marine asset owner at a further 29 marine facilities located throughout the Council
area. Since the last Annual Performance Review, the Council is now fully complaint with the Port Marine Safety Code. 
Oban Harbour revision order
Informal discussion has been ongoing to finalise the Oban Harbour draft Harbour Revision Order (HRO).
The draft HRO has undergone some changes to the content order, formatting and points of specific
interest e.g. definitions and references. 
Formal statutory consultation has taken place and representations have been received by the Council,
which has carried out due diligence and responded in accordance with the relevant legislation. The next
stage of the process will take place 2024/25 which will largely be down to Scottish
Government/Transport Scotland to consider any outstanding representations and take forward the HRO. 
The Terms of Reference for the proposed Consultative Forums have been drawn up. These are based
on the guidelines and recommendations of the Port Marine Safety Code (PMSC). It is proposed to have
two Consultative Forums. One will be a group consisting of the organisations with financial and legal
responsibility in the bay. The other will consist of the stakeholders and communities who rely on Oban Harbour. Recruitment has been completed to
ensure a smooth first step is made in preparation for the new shift patterns once the HRO is in place.
Page 507

Page 378

47 
Ferry services
All our ferry routes operated
according to timetable with additional
sailings to cope with increased
demand. We are reviewing the
previous works and studies carried
out around the ferry services we
provide and the infrastructure they
need now and for the future. 
Replacement of the Jura ferry
remains a priority and work is underway towards the installation of appropriate passenger access at Feolin on Jura. We have undertaken a
topography study with a view to tendering a design build for passenger only access when a vehicular vessel is not available. This will likely be in the
form of a gangway and pontoon near the existing slipway and is expected to make a very significant improvement to the breakdown-related
connectivity issues. 
Iona slipway and breakwater
The Breakwater planning application is progressing to tender. The forecast of a 1-year
construction period is subject to contractors work scope and supply chains, particularly the
rock armour. 
We have received a quote to complete the Slipway work started by the previous
contractor. There are some issues to finalise which are being addressed. Due to the nature
of these issues, we initially had no returns from known contractors; this may signify
problems with completing the works. 
We are currently considering the issue and comments. Views and thoughts from the pier
users have been requested. 
Page 508

Page 379

48 
Fionnphort
The work to progress key pieces of marine infrastructure to allow for full and unfettered access to and from Iona is ongoing. The Environmental
Impact Assessment is in process including the socioeconomic assessment. Work is ongoing to address the potential issues with CalMac Marine
regarding swept paths etc. Once Marine Scotland has approved the Environmental Impact Assessment we will continue with the licences, etc. with a
view to progressing to tender. 
Port Askaig
In April 2018, Scottish Ministers announced that Islay would be next in line for new vessels to replace the MV Hebridean Isles. As part of the New
Islay Vessels (NIV) Project, the Port is being assessed and upgraded to accommodate the larger capacity ferry. 
Land Based Developments 
Road Reconstruction
During this financial year we carried out a programme of road improvements with an investment of £8m of council funding together with additional
monies from the Timber Transport Fund in the region of £387k. This allowed us to complete over 65 individual roads reconstruction schemes, which
will improve the overall road network, contributing to keeping Argyll and Bute open for business. 
Road Condition Improvements
Continuing the trend of improvement / arresting the decline in our road network, Our Annual Status and Options Report sets out the benefits of
continued investment in our road network and highlights the critical risk of underinvestment. 
Although our network has seen a welcome improvement in recent years, we would need to spend in the region of £10-11million annually to maintain
a ‘standstill’ position, and significantly more to see continued improvements. Year on year budget consultations and public feedback has shown the
importance of roads to our communities, but maintaining the required level of investment is likely to be challenging in future years given the
predicted decline in available capital funding. This brings with it significant engineering, economic, financial and reputational risks for the Council. 
We continue to deliver a range of different technical solutions that are designed to be proportionate for the use of the road and take into
consideration the island and rural geography of Argyll and Bute. 
Page 509

Page 380

49 
Claoniag landslip
The B8001 is a lifeline route to both the Claonaig ferry slip and the Skipness community. A significant landslide has compromised the road, albeit
access has been maintained using traffic management.  The detailed design to provide a long-term solution is complex, as the hill is sliding/moving
down towards the stream and therefore complicating the solution. This has been progressed by a specialised geotechnical Consultant. Works tender
package is in the process of being assembled, alongside continuous consultation with the landowner, SEPA and Openreach. There are several
complexities affecting this scheme, including works consents, land acquisition and challenging ground conditions. In the meantime, the council
continues to monitor the landslide. 
Helensburgh Waterfront Development
The new facility features a 25-metre main swimming pool and training pool, luxury health suite with steam room and sauna, a café and shop, fitness
studios and a gym with panoramic views of the Clyde. The centre, operated by LiveArgyll, is fully accessible and includes a changing places facility,
a floating moveable floor in the training pool and poolside pods for anyone with mobility issues to access the pool independently. 
The completed leisure and public realm development was a ‘Placemaking’ finalist in the national Planning Awards 2023 and was shortlisted for ‘’Best
Construction Projects GB&I’ for the Construction Employers Federation (CEF). 
Page 510

Page 381

50 
Corporate Outcome: Getting it right       
Number of indicators: 5 
Number on track: 2
Number no target / no data: 3
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Increase the
percentage of all
self-service and
automated contacts
72.00% 71.10% 73.10% 75.00% 76.70% G 
The figure represents 660,938 interactions
made using the digital self-service. This is an
increase of 61k on the previous year. Our
approach of making digital easier to use and
better quality is supported by an updated
corporate website that conforms to
accessibility standards, a new online payment
system (that took 43.7k payments worth
£6.5m) and numerous new online services,
from pupil registration to major Events
applications. Person to person interactions
also grew by 2.5k. 
Sickness absence
days per employee
(non-teacher)
No Target 10.0 days 13.4 days 14.9 days 14.6 days No
Target 
The top three reasons for sickness absence
were 1. Stress/depression/mental Health, 2.
Other musculoskeletal and 3. Infections. It is
noteworthy that stress/depression and mental
health have exhibited a steady and consistent
increase. Infections remain high as strains of
Covid have joined influenza as major causes of
absence. 
Page 511

Page 382

51 
Corporate
Outcome Indicator Target 2020/21
Actual
2021/22
Actual
2022/23
Actual
2023/24
Actual Status Commentary
Sickness absence
days per teacher No Target 4.4 days 5.6 days 7.2 days 9.0 days No
Target 
The top three reasons for sickness absence
were 1. Stress/depression/mental health, 2.
Infections and 3. Stomach. liver, kidney and
digestion. The absence is predominantly a
number of long-term cases for stress related
reasons, though infections and Covid has
continued to be a significant absence reason.
This will feed into our Wellbeing Action Plan. 
Level of employee
satisfaction TBC - - - - - 
The Council's employee experience survey
was run during the month of May 2024
capturing a snapshot of employee the
employee experience at that point in time and
will provide the indicator for the period
2024/25. The survey will be rerun in 2025. 
Level of customer
satisfaction
92.5%
(combined) 95.60% 92.00% 97.60% 96.95% G 
This outcome measures the customer
satisfaction of citizens contacting the council's
contact centre and websites. The outcomes for
2023/24 were again very positive. 
Community Planning Partnership
Development and publication of the new Community Planning Partnership, 10 year, Argyll and Bute Outcome Improvement Plan (ABOIP) 
Building standards customer services excellence 
The service was reaccredited with the Customer Services Excellence (CSE) Award on the 23 April 2024, increasing the number of compliance-
Page 512

Page 383

52 
plus criteria to 26, the highest across all Council services. This reflects the excellent “customer-focus” across the team and the auditor concluded
that “you clearly remain at the forefront of excellence and the recommendation for retention of the CSE Standard is well deserved”. 
Increasing the use of our website and self-service tools
In June 2023, following a long period of thorough preparations, the Customer Engagement Team’s Web Team launched the wholly new Council
website. This was based on the latest Drupal Local Gov best practice structure, derived from shared working across councils and on the free Drupal
Content Management System. There were two separate user testing exercises participated in by over 400 customers to fine tune everything from
colour palette to navigation layouts, and the final design was based on what customers told us they wanted to see rather than what the council
wanted to tell them. The website is the fulcrum of online information and transactional services with 1.6million visits and 4.3 million page views in
2023-24. 8,871 online forms were submitted for a host of services and over £7million in online payments made by customers; over 70% of whom
used mobile devices to view the website. 
The new website allows us to comply with the very latest international Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.2 standards, where we reached 98%
compliance – top 40 out of all UK councils and 4th ranked in Scotland. 
Page 513

Page 384

53 
The Council’s Registration Service pioneered the move to a remote, digitally enabled registration of deaths and Citizenship Ceremonies during
Covid and saw a tremendously high (97%) take up of the ‘Tell Us Once’ digital death notification service. 
Building on that expertise the council was chosen by National Records of Scotland to be one of eight councils to pilot the paperless digital
registration service titled “Calling in the Pages”. This project tested the systems and processes that allow customers to no longer appear in person to
register births and deaths, but to provide electronic signatures and evidence. It no longer requires registrars to send signed paper copies of registers
to Edinburgh each year. This is more convenient for customers, allows more flexible use of scarce registrar resources to meet peaks in demand
across our challenging geography, and reduces paper and transport costs. The new way of working was rolled out nationally from February 2024
and Argyll and Bute was in the first cohort to go live. 
Our Registrars have registered 1,180 deaths, 593 births and 985 marriage and civil partnerships. They officiated at 507 civil weddings / partnerships
raising £226k in income and held 55 Citizenship Ceremonies. 
Improving our customer service
Being informed and involved about issues, services and opportunities affecting them plays an important part in customer satisfaction. Officers are
supported with developing the survey content and promoting surveys on different topics. 
The Customer Engagement Team closely monitors all aspects of customer satisfaction, and the 2022/23 outcomes were very positive: 
• The Customer Service Centre had 967 survey respondents to its survey of telephone callers and averaged 96% customer satisfaction.
• The Registration Service had 264 respondents to its service satisfaction survey with a 96.6% satisfaction rating.
• There were 972 users of the Customer Service Points who completed a survey and 96.7% of them were satisfied.
Page 514

Page 385

54 
• The corporate website had an 98% overall satisfaction rating, the transactional forms element scored 92% and the new marriage website
scored 96.4% satisfied visitors. 
All returns were analysed to determine if improvements could be made, but comments were overwhelmingly positive and where staff were named
the feedback was passed on to them. 
We are dedicated to the highest levels of customer service and via the Customer Excellence Accreditation Award, Building Standards and Legal and
Regulatory Services not only achieved reaccreditation but increased the number of Compliance Plus elements awarded. 
Other ways that we are improving our customer service experience is the digital “User forum” for Building Standards customers to highlight issues
with the service, changes to the Technical Standards, how this impacts on the customer and an opportunity to discuss their issues. 
Our new corporate website scored 98% satisfactory achievement against WACG accessibility standards. 
We introduced new visitor experience surveys to help inform improvements to the website and 68% of the 15k+ respondents confirmed that their
visit to the corporate website helped them; there were 1.6m visitors to the website in 2023/24. 
13,267 of them submitted an online request using a council built webform and 83% of survey respondents (177), said they had a successful visit
using these forms. 
The outcomes for 2023/24 were again very positive, with 100% of 264 respondents to our Registration Service survey rating the service good or
excellent, 96.6% of 1637 telephone customers satisfied with their Contact Centre experience and Service Point customers marking 96.7% of 972
elements of their experience satisfactory or better. 
Supporting our Community Councils
We listened to feedback from our Community Councils and arranged for a session with the Executive Leadership Team in June 2023 which allowed
them the opportunity to speak to the Chief Executive and Executive Directors to raise concerns and issues directly. We have also taken forward a
number of Community Council By-Elections, which ensures that our communities are appropriately represented. 
We continue to develop social media to help communities get the support they need, for council and communities to work together through
engagement exercises, and to promote council and area challenges and opportunities. Our combined corporate social media channels grew by 10%
Page 515

Page 386

55 
last year and our use of social media successfully signposted 80,000 people to the information they could access quickly and easily on the council’s
website. 
Local Government elections and supporting new elected councillors 
Following the resignation of a sitting Councillor, we delivered a By-Election ensuring that the new Elected Member was fully briefed and ready to
undertake their duties. 
We have taken forward the Elected Member Development Framework which utilises the Political Skills Assessment tool from the Improvement
Service.  We also arranged a development session for Senior Councillors and one for Officers on “Working with Councillors,” which were delivered
by the Local Government Information Unit. 
The Elected Member case management system has been reviewed. This has resulted in a new, self-service system being introduced called
“Member Zone”. The new system is more user friendly and enables our Elected Members to operate the system to manage their constituent queries.  
We conducted a review of the equipment in the Council Chambers in Kilmory, which is used to facilitate our Council and Committee meetings.
Following the review, we undertook a procurement exercise, and the equipment and microphones were largely replaced, which is much more robust
and reliable.  We also have a new maintenance contract in place which gives us stability for the next few years. 
Looking after our financial assets 
The Council’s Counter Fraud Team is in place to enhance the Council’s zero tolerance to fraud and protect the public purse. During 2023/24 the
team rebilled £1.04m as a direct consequence of their work and have recovered £777 of that total to date. 
• We collected 96.43% of Council Tax exceeding the target of 96.00%.
• A positive External Audit Annual Audit Report was received and reported to Council in March 2024.
• Financial monitoring packs and Budget Outlook were submitted to each Policy & Resources Committee.
• The average investment rate for 2023/24 was 4.832%, and the investments generated £2.178m of interest during the year.
• We processed 97.7% of invoices due within 30 days, exceeding the target of 95.5%.
• The external audit of the Council’s Non-Domestic Rates Income (NDRI) Notified Return of £34.886m was completed by the statutory
deadline with an unqualified audit certificate being received.
• The Payroll Team processed the 2023/24 SLGE Staff and the Teacher’s pay rises in the next available pay run following settlement, with the
SLGE Staff pay rise being agreed and paid in two trenches in November 2023 and February 2024.
Page 516

Page 387

56 
Supporting attendance
The Local Government Benchmarking Framework allows us to compare the number of days lost to absence with other Scottish local authorities. Our
position in the overall rankings has improved from 17 to 10 for teaching employees and from 26 to 22 for local government employees and shows
that we are not experiencing as sharp a rise in absence compared to other local authorities. We continue to work with other councils to share good
practice in absence management. 
The Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development’s annual Health and Wellbeing at Work report showed the highest sickness absence rates
across the UK for over a decade, and average rate of employee absence now stands at 7.8 days per employee per year, a considerable increase
since before the pandemic in October 2019 where it was 5.8 days. The report reminds us that it has been a challenging few years for many
individuals and organisations and that has impacted on employee health and wellbeing. Experts advise that the pandemic would have a long tail in
terms of mental wellbeing for some, and uncertainty and disruption has continued with further events, including economic turbulence, a cost-of-living
crisis and war. 
The top three reasons for employee absence in 2023/24 at Argyll and Bute Council were: 
• Mental health
• Infections 
• Other musculoskeletal (e.g. broken/fractured bones, ligament damage, strains, pain) 
Under the category of mental health, most days lost were due to stress. The highest absence reason under infections was Coronavirus and within
other musculoskeletal it was fractures. 
Employee wellbeing
One of the ways we are meeting the challenge of rising absence rates was the launch of our new Employee Assistance Programme. The
programme provides independent, confidential support and information to all employees and eligible family members. The services available to our
employees include:
• A 24/7 confidential helpline for emotional and practical support, as well as financial and legal support
• The service extends to eligible family members (partner and children up to 18, or 24 if in full-time education)
Page 517

Page 388

57 
• Consultation available for mental health support (for mild to moderate issues) from qualified mental healthcare professionals. 
• Support from a practitioner and an appointment within 4 days of referral
• Access to 24/7, unlimited remote GP appointments for fast access to a doctor
• Cancer Assist, a service provided by cancer support experts 
• Online physiotherapy, up to eight sessions a year per family group
Other services include on-demand wellness content packed with podcasts, articles, webinars and more to help manage wellbeing. Reminders on the
services available are communicated to employees, to ensure that they are aware of the assistance that is available to them and to their families.
We continue to focus on wellbeing of employees through a number of activities and interventions. 
• developing focused and targeted corporate communications on wellbeing 
• continued support for managers with ongoing absence cases and team-based intervention tools 
• improving the mental wellbeing of our employees  
• first day assistance for those that report absence due to mental health reasons.
• online physiotherapy including webinars for desk-based employees and body mapping workshops for manual staff.
• a 12-week programme focusing on building sustainable healthy habits to support health.
• wellbeing webinars on a range of topics. 
Argyll and Bute Council’s Wellbeing Toolkit gives employees and managers access to health-related information, sources of support and relevant
policies and procedures to support continued good health. Going forward additional wellbeing focus will be on: 
• developing focused and targeted corporate communications on wellbeing
• continued support for managers with ongoing absence cases and team-based intervention tools
• improving mental wellbeing 
Strategic Risk Register  
The Strategic Risk Register (SRR) details significant risks faced by the Council and the agreed approaches to manage them in the context of risk
mitigation. These can be cross-cutting across all areas of the Council, although some are very specific to a service function and tend to be long-term
in nature. They each have specific interventions, subject to scrutiny at Strategic Committees, and are formally reviewed bi-annually, although the
Page 518

Page 389

58 
SRR can be reviewed at any time should matters need to be placed on the register by the Strategic Management Team. A formal report is prepared
on an annual basis by the Chief Executive on risk management and is reported to the Audit and Scrutiny Committee. 
Currently the SRR has 13 risks in total, 4 are red, 8 are amber and the remaining 1 is green. 
The red risks relate to: Population, External Infrastructure and Economic Decline, Waste Management, Service Delivery - Cyber Security, Lack of
Housing availability 
The amber risks relate to: Condition and suitability of Infrastructure & Asset Base, Financial Sustainability, Governance and Leadership,
Engagement and Understanding the needs of the Community, Service Delivery, Health and Social Care Partnership, Cost of Living Crisis, Impact of
Climate Change 
The green risks relate to: Civil Contingency & Business continuity
Operational Risk Register  
Separate from the Strategic Risk Register we monitor Operational Risks. These largely relate to a direct impact on service deliver. Our Operational
Risks are categorised into Red, Amber and Green. Key actions have been agreed to address all risks in the Operational Risk Register. 
All of our Red Operational Risks are summarised here with some mentioned in more detail in our Significant Challenges section of this report below. 
Executive Director Kirsty Flanagan has three red risks which relate to: 1) Environmental Health Resource availability and income shortfalls to the
service from reduced license applications, requests for export certificates and other sources of income 2) Environmental Health, dealing with Public
Health / infectious disease  / food related incidents and emergencies, which have significant financial implications for the Council in terms of
sampling / monitoring costs, employment of experts and storage and disposal costs, 3) availability of suitable temporary accommodation and
housing support.  
Executive Director Douglas Hendry has two red risks which relate to: 1) short term let licensing 2) Non-compliance with state subsidy regulations
with regards to the council and externally funded projects, dealt with by the Transformation Projects.  
Operational Risk Registers are monitored on a quarterly basis at Departmental Management Team meetings and are managed accordingly. This
has resulted in a number of the risks improving their risk rating from red to amber’.
Page 519

Page 390

59 
Service delivery challenges   
As well as our Strategic and Operational Risk Registers, we face a number of challenges that can impact on service delivery. This is a summary of
challenges we have encountered over the year and the actions we have identified and are putting in place to address them. 
1. Recruitment and retention
Difficulties in recruitment and retention of staff are an ongoing are of focus particularly within professional and technical disciplines, catering and
cleaning and responding to spikes in demand in specialist areas. 
Actions
• We are reviewing our Growing our Own activities associated with promotion of career paths into the council and developing our workforce
and are developing a revised framework and action plan
• Our People Strategy is in development and will deliver further initiatives under the themes of ‘attracting and keeping talented people’,
‘providing a positive employee experience’ and ‘supporting learning and growth’
• We are implementing targeted projects focused on resourcing and agility to better understand and address the issues in this area
• We are utilising recruitment fayres and social media to highlight careers with the Council 
• The Argyll and Bute Aspiring to Headship programme has been updated for session 2024/25 to ensure access to a range of Professional
Learning opportunities 
2. Securing contractors
The current competitive marketplace and our rural location means it can be difficult to secure contractors. In turn, this creates difficulties in delivering
programmes of works. In some instances, significant projects have only received one tender. 
Actions
• We are encouraging contractors to apply to be admitted into the Council’s Dynamic Purchasing Scheme to widen the pool of contractors that
are willing and able to work in Argyll and Bute.
• We are considering different delivery models with more emphasis on a mixed economy solution, using a blend of in-house resource, SMEs
and national suppliers. 
3. Partnership working
We are committed to working with other public sector agencies and our communities to get the most from Argyll and Bute’s resources, though
working to timescales and competing demands can be challenging. 
Page 520

Page 391

60 
Action
• We are mitigating this by considering communications and structured planning in our approach to our partnership activities. 
4. Changes in legislation and compliance
a) The introduction of the Elections Act (2022) has brought forward several changes to the way that UK Parliamentary Elections will be
conducted and a change in boundary for the UK Parliament Constituency which will now cover areas of South Lochaber in the Highland
Council area. 
Actions
• Dedicated resource has been allocated to focus on taking forward the Elections Act requirements and we have already undertaken a
lot of preparatory work. 
• We have been working closely with our colleagues in Highland Council to ensure a transition for boundary changes. 
b) Several changes are being introduced to the building standards system, through the work of the Building Standards Futures Board
Programme. This follows recommendations made by the expert review panels on Compliance and Enforcement and Fire Safety, (due to the
aftermath of failings in Edinburgh School buildings and the Grenfell Tower fire), to strengthen the Building Standards system in Scotland. The
changes to strengthen the system will require additional verification compliance capacity and financial resources for local authority verifiers
over the coming years.   
Action
• A 3-year Action Plan is currently being developed to strengthen building standards regulation in Argyll and Bute. 
c) The Biodegradable Municipal Waste (BMW) ban is due to be introduced in January 2026. This will affect current waste collection and
disposal methods. Other emerging challenges relate to Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs), the Circular Economy bill, carbon reduction
initiatives, and market availability, particularly for Energy from Waste (EfW) feedstock. Argyll and Bute is in a unique position in that we have
a public-private partnership contract which runs until September 2026, nine months after the introduction of the BMW ban. The PPP contract
covers the mainland area of Argyll and Bute excluding Helensburgh and Lomond, and this contract needing to be varied to enable
compliance with the BMW ban. 
Actions
Page 521

Page 392

61 
• Ferry capacity to be planned and manged to service the requirements of the BMW ban and other emerging changes. 
• Solutions have been identified through the Waste Strategy, with ongoing discussions with Scottish Government et al around derogations
and how the changes of various legislation and regulations will be affected by the rural geography of Argyll and Bute. There are ongoing
discussions with Scottish Government regarding a £1.5M additional cost which will be incurred through a contract variation. 
5. Asset management
The network which provides access for our CCTV cameras is changing with the removal of analogue and being replaced by an IP (Internet Protocol)
system. This will have a significant cost impact as it affects most of our cameras. Our current CCTV maintenance contract is also nearing the end of
its’ term. 
Actions
• We are working to identify options and funding sources for replacement of the cameras and infrastructure in our main towns and liaising
with colleagues in Police Scotland
• We have utilised procurement processes to identify market options for the provision of maintenance services for our CCTV systems. 
6. Financial Implications
Budget uncertainty and access to funding is an ongoing challenge in number of areas and impacts on how we are able to maintain a number of
assets. 
Actions
• We are maximising funding opportunities for asset sustainability works to support the long-term safe use of a complex and varied portfolio of
assets and designing and assembling works packages with proportionate treatments based on affordability. 
• Funding opportunities are being explored with Transport Scotland and other partners for replacement vessels for the Council’s internal ferry
services
• To fully understand the scope and budget implications of the roll out of free school meals to primary 6 and 7 pupils we are engaging with
national groups and Scottish Government. 
• To address the reduction in the number of requests for building warrants we are liaising with other local authorities and the Building
Standards National Hub, to promote the availability of our service.   
• We are pursuing other opportunities around commercial work including looking at efficiencies and the use of additional fees to strengthen
building standards regulation
• We will undertake a review of the Supporting Communities Fund in 2024/25 to establish how it can best meet the demands for funding in
communities. 
Page 522

Page 393

62 
7. Community engagement
We require a consistent and effective approach to support our engagement work with communities. 
Action
• We will develop an engagement framework informed by best practice and national guidance and embed the framework across the
organisation. 
8. Managing pressures out with our control 
a) We must be satisfied that the health of those we issue a Taxi License to meets our expectations. Customers were experiencing significant
delays in receiving a response from their doctor which delayed the issuing of licenses resulted in negative economic consequence. 
Action
• We undertook a period of consultation with all 389 private hire/taxi drivers and operators in the area which resulted in securing the
services of an external agency to undertake the required medical check. 
b) The appointment of new auditors is always challenging as new working relationships begin and an understanding of how each other operates
is gained. Issues including delays in recruitment within newly appointed auditors Mazars caused significant delays in the process. 
Action
• A lessons learned meeting was held with Mazars to highlight the issues identified during the process and how these will be
addressed. 
c) Increase in the number of special diet requests, both medical and non-medically prescribed and an increase in International Dysphagia Diet
Standardisation Initiative (IDDSI) and neurodivergent amended diet requests. 
Action
• The special diet procedure was reviewed. A new system to assist in monitoring and providing special diets, with on-going monitoring
of requests is underway
• We are working with NHS Dietetic teams to implement procedures for special diet requests and requests for children with additional
support needs 
Page 523

Page 394

63 
9. Emergency resilience and planning
a) We are experiencing difficulties in engaging external providers to assist with the delivery of a future-proofed Net Zero route map for the
Council. 
Action
• We will Issue a Request for Information (RFI) to assess what the wider market may be able to offer and receive input/feedback from
relevant parties that will help to inform future Net Zero plans. 
b) Many areas within Argyll and Bute are off gas grid while the electrical grid has limitations in terms of capacity/constraints. These ongoing
issues continue to impact the council and the wider community in terms of resilience and delivering renewables solutions. 
Action
• We will continue to lobby electrical network operators and the regulator to highlight the impact of constraints on the capacity of the
grid and emphasise the need for them to reinforce their infrastructure within Argyll and Bute. 
10. Cost of living impacts 
• Inflation and cost of living increases continue to have a detrimental effect on procurement, service delivery and on project budgets due to
them being fixed over a number of years. There is limited capacity to build contingency into projects to account for cost escalation.
Action
• We continuously review products used and where necessary test and roll out new products. We design projects around budgets available,
look at external funding to address funding gaps and value engineering projects as necessary. 
11.  Digital investment to ensure we keep pace
The scope of new robotic and AI technologies is fast developing and with it the demand to improve efficiency and quality of services, particularly
those that are customer facing. 
Action
• We have invested in a robotic process automation (RPA) platform. This provides us with the ability to build our own applications and to
harness RPA to automate and integrate new applications across the Council. We have a pipeline of developments, and several solutions
have already been implemented. These include a Food Health Certification system and an online yacht berth booking and payment system. 
Page 524

Page 395

64 
12. Cyber security 
2023/24 saw a continued and major increase in the levels of risk associated with cyber-attacks. 
Action
• We have implemented a Security Operations Centre service for the corporate and education network to provide a 24-hour monitoring service
• We have created a new IT Engineer post to work alongside the ICT Compliance and Security Officer
• All network users are issued with Cyber Awareness training to increase understanding of the dangers we face from cyber security attacks. 
13. Addressing the housing emergency
Argyll and Bute Council was the first local authority in Scotland to declare a Housing Emergency in June 2023 due to a consistent reduction in
supply of housing, a steady increase in demand for housing across all tenures and increasing levels of unaffordability. 
Actions
• The scale of housing emergency in Argyll and Bute is greater than the capacity of any one agency to address, we committed to hold a
Housing Summit to bring partners together to identify potential solutions with regards to housing shortages in our area. 
• A key outcome of the Housing Emergency Summit was the creation of a shortlist of priority actions and interventions to address housing
shortages, to act as the catalyst for collective action. 
• Council officers (working with consultants engaged to facilitate the Housing Summit) developed a final list of action points under each
housing emergency priority, which reflects the options appraisal and prioritisation carried out by the delegates attending the Housing
Emergency Summit.   
• The Argyll and Bute Local Housing Strategy will be updated to outline the vision and investment priorities for tackling housing need between
2022 and 2027 
• The Community Planning Partnership (CPP) acknowledged the relevance and need for the identified actions and agreed to set up a CPP
Housing Sub-Group (led by Highlands and Islands Enterprise) to explore what and how the CPP might contribute. 
14. Provision for our children with the most complex needs
We have experienced Increased demand across Argyll and Bute for specialist provision for our children with the most complex needs.   
Action
• We have adapted buildings, increased the staff compliment in relevant areas, put in place minor environmental adaptations and developed 4
new learning centres in Mull, Islay, Kintyre and Helensburgh.
Page 525

Page 396

65 
15. Pupil attendance
Pupil attendance continues to be a challenge across the authority. 
Action
• Reporting of progress against individual school level stretch aims will be put in place. There will be a focus on attendance from Principle
Teacher Attendance and Engagement, the Educational Psychology Team and Education Managers through Quality Improvement Team
visits.
Consultations – we asked, you said, we did
We want to ensure that proposed developments are what our citizens and communities want. To help us obtain your views we post our consultations
on our website. The following link will take you to the ‘closed’ consultations which relate to this reporting period. Consultation Results | Argyll and
Bute Council (argyll-bute.gov.uk)
Page 526

Page 397

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL                                                         COUNCIL 
LEGAL AND REGULATORY SUPPORT                                     27 FEBRUARY 2025 
DRAFT PROGRAMME OF MEETINGS 2025-26 
1.0 INTRODUCTION 
1.1  The Council’s Standing Orders for Meetings require the Council to approve a
Programme of Meetings for the Council and its Committees every year. 
Attached for consideration is a draft Programme of Meetings for 2025-2026. 
2.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1  It is recommended that the Council agree the draft Programme of Meetings for
the year 2025-26. 
3.0 DETAIL 
3.1 Standing Order 20.1 requires that the Council approve a Programme of
Meetings each year. 
3.2 The current approved Programme of Meetings for the Council and its
Committees runs until June 2025. 
3.3  The Council is required to approve a Programme of Meetings for the period
July 2025 to June 2026.  Due to external factors, it has been identified that
meetings of Council would be better suited taking place on a Wednesday and
the attached draft Programme reflects this.  Strategic Committees will generally
take place on a Thursday as has been usual practice. 
3.4 
3.5
Members should be aware that due to a clash with meetings of the IJB in the
months of September and November, meetings of PPSL will take place on a
Tuesday in those months. 
It should be noted that Standing Order 20.2 makes provision for the Chair of a
Committee (or in whose absence the Vice- Chair) for good cause to cancel or
alter the date, time or place for a meeting but not after the summons for the
meeting has been issued. 
4.0 CONCLUSION 
4.1 The Council’s Standing Orders for Meetings require the Council to approve a
Programme of Meetings for the Council and its Committees.  The approved
Programme runs until June 2025 and the Council is invited to consider
approval of a Programme of Meetings for the period July 2025 to June 2026. 
Page 527 Agenda Item 10

Page 398

5.0 IMPLICATIONS 
5.1 Policy - None 
5.2 Financial – Members travel and subsistence costs 
5.3 Legal – Requirement of Standing Order 20.1 
5.4 HR - None 
5.5  Fairer Scotland Duty: None 
5.5.1   Equalities – None 
5.5.2   Socio-economic Duty - None  
5.5.3 Islands - None 
5.6 Climate Change - None 
5.7 Risk - None 
5.8 Customer Service – None 
5.9   The Rights of the Child (UNCRC) - None 
Douglas Hendry
Executive Director with responsibility for Legal and Regulatory Support
13 February 2025 
For further information contact: Shona Barton, Governance Manager (01436)
657605 
APPENDICES 
Appendix 1 – Draft Programme of Meetings 2025-26 
Page 528

Page 399

Programme of Committee Meetings – up to June 2026        Appendix 1 
2025             2026     
Committee Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun
Council  Thu
27 
Thu
24 
Thu
26  
Wed
24 
Wed
26  
Wed
25 
Wed
29 
Wed
24
Policy &
Resources 
Thu
20   
Thu
8
Thu
21 
Thu
9
Thu
4
Thu
19  
Thu
21 
Community
Services  
Thu
6
Thu
5
Thu
28   
Thu
11  
Thu
5
Thu
4
Env, Dev, Inf
*Harbour Brd  
*Thu
20  
Thu
19 
*Thu
11  
Thu
18  
*Thu
19  
Thu
18
PPSL  Wed
22
Wed
19
Wed
19
Wed
23
Wed
21
Wed
18
Wed
20
Tue
16
Wed
22
Tue
18
Wed
17
Wed
21
Wed
18
Wed
18
Wed
22
Wed
20
Wed
17
Audit &
Scrutiny  
Thu
13  
Thu
12 
Thu
4
Tue
16  
Thu
12  
Thu
11
B&C Area  Tue
4
Tue
3
Tue
2
Tue
2
Tue
3
Tue
2
B&C CPG  Tue
4 
Tues
6
Tue
12  
Tue
4
Tue
3
Tue 
5
MAKI Area   Wed
5
Wed
4
Wed
3
Wed
3
Wed 
4
Wed
3
MAKI CPG   Wed
5
Wed
7
Wed
27  
Wed
5
Wed 
4
Wed
6
H&L Area  Tue
11  
Tue
10 
Tue
9
Tue
9
Tue
10  
Tue
9
H&L CPG  Tue
11  
Tue
13 
Tue
19  
Tue
11  
Tue
10  
Tue
12 
OLI Area  Wed
12  
Wed
11 
Wed
10  
Wed
10  
Wed
11  
Wed
10
OLI CPG  Wed
12  
Wed
14 
Wed
13  
Wed
12  
Wed
11  
Wed
13 
IJB Wed
29 
Wed
26 
Wed
28 
Wed
17 
Wed
19 
Wed
28 
Wed
25 
CPP/Mgt
Comm                 
Licensing
Board 
Tue
25 
Tue
22 
Tue
24           
Seminars 
Page 529

Page 400

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 401

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL                                                                             
COUNCIL 
LEGAL AND REGULATORY SUPPORT                                                                                                                          27  February 2025 
COUNCIL CONSTITUTION UPDATE 2025   
1. INTRODUCTION 
1.1 This report advises on changes to the Council Constitution in respect to
Roads and Infrastructure Services.      
2. RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1 The Council is invited to agree to the adjustments to the Constitution as set
out in paragraphs 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 hereof. 
3. DETAIL   
3.1 The proposed changes to the Constitution are to clarify delegated authority
for orders made in terms of regulations made under s.12 of the Road
Traffic Act 1988, decisions made under the Disabled Persons’ Parking
Places (Scotland) Act 2009 and to allow officers to carry out enforcement
activities and propose exemption orders under the Transport (Scotland)
Act 2019, Part 6. 
3.2 The Environment, Development and Infrastructure Committee, at its
meeting held on Thursday 20th June 2024, agreed to the introduction of
enforcement of the prohibitions set out in the Transport (Scotland) Act
2019 (Part 6), in relation to pavement parking, parking at dropped kerbs
and double parking and to commence this once the associated back-office
system was upgraded. The timescale was amended to introduce the
enforcement from 3rd March 2025 at the Committee meeting held on 19th
December 2024. 
Page 531 Agenda Item 11

Page 402

To enable officers to enact the Council decision and enforce the
legislation, it is proposed that the following is added to the Delegations for
the Executive Director with Responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure: 
In Part C – Scheme of Administration and Delegation, at an appropriate
point, add the words; “To carry out any function conferred on the Council
by or under the Transport (Scotland) Act 2019 (Part 6, Parking
Prohibitions) save for the making, amendment and revocation of
exemption orders under s.51 and s.52 of the said Act which shall be a
function reserved to the Environment, Development and Infrastructure
Committee”. 
3.3 It is proposed that the following is added to the Delegations for the
Executive Director with Responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure: 
In Part C – Scheme of Administration and Delegation, at an appropriate
point, add the words; “To make decisions in relation to Disabled Persons’
Parking Spaces under the Disabled Persons’ Parking Spaces (Scotland)
Act 2009”. 
This will clarify the process for officers in relation to the designation of
disabled parking spaces. 
3.4 It is proposed that the following is added to the Delegations for the
Executive Director with Responsibility for Roads and Infrastructure: 
• In Part C – Scheme of Administration and Delegation, at paragraph
37 on page 109, after “1984;” where it appears in the second line
thereof, add the words; “Regulations made under s.12 of the Road
Traffic Act 1988;” 
This will clarify and facilitate the granting of orders in terms of the Acts and
Regulations for the temporary closure of a road by notice where there is
no period for objection and the matter is intimated by notice with no
notification period required. This is similar in nature to other delegated
powers already extant. 
4. CONCLUSION 
4.1 The proposed changes to the Constitution will clarify the delegated
authority in terms of the functions set out. 
5. IMPLICATIONS 
Page 532

Page 403

5.1 Policy – none      
5.2 Financial – none      
5.3 Legal – the proposed changes ensure that the Council’s Constitution
reflects recent decisions. 
5.4 HR – None 
5.5 Fairer Scotland Duty - None 
5.5.1 Equalities - protected characteristics – None 
5.5.2 Socio-Economic Duty - None    
5.5.3 Islands - None    
5.6 Climate Change - None   
5.7 Risk – None 
5.8 Customer Service – None 
5.9 The Rights of the Child (UNCRC) - None  
Douglas Hendry 
Executive Director with responsibility for Legal and Regulatory Support   
30th January 2025  
For further information please contact 
Hugh O’Neill, Network and Standards Manager on 01546 604084 
David Logan,  Head of Legal and Regulatory Support on 01546 604322   
Page 533

Page 404

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 405

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL      COUNCIL
DEVELOPMENT AND ECONOMIC GROWTH     27 FEBRUARY 2025 
HOUSING EMERGENCY – HOUSING NEED AND DEMAND AND SUPPORTING
COMMUNITY HOUSING FEASIBILITY WORK 
1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The main purpose of this report is to propose three important requests from
the Strategic Housing Fund, which will all contribute to tackling the Housing
Emergency. 
1.2 The Council as the Strategic Housing Authority is required to produce a
Housing Need and Demand Assessment (HNDA) every 5 years. It is vitally
important to support the development of the Local Housing Strategy, Strategic
Housing Investment Plan and the Local Development Plan. It must be agreed
by Scottish Government. Officers are currently beginning this process and
funding is requested from the Strategic Housing Fund (SHF) to help deliver
this.
1.3 In addition to Registered Social Landlord (RSL) Community Trusts play a key
role in the delivery of affordable houses.  The Council’s Housing Emergency
Action Plan has an action to ‘create funding mechanisms for Community
Housing Trusts to finance feasibility studies, professional fees and approval
processes. Discretionary funding of up to £10,000 per unit, is requested from
the SHF to enable Community Trusts to carry out feasibility work in order to
bring affordable housing developments to delivery stage. 
1.4 Funding up to £150,000 from the SHF is requested to support feasibility studies
which will help to unlock delivery of housing allocation (H4009), known as the
Old Hospital Site, Ganavan.  This site is a key housing site given the shortage
of immediately deliverable housing land in the Oban Area potentially delivering
40-60 units. 
RECOMMENDATIONS 
It is recommended that Council :-
i) Approve £60,000 from the Strategic Housing Fund to enable the delivery
of the Housing Need and Demand Assessment – a statutory obligation of
the local authority.
ii) Delegate to the Executive Director with Responsibility for Development
and Economic Growth in consultation with the relevant Policy Lead for
Page 535 Agenda Item 12

Page 406

Housing the power to approve discretionary feasibility funding up to a
maximum of £10,000 per unit from the Strategic Housing Fund to
enable Community Trusts to bring potential affordable housing
developments to delivery stage.
iii) Approve feasibility and design funding from the Strategic Housing Fund
to a maximum of £150,000 for West Highland Housing Association to
enable delivery of road and footpath proposals unlocking LDP2
housing site H4009 at Ganavan.   
Page 536

Page 407

ARGYLL AND BUTE COUNCIL      COUNCIL
DEVELOPMENT AND ECONOMIC GROWTH     27 FEBRUARY 2025 
HOUSING EMERGENCY – HOUSING NEED AND DEMAND AND SUPPORTING
COMMUNITY HOUSING FEASIBILITY WORK 
2.0 INTRODUCTION 
2.1 The Strategic Housing Fund (SHF) is the budget which will be used to fund both
proposals contained in this paper. The SHF is a housing budget ring fenced for
activities relating to affordable housing delivery in Argyll and Bute. The SHF is
made up of the income received when the Council reduced discounts on long
term empty and second homes from 50% to 10% in 2004. 
2.2 The paper sets out the details of three requests for funding from the Strategic
Housing Fund, all of which are considered important contributions to tackling the
Housing Emergency. 
3.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1 It is recommended that Council :-
i) Approve £60,000 from the Strategic Housing Fund to enable the delivery
of the Housing Need and Demand Assessment – a statutory obligation of
the local authority.
ii) Delegate to the Executive Director with Responsibility for Development
and Economic Growth in consultation with the relevant Policy Lead for
Housing the power to approve discretionary feasibility funding up to a
maximum of £10,000 per unit from the Strategic Housing Fund to
enable Community Trusts to bring potential affordable housing
developments to delivery stage.
iii) Approve feasibility and design funding from the Strategic Housing Fund
to a maximum of £150,000 for West Highland Housing Association to
enable delivery of road and footpath proposals unlocking LDP2
housing site H4009 at Ganavan. 
Page 537

Page 408

4.0 DETAIL 
COUNCIL HOUSING NEED AND DEMAND PROCESS 
4.1 Section 89 of the Housing (Scotland) Act 2001 requires the local authority to
produce a Local Housing Strategy which details the needs of households for
accommodation and the demand for and availability of accommodation.  
4.2 The Housing Need and Demand Assessment (HNDA) process provides the
evidence base upon which housing supply targets are defined in local housing
strategies and suitable available land is allocated through development plans
to meet these targets. A regular, five-yearly review of the assessment linked to
the review of the local housing strategy is required.
4.3 From a housing and planning policy perspective, local authorities should
ensure that assessments are robust and credible. 
4.4 The most recent Scottish Government guidance describes housing need and
demand assessments as:-
• enabling local authorities to develop long-term strategic views of
housing need and demand to inform local housing strategies and
development plans.
• providing robust evidence to inform policies aimed at providing the right
mix of housing across the whole housing market - both market and
affordable housing.
• providing evidence to inform policies about the level of affordable
housing required, including the need for different types and sizes of
affordable housing.
• supporting local authorities to develop a strategic approach to housing
through consideration of housing need and demand in all housing
sectors – owner occupied, private rented and affordable.
• drawing together the bulk of the evidence required for local authorities
to appraise strategic housing options including housing supply targets,
social housing allocation priorities and the role of intermediate housing
products.
4.5 Statistically robust and validated national datasets will be used to build the
housing need and demand assessment wherever practical, however, given
the dispersed geographical nature of this local authority, it is necessary to
enhance the evidence base with local data. A detailed Housing Need and
Demand Household Survey for the nine Housing Market Areas (HMAs) within
Argyll and Bute is required as the foundation of the HNDA process. The
survey requires to be completed by around 3000 households across the local
authority area for the process to be accepted as robust and credible by
Scottish Government.
4.6 The Council’s Housing Service will produce the many technical papers which
comprise the HNDA along with the final HNDA document. However, a
Page 538

Page 409

specialist research company is required to co-ordinate, carry out and assess
the findings of the household survey element of the HNDA. As a result this
paper requests approval to utilise £60,000 of the Strategic Housing Fund to
enable the household survey to be carried out within the HNDA process which
is a statutory housing function of the local authority. 
COMMUNITY HOUSING FEASIBILITY FUNDING PROCESS 
4.7 The Argyll and Bute Housing Emergency Action Plan contains an action to
‘create funding mechanisms for Community Housing Trusts to finance
feasibility studies, professional fees and approval process’. 
4.8 This action recognises that an innovative and flexible approach is required to
assist Community Trusts to be able to undertake all the activities required to
take a housing proposal to delivery stage. The required activities include:-
• Land valuation
• Architectural Services
• Housing Need Assessment/Community Consultation
• Topographical Survey
• Ground Investigation
• Flood Risk Assessment
• Ecology Report
• Quantity Surveyor
• Pre Planning Application 
4.9 It is of vital importance that Community Trusts seeking to deliver affordable
housing must have evidence that their community is supportive of their
activities and that the Community Trust is registered with the Office of Scottish
Charity Regulator or Companies House. The Council recognises the
importance of community housing delivery in the local authority area to meet
assessed housing need. The Strategic Housing Fund already contributes  
£12,000 per affordable housing unit delivered by Community Trusts through
projects supported by the Scottish Land Fund (SLF) and Rural and Island
Housing Fund (RIHF) process.  The feasibility funding proposed in this paper
is over and above that amount.
4.10 Scottish Land Fund (SLF) feasibility funding is available if the Community
Trust is looking to purchase land to deliver housing. Rural and Islands
Housing Fund (RIHF) feasibility funding is also available. It is recognised that
the total funding of £30,000 across the 2 feasibility funds may not be enough
for Community Trusts to take a housing proposal to delivery stage
4.11 It is proposed that before a Community Trust applies to the Council SHF for
feasibility funding they must:-
• provide evidence that they made successful applications to all relevant
feasibility funds available e.g the RIHF and the SLF.
Page 539

Page 410

• demonstrate that they have applied to other potential funding sources such
as Highland and Islands Enterprise (HIE) and any community funds
available to the Trust. 
• demonstrate that they have committed a reasonable amount of their own
funds as a contribution to the project.  
4.12 It is proposed that the Executive Director with Responsibility for Development
and Economic Growth, in consultation with the relevant Policy Lead for
Housing, will have delegated power to approve discretionary feasibility
funding up to a maximum of £10,000 per unit and capped at £100,000 per
development site, from the Strategic Housing Fund to enable Community
Trusts to bring potential affordable housing developments to delivery stage. 
GANAVAN ROAD FOOTPATH IMPROVEMENT FEASIBILITY STUDIES 
4.13 West Highland Housing Association owns land which is a housing allocation
(H4009), known as the Old Hospital Site, Ganavan.  This site is a key housing
site given the shortage of immediately deliverable housing land in the Oban
Area.  The site can deliver between 40-60 units which will be vital housing
supply during the housing emergency – see Appendix 1.   
4.14 Although the site has been owned by the Association for several years,
development has been delayed due to the need for pedestrian footpath
improvements along the Oban to Ganavan Road before any housing
construction can begin. This is particularly challenging around "pinch points,"
where there is no footpath due to the proximity of the shoreline on one side and
a rock face on the other and the land is in third party ownership. 
4.15 Scottish Government More Homes Division have identified the necessary
footpath improvements as ones which can be potentially funded by the Housing
Infrastructure Fund and this is identified in the Council’s Strategic Housing
Investment Fund. 
4.16 WHHA has now negotiated servitude rights with the landowner to facilitate the
delivery of the required pedestrian footpath improvements. 
4.17 The next stage is for WHHA in consultation with the Council Roads Officers, to
carry out engineering feasibility, further traffic assessment, survey and ground
investigation, agreement of a pedestrian access solution in consultation with
the Council’s Roads Officers, and then detailed design of an adoptable solution
suitable for tender drawings, specification and contractor pricing. 
4.18 Currently there is no funding in place to take this work forward, and given its
importance in delivering housing supply, it is proposed that the Strategic
Housing Fund be utilised to take forward the feasibility works up to a maximum
of £150,000. 
Page 540

Page 411

5.0 CONCLUSION
5.1 This paper provides detail on 3 key work strands which are essential to tacking
the Housing Emergency in Argyll and Bute. 
5.2 The Housing Need and Demand process underpins the Council’s approach to
tackling the Housing Emergency by producing a robust and credible evidence
base which will ensure that Scottish Government capital investment is secured
for the Argyll and Bute area through the Affordable Housing Supply Programme
(AHSP). 
5.3 The proposal to enable Community Trusts to apply for feasibility funding through
the Strategic Housing Fund will address an action within the Housing
Emergency Action Plan and provide the opportunity for more affordable homes
to be delivered in Argyll and Bute.
5.4 Funding feasibility studies will help to unlock delivery of housing allocation
(H4009), known as the Old Hospital Site, Ganavan.  This site is a key housing
site given the shortage of immediately deliverable housing land in the Oban
Area potentially delivering 40-60 units. 
6.0 IMPLICATIONS
6.1 Policy – if the proposals are approved it will result in Community Trusts being
able to apply for discretionary housing feasibility funding to the Strategic
Housing Fund. (This is over and above the standard £12k per delivered unit
already provided by the Strategic Housing Fund). It will also enable the
Council to fulfil a statutory housing obligation in terms of producing a housing
need and demand assessment.
6.2 Financial – if the proposals are approved they will be funded through the
Strategic Housing Fund.
6.3  Legal – the Council will be in breach of statutory obligations if a housing need 
and demand assessment is not produced.
6.4  HR – none.
6.5  Fairer Scotland Duty:- 
6.5.1   Equalities - protected characteristics - The proposals are consistent
with aims and objectives set out in the local housing strategy, which is
subject to an EqSEIA. 
6.5.2   Socio-economic Duty - the delivery of housing across Argyll and Bute
facilitates socio-economic opportunities for all. 
6.5.3  Islands - many of the housing projects delivered by Community Trusts
are on islands which will provide many benefits such as employment
and the continued delivery of essential services to island communities.
Page 541

Page 412

6.6 Climate Change - new housing in the right location helps reduce carbon
outputs when delivered using renewable energy and other measures. Making
best use of existing stock by delivering energy efficiency measures helps
towards achieving climate change targets. 
6.7 Risk - there is a risk of depopulation, damage to the economy a risk to
delivering essential services in the local authority area if partners cannot
effectively tackle the Housing Emergency.
6.8  Customer Service – none.
6.9 The Rights of the Child (UNCRC) - the delivery of more housing will enable
more children to have a safe secure environment. The housing need and
demand assessment process will also have clear links to the Child Poverty
Strategy. 
Kirsty Flanagan: Executive Director with responsibility for Development and
Economic Growth 
Councillor Jim Lynch, Policy Lead for Housing 
21st January 2025                                                  
For further information contact: 
Fergus Murray, Head of Development and Economic Growth 
fergus.murray@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
Matt Mulderrig, Development Policy and Housing Manager 
matt.mulderrig@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
Douglas Whyte, Team Lead – Housing Strategy 
Douglas.whyte@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
APPENDICES 
Appendix 1 – Map of WHHA Housing Allocation Site 
Page 542

Page 413

APPENDIX 1 – MAP OF WHHA HOUSING ALLOCATION SITE 
Anticipated pedestrian upgrade route (subject to change during detailed design
and site investigations etc) 
Page 543

Page 414

This page is intentionally left blank